PAC 206

Canadian
Sailing
Directions
Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland
Inlet and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

2023/05
Pictograph legend

Anchorage Current Radio calling-in point

Wharf Caution Lifesaving station

Marina Light Pilotage

Report discrepancies between real-world observations and descriptions in the publication

Users of this publication are requested to forward information regarding newly discovered dangers, changes in aids
to navigation, the existence of new shoals or channels, or other information that would be useful for the correction of
nautical charts and publications affecting Canadian waters to: [email protected].

IMPORTANT NOTICE
The Canadian Hydrographic Service no longer produces hard copies of its publications.

Updates are published in Notices to Mariners at notmar.gc.ca

and on the Canadian Hydrographic Service website at charts.gc.ca

REPRODUCTION FOR PERSONAL USE

This digital publication - as published in charts.gc.ca - may be printed or reproduced in any format, without charge or
further permission, provided that it is for non-commercial purposes, i.e. not for sale or any profit whatsoever.

To be used for navigation, the reproduction must be an unaltered, true copy

of the publication found in charts.gc.ca, and kept up-to-date at all times.

REPRODUCTION FOR COMMERCIAL PURPOSES

This publication shall not be printed or otherwise reproduced in whole or in part for commercial purposes (i.e. in the
purpose of sale or any profit whatsoever, as opposed to personal use), without prior written permission from the
Canadian Hydrographic Service.

For more information, contact:

Canadian Hydrographic Service

Fisheries and Oceans Canada
200 Kent Street, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada, K1A 0E6
charts.gc.ca
[email protected].

© His Majesty the King in Right of Canada, as represented by

the Minister of the Department of Fisheries and Oceans, 2023
Catalogue No. Fs74-71E-PDF
ISSN 2816-5136
Ottawa
I
 Record of Changes
As the CHS acquires new information, relevant changes are applied to Sailing Directions volumes in order to maintain
safety of navigation. It is the responsibility of the mariner to maintain their digital Sailing Directions file by ensuring that
the latest version is always downloaded. Visit charts.gc.ca to download the most recent version of this volume, with all
current changes already incorporated.

The table below lists the changes that have been applied to this volume of Sailing Directions. This record of changes will
be maintained for the current calendar year only.

Chapter /
Date Description of Change
Paragraph
2023/05 Chapter 4 Updated height of 144 feet (44 m) for Davidson Point light (809)
Para. 134
2023/05 Chapter 4 Updated height of 34 feet (10.3 m) for Tasu Sound light (810)
Para. 136
2023/05 Chapter 4 Delete entries for Tasu Narrows light (809.3) and Horn Island light (810.2)
Para. 135, 139

II
TABLE OF CONTENTS
Preface___________________________________________________________ V
Explanatory Notes__________________________________________________ VI
Abbreviations_____________________________________________________ VIII

CHAPTER 1 Hecate Strait, East Shore and Channels leading to the Inner Passage
General__________________________________________________________ 1-1
Hecate Strait______________________________________________________ 1-1
Aristazabal Island — West Coast_____________________________________ 1-3
Caamaño Sound___________________________________________________ 1-7
Estevan Group — West Coast________________________________________ 1-9
Otter Passage_____________________________________________________ 1-9
Banks Island — West Coast________________________________________ 1-10
Browning Entrance_______________________________________________ 1-13
Freeman Passage and Approach_____________________________________ 1-16
Kitkatla Channel and Gasboat Passage_______________________________ 1-17
Kitkatla Inlet____________________________________________________ 1-18
Porcher Inlet_____________________________________________________ 1-18
Laredo Sound____________________________________________________ 1-22
Meyers Passage___________________________________________________ 1-25
Laredo Inlet_____________________________________________________ 1-26
Laredo Channel__________________________________________________ 1-27
Surf Inlet________________________________________________________ 1-30
Campania Sound_________________________________________________ 1-31
Casanave Passage_________________________________________________ 1-32
Whale Channel___________________________________________________ 1-32
Squally Channel__________________________________________________ 1-33
Lewis and Cridge Passages_________________________________________ 1-34
Tuwartz Inlet, Union Passage and Approaches_________________________ 1-35
Estevan Sound___________________________________________________ 1-35
Devlin Bay and Langley Passage ____________________________________ 1-37
Nepean Sound____________________________________________________ 1-38
Otter Channel____________________________________________________ 1-38
Principe Channel_________________________________________________ 1-39
Petrel Channel___________________________________________________ 1-43
Ogden Channel___________________________________________________ 1-44

CHAPTER 2 Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet and Adjacent Channels

General__________________________________________________________ 2-1
Dixon Entrance____________________________________________________ 2-1
Parry Passage and Approaches_______________________________________ 2-8
Virago Sound____________________________________________________ 2-10
Masset Harbour and Approaches____________________________________ 2-12
Masset Sound____________________________________________________ 2-13
Masset Inlet______________________________________________________ 2-14
Work Channel and Union Inlet______________________________________ 2-16
Portland Inlet____________________________________________________ 2-18
Nass Bay________________________________________________________ 2-19
Observatory Inlet_________________________________________________ 2-21
Alice Arm_______________________________________________________ 2-22
Hastings Arm____________________________________________________ 2-23
Tongass Passage__________________________________________________ 2-24
III
 Pearse Canal_____________________________________________________ 2-25
Portland Canal___________________________________________________ 2-26

CHAPTER 3 Haida Gwaii — East Coast

Haida Gwaii______________________________________________________ 3-1
Kunghit Island — East Side_________________________________________ 3-2
Moresby Island — East Side________________________________________ 3-4
Skincuttle Inlet and Approaches______________________________________ 3-6
G̱ aysiiG̱ as Ḵ’iidsii_________________________________________________ 3-8
Burnaby Island — East Side________________________________________ 3-9
Juan Perez Sound__________________________________________________ 3-9
Darwin Sound____________________________________________________ 3-13
Lyell Island — East Side___________________________________________ 3-14
Laskeek Bay_____________________________________________________ 3-15
Selwyn Inlet_____________________________________________________ 3-18
Cumshewa Inlet and Approach______________________________________ 3-21
Cumshewa Inlet to Spit Point_______________________________________ 3-23
Skidegate Inlet___________________________________________________ 3-24
Skidegate Channel and Approach___________________________________ 3-28
Skidegate Inlet to Rose Point_______________________________________ 3-30

CHAPTER 4 Haida Gwaii — West Coast

General__________________________________________________________ 4-1
Kunghit Island — West side_________________________________________ 4-3
Houston Stewart Channel___________________________________________ 4-4
Louscoone Inlet___________________________________________________ 4-5
Flamingo Inlet____________________________________________________ 4-6
Tasu Sound_______________________________________________________ 4-9
Englefield Bay____________________________________________________ 4-11
Cartwright Sound________________________________________________ 4-13
Rennell Sound____________________________________________________ 4-14
Seal and Tartu Inlets______________________________________________ 4-15
Hippa Island — Hippa Passage_____________________________________ 4-15
Athlow Bay______________________________________________________ 4-16
Port Louis_______________________________________________________ 4-17
Otard Bay and Approaches_________________________________________ 4-18
Tian Head to Cape Knox___________________________________________ 4-18

APPENDICES Sail Plan_________________________________________________________ A-1

Marina Facilities__________________________________________________ A-3
Distance Tables____________________________________________________ A-4
Meteorological Tables______________________________________________ A-6
Fog Table________________________________________________________ A-10

Index_____________________________________________________________ I-1

IV
PREFACE
his Second Edition of Sailing Directions, PAC 206 — Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, ­Portland

T Inlet and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii, 2015, has been compiled from Canadian
­Government and other information sources. In general, all hydrographic terms used in this
booklet are in accordance with the meanings given in the H­ ydrographic Dictionary (Special Publication
No. 32), published by the ­International H
­ ydrographic Bureau.

This edition introduces a new presentation and layout of the geographical areas.

General information for the British Columbia coast is given in one booklet, Sailing Directions,
PAC 200 — General Information, Pacific Coast. It contains navigational information and a brief descrip-
tion of the main port facilities as well as geographic, oceanographic and atmospheric characteristics. A
geographical index at the end of the booklet should also be consulted.

The detailed descriptions of the geographical areas is given in a series of volumes and booklets.
Their limits are printed on the back cover of the booklets. The appropriate descriptive booket(s) and
volumes of Sailing Directions should be consulted in conjunction with the PAC 200 — General
Information, Pacific Coast booklet.

Tide and current information has been revised by the Canadian Hydrographic Service.

Meteorological information has been supplied by the Atmospheric Environment Service, ­Environment
Canada.

The photographs are by the Canadian Hydrographic Service, Fisheries and Oceans Canada unless
otherwise indicated.

Users’ comments concerning the format, content or any other matter relating to Sailing Directions
would be appreciated and should be forwarded to the Director General, Canadian Hydrographic Service,
Fisheries and Oceans Canada, Ottawa, Ontario, Canada K1A 0E6.

V
 EXPLANATORY NOTES
C
anadian Sailing Directions amplify objects, lights, ranges and light sectors are given
charted details and provide important from seaward. Courses always refer to the course
information of interest to navigation to be “made good”.
which may not be found on charts or in other marine
publications. Sailing Directions are intended to be Booming grounds can be either areas where
read in conjunction with the charts quoted in the text. logs are yarded and formed into sections, or areas
where booms and sections are stored. They are
Remarks generally private areas, holding water leases, which
restrict public usage.
Buoys are generally described in detail only Clearances under bridges, overhead cables,
where they have special navigational significance, etc., are those at HHWLT.
or where the scale of the chart is too small to clearly
show all the details. Conspicuous objects, natural or artificial, are
those which stand out clearly from the background
Chart references, in italics in the text, nor-
mally refer to the largest scale Canadian chart but and are easily identifiable from a few miles offshore
occasionally a smaller scale chart may be quoted in normal visibility.
where its use is more appropriate. Deadheads/Sinkers are logs that have become
Distance tables contain approximate distances so waterlogged that they are almost entirely sub-
only that are based on tracks usable by most vessels merged. They usually assume a vertical position; if
consistent with safe navigation. the water is shallow enough for their bottom end to
be aground they can cause massive damage to a hull.
Facilities available to the general public are
They are invisible even in daylight unless a slight
described. The floats and wharves which are not
described can be assumed to be privately owned. swell causes them to break the surface.
Marina facilities are listed in the Appendix of the Dead-weight tonnage and mass are expressed
appropriate geographic booklet of Sailing Directions. in metric tonnes of 1,000 kilograms. The kilogram
Magnetic Compass Roses must be corrected is used for expressing relatively small masses.
for annual change in variation. Depths, unless otherwise stated, are referred
Names have been taken from the Canadian to chart datum. As depths are liable to change, par-
Permanent Committee on Geographical Names. ticularly those in dredged channels and alongside
Where an obsolete name still appears on the chart, wharves and floats, it is strongly recommended that
it is given in brackets following the official name. these, when critical, be confirmed by enquiry to the
Tidal information relating to the vertical appropriate authority.
movements of the water is not given and the Distances, unless otherwise stated, are ex-
Canadian Tide and Current Tables, Volume 7 should pressed in nautical miles. For practical purposes, a
be consulted. However, abnormal changes in water
nautical mile is considered to be the length of one
level are mentioned.
minute of arc, measured along the meridian, in the
Wreck information is included where drying latitude of the position. The international nautical
or submerged wrecks are relatively permanent fea- mile, which has now been adopted by most maritime
tures having significance for navigation or anchoring. nations, is equal to 1,852 m.

Units and terminology used in Elevations on land are given above HHWLT.
this booklet The elevations of wooded islands, points, etc., are
to the tops of trees. Heights of objects, as distinct
A-frames are derricks generally constructed of from the elevations, refer to the heights of structures
logs formed in the shape of the letter “A”. They are above the ground.
used for lifting bundles of logs from logging trucks Figures in brackets given after those denot-
to the water and are usually conspicuous. ing fathoms, feet or yards, are their equivalent in
Bearings and Courses refer to True North metres. Those following lights and light buoys are
(geographic) and are given in degrees from 000° their Canadian Light List number and those after
clockwise to 359°. The bearings of conspicuous post office are the postal code for General Delivery.
VI
 HHWLT (Higher High Water, Large Tides) is Radar beacons (Racon) are beacons which re-
the highest predictable tide during an average year spond to radars; a full description is given in Radio Aids
in the nineteen year lunar cycle. to Marine Navigation (Pacific and Western Arctic).
HW (High Water) refers to the highest water Small craft is the term used to designate pleasure
level achieved during one tidal cycle. craft in general, small vessels with shallow draught.
LLWLT (Lower Low Water, Large Tides) is Tidal streams and currents are described by the
the lowest predictable tide during an average year direction toward which they flow. The ebb stream is
in the nineteen year lunar cycle. caused by a falling tide and the flood stream is caused
LW (Low Water) is the lowest water level by a rising tide.
achieved during one tidal cycle. Time, unless otherwise stated, is expressed in
Latitudes and longitudes given in brackets are Pacific standard or daylight time.
approximate and are intended to facilitate reference
Winds are described by the direction from
to the general area on the chart quoted.
which they blow.
Logbooms are a collection of logs formed into
units suitable for towing. They are generally oblong Pictographs are symbols shown at the begin-
and can range up to 76 m wide and 360 m long. ning of the paragraphs to allow quick reference to
Logbooms are encircled and contained by boom- information or to emphasize details. The Pictograph
sticks formed by logs chained together end to end. Legend is shown on the inside front and back covers
Log dumps are areas where logs are dumped of this booklet.
either from A-frames or log ramps. Usually the area
is blocked off by boomsticks and pilings.
Public wharf is a wharf that is generally
available for public use, though certain fees may
be charged by local authorities. Some wharves may
give berthing priority to the local fishing fleets or
other agencies. It may be shown on older charts as
“Government wharf” or “Gov’t whf”.

References to other publications:

Canadian Coast Guard

• List of Lights, Buoys and Fog Signals (Pacific)
• Radio Aids to Marine Navigation (Pacific and Western ­Arctic)
• Annual Edition of Notices to Mariners
• The Canadian Aids to Navigation System
Environment Canada
• Canadian Climate Normals British Columbia
Canadian Hydrographic Service
• Canadian Tidal Manual
• Chart 1 — Symbols, Abbreviations and Terms
• Notes on the Use of Loran-C Charts
• Canadian Tide and Current Tables, Volume 7
• Catalogue of Canadian Nautical Charts and Related Publications (Pacific)

VII
 ABBREVIATIONS
Units
°C degree Celsius
cm centimetre
fm fathom
ft foot
h hour
ha hectare
kHz kilohertz
km kilometre
kn knot
kPa kilopascal
m metre
min minute
MHz megahertz
mm millimetre
t metric tonne
° degree (plane angle)
' minute (plane angle)
Directions
N north
NNE north northeast
NE northeast
ENE east northeast
E east
ESE east southeast
SE southeast
SSE south southeast
S south
SSW south southwest
SW southwest
WSW west southwest
W west
WNW west northwest
NW northwest
NNW north northwest
Various
CCG Canadian Coast Guard
CHS Canadian Hydrographic Service
HF high frequency
HW high water
LW low water
M million, mega
MCTS Marine Communications and Traffic Services Centre
NAD North American Datum
ODAS Ocean Data Acquisition System Buoy
SAR Search and Rescue
VHF very high frequency
VTS Vessel Traffic Services

VIII
 CHAPTER 1

Hecate Strait, East Shore

and Channels leading
to the Inner Passage
General

Charts 3744, 3800, 3902, 3978, 3980, 3981, 3982

1 This chapter covers the east side of Hecate Strait

between Price Island (52°18′N, 128°40′W) and Porcher Island
(53°51′N, 130°42′W). The channels along the east side of
Hecate Strait and those leading to the Inner Passage between
Price, Swindle, Princess Royal, Pitt and Porcher Islands are
also described. The Inner Passage is described in Sailing
­Directions booklet PAC 205 — Inner Passage — Queen
Charlotte Sound to Chatham Sound.

Hecate Strait

2 Hecate Strait separates Haida Gwaii from the out-

lying islands that fringe the mainland of ­British Columbia. Its
south entrance, between Cape St. James (51°56′N, 131°01′W)
on the west and Price Island on the east, is about 87 miles wide.
The strait gradually narrows to a width of about 30 miles at
its north end, between Rose Point on the west and Stephens
Island on the east side.
3 The east side of Hecate Strait, between the south
end of Aristazabal Island and the north end of Banks Island,
is fringed by banks with numerous islets and reefs extending
up to 13 miles offshore. Dogfish Banks, at the north end of
Hecate Strait, extend east from the Haida Gwaii shore between
Cumshewa Head and Rose Point; off Rose Point they extend
east to within 3.5 miles of Butterworth Rocks.
4 Changing seabed and depths. — The NW part of
Hecate Strait in the area bounded below consists of mobile
bedforms or sandwaves as high as 7 metres from trough to
peak. This area is roughly indicated by the darker blue colour
depth areas on charts.
• North limit 54°25'N
• South limit 52°50'N
• West limit 131°55'W
• East limit 130°50'W
These sandwaves are moved by tides and storm driven cur-
rents. Material eroded from the east side of Graham Island
between the Tlell River and Rose Spit moves northward at a
rate between 3 to 12 m per year. The result is rapidly changing
depths, contours and low water lines. Rose Spit is building
 PAC 206
1-2 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

eastward at a rate of approximately 150 m per year. MacIntyre as far north as Butterworth Rocks, the strongest set is NW
Bay is also affected but the rate of change is much slower with the ebb, and the flood is hardly appreciable.
(approximately 1 m per year). 11 Off the south end of Haida Gwaii, the direction of
5 Pilotage. — All approaches to and the chan- the flood is NE and the ebb is SW.
nels on the east side of Hecate Strait, such as Laredo 12 Information from tidal stream observations
Sound, Caamaño Sound, Otter Passage, Browning Entrance, in 1984 in Hecate Strait is given below.
Edye Passage and Bell Passage, are within Area 4 of the 13 The tidal stream 17 miles SE of Cape St. James is
Pacific Pilotage Authority and pilotage is compulsory. All the rotary clockwise. First of flood sets 290° at ¾ kn, maximum
coastal waters of Haida Gwaii along the west side of ­Hecate flood 025° at 1¼ kn, last of flood 105° at 1 kn and maximum
Strait are within Area 5 of the Pacific Pilotage Authority ebb 200° at 1¼ kn. Maximum flood here is at HW Bella Bella,
and pilotage is compulsory. For details regarding pilotage last of flood at 1 hour after LW Bella Bella.
areas and obtaining a pilot, see Sailing Directions booklet 14 Ten miles east of Kunghit Island first of flood sets
PAC 200 — General Information, Pacific Coast. 280° at 1½ kn, maximum flood 340° at 2½ kn, last of flood
5.1 Three individual Marine Protected Areas 075° at 1 kn, first of ebb 110° at 1¼ kn and maximum ebb
(MPAs) have been established under the Oceans Act 175° at 2¾ kn. Maximum flood here is 1 h 30 min before HW
on February 2017 in Hecate Strait and Queen Charlotte Sound. Bella Bella, maximum ebb 2 hours before LW Bella Bella.
The intention of the Northern, Central and Southern MPAs is 15 About 8 miles east of Copper Islands the stream is
to protect the Glass Sponge Reefs existing in the area. rectilinear, maximum flood setting 335° at 1½ kn and max-
5.2 The Northern and Central Reef Marine Protected imum ebb 155° at 1½ kn.
Areas are located in Hecate Strait. The Southern one is 16 In a position 097°, 53 miles, from Cape St. James
located in Queen Charlotte Sound. For further information maximum flood sets 010° at 1¼ kn, last of flood 090° at 1 kn,
on the MPAs please visit http://www.dfo-mpo.gc.ca/oceans/ maximum ebb 210° at 1¾ kn and last of ebb 290° at 1 kn.
mpa-zpm/index-eng.html. 17 Sixteen miles west of Aristazabal Island first of flood
6 Tides. — Tidal differences along the east side of sets 270° at ½ kn, maximum flood 000° at 1½ kn, first of ebb
Hecate Strait, referenced on Bella Bella, for Higgins ­Passage 085° at ½ kn and maximum ebb 195° at 1 kn.
(Index No. 9056), McKenney Islands (Index No. 9077), 18 About 37 miles west of Aristazabal Island maximum
Beauchemin Channel (Index No. 9082), Borrowman Bay flood is 025° at 1 kn and maximum ebb 140° at 1 kn. In sum-
(Index No. 9080), Gillen Harbour (Index No. 9105), Block mer the stream nearly always turns through east with first
Islands (Index No. 9165) and referenced on Prince Rupert, for and last of flood and ebb setting 080° at ½ kn. In winter the
Larsen Island (Index No. 9232) and Griffith Harbour (Index stream nearly always turns through west with first and last
No. 9230) are given in the Tide Tables, Volume 7. of flood and ebb setting 270° at ½ kn. Last of flood here is at
7 Tidal streams. — In general, the flood com- HW Bella Bella, last of ebb at LW Bella Bella.
ing in from Dixon Entrance meets the flood coming up 19 Four miles north of North Danger Rocks, close west
Hecate Strait from the south in the vicinity of Porcher Island. of Banks Island, maximum flood sets 310° at 1½ kn, maximum
In late summer, from mid July to mid September, they meet ebb 125° at ¾ kn.
some 25 or 30 miles farther south. 20 About 12 miles west of North Danger Rocks
8 At springs, or during bad weather, the tide-rips maximum flood sets 320° at 1½ kn, maximum ebb 120° at
caused by the meeting of the streams are sometimes so great 1¼ kn and last of ebb 240° at ¾ kn. Maximum flood here is
as to convey an appearance of broken water. 1 h 30 min before HW Bella Bella, maximum ebb 1 h 30 min
9 The flood stream through Dixon Entrance, on reach- before LW Bella Bella.
ing the north end of Hecate Strait, divides at a point midway 21 About 27 miles east of Sandspit maximum flood sets
between Rose Spit and Dundas Island. Part of the current sets 330° at 1½ kn, maximum ebb 130° at 1 kn.
north past Dundas Island, no doubt because of the indraught 22 Fourteen miles SE of Sandspit maximum flood sets
toward Portland Inlet, and part turns SE into Hecate Strait; in 340° at 1½ kn, maximum ebb 155° at 1¼ kn.
winter the flood and ebb here are quite regular, but in late sum- 23 About 6 miles WNW of Fan Point on Porcher Island
mer the flood greatly exceeds the ebb. In August, especially, maximum flood sets 000° at 1¼ kn, maximum ebb 205° at
there can be 2½ to 3 kn of flood, with little appreciable ebb 1 kn.
or only slack water. 24 About 12 miles west of Fan Point maximum flood
10 Farther south, where the strait widens in the latitude sets 350° at ¾ kn, maximum ebb 180° at 1 kn. Maximum flood
of Porcher Island, the currents rarely exceed 1 kn in the central here is at HW Prince Rupert, maximum ebb at LW Prince
part of the strait. However, along the shore of Stephens Island, Rupert.
 CHAPTER 1
Hecate Strait, East Shore 1-3
and Channels leading to the Inner Passage

25 Caution. — About sixteen hours after the pas- Channel 78A (156.925 MHz) in addition to the Vessel Traffic
sage of a storm through Queen Charlotte Sound, and Services channel for the vts Sector they are in. For full details
where the wind veers from SE to SW to NW, the maximum see Fishing Vessels in Sailing Directions booklet PAC 200 —
currents at the south end of Hecate Strait will occur about General Information, Pacific Coast and in the Annual Edition
3 h 30 min after HW at Prince Rupert, and can remain out of of Notices to Mariners.
phase for three or four days. The initial change of phase is 37 Ferry. — A ferry crosses Hecate Strait between
usually accompanied by a surge of current about ½ kn greater Skidegate Inlet and Prince Rupert. Charted ferry routes are
than is usual. This change in the phase of the currents is caused general indications of the route followed by the ferry. The ferry
by a wind driven inertial current of period 15.4 hours and a may deviate from the charted route at times as determined by
starting velocity of 30 cms/sec. (0.6 kn). This current slowly prevailing weather conditions.
decays over a three to four day period. 37.1 A submarine cable (fibre-optic) is laid in
26 A strong outflow from Hecate Strait can occur dur- Hecate Strait, from Tlell to Bonilla Island.
ing large tidal ranges combined with rapid equalization of a 38 South Hecate Strait ODAS light buoy 46185 (621.5)
large difference in barometric pressure between the coastal (52°31.7'N, 130°05.2'W) is about 25 miles west of Conroy
area and the head of the inlets. Unusual currents of 2 to 3 kn Island.
setting south were reported in 1968. 39 North Hecate Strait ODAS light buoy 46183 (734.5)
27 Meteorological information for Bonilla Island, (53°37.0'N, 131°06.3'W) is about 19 miles west of Bonilla
Cape St. James, Ethelda Bay and Sandspit and frequency of Island.
fog information for Ethelda Bay and Sandspit are given in 40 Oval Bank light and bell buoy EOB (747.5)
the Appendices. (53°55.6′N, 130°54.3′W), about 6 miles west of Fan Point, is
28 Vessel Traffic Services (vts). — The a west cardinal buoy.
area covered in this chapter is in Sector 1 of the 41 Continuously operating radiobeacons in Hecate Strait
Prince ­Rupert Traffic Zone and the assigned frequency is are at McInnes Island, Sandspit and Dead Tree Point. Radar
156.55 MHz, Channel 11. beacons (Racons) are at Hanmer Rocks, Jacinto Island, Lawn
29 A brief description of this Vessel Traffic ­Services (vts) Point, Rose Spit, Seal Rocks and Stenhouse Shoal.
System is given in Sailing Directions booklet PAC 200 — 42 Directions. — Keep on the east side of Hecate Strait
­General Information, Pacific Coast; full details are given in and when approaching Brown Passage, at the north end, pass
Radio Aids to Marine Navigation (Pacific and Western Arctic). west of Butterworth Rocks.
30 The Calling-in Points are
31 Calling-in Point No. 28, called McInnes Island/Cape
St. James, is a line joining McInnes Island light (619) and Aristazabal Island — West Coast
Cape St. James light (770).
32 Calling-in Point No. 30, called Bonilla Island/
Charts 3726, 3975, 3980
Sandspit, is a line from Bonilla Island Sector light (734) to
Sandspit Aeronautical Beacon (784). 43 Aristazabal Island (52°40′N, 129°10′W) separ-
33 Calling-in Point No. 32, called White Rocks, is a ates Laredo Channel from Hecate Strait. Mount Johnston,
line joining Browning Entrance light (742) and Hankin Rock 10 miles NNW of its south extremity, is a conspicuous saddle-
light (743). shaped hill. Knight Range, at the north end of the island, is
34 Calling-in Point No. 33, called Duckers Islands, is a bare ridge of hills with four conspicuous peaks. Mount
a line joining Duckers Island light (629) and Dupont ­Island Parizeau, the highest of the peaks, has a conspicuous dome-
light (630). Note. — Northbound mariners shall report shaped summit.
whether their route is through Squally Channel or Whale 44 The west coast of Aristazabal Island is fringed with
Channel. islands and dangerous reefs extending 13 miles into Hecate
35 Calling-in Point No. 34, called Wilson Rock, is a line Strait. Two good harbours on the west coast of Aristazabal
running 232° across Laredo Channel through Wilson Rock. Island are Clifford and Borrowman Bays. Weeteeam Bay, also
36 Fishing vessels of all types can be encountered in on the west coast of the island, offers good anchorage during
Hecate Strait, the heaviest concentrations being during the summer months.
herring fishery in March and during the salmon fishery from 45 Beauchemin Channel leads close along the west and
May until October. During certain times of the year, mariners NW coasts of Aristazabal Island and is described later in this
can encounter numerous crab traps, marked by dan buoys, chapter.
in the shoal water areas of Rose Spit. Mariners intending 46 Tides. — Tidal differences, referenced on Bella
to pass through Hecate Strait are advised to monitor VHF Bella, are given for McKenney Islands (Index No. 9077),
 PAC 206
1-4 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

Borrowman Bay (Index No. 9080) and Beauchemin Channel Chart 3975
(Index No. 9082) in the Tide Tables, Volume 7.
55 Moore Islands (52°40′N, 129°25′W), NE of
Chart 3726 ­ cKenney Islands, consist of two large islands and several
M
islets. Numerous rocks and shoals extend west to Carter Rocks
Off-Lying Islands, Rocks and Shoals
and north to Keith Rock, which dries 15 feet (4.6 m), and
47 Harvey Islands (52°31′N, 129°19′W) have a max- form the south side of Willis Passage.
imum elevation of about 150 feet (46 m). Sinnett Islets are 56 Willis Passage, north of Moore Islands, leads from
1 mile NNW of Harvey Islands; the water between these two Hecate Strait into Beauchemin Channel.
groups is encumbered with reefs. Conroy Island is 3 miles 57 Towner Bank, on the north side of the west entrance
west of Harvey Islands. The bottom surrounding these islands to Willis Passage, has a least depth of 72 feet (21.9 m) over it.
is very uneven with reefs extending 7 miles south. The named 58 Schram Rocks, a group of drying and above-water
reefs are as follows. Muriel Rocks are awash. Morey Rock rocks 2.5 miles north of McKenney Islands, and Verdier
has less than 6 feet (2 m) over it. Gertrude Rock and Frances Shoal, 0.9 mile east of Schram Rocks, are on the north side
Rock both dry 6 feet (1.8 m). Steele Rock is 54 feet (16.5 m) of Willis Passage.
high with a rock awash 0.25 mile north of it. Mason Rock 59 Richards Shoal, 1 mile NE of Moore Islands, has
has less than 6 feet (2 m) over it. a least depth of 30 feet (9.1 m) over it and is usually marked
48 Baker Shoal, 1.5 miles WSW of Conroy Island, has by kelp in summer.
a depth of 16 feet (4.9 m) over it and a rock with less than 60 Isnor Rock (52°44′N, 129°32′W) is 60 feet (18.3 m)
6 feet (2 m) over it is reported (1999) 1.4 miles SW. Allen high and bare. Wells Rocks, 0.8 to 2.5 miles east of Isnor
Rocks, 2.3 miles NW of Conroy Island, dry 3 feet (0.9 m). A Rock, are a group of drying and above-water rocks; the highest
rock with a depth of 15 feet (4.6 m) over it lies 0.8 mile south. has an elevation of 23 feet (7 m). Woods Shoal, 1 mile NNE
49 Byers Islands, 1.5 miles north of Conroy Island, are of Wells Rocks, has 48 feet (14.6 m) over it.
in the centre of a chain of reefs extending 4 miles north from 61 Lombard Rocks and a rock, with 21 feet (6.4 m)
Conroy Island. Wakely Rock, at the north end of these reefs, is over it, 0.5 mile SE, are 2.4 miles SSE of Woods Shoal and
on the west side of Leadman Passage.
awash. Eaton Rock, 1.8 miles NW of Byers Islands, is awash.
62 Leadman Passage leads south from Caamaño Sound
A rock with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it is reported (1999)
to its junction with Willis Passage and Beauchemin Channel.
1.2 miles NW of Eaton Rock. Christie Shoal, 1.3 miles NE
63 Tidal streams set north on the flood and south
of Wakely Rock, has a depth of 19 feet (5.8 m) over it.
on the ebb and attain 2 to 3 kn in Leadman Passage.
50 Byers, Conroy, Harvey and Sinnett Islands and sur-
The streams change about the time of HW and LW.
rounding waters are an Ecological Reserve.
64 Beaven Islands and Anderson Islands are on
51 Wright Passage, with Wakely Rock and Christie
the east side of Leadman Passage and separate it from
Shoal on its south side and the rocks and shoals extending ­Beauchemin Channel.
south from McKenney, Whitmore and Moore Islands on its 65 Knarston Rock dries 2 feet (0.6 m) and lies on a
north side, has a navigable width of about 1.5 miles. shoal bank SSE of Anderson Islands, on the north side of
52 McKenney Islands (52°39′N, 129°29′W), with Willis Passage.
Carter Rocks close north, lie on the north side of the ap- 66 Directions. — When entering Willis Passage from
proach to Wright Passage and the south side of Willis ­Passage. Hecate Strait keep Mount Parizeau bearing 064° and open
­Whitmore Islands are about 1 mile east of McKenney south of the Anderson Islands. This bearing will lead midway
Islands. It is advised not to attempt to pass between these between Keith Rock and Verdier Shoal. When the east ex-
islands, or between Whitmore and Moore Islands, without tremity of Moore Islands, which is a steep conspicuous cliff,
local knowledge. bears 152°, alter course to 093° to pass between Richards
53 Munro Shoal, 2.5 miles SW of McKenney Islands, Shoal and Knarston Rock into Beauchemin Channel.
has 27 feet (8.2 m) over it. Liddell Rocks extend 1.6 miles 67 When approaching Leadman Passage from Caamaño
south from McKenney Islands and consist mainly of drying Sound, pass through a position about 1.5 miles east of Cliffe
rocks with a few above-water rocks. McGowen Rocks, which Rock and steer for the east extremity of Moore Islands, bear-
extend 0.8 mile south from Whitmore Islands, also consist ing 174°. This course will lead between Lombard Rocks and
mainly of drying reefs with some above-water rocks. the shoal west of the south end of Anderson Islands. When
54 Ecological Reserve. — The south Moore Island, the the south extremity of Anderson Islands is abeam, alter course
McKenney and Whitmore Islands, the surrounding islets and to 135° to pass midway between Richards Shoal and Knarston
rocks are an Ecological Reserve and is closed to the public. Rock into Beauchemin Channel.
 CHAPTER 1
Hecate Strait, East Shore 1-5
and Channels leading to the Inner Passage

68 Parker Passage (52°48′N, 129°21′W) separates the Kdelmashan Creek and Noble Lagoon are NE, north and
north end of the Anderson Islands from Rennison Island and NW of Archer Islets.
leads east from Leadman Passage into Beauchemin Channel. 76 Caution. — Because of the dangers existing
Foul ground, in which there are numerous above-water and farther in, local knowledge is advised for large vessels
drying rocks, extends 0.8 mile west from the SW side of to seek anchorage north of a line between Meade Point and
­Rennison Island in the west approach to Parker Passage. Soar Rock.
69 Laundy Rock, 0.8 mile SW from the SW corner 77 Anchorage can be obtained in 7 to 9 fathoms
of Rennison Island, dries 2 feet (0.6 m) and lies in the west (13 to 16 m), sand bottom, about 0.2 mile NE of the
approach to Parker Passage. largest of the Thistleton Islands. This is a good summer an-
70 Oswald Point is the NW extremity of Rennison chorage, but a swell comes in with south gales. Anchorage
Island. Wall Islands, close-off Oswald Point, have high cliffs for small vessels can be obtained NW of Archer Islands in the
on their north sides. approach to Noble Lagoon in 5 fathoms (9 m), sand bottom.
70.1 Wall Islands light (628.5), on the NW side of This anchorage offers limited protection from south swells.
Wall Islands, is shown at an elevation of 43 feet (13 m)
78 Bent Harbour, on the west side of Weeteeam Bay
from a white tower fitted with a Racon (— • — •).
and north of Thistleton Islands, is entered SW of Alman
Charts 3726, 3982 Island through a narrow channel encumbered with rocks
Beauchemin Channel and Approach and kelp. It is only suitable for small craft and is open to SE
winds.
71 Rylatt Rock (52°27′N, 129°05′W) dries 7 feet 79 The western enterance to Weeteeam Bay is a narrow
(2.1 m) and lies in the approach to Weeteeam Bay. A rock, channel north of the largest Thistleton Islands and south of
about 1.5 miles ESE of Rylatt Rock, has a depth of 15 feet Alman Island. This passage is not recommended unless
(4.6 m) over it and is usually marked by kelp. Haynes Rocks entered at high water and with no swell. The passage has
are 2 miles east of Rylatt Rock. Between Haynes Rocks and a limiting depth of 4 feet (1.2 m).
Cummins Islet, 2.2 miles north, numerous islets, drying,
above- and below-water rocks extend about 1.3 miles off Charts 3910, 3726
the SW side of Aristazabal Island. Rogerson Rock, 50 feet 80 Directions. — If approaching Weeteeam Bay
(15.2 m) high, bare and grey, is 2.3 miles NNW of Rylatt from south steer to keep Rogerson Rock in line with Mount
Rock. ­Johnston, bearing 007°, which leads about 0.7 mile west of
72 Arriaga Islands, 1 mile north of Rogerson Rock,
Rylatt Rock. When the south extremity of Ede Island, which
with drying and below-water rocks between them, are a group
can be difficult to identify, bears 040° steer for it on that bear-
of three islands separated from the coast of Aristazabal Island
ing until the north end of Cummins Islet bears 100°, when
by a narrow boat passage. Numerous above-water and drying
course should be altered to pass about 0.15 mile SE of Ede
rocks lie close-off the shores of these islands. South Arriaga
Island. Pass about 0.2 mile SE of Bruce Islet to clear Digby
Island is the south island of the group.
Rock, then round Bruce Islet at a distance of about 0.2 mile
Chart 3910, 3980 and proceed to the anchorage.
73 Weeteeam Bay (52°30′N, 129°02′W) is entered Charts 3726, 3982
between Cummins Islet, which is bare and grey, and Ede
Island 0.7 mile NW, which is wooded except for a bare rock 81 Beauchemin Channel (52°37′N, 129°15′W) leads
ledge at the SE end. Murray Rock, 0.4 mile NW of Cummins close along the west and NW coasts of Aristazabal Island.
Islet, has 22 feet (6.7 m) over it and lies on the SE side of the 82 Tides. — Tidal differences in Beauchemin Channel,
fairway. Colston Islet, 0.5 mile north of Cummins Islet, has referenced on Bella Bella, are given for McKenney Islands
some bushes on it. (Index No. 9077), Borrowman Bay (Index No. 9080) and
74 Digby Rock and Howell Rock, SE and east of Bruce Beauchemin Channel (Index No. 9082) in the Tide Tables,
Islet, are on the west side of the fairway. Thistleton Islands, Volume 7.
north of Ede Island, offer some protection from west winds. 83 Tidal streams set north on the flood at
75 Meade Point is 0.5 mile NE of Bruce Islet. Soar up to 1½ kn and south on the ebb at up to ½ kn in
Rock, 0.5 mile WNW of Meade Point, dries 10 feet (3 m). ­Beauchemin Channel. The streams change about the time of
Breakenridge Point is 0.3 mile north of Soar Rock. A shoal, HW and LW.
with a least depth of 9 feet (2.7 m) over it, is 0.2 mile ESE of 84 Normansell Islands (52°33′N, 129°10′W) consist
Breakenridge Point. Archer Islets and some unnamed islands of several islands and rocks with narrow passages between
are at the head of the bay. Duffy Creek, Harrison Lagoon, them.
 PAC 206
1-6 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

ENTRANCE TO CLIFFORD BAY (1987)

ENTRANCE TO BORROWMANN BAY VIA MORISON PASSAGE (1987)

85 Bowden Islands, 1.2 miles west of Normansell anchorage in 18 to 36 feet (5.5 to 11 m) about 0.2 mile west
Islands, are wooded and conspicuous, and have rocks close of Craft Island.
NW and SW.
Charts 3910, 3726
86 Lindsay Rocks, 1.3 miles NW of Bowden Islands,
consist of drying and above-water rocks. Several rock islets, 94 Directions. — Approaching Clifford Bay from the
up to 23 feet (7 m) high, are about 0.3 mile south of Lindsay south, pass 0.5 mile east of Bowden Islands, then steer north
Rocks. until the north point of Howse Island is in line with the sum-
mit of Mount Johnston, bearing 076°; alter course on to this
Chart 3910 leading line and pass about 0.4 mile north of Hawkins Rock,
87 Benney Islets (52°35′N, 129°10′W) lie on the SE then steer to pass midway between Howse Island and Dobbs
side of the approach to Clifford Bay. Hawkins Rock, 0.4 mile Islets and proceed to the anchorage.
north, dries 13 feet (4 m). Chart 3726
88 Babbage Island is 0.4 mile ENE of Hawkins Rock.
Howse Island, 0.2 mile NE of Babbage Island, is bold on its 95 Along the west side of Beauchemin Channel, 2 to
north side and conspicuous from the west. 3 miles offshore, is McColl Rock (52°37′N, 129°18′W) that
dries 3 feet (0.3 m). A shoal that dries 2 feet (0.6 m) and a
89 Woodcock Islands are on the north side of the
rock with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it lie 1.7 miles WSW of
approach to Clifford Bay. Dobbs Islets, ESE of Woodcock
McColl Rock. Hazel Shoal, with 30 feet (9.1 m) over it, and
Islands, lie on a drying reef. Drying reefs with above-water
Bridgeman Rock, which is 13 feet (4 m) high, are 0.9 mile
rocks on them are between Woodcock Islands and Dobbs
NE and 2.2 miles north of McColl Rock.
Islets, and three below-water rocks, marked by kelp in sum-
96 Between the entrances of Clifford Bay (52°35′N,
mer, lie up to 0.4 mile SW and WSW of the islets.
129°10′W) and Kettle Inlet, 7 miles NNW, several islands
90 Clifford Bay is entered between Dobbs Islets and and dangers lie within 1 mile of Aristazabal Island. Thurgate
Howse Island. The fairway through the entrance is about Rock, 1 mile NNW of Woodcock Islands, has less than 6 feet
0.15 mile wide and free of dangers. (2 m) over it. Butler Shoal, 1.5 miles NNW of Thurgate
91 Craft Island is 0.4 mile ESE of Howse Island. A Rock, has a least depth of 29 feet (8.8 m) and Bonson Rock,
rock, with 11 feet (3.2 m) over it, is 0.1 mile NNE of Craft 1.4 miles NNW of Butler Shoal, dries 3 feet (0.9 m) and
Island; the rock is usually marked by kelp. Turner Rock, has a shoal with a depth of 21 feet (6.4 m) close north of it.
which dries 13 feet (4 m), is 0.4 mile NE of Craft Island. A ­Trenaman Island, 1 mile north of Bonson Rock, has reefs
drying reef and below-water rocks extend 0.1 mile north of and a drying rock extending 1 mile SE of it.
Turner Rock. Several drying rocks are along the SE shore of
Chart 3975
Clifford Bay.
92 Deasy Point, on the east shore at the head of the bay, 97 Russell Banks (52°41′N, 129°20′W), 2.5 miles NW
is surrounded by a drying flat over which Flux Creek flows. of Bridgeman Rock, have a least depth of 27 fathoms (49 m).
93 Good anchorage can be obtained in 90 to 98 Kettle Inlet (52°42′N, 129°15′W) is a narrow inlet
102 feet (27 to 31 m), mud, about 0.3 mile NE of entered 3 miles NW of Trenaman Island. The entrance is
the north extremity of Howse Island. Small craft can obtain encumbered with numerous islets and rocks. A rock awash
 CHAPTER 1
Hecate Strait, East Shore 1-7
and Channels leading to the Inner Passage

lies in the middle of the fairway, about 1 mile from the head north of the north extremity of Wilks Island. This bearing will
of the inlet, with shoal depths SE of it. The passage between lead through the centre of Morison Passage, north of Mesher,
the large island and the peninsula forming the SW shore of Raby and Sehl Rocks; the least depth encountered is 45 feet
Kettle Inlet dries. (13.7 m). Both Fox Point and Wilks Island are difficult to
identify beyond a distance of 0.5 mile.
Chart 3910
110 Entering Borrowman Bay by way of Meiss Passage,
99 Borrowman Bay, between Wriglesworth Point keep in mid-channel.
(52°44′N, 129°18′W) and Pearse Point, 1.5 miles north, can
Chart 3975
be entered by Morison or Meiss Passages.
100 Tides. — Tidal differences for Borrowman Bay 111 Hicks Island (52°46′N, 129°19′W), on the east side
(Index No. 9080), referenced on Bella Bella, are given in the of Beauchemin Channel, is steep-to on its west side. The nar-
Tide Tables, Volume 7. row passage between it and Aristazabal Island is navigable
101 Wall Rocks, 0.3 mile WNW of Wriglesworth by small craft.
Point, are a group of above-water and drying rocks. Wall Chart 3982
Islets are north of Wriglesworth Point. Mesher Rock, with
16 feet (4.8 m) over it, is north of Wall Islets. A rocky area 112 Tuzo Islands are 1 mile NW of Hicks Island at the
lies close SW of Mesher Rock. Raby Rock has a depth of junction of Beauchemin Channel and Parker Passage.
29 feet (8.7 m) and Sehl Rock has 33 feet (10.2 m) over it 113 Nob Hill, at the north end of Aristazabal Island, is
and are 0.3 and 0.5 mile east of Mesher Rock. 530 feet (162 m) high. A rock that dries 3 feet (0.9 m) is about
102 Trickey Islands, in the centre of the entrance to 100 feet (30 m) offshore directly west of Nob Hill.
­Borrowman Bay, are wooded and surrounded by drying 114 Ulric Point, the north extremity of Aristazabal
ledges. ­Island, is low and steep-to.
103 Morison Passage, between Mesher Rock and
Trickey Islands, is about 0.4 mile wide with a least depth of
36 feet (10.9 m). Caamaño Sound
104 Meiss Passage, between Trickey Islands and Pearse
Point, is deep in the fairway but is narrowed to less than Chart 3983
0.2 mile wide by shoal ledges on both sides. 115 Caamaño Sound (52°53′N, 129°30′W) is bounded
104.1 A rock awash is at the head of the bay close east of on the south by Aristazabal Island, Rennison Island and the
Pearse Point. islets and rocks extending SW from Rennison Island. On the
105 Thomson Island and Tarte Island are on the south north it is bounded by the Estevan Group and Campania Island
side of Borrowman Bay. Switzer Cove, south of these islands, and on the east by Princess Royal Island.
has not been completely surveyed and local knowledge is 116 The Knight Range, on the north end of Aristazabal
advised before entering it. Island, is the most conspicuous feature from the approach,
106 Turtish Harbour, at the east end of Borrowman and Mount Parizeau, a dome-shaped summit, is the highest
Bay, is east of Wilks Island. The north side of Wilks Island of this range. Mount Pender (53°03′N, 129°25′W), 6.8 miles
has a single stunted tree on a bare rock ledge and is steep-to. from the south end of Campania Island on the north side of
Sere Rock with 9.5 feet (2.9 m) over it lies in the middle Caamaño Sound, is a bare, dome-shaped summit, which
of Turtish Harbour. Stannard Creek enters the east side of makes a conspicuous landmark.
Turtish Harbour south of Fox Point. 117 Tides. — Tidal differences in the south approach
107 Tate Cove is on the south side of Turtish Harbour to Caamaño Sound, referenced on Bella Bella, are given
east of Tarte Island. for ­McKenney Islands (Index No. 9077) and Beauchemin
107.1 A sport fishing lodge is in Turtish Harbour between ­Channel (Index No. 9082) in the Tide Tables, Volume 7.
Thomson Island and Tarte Island. 118 Tidal streams in Caamaño Sound set 240°
108 Good anchorage can be obtained in except for the period 3 hours before HW until HW at
21 fathoms (38 m), clay, with the north extremity of Prince Rupert when they are variable in direction. See chartlets
Wilks Island bearing 119°, distant 0.2 mile. Small vessels can under Laredo Sound later in this chapter.
anchor in Turtish Harbour, south of Sere Rock, in 10 fathoms Chart 3975
(18 m), mud. Tate Cove offers anchorage for small vessels in
Off-lying Rocks and Shoals
6 fathoms (11 m).
109 Directions. — Entering Borrowman Bay via 119 Aranzazu Banks lie in the fairway of the west en-
­Morison Passage, keep Fox Point, bearing 108°, just open trance to Caamaño Sound. Ness Rock (52°51′N, 129°44′W),
 PAC 206
1-8 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

at the SW end of Aranzazu Banks, is awash. A shoal with of the passage, about 0.15 mile south of Peatt Islets; east of
25.6 feet (7.8 m) over it is at the east end of the banks, this rock the passage is only about 120 feet (37 m) wide.
6.3 miles ENE of Ness Rock. 132 Gillen Harbour offers sheltered anchorage for
119.1 Aranzazu Banks West light buoy “EB2” (631.3) is vessels of moderate draught. The channel leading to the
NW of Ness Rock and is a starboard hand buoy. harbour has a least depth of 22 feet (6.7 m).
119.2 Aranzazu Banks light buoy “EB4” (631.4) is NE of 133 Tides. — Tidal differences for Gillen Harbour (Index
Ness Rock and is a starboard hand buoy. No. 9105), referenced on Bella Bella, are given in the Tide
120 Spencer Bank, 6 miles SE of Ness Rock, has a least Tables, Volume 7.
depth of 18 fathoms (33 m). 134 Carne Island, with two islets and some drying rocks,
121 Yates Shoal, 6.9 miles east of Ness Rock, has a depth is in the NW part of Gillen Harbour; Adams Island is in the
of 45 feet (13.7 m) over it. Evans Rock, with 21.3 feet (6.5 m) east part. A rock that dries 7 feet (2.1 m) lies about 65 feet
over it, and Janion Rock, with a depth of 18 feet (5.5 m), are (20 m) NE of the north extremity of Adams Island. A drying
1.2 and 1.8 miles SSE of Yates Shoal. rock shelf extends about 65 feet (20 m) from the north side
of the island. A rock with 2.3 feet (0.7 m) over it is 300 feet
Charts 3975, 3982 (91 m) NE of the NE extremity of Peatt Islets.
122 Cliffe Rock, with 12 feet (3.7 m) over it, and 135 Anchorage in fine weather can be obtained
­ hakespeare Banks, with a least depth of 13 fathoms (24 m),
S 0.15 mile west of Robertson Rock in 21 fathoms
are east of Evans Rock in the approach to Leadman Passage. (38 m), sand and shell. Small vessels can obtain anchorage
with good shelter from all winds in the middle of Gillen
Chart 3911 Harbour in 26 feet (7.9 m), mud.
Caamaño Sound — North Side 136 Directions. — Approaching Gillen Harbour from
east, steer for the east side of the harbour entrance bear-
123 Ecological Reserve. — Dewdney Island (52°59′N,
ing 353° and pass 0.15 mile west of Robertson Rock. If ap-
129°37′W), Glide Islands and surrounding rocks and islands
proaching from west, round Jacinto Islands at a distance of
are an Ecological Reserve and is closed to the public.
0.3 mile and steer to pass 0.15 mile east of Thomson Point
124 Jacinto Islands (52°57′N, 129°37′W) are close-off
and about the same distance west of Robertson Rock. Keep
the SW part of Dewdney Island. Two rocks, with less than
in mid-channel until about 0.3 mile south of Peatt Islets then
6 feet (2 m) over them, lie slightly more than 0.1 mile east of
keep toward the east shore to pass east of the shoal rock in
the east side of these islands.
mid-channel lying 0.15 mile south of Peatt Islets. Pass about
125 Jacinto Islands light (631), on the SE extremity
120 feet (27 m) west of the 4 foot (1.2 m) high rock that lies
of the largest island, is shown at an elevation of 92 feet
on the west side of Peatt Islets. Do not attempt to enter Gillen
(28 m) from a white tower fitted with a Racon (—   — • —).
Harbour in a gale from SE, except in case of necessity.
126 Pemberton Bay is entered between Jacinto Islands
and Porter Island, 1.7 miles ENE. Chart 3975
128 Shannon Rock, which is 13.1 feet (4 m) high, and
137 Goodacre Point (52°57′N, 129°33′W) is the SE
Sage Rock, with 25.9 feet (7.9 m) over it, are 0.7 mile SW
extremity of Dewdney Island.
and 0.8 mile WSW of Porter Island.
138 Borthwick Rock, which dries 14 feet (4.3 m), Cort
129 Robertson Rock is 1.5 miles NNW of Shannon
Rock, with 10 feet (3.2 m) over it, and a rock with 34 feet
Rock, on the east side of the entrance to Gillen Harbour.
(10.4 m) over it lie up to 2 miles SSE and SE of Goodacre
Numerous islets, drying reefs and some below-water rocks
lie along the east side of Pemberton Bay, east of a line Point. These rocks are steep-to on their south sides.
joining Shannon Rock to Robertson Rock. To the NE of 138.1 Borthwick Rock light buoy “EB5” (631.5) is
this line Pemberton Bay has not been surveyed and local south of Borthwick Rock and is a port hand buoy.
knowledge is advised before entering this area.
Chart 3982
130 Thomson Point, 0.7 mile NNE of Jacinto Islands, is
low and steep-to. A rock that dries 6.2 feet (1.9 m) is 0.4 mile 139 Dupont Island, 4 miles ESE of Goodacre Point, has
north of Thomson Point. drying reefs and above-water rocks extending 0.5 mile north
131 North of Robertson Rock the shores of the narrow of it.
channel leading to Gillen Harbour are fronted with islets and 140 Lights. — Dupont Island West light (630.1),
rocks. Peatt Islets are on the east side of the entrance to the on the SW end of the island, is shown at an elevation
harbour. A rock, with 12 feet (3.7 m) over it, lies in the middle of 52 feet (16 m) from a white tower.
 CHAPTER 1
Hecate Strait, East Shore 1-9
and Channels leading to the Inner Passage

141 Dupont Island East light (630), on the east Chart 3975
side of the island, is shown at an elevation of 54 feet
Jacinto Islands to Flynn Point
(16.6 m) from a white tower.
142 Estevan Sound, Campania Sound, Surf Inlet and 151 Between Jacinto Islands (52°57′N, 129°37′W) and a
Laredo Channel are described later in this chapter. point about 3 miles NNW, the coast and bays are encumbered
with islets and drying reefs, and shoal depths extend up to
1.3 miles offshore.
Estevan Group — West Coast 152 Macdonald Island is 3.5 miles NW of Jacinto
Islands. Several drying rocks are between Macdonald Island
and Dewdney Island. Macdonald Island is within the bound-
Charts 3975, 3976 aries of the Ecological Reserve and is closed to the public.
143 Estevan Group (53°03′N, 129°40′W) consists of five 153 Bland Rocks, 2.5 miles NNW of Macdonald Island,
are a group of drying and below-water rocks; the highest rock
large islands and numerous smaller islands. The four south
dries 12 feet (3.7 m). Numerous above- and below-water rocks
islands, Dewdney Island, Lotbinière Island, Barnard Island
are between Bland Rocks and the coast to the NE.
and Prior Island, are low and deeply indented. Trutch Island, 154 Oswald Bay is approached between Bland Rocks
the north and largest of the group, has a maximum elevation and Le Jeune Point, 1 mile ESE. Le Jeune Point is steep-to.
of 960 feet (293 m) in Musgrave Peaks. 155 Murray Anchorage, on the south side of
144 Conspicuous microwave antennas are on the west Oswald Bay, affords good shelter to small craft. Drying
summit of Musgrave Peaks. reefs extend 0.4 mile west from the east entrance point of the
145 Langley Passage, described later in this chapter, anchorage. Murray Anchorage is within the boundaries of the
leads south of Trutch Island. The west entrance to Langley Ecological Reserve, which is closed to the public.
Passage is shallow and encumbered with drying rocks; even 156 Nichol Island, 3.5 miles NW of Le Jeune Point, lies
in moderate weather the sea breaks across this entrance. It is in the west entrance to Langley Passage. Finnerty Point is the
recommended that all vessels enter from the east by Devlin SW extremity of Nichol Island. The opening on the SE side
of Nichol Island leading to Langley Passage is encumbered
Bay.
with islets and rocks.
146 The only sheltered anchorage on the west
157 Between Finnerty Point and Flynn Point,
coast of Estevan Group is Murray Anchorage, in
2 miles NNW, several below-water and drying rocks
­Oswald Bay. Gillen Harbour, previously described, at the lie up to 0.8 mile offshore. The west entrance to Langley
south end of Dewdney Island, also offers sheltered anchorage. ­Passage, on the north side of Nichol Island, is encumbered
with drying rocks between which is a narrow shallow passage.
Off-lying Banks and Shoals Tidal streams run with considerable strength through this
147 Cridge Banks (52°58′N, 129°50′W) extend passage and even in moderate weather the sea breaks across
9 miles WSW of Dewdney Island. Cran Shoal, on the east the entrance. It is recommended that any vessel wishing to
enter Langley Passage should do so through Devlin Bay in
end of Cridge Banks, is a rocky area with a depth of 48 feet
Estevan Sound.
(14.6 m) over it.
158 Marchant Rock, 2.5 miles NW of Finnerty Point,
147.1 Cran Shoal light buoy “EB7” (631.1) is on the dries 9 feet (2.7 m) and has rocks awash and a shoal extending
south side of the shoal and is a port hand buoy. 0.5 mile south from it.
148 Agassiz Banks (53°04′N, 130°03′W) lie in the
west approach to Otter Passage, which is at the north end of
Estevan Group. Otter Passage
149 Noot Shoal (53°07′N, 130°06′W) is NW of Agas-
siz Banks and has a depth of 22 feet (6.7 m) over it. Kelp is Chart 3984
usually present on the shoal during summer. 159 Otter Passage (53°08′N, 129°45′W) leads from
150 Joseph Island (53°09′N, 130°02′W) has shoal Hecate Strait into Nepean Sound. The fairway is deep and
rocks and depths under 6 fathoms (11 m) extending up to about 0.3 mile wide but because of strong tidal streams and
0.7 mile from it, and a shoal with 24 feet (7.3 m) over it is the large number of islands in the passage, local knowledge
1.4 miles west. is advised.
 PAC 206
1-10 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

160 Tides. — Tidal differences in Otter Passage, ref- 170.1 Banks Island Southeast Sector light (739.7),
erenced on Bella Bella, are given for Block Islands (Index NNW of Sisters Islands, is shown at an elevation of
No. 9165) in the Tide Tables, Volume 7. 28 feet (8.5 m) from a skeleton tower.
161 Tidal streams are strongest in the east part of 171 Trap Islands, south of Block Islands and on the
Otter Passage where the maximum on both the flood south side of the fairway through Otter Passage, have drying
and ebb is 6 kn. The flood sets NE and the ebb SW and the reefs and below-water rocks off their north and east sides.
duration of slack water is about 11 minutes. Most of the ebb Trap Rocks, extending 1 mile ENE of Trap Islands, consist
stream from Nepean Sound runs out through this passage of above-water, drying and below-water rocks. The east and
and, meeting the ocean swell at the west entrance, produces highest rock has an elevation of 18 feet (5.5 m).
a turbulent breaking sea. 172 Nepean Sound is described later in this chapter.
162 Secondary current station Otter Passage (Index
No. 8535), referenced on Prince Rupert, is given in the Tide
Tables, Volume 7. Banks Island — West Coast
163 Laithwood Island (53°08′N, 129°47′W) is on the
north side of the fairway at the west end of Otter Passage
Charts 3976, 3978
and has a conspicuous, light grey, bare rock shelf at the south
end. A shoal spit extends 0.3 mile SSE from the island, and 173 Banks Island (53°10′N, 129°55′W), with Otter
6 fathom (11 m) shoals are farther SSE. Passage at its south end and Browning Entrance at its north
164 Man Island is 0.5 mile east of Laithwood Island. A end, separates Hecate Strait from Principe Channel. The west
drying reef is close south of Man Island and the area between side of the island is comparatively low with no conspicuous
Laithwood and Man Islands is foul. features. The east side of Banks Island, along the Principe
165 Otter Passage light (740), on the south Channel shore, is bold and mountainous.
end of Man Island, is shown at an elevation of 174 The numerous indentations along the west coast
62 feet (19 m) from a white tower. of Banks Island, between Terror Point and Kingkown Inlet,
166 Crews Rock and Breaker Islets are north of are exposed and encumbered with dangers. Kingkown Inlet,
­Laithwood and Man Islands; this area is encumbered with although sheltered, is difficult to enter. The only sheltered
numerous islets and drying and below-water rocks. anchorages along this coast are at the north end, in the vicinity
167 Cox Point, 0.8 mile east of Man Island, is the NW of Griffith Harbour.
extremity of Trutch Island.
168 Block Islands, 1.5 miles NE of Man Island, are on Chart 3976
the north side of the fairway through Otter Passage. A shoal Off-lying Banks and Rocks
ridge, on which there are islets, drying and below-water rocks,
lies between Man and Block Islands. 175 Joseph Island (53°09′N, 130°02′W) and Noot Shoal
169 Block Islands light (741), on an islet on the SE have been described earlier under Estevan Group — West
side of the group, is shown at an elevation of 32 feet Side.
(9.8 m) from a skeleton tower. 176 McKenzie Shoal (53°13′N, 130°15′W), 9 miles NW
170 Sisters Islands, 0.5 mile NNW of Block Islands, lie of Joseph Island, has a least depth of 21 feet (6.4 m) over it.
close-off the SE shore of Banks Island. North Danger Rocks are a group of bare rocks 3.8 miles NW

BONILLA ISLAND FROM NORTH (1984)

 CHAPTER 1
Hecate Strait, East Shore 1-11
and Channels leading to the Inner Passage

of McKenzie Shoal. Nicholas Shoal, 1 mile SSE of North 186 Spearer Point, 3.5 miles NW of Terror Point, has a
Danger Rocks, has a least depth of 11 feet (3.4 m) over it. hill near its extremity. Above- and below-water rocks extend
177 McHarg Bank, about 4 miles NW of North Danger 0.4 mile south from the point. Between Terror and Spearer
Rocks, is an extensive bank of irregular depths. The least Points numerous drying, above- and below-water rocks are
known depth over the bank is 6 fathoms (11 m). within 0.6 mile of the shore.
177.1 McHarg Bank light buoy “E88” (740.5) is on the 187 Grief Point, 4.5 miles NW of Spearer Point, is low.
west side of the bank and is a starboard hand buoy. A flat-topped rock, 29 feet (8.8 m) high, close west of Grief
178 South Rocks (53°24′N, 130°35′W) consist of three Point is prominent from the south. Philliskirk Hill, 2 miles
drying rocks; the highest dries 18 feet (5.5 m). Numerous east of Grief Point, is prominent from south and SW. Between
rocks and shoals lie between South Rocks and Banks Island Spearer and Grief Points drying and below-water rocks extend
with Stewart Passage separating them from the coast of Banks about 0.8 mile offshore.
Island; these are described later with the coastline. 188 Waller Bay is a broad bay extending 4 miles north
179 Bonilla Rocks, between South Rocks and Bonilla from Grief Point. Its shores are broken and rugged and num-
Island, consist of several drying, above- and below-water erous drying and below-water rocks extend 1 mile offshore.
rocks. At the north end of the bay a narrow inlet, encumbered with
Charts 3986, 3976, 3978
rocks, extends about 2 miles north.
189 Wreck Islands (53°21′N, 130°13′W) consist of
180 Bonilla Island (53°29′N, 130°37′W) is surrounded several islands with numerous above-water and drying ledges
by drying ledges, drying reefs and below-water rocks; they joining and surrounding them. Junk Ledge, extending 1 mile
extend up to 1.8 miles offshore on the east side. A sandy SSE from Wreck Islands, consists of islets, drying and below-
beach is on the north side of the island. On the south side of water rocks and forms the west side of Foul Bay.
the island are two small bays; the east bay provides a suitable 190 Hart Rock, the westernmost rock west of Wreck
landing place. Dome Hill, near the centre of Bonilla Island, Islands, is 23 feet (7 m) high and steep-to on its west side.
is dome-shaped and conspicuous. The summit is bare and the 191 Foul Bay is obstructed by numerous drying and
north and south sides of the hill fall away steeply; the west below-water rocks. A boat passage through Foul Bay leads east
side of the slope is gradual. and north of Wreck Islands into Survey Bay; it is extremely
181 Bonilla Island Sector light (734) is shown at intricate and should not be attempted without the aid of local
an elevation of 120 feet (36.6 m) from a white tower, knowledge.
32 feet (9.8 m) high. White buildings with red roofs stand 192 Anchorage for small craft can be obtained in
NW of and below the light. the above-mentioned boat passage in 42 feet (12.8 m)
181.1 Submarine cables (fibre-optic) extend from about 0.3 mile NW of the north extremity of the largest of
Bonilla Island, north through Schooner Passage to Wreck Islands. Local knowledge is advised to get to this
Kitkatla, and west across Hecate Strait to Tlell. anchorage.
182 Meteorological information for Bonilla Island is 193 Survey Bay, NW of Wreck Islands, is fringed with
given in the Appendices. reefs up to 0.4 mile from shore; its middle is deep. The head
183 North Rock (53°31′N, 130°37′W) is 0.5 mile north of the bay has a group of islands in it and from these islands,
of the north point of Bonilla Island. Shoals, with less than a narrow inlet extends 1 mile east.
3 fathoms (5.5 m) over them, lie up to 1.8 miles off the NE 194 Kelp Point is the north entrance point of Survey
coast of Bonilla Island. Northwest Rocks, 1.5 miles north of Bay. Drying reefs and foul ground extend about 0.3 mile SW
Bonilla Island, extend 2 miles north. They consist of a group from the point.
of above-water, drying and below-water rocks; the highest 195 Carlo Rock, 3 miles west of Kelp Point, has less than
has an elevation of 41 feet (12.5 m). 6 feet (2 m) over it and lies at the SE end of Halibut Rocks.
184 Northwest Rocks light (735), on the south side Halibut Rocks consist of drying, above- and below-water
of the rocks, is shown at an elevation of 23 feet (7 m) rocks. The highest rock is 28 feet (8.5 m) high.
from a white tower. 196 Surge Rocks, 3.3 miles NNW of Carlo Rock, con-
Chart 3976 sist of two groups of drying rocks. Three detached rocks, all
marked by kelp, extend 1.8 miles SE from the south Surge
Terror Point to Antle Islands
Rock.
185 Terror Point (53°10′N, 129°57′W), with conspicu- 197 Cliff Point, 6.8 miles NW of Kelp Point, is high with
ous grey cliffs, is the SW extremity of Banks Island. ­Calamity conspicuous white cliffs. The coast between Kelp and Cliff
Bay, 4 miles east of Terror Point and on the south side of Points is fringed with above-water, drying and below-water
Banks Island, is encumbered with numerous rocks. rocks extending 0.5 mile offshore.
 PAC 206
1-12 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

198 Stewart Passage, between Banks Island on the NE, 209 Between Solander Point and Larsen Island,
and Surge and Carlo Rocks on the SW side, provides a deep 3.5 miles NNW, there are numerous islets and rocks. Wells
route along the SW side of Banks Island. Two 35 foot (10.7 m) Islet and McCoy Rocks, the outermost named features, are
shoals lie 0.8 and 1.4 miles west of Cliff Point and a 36 foot on the south side of the approach to Griffiths Harbour and
(11 m) shoal is 0.9 mile SW of the same point. Rawlinson Anchorage.
Chart 3912 Griffith Harbour, Rawlinson
Kingkown Inlet Anchorage and Approach
199 Antle Islands (53°29′N, 130°27′W) lie in the en- 210 Borrowman Group (53°36′N, 130°34′W) are the
trance to Kingkown Inlet. Goring Reefs, extensive drying islands lying in an extensive area of foul ground on the west
boulder banks, extend 0.9 mile NNW from Antle Islands. side of Griffith Harbour. Chandler Rocks, at the west ex-
Numerous drying and below-water rocks extend west from tremity of the Borrowman Group, are a group of drying and
the north Antle Island. below-water rocks. English Rock, 0.6 mile SSE of Chandler
200 Kingkown Inlet can be entered by Reverie Passage Rocks, has an elevation of 18 feet (5.5 m) and is surrounded
by drying rock ledges. Chandler Rocks, Parlane Islet and
or Allerton Passage but because of the numerous drying and
English Rock are on the north side of the approach to Griffith
below-water rocks and drying banks in both passages, local
Harbour and Rawlinson Anchorage.
knowledge is advised.
211 Parker Rocks extend 0.5 mile east from English
201 Kirkendale Island and Shadforth Islands, east of
Rock along the south side of the Borrowman Group. Webb
Antle Islands, have narrow boat passages between them that Rock, with a depth of 4.1 m over it, and Anderson Rock,
can only be navigated at HW. with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it, lie south of Parker Rocks,
202 Reverie Passage, the south entrance to Kingkown on the north side of the fairway leading to Griffith Harbour
Inlet, leads along the east side of Antle Islands. It is narrowed and Rawlinson Anchorage.
in places to less than 300 feet (91 m) wide by drying rocks 212 Hawley Rocks, the highest of which dries 21 feet
and boulder banks. (6.4 m), Webb Island, which is wooded, and Johnson Rocks,
203 Allerton Passage, the north entrance of Kingkown the highest of which dries 14 feet (4.3 m), are east of McCoy
Inlet, is on the north side of Goring Reefs. A 1 foot (0.3 m) Rocks on the south side of the fairway leading to Griffith
high rock that provides a good mark for entering is at the north Harbour and Rawlinson Anchorage.
end of Goring Reefs. A rock, with less than 6 feet (2 m) over 213 Rawlinson Anchorage is entered between Johnson
it, lies in mid-channel 0.3 mile ESE of the last-mentioned Rocks and Bromley Island, 0.4 mile east. Bennett Islet and
rock. Beadle Rocks are on the west side of the anchorage. Butler
204 Byers Bay, NE of Shadforth Islands, has several Rock, 0.3 mile south of Bromley Island, is on the east side of
islets, drying and below-water rocks in it. A passage in the SE the anchorage. Isnor Islets, 0.6 mile SSW of Bromley Island,
part of the bay leads to a very narrow arm that is obstructed are on the south side of the anchorage.
by drying boulder banks. 214 Anchorage can be obtained about 0.3 mile
north of Isnor Islets in 12 fathoms (22 m), sand.
Chart 3986 Better holding ground of mud and sand can be obtained in
Laverock Point to Larsen Island 8 fathoms (15 m), about 0.2 mile WNW of Bromley Island.
These anchorages do not offer much shelter from the SW.
205 Laverock Point (53°31′N, 130°29′W) has a group of 215 Tidal streams in the approach channel to
drying rocks 0.3 mile SSE from it. The coast of Banks Island Rawlinson Anchorage, and at the anchorage, attain
NW of this point is low, rugged and indented. 1 to 1½ kn.
206 East Rock, 3.2 miles WSW of Laverock Point and 216 Askew Islands, 0.25 mile NE of Bromley Island,
1 mile east of Bonilla Island, is 3 feet (0.9 m) high. lie on a drying flat in Millar Bay just south of the entrance
207 Sneath Islands are between Laverock Point and to Norway Inlet.
Solander Point, 3 miles NW. The outermost danger in the 217 Griffith Harbour is entered between Anderson
vicinity is a rock that dries 10 feet (3 m), 0.3 mile SW of the Rock and Kettle Rock, 0.2 mile east. The fairway, leading
largest of the Sneath Islands. NE, is about 300 feet (91 m) wide at its narrowest part and
208 Venn Shoal, 2.5 miles NW of Solander Point, has has a least depth of 4.6 feet (1.4 m) west of Whittle Point.
less than 6 feet (2 m) over it. Lonely Rocks, 0.6 mile NW, Laird Rocks, 0.1 mile NW of Jewsbury Islets, are on the west
consist of drying and below-water rocks, the highest of which side of the fairway; the west rocks dry 4 and 5 feet (1.2 and
dries 13 feet (4 m). 1.5 m). The concrete base of a former structure, on the highest
 CHAPTER 1
Hecate Strait, East Shore 1-13
and Channels leading to the Inner Passage

of the Laird Rocks, is an identifying, but not very promin- side. Principe Channel heads southward from Browning
ent, mark. Whittle Point is 0.1 mile NE of Jewsbury Islets, Entrance; Beaver and Schooner Passages lead northward.
on the east side of the fairway. Three drying rocks are close
Beaver ­Passage is marked by lights and is the better of the
north of Whittle Point. The narrowest part of the fairway lies
between these drying rocks and Deans Rocks. Heron Islands two channels.
and Sladden Island are west of Deans Rocks. A reef that 223 Browning Entrance is extensively used by tugs tow-
dries 21 feet (6.4 m) and a rock with less than 6 feet (2 m) ing log scows or rafts crossing from Haida Gwaii.
over it are 0.1 mile north of Deans Rocks. North of Appleby 224 Tides. — Tidal differences in Browning Entrance,
Island and Birch Point, 0.2 mile east, the channel opens out
referenced on Prince Rupert, are given for Larsen Island
in ­Griffith Harbour.
218 Tides. — Tidal differences for Griffith Harbour (Index No. 9232) in the Tide Tables, Volume 7.
(Index No. 9230), referenced on Prince Rupert, are given in 225 Tidal streams. — A portion of the flood set-
the Tide Tables, Volume 7. ting north along the west coast of Banks Island rounds
219 Ford Rock, at the east end of Griffith Harbour, dries the north end of Banks Island and meets the flood setting
23 feet (7 m). Krone Island is 0.1 mile north of Ford Rock at NW through Principe Channel at the north end of Principe
the outer end of some drying flats. Bone Islet and some dry-
Channel in the vicinity of Deadman Islet and Baird Point.
ing rocks are at the west side of the harbour north of Appleby
Island. These streams seldom exceed ½ kn. Tide-rips are sometimes
220 Anchorage for small vessels can be obtained encountered off Baird Point.
in 9 fathoms (16 m), mud, about 0.15 mile NE of 226 Aspect. — The NW extremity of Banks Island ap-
Appleby Island. Small craft can anchor in 5 fathoms (9 m)
pears, from NW, as low bare land, fringed with trees near the
about 0.1 mile WSW of Ford Rock. The anchorages are shel-
tered from all winds. coast and fronted by numerous wooded islets. The land begins
221 Directions. — Local knowledge is advised for to rise about 3 miles inland to thickly wooded hills, about
entering Griffith Harbour. Draught permitting, the best time 700 feet (213 m) high. Passage Cone (53°46′N, 130°24′W),
to enter is at or near LW on a rising tide, when most dangers on the east side of Dolphin Island, is conspicuous. False Cone
are visible.
(53°47′N, 130°31′W), on the largest of the Prager Islands, is
wooded and from the west it can be mistaken for Passage
Browning Entrance Cone.
227 Marks that are more distant are Anchor Mountain
Charts 3978, 3986 and Mount Shields, both at the NW end of Pitt Island. Egeria
Mountain, on Porcher Island, is nearly always snow-clad.
222 Browning Entrance (53°43′N, 130°35′W) provides
a convenient route from Hecate Strait to the Inner Passages; 228 Anchorages are in Larsen Harbour, on the
it lies between Goschen, Dolphin and Spicer Islands on the north coast of Banks Island, and in Willis Bay, on the
north side and Banks and McCauley Islands on the south south coast of Goschen Island.

LARSEN HARBOUR (1986)

 PAC 206
1-14 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

BEAVER PASSAGE NORTH ENTRANCE (1986)

Chart 3986 237.1 Baird Point light (742.5), on the west side of
McCauley Island, is shown from a white tower fitted
Browning Entrance — South Side
with a Racon (— • —).
229 Archie Rock (53°37′N, 130°36′W), which dries 238 Principe Channel is described later in this chapter.
23 feet (7 m), has drying and below-water rocks extending 239 Sheldon Islet is 0.3 mile offshore, 0.6 mile north of
0.75 mile south of it. Baird Point. Numerous islets, above- and below-water rocks
230 White Rocks, 1.5 miles NE of Archie Rock, are lie between it and the shore of McCauley Island.
white and prominent. Three detached rocks, with depths of
9, 12 and 33 feet (2.7, 3.7 and 10.1 m) over them, lie between Beaver Passage
Archie and White Rocks.
240 Beaver Passage, entered from the south between
231 Lights. — Browning Entrance light (742), on
Hankin Rock and Ralph Islands, is the wider and better of
the north islet of White Rocks, is shown at an elevation
the two passages leading to Kitkatla and Ogden Channels.
of 41 feet (12.5 m) from a skeleton tower.
241 Tides. — Tidal differences for Kitkatla Islands
232 Larsen Harbour light (736), at the NW end
of Banks Island and the east entrance point to Larsen ­(Index No. 9242), referenced on Prince Rupert, are given in
Harbour, is shown at an elevation of 18 feet (5.4 m) from a the Tide Tables, Volume 7.
skeleton tower. 242 Tidal streams flood north and ebb south
through Beaver Passage and the duration of slack water
233 Larsen Harbour is between the north side of Larsen
Island and the islands and drying reefs to the NW. It is only is, on the average, about 13 minutes. The rate is 2 to 3 kn in
suitable for small craft and local knowledge is advised. The the south approach and north entrance and 4 kn within the
approach is between Larsen Harbour light and the drying rocks passage.
0.1 mile west. Heavy kelp grows on the bank in the approach 243 Secondary current station Beaver Passage (Index
to the harbour. No. 8545), referenced on Prince Rupert, is given in the Tide
234 Anchorage in Larsen Harbour is rather con- Tables, Volume 7.
fined in depths of 12 to 18 feet (3.7 to 5.5 m). 244 Hankin Point (53°42′N, 130°24′W) is at the SW end
235 Drying and below-water rocks lie up to 0.5 mile of Beaver Passage. The south shore of Beaver Passage for
off the coast between Larsen Harbour and Deadman Islet, 2 miles NE of Hankin Point is fringed with islets and rocks.
2.5 miles east. Deadman Inlet is filled with drying flats. Hankin Rock is 0.4 mile WNW of Hankin Point.
Ludlam Rock, 0.8 mile north of the west entrance point to 245 Hankin Rock light (743) is shown at an eleva-
Deadman Inlet, has 5.1 m over it. tion of 32 feet (9.7 m) from a white tower.
235.1 Deadman Islet Sector light (736.5) is shown 246 Ralph Islands are 0.6 mile NW of Hankin Rock.
at an elevation of 9.5 m from a skeleton tower. Friday Island is 0.5 mile NE of Ralph Islands with a group
236 Anchorage in settled weather can be obtained of rocks between them.
about 1 mile north of Larsen Harbour light or 1 mile 247 Spicer Island and South Spicer Island separate
west of Deadman Islet in 8 to 20 fathoms (15 to 37 m); hold- Beaver Passage from Schooner Passage. The passage separ-
ing is reported to be good. ating Spicer and South Spicer Islands is narrow and intricate
237 Baird Point, 3 miles NE of Deadman Islet, is the but suitable for small craft.
NE entrance point of Principe Channel. The land NE of the 248 Spicer Point is the east extremity of Spicer Island.
point is low and flat. An islet, close SW of the point and joined Connis Islet, 0.3 mile SSE of Spicer Point, is on the west
to it by a drying ledge, is 95 feet (29 m) high. Drying and side of the fairway and is covered with bushes. A flat-topped
below-water rocks extend up to 0.3 mile south and west and drying rock is 0.2 mile SW of Connis Islet. A rock awash is
0.5 mile NW of Baird Point. 0.1 mile NW of the islet.
 CHAPTER 1
Hecate Strait, East Shore 1-15
and Channels leading to the Inner Passage

249 Connis Islet light (744) is shown at an 261 Sentinel Islet (53°45′N, 130°29′W), 1.6 miles west
elevation of 22 feet (6.6 m) from a white tower with of Boys Point, is 125 feet (38 m) high. Three drying rocks
a green band at the top. lie within 0.2 mile west of it. A chain of islets, drying reefs,
250 Gurd Rock, with a depth of 12 feet (3.7 m) over above- and below-water rocks lies between Sentinel Islet and
it, is 0.3 mile SE of Connis Islet. Another rock, with 14 feet the SW shore of Dolphin Island. Terry Rock, with 24 feet
(4.3 m) over it, is close SE of Gurd Rock. The fairway leads (7.3 m) over it, is 1.2 miles SE of Sentinel Islet at the SE
between Connis Islet and Gurd Rock. extremity of the above-mentioned chain.
251 Murder Cove, 1.2 miles SW of Connis Islet, is on the 262 Boys Rock, which dries 16 feet (4.9 m), and a 20 foot
SE side of Beaver Passage and indents the coast of ­McCauley (6.1 m) shoal are 0.2 mile south of Boys Point.
Island. A waterfall flows into its south side. 263 Christie Islands, 1 mile SE of Boys Point, are on
252 Connis Cove, east of Connis Islet, is almost filled the south side of the approach to Schooner Passage.
with drying flats. 264 Christie Rock, 0.3 mile WNW of the south island
253 Anchorage for small craft can be obtained in of the group, has 26 feet (7.9 m) over it. Several shoal rocks
Connis Cove, about 0.1 mile NE of a small wooded are 0.5 mile SSW of Christie Rock.
islet off the south entrance point of the cove. The depth in this 265 Letts Islets, 0.7 mile east of Boys Point, consist of
anchorage is 16 fathoms (29 m). two islets connected by a drying reef. A rock that dries 7 feet
254 Jock Island, with a rock that dries 11 feet (3.4 m) (2.1 m) is close south, and shoals, with a least depth of 9 feet
close NE, lies 2 miles north of Connis Islet and is the outer- (2.6 m), extend up to 0.4 mile north of the islets. Two rocks
most of the dangers in the vicinity of McCauley Point. that dry 9 feet (2.7 m) are 0.3 mile ESE of Letts Islets, on the
Several islets, drying and below-water rocks are 0.4 mile SE east side of the fairway through Schooner Passage. A rock,
of Jock Island. with 10 feet (3.0 m) over it, lies 0.8 mile NNE of Letts Islets
254.1 Kitkatla Islands East light (745.1), 0.75 mile in the middle of the fairway. A rock with a depth of 8.4 m
west of Jock Island, is shown at an elevation of 23 feet over it lies in mid-channel abreast Passage Cone.
(7 m) from a white tower. 266 Shaman Cove, close NE of Boys Point, is encum-
255 Bully Island, 0.4 mile north of Jock Island, is bered with rocks; it offers shelter to small craft but local
wooded. knowledge is advised.
256 Bully Island light (745) is shown at an eleva- 267 Totem Inlet is entered 0.3 mile NW of Letts Islet.
tion of 22 feet (6.7 m) from a white tower. This light The narrow entrance passage, about 40 feet (12.2 m) wide,
is obscured by trees when approaching from the south. has a clear central track with a least depth of 13 feet (2.3 m) at
257 Directions. — If approaching Beaver Passage from the north end. However, care must be taken to avoid reported
the west side of Banks Island, pass Archie Rock and White rocks on the NE and NW sides of the end of the narrows.
Rocks at a convenient distance then steer to pass midway Anchorage for small craft is available inside the inlet with
between Hankin Rock and Ralph Islands, taking care to good holding in heavy mud.
avoid the rock, with 6.4 m over it, 0.8 mile west of Hankin 268 Welham Cove, 1.5 miles NE of Letts Islets, is
Rock. Then keep in mid-channel and pass slightly less than almost filled with drying flats. An islet on the north side of
0.2 mile SE of Connis Islet to avoid Gurd Rock. When Bully the entrance is connected to Spicer Island by a drying led ge.
Island light structure is sighted alter course to pass midway A rock with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it is 0.1 mile north of
between Bully Island and the Kitkatla Islands; a course can the islet.
then be set to enter Ogden Channel between Comrie Head 269 Shibasha Island is connected to the NE end of
and Sparrowhawk Point. Dolphin Island by a drying bank. A drying ledge, marked by
kelp, extends 0.1 mile south from the south end of the island.
Schooner Passage
270 Anchorage for small craft can be found in
258 Schooner Passage, between Spicer and Dolphin the sheltered cove SW of Shibasha Island. It is entered
Islands, is entered from the south between Christie Islands through a narrow passage with a least depth of 15 feet (4.6 m),
and Boys Point. which leads south of the above-mentioned drying ledge.
259 Tidal streams in Schooner Passage attain 2 kn 271 Browning Island is on the west side of the north
in the south entrance and 4 kn in the north entrance, entrance of Schooner Passage. Below-water rocks and drying
where it is much narrower. The flood sets north and the ebb ledges are in the channel west of the island.
south. 271.1 Kitkatla Islands West light (745.3), 0.45 mile
260 Dolphin Island (53°46′N, 130°26′W) has Boys Point NE of Browning Island, is shown at an elevation of
at its south extremity. 23 feet (7 m) from a white tower.
 PAC 206
1-16 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

272 Directions. — If approaching Schooner Passage local knowledge is advised. The SW coast of Dolphin Island,
from SW, keep Letts Islets ahead bearing 049° until the east of Prager Islands, is fronted by numerous islets, drying
SW Christie Island is abeam then alter course to pass about and below-water rocks.
0.2 mile SE of the south of Letts Islets. Then steer with the 282 Dolphin Lagoon penetrates the west side of Dolphin
NW tangent of the islet off the north entrance point of Welham Island; its entrance dries.
Cove ahead, bearing 023°. When Passage Cone bears 270°, 283 Directions. — Approach Willis Bay between Prager
and clear of the mid-channel dangers, steer a course in mid- Islands and Goschen Island by keeping the NW extremity of
channel. If proceeding north through Ogden Channel, round Moore Island ahead, bearing 054°, to avoid the dangers in the
the north side of Spicer Island in mid-channel between it and vicinity of Viscount Point. When the south entrance point of
the SE point of Kitkatla Islands then pass midway between Willis Bay bears 000°, steer to pass 0.15 mile west of Moore
Kitkatla Islands on the west and Jock and Bully Islands on the Island. Round the south entrance point of Willis Bay at a safe
east. After passing Bully Island set course to pass into Ogden distance, taking care to avoid the foul ground lying off it, then
Channel midway between Comrie Head and Sparrowhawk steer for the anchorage.
Point. If proceeding NW through Kitkatla Channel and the
flood stream is running, haul close around Browning Island
to avoid being set onto the rocks off the SW end of Kitkatla Freeman Passage and Approach
Islands.
Chart 3987
Willis Bay and Approach
273 Prager Islands (53°47′N, 130°31′W) consist of a 284 Goschen Island (53°49′N, 130°35′W) is mountain-
group of four large and numerous smaller islands joined by ous with its highest peak lying south of Nubble Mountain.
285 Joachim Point, the west extremity of Goschen
drying ledges and surrounded by foul ground.
274 Barren Rocks together with several drying and Island, is low. A drying ledge with a small islet on it extends
below-water rocks extend 0.4 mile SW of Prager Islands. 0.1 mile SW from the point. A shoal with 34 feet (10.4 m)
275 Goschen Point, 2 miles NW of Barren Rocks, is over it is 0.9 mile SW of the point.
fronted by a drying gravel bank with numerous boulders on 286 Cape George, 3 miles NW of Joachim Point, is the
it and depths of less than 6 fathoms (11 m) extending 0.6 mile SW extremity of Porcher Peninsula. Joachim Rock, which
south. Goschen Spit is the SW extremity of these ledges. A dries 11 feet (3.4 m), and a rock that dries 5 feet (1.5 m) are
rock that dries 12 feet (3.7 m) is 0.5 mile east of Goschen 0.5 mile west of Cape George.
Point; a spit of below-water rocks and shoals extends 0.4 mile 287 Porcher Peninsula extends south and SE from the
SE from it. SW end of Porcher Island. Oval Hill, near the north end of
276 Viscount Point is 1.5 miles east of Goschen Point. Porcher Peninsula, is prominent and appears oval-shaped from
From 0.5 mile west of Viscount Point to the south entrance all directions.
point of Willis Bay, 1 mile NE, the coast is fronted by drying 288 Shoal depths extend 1.5 miles offshore between Cape
and below-water rocks. George and Fan Point.
277 Moore Island is 0.8 mile east of Viscount Point. 289 The east side of Hecate Strait from Fan Point north
The channel leading to Willis Bay lies between Moore and is described in Sailing Directions booklet PAC 205 — Inner
Goschen Islands. Passage — Queen Charlotte Sound to Chatham Sound.
290 Freeman Passage, between the NW side of Goschen
278 Moore Island light (746), on the NW point
of the island, is shown at an elevation of 23 feet (7 m) Island and the SE side of Porcher Peninsula, is narrow and
from a white tower. intricate. The fairway is about 300 feet (91 m) wide between
279 Willis Bay, on the SE side of Goschen Island, the dangers on each side. It is only suitable for small vessels
and 1 mile north of Moore Island, affords good shelter and local knowledge is advised.
during west winds. Anchorage can be obtained in the middle 291 Tidal streams. — Secondary current station
of Willis Bay in a depth of about 20 fathoms (37 m). Freeman Passage (Index No. 8548), referenced on
280 Shakes Islands, east of Willis Bay, are separated by Prince Rupert, is given in the Tide Tables, Volume 7. The
narrow and intricate channels obstructed by numerous drying flood sets NE and the ebb SW through the fairway and the
reefs and foul ground. No attempt should be made, even by maximum rate is 4 kn.
small craft, to pass from Browning Entrance into Kitkatla 292 Joachim Spit extends 0.7 mile into the fairway at
Channel through any of these channels. the south end of Freeman Passage. The spit consists of sand
281 The narrow and intricate channel between Prager and boulders, which dry; a boulder, 3 feet (0.9 m) high, lies on
Islands and Shakes Islands is only suitable for small craft and the spit about 0.3 mile offshore. A spit of several drying and
 CHAPTER 1
Hecate Strait, East Shore 1-17
and Channels leading to the Inner Passage

below-water rocks is on the SW side of Joachim Spit. North 302 Sand Island, 0.8 mile WNW of Grassy Island, is on
of Joachim Spit, a shoal spit extends 0.5 mile south from the a drying reef that extends 0.2 mile ESE terminating in a rock
south extremity of Porcher Peninsula. A rock with less than that dries 16 feet (4.9 m).
6 feet (2 m) over it lies near the south end of the shoal spit. 303 Ewart Island, close WNW of Sand Island, is the
293 Freeman Passage Entrance light and bell buoy west island of the group that lies in the west end of Kitkatla
“E98” (746.8), 0.4 mile west of the north end of Joachim Spit, Channel. An islet, 0.2 mile south of Ewart Island, has a reef
is a starboard hand buoy. of drying and below-water rocks extending 0.5 mile WNW
294 Freeman Passage light (747), on the SW island from it. The reef is steep-to on its SW side.
of the chain of islands in mid-channel, is shown at an 304 Gilbert Island, 0.9 mile north of Kitkatla Islands,
elevation of 16 feet (4.9 m) from a skeleton tower. has two islets and some drying reefs extending 0.2 mile from
295 A rock, with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it, lies 0.3 mile its east side. Pelham Islands, with numerous above- and
SE of the entrance to the narrow bay. below-water rocks, lie on an extensive area of foul ground
296 Absalom Island, with a group of islets close SW of between Kitkatla Islands, Gilbert Island and Ewart Island. A
its south point, and Coquitlam Island are on the NW side of passage between Pelham and Kitkatla Islands is obstructed
the east end of the fairway through Freeman Passage. Dry- at its west end with drying and below-water rocks. Local
ing and below-water rocks fringe the south and east sides of knowledge is advised to pass between these islands.
Coquitlam Island; between this foul ground and that which 305 A private daybeacon, constructed from a stake
fringes Goschen Island the fairway is at its minimum width. and 2 orange floats, is in the middle of the passage, between
A rock that dries 1 foot (0.3 m) lies close-off the Goschen Pelham and Kitkatla Islands. It is located on the northern of
Island shore, 0.25 mile west of Nubble Point. two HW islets.
306 Gasboat Passage (53°50′N, 130°25′W) separates
Pelham Islands and Gilbert Island from Porcher Island.
Kitkatla Channel and Gasboat Passage The fairway has a least depth of 42 feet (12.8 m) but drying
rocks and rocks with less than 6 feet (2 m) over them, north
of ­Pelham Islands, restrict the channel to less than 0.1 mile
Charts 3986, 3987
wide and make it suitable only for small craft.
297 Kitkatla Channel (53°47′N, 130°23′W) is on the 307 A submarine cable area crosses the west end
north side of Spicer Island, Dolphin Island, Shakes Islands of Gasboat Passage; it is marked by a sign onshore.
and Goschen Island, and on the south side of Kitkatla Islands, 308 Billy Islands and Gladstone Islands (53°50′N,
Pelham Islands, Ewart Island, Porcher Island and the Cessford 130°27′W) lie on the west side of the entrance to Billy Bay.
Islands. At the NW end of Kitkatla Channel, Kitkatla and Two drying rocks are about 0.1 mile east of Billy Islands and
Porcher Inlets lead NW and north into Porcher Island. a rock awash is 0.3 mile east, in the approach to Billy Bay.
298 Tides. — Tidal differences in Kitkatla Channel, 309 Billy Bay is encumbered with drying rocks and its
referenced on Prince Rupert, are given for Kitkatla Islands head is filled with an extensive drying flat. The bay is only
(Index No. 9242) in the Tide Tables, Volume 7. suitable for small craft. It is reported that the east part of the
299 Kitkatla Islands (53°48′N, 130°21′W), at the junc- cove affords good shelter.
tion of Beaver Passage and Kitkatla Channel, form a semi 310 Kitkatla (53°48′N, 130°26′W) is a thriving First
circular chain consisting of several islands and drying and Nations community (Tsimshian nation) of approximatly
above- and below-water rocks. A wreck is on a 3 foot (0.9 m) 500 people, on a point of land on the north side of Dolphin
rock at the SE extremity of the islands. Island. It has a post office (V0V 1CO), school, nursing sta-
300 A submarine cable area crosses Kitkatla tion (250 848‑2245), regular float plane service from Prince
Channel from close east of Kitkatla to west of Grassy Rupert, a public dock with mooring for visiting vessels, fuel,
Island; it is marked by a sign onshore. fresh water, provisions and accommodation. Kitkatla Channel
301 Grassy Island, on the north side of Kitkatla Channel, fronting the community is a water aerodrome.
is 35 feet (11 m) high and surrounded by an extensive drying 310.1 A submarine cable (fibre-optic) extends from
sand and gravel bank. A reef with drying and below-water Kitkatla, south through Schooner Passage, to Bonilla Island.
rocks and a rock 6 feet (1.8 m) high at its SW end lie up to Another submarine cable (fibre-optic) extends NE, through
0.5 mile WSW of Grassy Island. Ogden Channel, to Oona River.
301.1 Stick Islet light (745.4), 0.5 mile SE of Grassy 311 Kitkatla Boat Harbour port hand light buoy
Island, is shown at an elevation of 26 feet (8 m) from “E95” (745.5) marks the NW extremity of a drying ledge
a white tower with a green band on top. extending about 0.15 mile off Kitkatla.
 PAC 206
1-18 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

312 The public wharf and floats at Kitkatla, SW 326 Snass Point is 0.8 mile ENE of Winter Rock. Drying
of the above-mentioned drying ledge, are protected rocks are close SE and close NW of Snass Point.
by an islet and breakwater and have 643 feet (196 m) of 327 A group of islets, drying and below-water rocks
berthing space. A least depth of 8 feet (2.4 m) lies along the projects from the coast of Porcher Island, about 1.8 miles
outside of the main float. NW of Snass Point.
313 A barge ramp is close east of the public wharf. 328 Kitkatla Creek, 2.4 miles NW of Snass Point, is
314 Anchorage for vessels of moderate size can fronted by a drying flat fringed with drying and below-water
be obtained about 0.3 mile NW of Kitkatla in depths rocks along its south side.
of 10 to 18 fathoms (18 to 33 m). The anchorage is indifferent 329 A peninsula on the NE side of Gurd Island, 1 mile
with a mud bottom and strong tidal streams. east of Gurd Point, has a bay on its south side that is fouled
315 A detached rock, with 28 feet (8.5 m) over it, lies on by numerous drying and below-water rocks.
the SW side of the fairway 0.8 mile NW of Kitkatla. 330 Dries Inlet, at the head of Kitkatla Inlet, has exten-
316 The passages leading through the Shakes Islands, sive drying sand and gravel flats fronting its shores. Camp
NW of Kitkatla, are obstructed by rocks and drying reefs and Creek flows into the inlet at the SE entrance.
should not be attempted. 331 Serpentine Inlet, 2 miles west of Dries Inlet, is very
317 Chief Point, 2 miles west of Gladstone Islands, is shallow and almost filled with drying flats. Several cabins are
low except for a hill near its south extremity. Islets and drying on the north shore.
rocks extend 0.5 mile SE from Chief Point and drying rocks 332 The Wilcox Group, with Clamshell Island and
and an islet lie up to 0.4 mile NW. numerous other islets, drying and below-water rocks, extend
318 Cessford Islands, about 1.5 miles NW of Chief 2 miles south from the entrance of Serpentine Inlet. A nar-
Point, are surrounded by drying ledges and reefs. Whiteley
row channel leads between the above-mentioned group and
Point is 0.7 mile NE of Cessford Islands. Several above-water
the rock and islets off the NW side of Gurd Island; it is only
rocks on a drying reef are 0.2 mile SW of Whiteley Point.
suitable for small vessels as it has a 6.5 m shoal and a rock
319 Small vessels can obtain well-sheltered an-
with 12 feet (3.7 m) over it in the centre of the fairway.
chorage in about 7 fathoms (12.8 m), about 0.3 mile
333 Robert Island, 0.2 mile south of the west extremity
ENE of the 110 foot (34 m) high islet at the NW end of
of Gurd Island, is surrounded by a drying sand and gravel flat
Cessford Islands.
with drying and below-water rocks close west of it. Numer-
320 Nubble Point (53°51′N, 130°34′W), the north ex-
ous drying rocks extending SE from Robert Island lie in the
tremity of Goschen Island, is the entrance point to Freeman
Passage. Several shoals, usually marked by kelp, lie along the approach to Gurd Inlet.
NE side of Goschen Island, about 0.2 mile offshore. 334 Gurd Inlet is entered 0.5 mile SE of Robert Island.
The narrow entrance dries at LW; at other stages of the tide
there are rapids through it. The inlet is accessible only to small
Kitkatla Inlet craft at HW slack.

321 Kitkatla Inlet is entered between Nubble and

­ hiteley Points. Gurd Island is in the middle of the inlet.
W Porcher Inlet
Several islets and drying and below-water rocks lie up to
0.3 mile off the south side of Gurd Island. 335 Porcher Inlet (53°57′N, 130°26′W) has generally
322 Anchorage can be obtained almost anywhere steep-to shores and depths too great for anchorage, except
in Kitkatla Inlet. Depths in the inlet are generally less near its head. It is only suitable for small craft because of
than 25 fathoms (46 m) with a mud bottom. the numerous reefs in its narrow entrance; entry should be
323 Ness Islands, in the entrance to Kitkatla Inlet, are attempted only at or near HW slack.
surrounded by drying and below-water rocks extending up to 336 Theresa Rock, on the north side of the entrance, has
0.6 mile from them. rocks with less than 6 feet (2 m) over them within 0.4 mile
324 Winter Rock, 1 mile NNW of Ness Islands, is sur- SW, SE and east of it. Several drying rocks, 0.5 mile east of
rounded by a drying ledge and rocks. Theresa Rock, are on the north side of the entrance to Porcher
325 Snass Islands are 1.4 miles east of Winter Rock. Inlet. East of these drying rocks, the entrance is narrow and
A rock that dries 19 feet (5.8 m) and several below-water encumbered with several drying and below-water rocks.
rocks lie in the centre of the channel between Snass and Ness 337 Porcher Narrows, 2.5 miles within the entrance of
Islands. Phoenix Islands are east of Snass Islands, off the Porcher Inlet, is less than 300 feet (91 m) wide between the
mouth of Phoenix Creek. dangers fringing both shores.
 CHAPTER 1
Hecate Strait, East Shore 1-19
and Channels leading to the Inner Passage

0.8
0.9
1.0
McKay McKay

0.5
0.4
0.3
R each Fr R each Fr

0.4
0.4
as as
er er
R R

Whale Channel
ea

Whale Channel
ea
ch ch

Squally Channe l
Squally Cha nn el

0.6
0.5

Es
0.5
Es

t ev
t ev

an
an

Campania Sound
Campania Sound

So
So

un
un

variable

d
d

0.4

t
t

le
le

In
In

rf
rf
1.0
1.0

Su
Su
0.8

0.8
6 HOURS B EF OR E H W 5 H OU R S B E FO R E H W
Caamaño Sound PRINC E RU PERT Caamaño Sound PR IN C E RU P E RT
0.4

Laredo Laredo

La
La

Sound Sound

1.0

re
re

1.5
1.0

do
do

1.6
C
C

ha
ha

nn
nn

0.5
0.5

el

1.6
el
1.0

1.0

1.0

1.0
Laredo Laredo
Sound Sound

1.0
0.7

0.6 1.3
0.4

0.4

0.7 0.4

0.5
0.5

McKay McKay
Fr
1.3

0.7

R each R each Fr
as as
er er
R R
Whale Channel

Whale Channel

ea ea
ch ch
Squally Cha nn el

Squally Channe l

0.5 0.3
Es

Es
t ev

t ev
an

an
Campania Sound

Campania Sound
So

So
un

un
d

variable
d

0.3
t

t
le

le
In

In
rf

rf

0.2
Su

Su

0.2 variable

4 HOURS B EF OR E H W 3 H OU R S B E FO R E H W
Caamaño Sound Caamaño Sound PR IN C E RU P E RT
PRINC E RU PERT

Laredo Laredo
La

La

Sound Sound
0.5
re

re
do

do

1.6
C

1.3
ha

ha

1.6
1.8
nn

nn
1.0

el

el
0.6

1.2
0.4

0.7
1.0

1.0

Laredo Laredo
1.0

Sound Sound
 PAC 206
1-20 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

0.5
0.1

0.5
McKay McKay
Fr

0.7
Fr

0.7
1.0
R each

1.3

0.8
1.5
R each

1.6
as as
er er
R R

Whale Channel
ea

Whale Channel
ea
ch ch

Squally Channe l
Squally Chann el

1.0

0.7

0.8

Es
Es

t ev
t ev

an
an

Campania Sound
Campania Sound

So
So

un
un

d
d

0.5
0.5

t
t

le
le

In
In

rf
rf

0.2

Su
Su

variable
variable
2 HOURS BEFORE H W 1 H OU R B EF OR E H W
Caamaño Sound PRINCE RUPERT Caamaño Sound PR IN C E RU PERT

0.3
0.4
Laredo Laredo

0.6

La
La

Sound Sound

re
re

do
do

1.3

C
C

1.0

ha
ha

0.9
nn
nn

0.4

el
0.4
el

0.4

0.6
0.3

0.8
0.8

0.6
Laredo Laredo
Sound Sound

0.5
0.9
McKay McKay
0.9
2.0

Fr
1.6

Fr
0.7

R each
1.7

as R each as
0.7

er er
R R
Whale Channel

ea
Whale Channel

ea
1.7

ch ch
Squally Chann el

Squally Channe l
0.6

1.4
slack 1.5
Es

Es
t ev

t ev
an

an
Campania Sound

Campania Sound
So

So
un

un
d

d
t

1.5

t
le

le
1.2
In

In
rf

rf
Su

Su

variable
HIGH WATER 1 H OU R A F T ER HW
Caamaño Sound PRINCE RUP ERT Caamaño Sound PR IN C E RU PERT
0.3
0.3

0.5

1.0

Laredo Laredo
La

La

Sound Sound
re

re
0.3

0.5
do

do
C

C
ha

ha
nn

nn
el

el

Laredo Laredo
0.3

0.5

Sound Sound
 CHAPTER 1
Hecate Strait, East Shore 1-21
and Channels leading to the Inner Passage

0.5
McKay McKay

0.8
1.0
0.5
Fr

1.0
0.5
Fr

0.8
R each R each as
as
er er
R R

Whale Channel
ea

Whale Channel
ea
ch ch

Squally Channe l
Squally Cha nn el

1.2
1.0
slack slack

Es
Es

0.1

t ev
t ev

an
an

Campania Sound
Campania Sound

So
So

un
un

d
d

t
t

le
le

In
In

rf
rf

Su
Su

1.0

2 HOUR S A F T ER H W 3 H OU R S AFTE R H W
PR IN C E RU P E RT

0.3
Caamaño Sound PRINC E RU PERT Caamaño Sound

Laredo Laredo
0.5

La
La

Sound Sound

re
re

do
do

1.4
C
C

ha
ha

nn
nn

el
el

Laredo Laredo
0.5

Sound Sound
0.7

0.9

0.6 0.3
0.6

1.0
0.3
McKay McKay

0.4
0.3

R each Fr Fr
0.5
0.8
0.6

R each
0.5
0.7
0.6

as as
er er
R R
Whale Channel

ea
Whale Channel

ea
ch ch
Squally Cha nn el

Squally Channe l

1.4
1.2

1.2
1.2

1.0
1.0
Es

Es
t ev

t ev
an

an
Campania Sound

Campania Sound
So

So
un

un
d

d
t

t
le

le
In

In
rf

1.0

rf
1.0

Su

Su
1.0
0.6

1.0

4 HOURS A F T ER H W 5 H OU R S A FTE R H W
Caamaño Sound PRINCE RU PERT Caamaño Sound PR IN C E RU P E RT
0.2

Laredo Laredo
La

La

Sound Sound
re

re

1.7
do

do
C

C
ha

0.5
ha
nn

0.5
nn
0.6
el

el
0.5
0.6

0.4
0.5

0.5
0.6

0.8

0.8
0.8

Laredo Laredo
Sound Sound
 PAC 206
1-22 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

and Kitasu Hill, on the SW side of Swindle Island, are con-

0.7
0.2
spicuous. Mount Johnston, 10 miles NNW of the south ex-

0.4
McKay

0.4
Fr

0.4
R each as
er tremity of Aristazabal Island, is a conspicuous saddle-shaped
hill. The west coast of Price Island is fringed by numerous
R

Whale Channel
ea
ch

islets and rocks extending up to 2 miles offshore. The east

Squally Chann el

coast of Aristazabal Island is comparatively steep-to; islands

and rocks extend 4 miles south from this island.
0.7
342.1 Kitsoo Spirit Bear Conservancy encompasses
the north end of Price Island and the west sides of Swindle
Es
t ev
an

Campania Sound

Island and Princess Royal Island.

So

Caution. — Surveys in 1979 found depths

un

343
d

shoaler than charted in Laredo Sound, north of

t
le

52°23′N, and Laredo Channel. The 1982 edition of Chart 3728

In
rf
Su

embodies this new information. The current editions of

1.0

1.0

6 HOURS AFTE R H W
Caamaño Sound PRINCE RUPE RT Charts 3975 and 3726 embody new information from these
surveys only on least depths over principal shoals and dangers
inside the 10 fathom (18.3 m) contour. The new Chart 3981
contains new information from recent surveys, but it is rec-
Laredo ommended that the mariner consult the source class diagram
La

Sound
on the chart for clarification. Deep draught vessels and tows
re
do
C

with deep catenaries should follow the routes described under

ha
nn

“Directions”.
el
0.6

0.5

Tides. — Tidal differences in Laredo Sound, refer-

0.5 0.5
344
enced on Bella Bella, are given for Higgins Passage (Index
No. 9056) and Milne Island (Index No. 9063) in the Tide
0.8

Laredo
Sound
Tables, Volume 7.
345 Tidal streams in Laredo Sound turn about
338 Tidal streams in Porcher Narrows attain a 4 hours after HW and 1 hour before HW at Prince
maximum of 7 kn on the flood and ebb. Secondary Rupert.
current station Porcher Narrows (Index No. 8551), referenced 346 Tide-rips, dangerous to small craft, occur with
on Prince Rupert, is given in the Tide Tables, Volume 7. the ebb stream on Moody Banks, especially during
339 Both sides of Porcher Inlet are encumbered with dry- south winds, and south of McInnes Island at the junction of
ing and shoal ledges for 1.5 miles NNE of Porcher Narrows. the streams from Laredo and Milbanke Sounds.
The only other dangers are near the head, where a drying rock 347 Tidal stream chartlets showing the streams
is close SE of the west entrance point of the channel leading in knots from Laredo Sound to McKay Reach are on
to Salt Lagoon, and a rock, with less than 6 feet (2 m) over adjacent pages.
it, lies nearly in mid-channel about 1.3 miles from the head.
340 Salt Lagoon is entered through a narrow, intricate Charts 3726, 3728
channel that dries. Dangers South of Aristazabal Island

Chart 3980
Laredo Sound
348 Lempriere Bank (52°23′N, 129°02′W), about
Charts 3746, 3728, 3980, 3981 2 miles in extent from north to south, has several pinnacles
on it; the least depth is 45 feet (13.7 m). Nab Rock, which
341 Laredo Sound (52°20′N, 128°50′W) is entered from
dries 5 feet (1.4 m), is 2 miles east of Lempriere Bank.
south between McInnes Island, close south of Price Island,
and Munro Island which is close south of Aristazabal Island. 349 Moody Banks, east of Nab Rock, with depths less
342 Aspect. — The land on the west side of Price Island than 20 fathoms (36.6 m) are about 5 miles long in a north/
and the south end of Aristazabal Island is comparatively low south direction. Luard Shoal (52°24′N, 128°53′W), near the
and featureless. Jocelyn Hills, on the east side of Price Island, NE end of Moody Banks, has a least depth of 36 feet (11 m).
 CHAPTER 1
Hecate Strait, East Shore 1-23
and Channels leading to the Inner Passage

HIGGINS PASSAGE LOOKING NW ABEAM NE POINT LOHBRUNNER ISLAND (1986)

350 Luard Shoal light and whistle buoy “E63” (620), group of islets, 0.5 mile east of Bray Island, are on the north
near the shallowest part of the shoal, is a port hand buoy. side and at the east end of the fairway through Catala Passage.
351 Munro Island is 1 mile SW of the south extremity 357 Clearing marks. — Linn Rock in line with the south
of Aristazabal Island. Drying and below-water rocks extend extremity of Bray Island, bearing 118°, leads about 137 m SW
1.5 miles SE and 1.3 miles east of the island. Several shoals of Mould Rock.
lie between this area of foul ground and Nab Rock. Oldham Chart 3980
Rock, 1.3 miles east of Munro Island, dries 15.7 feet (4.8 m).
352 Prior Passage separates Munro Island and the foul 358 Morley Creek and Lipsett Creek (52°21′N,
ground east of it from the islands, islets and rocks off the south 128°44′W), 5.5 miles north of McInnes Island, have a com-
end of Aristazabal Island. It is about 0.15 mile wide, intricate mon entrance.
and only suitable for small craft. Local knowledge is advised. 359 Rudolf Bay, 9 miles north of McInnes Island, has
several rocks off its narrow entrance but is well-sheltered and
suitable for small craft. A rock with a depth of 7 feet (2.1 m)
is 1.5 miles west of the north entrance point of Rudolf Bay.
Price Island — West Coast
Two rocks, with less than 6 feet (2 m) over them, are 0.1 mile
WSW of the same point.
Chart 3980
360 Jaffrey Rock (52°28′N, 128°50′W) is 5 feet (1.5 m)
353 McInnes Island (52°16′N, 128°43′W), its light and high, bare and steep-to on its west side.
Day Point are described with Milbanke Sound in Sailing 361 Jaffrey Rock light and whistle buoy “E64” (622),
­Directions booklet PAC 205 — Inner Passage — Queen SW of the rock, is a starboard hand buoy.
Charlotte Sound to Chatham Sound. 362 Seddall Shoals is an area of foul ground to the east
354 Between McInnes and Price Islands and 0.8 mile and SE of Jaffrey Rock.
south of the former, are numerous islets and rocks. Chart 3910
Chart 3733 Higgins Passage
355 Catala Passage (52°16′N, 128°42′W) leads through 363 Higgins Passage (52°28′N, 128°43′W) leads from
the above-mentioned islets and rocks and provides a safe and Laredo Sound into Milbanke Sound. Its shoalest part, west of
easy channel for small vessels travelling from Laredo Sound Lohbrunner Island, dries 5 feet (1.5 m) and is only suitable
to Milbanke Sound. for small craft near HW on a rising tide; local knowledge is
356 Mould Rock, 1.5 miles NW of McInnes Island, is on advised. The west entrance, encumbered by numerous islands
the north side of the west approach to Catala Passage and has and rocks, is best approached from the vicinity of Jaffrey Rock
a depth of 4 m over it. Linn Rock, 0.4 mile north of McInnes where Kipp Islet and the approach channel can be identified.
Island, is 4 m high and lies on the north side of the fairway Keep north of a line joining Jaffrey Rock and Kipp Islet to
of Catala Passage. Bray Island, 0.5 mile SE of Linn Rock, avoid being set south to Seddall Shoals. A narrow channel
is 61 m high. The least width through the fairway is between along the south and east sides of Kipp Islet leads NE through
Bray Island and the island, 43 m high, 0.15 mile south of it. A the islands then SSE into the west entrance of Higgins ­Passage.
 PAC 206
1-24 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

A shoal with a least depth of 26 feet (7.9 m) lies in this narrow 374 Haig Rock, 0.1 mile east of Tildesley Point, is 20 feet
channel 0.1 mile south of Kipp Islet. (6.1 m) high and steep-to on its east side. A rock, 7 feet (2.2 m)
364 Grant Anchorage, east of the island 0.5 mile high, is 0.2 mile north of Haig Rock.
ENE of Kipp Islet, is in the west entrance of Higgins 375 Haig Rock light (624) is shown at an elevation
Passage and affords anchorage to small vessels in 20 fathoms of 25 feet (7.6 m) from a skeleton tower.
(37 m), mud bottom. Less sheltered anchorage with more
swinging room can be obtained in the basin 0.6 mile NNE of Swindle Island — West Coast
Kipp Islet in 18 fathoms (33 m). 376 Larkin Point (52°31′N, 128°50′W) is the west ex-
365 From Grant Anchorage, the fairway through Higgins tremity of Swindle Island. Between Larkin Point and Kipp
Passage leads SSE and then east between several drying reefs Islet, 2.7 miles SE, numerous islets and rocks fringe the SW
and islets to Lohbrunner Island. Fishing boundary mark-
coast of Swindle Island. Abrams Island, 1.3 miles north of
ers are on the south end of the large island 0.4 mile west of
Larkin Point, is connected to Swindle Island by a drying rock
Lohbrunner Island and on the north side of the peninsula to ledge.
the south. The fairway leads north along the west side of 377 Abrams Island light (623) is shown at an
Lohbrunner Island, where a bar dries 5 feet (1.5 m), then SE elevation of 27 feet (8.2 m) from a skeleton tower.
through a narrow rock infested passage, which is full of kelp. 378 Wilby Point, 1.5 miles north of Abrams Island, is
The fairway then leads south along the east side of Lohbrunner low. Drying rock ledges extend 0.3 mile NW and west from
Island to a wide basin. the point with a rock, 6 feet (1.8 m) high, at the west extremity.
366 The channel that dries 13 feet (4 m) south of 379 Kitasu Bay is entered between Wilby Point and
­Lohbrunner Island has wooded islets in its west and east Jamieson Point, 2 miles east. Kwakwa Creek, Cann Inlet
entrances; the route through this channel lies between and Osment Inlet, on the east side of Kitasu Bay, have not
­Lohbrunner Island and the islets. Do not attempt to pass south been surveyed and local knowledge is advised. Several islets
of the islets because the channel is obstructed by several large lie in the common entrance of Kwakwa Creek and Cann Inlet;
rocks. drying rocks encumber the entrance of Osment Inlet.
367 A narrow channel with drying reefs on both sides 380 Parsons Anchorage, at the head of Kitasu
leads NE from the basin east of Lohbrunner Island and widens Bay and south of Marvin Islands, affords good shelter
near Higgins Lagoon. A fishing boundary marker is on the to small vessels during SE winds. The anchorage is in 15 to
NW shore of the channel. 20 fathoms (27 to 37 m), sand and gravel. A rock that dries
368 Higgins Lagoon and the east part of Higgins Passage 3 feet (0.9 m) is 0.1 mile north, a rock with less than 6 feet
are described in Sailing Directions booklet PAC 205 — Inner (2 m) over it is 0.1 mile south and two cabins are on the west
Passage — Queen Charlotte Sound to Chatham Sound. side of the easternmost Marvin Island.
369 Tidal streams. — The north-going tidal 381 Marine farms are off the east shore of Parsons
streams from Milbanke and Laredo Sounds meet Anchorage and are reported to be in Osment Inlet (1986).
near the middle of Higgins Passage. In the narrowest part of 382 Directions. — Approaching Laredo Sound from
­Higgins Passage, north of Lohbrunner Island, the tidal streams Hecate Strait keep outside the 20 fathom (37 m) contour
attain 5 kn. along the SE side of Moody Banks by steering for Kitasu Hill
370 Tides. — Tidal differences for Higgins Passage (52°30′N, 128°44′W), bearing 029°. When the north extremity
(Index No. 9056), referenced on Bella Bella, are given in the of Munro Island is abeam, bearing 299°, alter course to 352°
Tide Tables, Volume 7. to pass about 1 mile west of Jaffrey Rock and about 1.3 miles
Charts 3726, 3975, 3980, 3981 off Haig Rock.
383 If bound for Laredo Channel, alter course when Haig
Aristazabal Island — East Coast
Rock is abeam to pass midway between Wilson Rock and the
371 Lombard Point (52°29′N, 128°57′W), 2 miles NNE point on Princess Royal Island about 1 mile NE of it, after
of the south extremity of Aristazabal Island, is steep-to on its which the directions for Laredo Channel, given later in this
east side. Several islets and drying rocks are close offshore chapter, should be followed.
between the south end of Aristazabal Island and Lombard 384 If bound for Laredo Inlet alter course when Haig
Point. Rock light structure bears 308° to bring the south extremity of
372 Lombard Point light (621) is shown at an Croft Island ahead, bearing 047°, after which the directions for
elevation of 27 feet (8.2 m) from a skeleton tower. Laredo Inlet, given later in this chapter, should be followed.
373 Between Lombard Point and Tildesley Point, 385 If bound for Parsons Anchorage in Kitasu Bay or
7.5 miles north, the coast of Aristazabal Island is steep and through Meyers Passage, then round Wilby Point at a distance
rocky. There are no dangers outside 0.2 mile from shore. of about 1 mile. Approaching Parsons Anchorage follow
 CHAPTER 1
Hecate Strait, East Shore 1-25
and Channels leading to the Inner Passage

the shore SE of Wilby Point at a distance of about 0.2 mile, 394 Cullum Point, 4.5 miles east of Hartnell Point on
anchoring 0.3 mile south of the east entrance point of the the north side of Meyers Passage, is the west entrance point
anchorage. If entering Meyers Passage pass either 0.2 mile to Meyers Narrows.
north of Gaudin Rock or 0.1 mile south of Ellard Rock thence 395 Meyers Narrows, between Cullum Point and
into the entrance of Meyers Passage. ­Saunders Point, 1.3 miles east, is less than 0.1 mile wide
in its narrowest part and has a least depth of 2.4 m in the
fairway. A rock that dries 5 feet (1.5 m) on the south side of
Meyers Passage the fairway about halfway through the narrows is marked
by starboard hand buoy “E70” close NW. Two rocks awash
Charts 3943, 3980, 3981
are on the north side of the fairway, about 300 feet (91 m)
NE and NW of the drying rock. During summer and autumn
386 Meyers Passage (52°36′N, 128°39′W), between months, kelp grows thickly in the shoal water on both sides
Swindle and Princess Royal Islands, leads from Laredo Sound of the narrows.
into Tolmie Channel. It is suitable for small vessels but local 395.1 A wreck is 0.4 mile SW of Cullum Point, in
knowledge is advised. The least depth through the fairway is the vicinity of the anchorage.
encountered in Meyers Narrows. 396 Anchorages for small craft can be obtained at
387 Tides. — Tidal differences for Meyers Narrows the west end of Meyers Narrows in 10 fathoms (18 m),
(Index No. 9060), referenced on Bella Bella, are given in the mud, about 0.25 mile SW of Cullum Point and 0.1 mile from
Tide Tables, Volume 7. the south shore. At the east end they can obtain anchorage
388 Tidal streams flood from Laredo Sound to- west of the drying spit that is close west of Saunders Point.
ward Tolmie Channel and the ebb flows in the opposite 397 Anchorage can also be obtained in the middle
direction; the maximum rate for both is 3 kn. of the passage, about 0.25 mile SE of Saunders Point,
389 Secondary current station Meyers Passage (Index in 19 fathoms (35 m), mud. All the above-mentioned anchor-
No. 8528), referenced on Prince Rupert, is given in the Tide ages are close to the fairway through Meyers Passage.
Tables, Volume 7. 398 Jorgensen Harbour (52°38′N, 128°35′W), 2.3 miles
390 Wingate Point (52°36′N, 128°45′W) and Hartnell north of Saunders Point and on the west side of Meyers
Point, 0.5 mile north, are the west entrance points of Meyers ­Passage, is sheltered by an island off its north entrance point.
Passage. 399 Anchorage for small craft can be obtained in
391 Draper Islets (52°35′N, 128°45′W) (Charts 3726, 13 fathoms (24 m) in Jorgensen Harbour.
3975) are 0.3 mile SSW of Wingate Point. 400 McRae Cove is 0.3 mile north of Jorgensen Harbour.
392 Ellard Rock and Gaudin Rock are bare and, 401 The east shore of Meyers Passage is free from off-
together with several shoals, lie in the west approach to lying dangers except for a rock with less than 6 feet (2 m)
Meyers Passage. over it abreast Jorgensen Harbour and 0.1 mile off the east
393 Corney Cove indents the north shore shore. A similar rock is close north of an island 0.7 mile to
1.5 miles east of Hartnell Point. A rock with less than the north.
6 feet (2 m) over it lies at the head of the cove. It is reported 402 Considerable magnetic disturbance has
that small craft can obtain sheltered anchorage in Corney been reported at the north entrance to Meyers Passage
Cove. (52°39′N, 128°34′W). The maximum intensity, amounting to

ENTRANCE TO LAREDO INLET (1972)

 PAC 206
1-26 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

8° east, was experienced toward the east side of the channel 414 Dallain Point, 2 miles west of Laidlaw Islands, is
midway between the 40 and 38 m high islands. the SW point of Princess Royal Island. Foul ground, which
403 Tolmie Channel is described in Sailing Directions extends 0.3 mile SE from the point, has two rocks 9 and 3 feet
booklet PAC 205 — Inner Passage — Queen Charlotte Sound (2.7 and 0.9 m) high at its extremity. Above- and below-water
to Chatham Sound. rocks fringe the point.
415 Monk Bay, between Dallain Point and Hague Point,
is too deep for anchorage. An island on the NE side of the bay
Laredo Inlet has drying rocks extending 0.2 mile south and SE from it, and
detached shoal rocks are in the north part of the bay. Pride
Rock, 1.5 miles ESE of Dallain Point, is a pinnacle with less
Chart 3975
than 6 feet (2 m) over it.
404 Laredo Inlet (52°40′N, 128°45′W), entered between 416 Trahey Inlet, NE of Hague Point, can be entered on
Laidlaw and Jessop Islands on the west and Aitken and Croft either side of Jessop Island; it is only suitable for small craft.
Islands on the east, has high mountain ranges on both sides. Drying and above-water rocks lie in the approach to and in
The most conspicuous bare peaks are Mount Parry, on the the passage on the west side of Jessop Island. Nares Hills,
west side, and Mount Learmonth, South Needle Peak and east of the head of the inlet, are conspicuous from the entrance
North Needle Peak on the east side. and from within Laredo Inlet.
405 Laredo Inlet is generally deep in the middle. Burr 417 Waser Point, 1 mile east of Jessop Island and on the
Rock, about 16 miles inside the entrance, is the only danger west side of Laredo Inlet, is steep-to and can be rounded at a
in mid-channel. short distance. Conspicuous black cliffs are along the coast
406 Tides. — Tidal differences for Milne Island (Index about 1.2 miles north of Waser Point. Powles Creek, 2.2 miles
No. 9063), referenced on Bella Bella, are given in the Tide NNE of Waser Point, is on the east side of Laredo Inlet.
Tables, Volume 7. 418 Alston Cove, 3 miles north of Powles Creek, has a
407 Milne Island (52°37′N, 128°46′W) has foul ground narrow entrance with a depth of 21 feet (6.4 m). Blee Creek
extending 0.2 mile north and 0.1 mile west of it. Hastings empties into the head of the cove over a drying flat. Hards
Island, north of Milne Island, is separated from it by a boat Creek is on the west shore opposite Alston Cove.
passage encumbered with islets and rocks. 419 Anchorage for small craft can be obtained in
408 Thistle Passage, east of Hastings Island, has several Alston Cove and in the unnamed cove 1.5 miles south
islands and rocks in it; north of Palmer Anchorage it is only of Hards Creek. A rock with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it lies
suitable for small craft. in the approach to the unnamed cove and the rock charted in
409 Palmer Anchorage, in the south part of the centre of the entrance to the same cove is a very small
Thistle Passage, affords anchorage for small vessels treed islet. Pass to the east of the rock and islet.
in 19 fathoms (35 m), shell bottom. 420 Busey Creek, 2.3 miles NNW of Alston Cove, is on
410 Quigley Creek, on the east side and at the north end the west side of Laredo Inlet. A detached rock that dries 2 feet
of Thistle Passage, has several islets in its entrance. (0.6 m) is 0.2 mile east of the entrance to Busey Creek.
411 Aitken Islands, about 1 mile west of Milne Island, 421 Kohl Island and Pocock Island, close north,
are a small group of islands, islets, drying and below-water and an unnamed island close south of Kohl Island lie
rocks. Croft Island, 0.8 mile north of Aitken Islands, has off the west shore of Laredo Inlet. Weld Cove, west of Pocock
two rocks that dry 5 feet (1.5 m) about 0.1 mile west from Island, is reported to afford well-sheltered anchorage. The
its west side. Deas Rock, 0.5 mile SSE of Croft Island, has cove can be entered either side of Kohl Island but the passage
two drying heads; the highest dries 15 feet (4.6 m). Hilbert between Kohl and Pocock Islands is the easiest. Two rocks
Point, the NW extremity of Hastings Island, is steep-to. that dry 7 feet (2.1 m) lie close NW of Kohl Island.
412 Laidlaw Islands are 1 mile NNW of Aitken Islands. 422 Bay of Plenty, 1 mile north of Pocock Island,
Foul ground, with two rocks that dry 6 and 7 feet (1.8 and is encumbered with islets and rocks. It is reported that
2.1 m) at its extremity, extends 0.25 mile SE from the south this is a popular, well-protected anchorage for small craft.
island. Duffy Rock, 0.3 mile south of the same island, has 423 Burr Rock, which dries 8 feet (2.4 m), lies in the
less than 6 feet (2 m) over it. A rock that dries 9 feet (2.7 m) middle of the fairway of Laredo Inlet 2.5 miles NNE of Bay
is about 0.1 mile east of the NE of the Laidlaw Islands. of Plenty.
413 Mansell Point, the south extremity of Jessop ­Island, 424 Fifer Cove, east of Burr Rock, is entered
is steep-to. Hume Rocks, which dry 13 and 8 feet (4 and between Tuite Point and the islands in its entrance.
2.4 m), lie in the passage between Laidlaw Islands and Mansell The fairway between Tuite Point and these islands is about
Point. 450 feet (137 m) wide with a depth of 24 feet (7.3 m). The
 CHAPTER 1
Hecate Strait, East Shore 1-27
and Channels leading to the Inner Passage

outlet of Bloomfield Lake is at the south end of the cove. 432 Magnetic anomalies of as much as 4° have
Anchorage for small craft can be obtained in Fifer Cove. been reported (1979) in the vicinities of Wilson Rock,
425 Mellis Inlet is entered 1.5 miles north of Burr Rock. Ramsbotham Islands and Morehouse Rock.
Nias Creek and Packe Creek drain into the head of the inlet. 433 Tides. — Tidal differences in Laredo Channel, ref-
426 Brew Island is separated from a small peninsula at erenced on Bella Bella, are given for Smithers Island (Index
the head of Laredo Inlet by a narrow boat passage. The chan- No. 9067) in the Tide Tables, Volume 7.
nels on both sides of the island are deep. An islet lies 0.1 mile 434 Tidal streams. — See chartlets under Laredo
Sound, earlier in this chapter. At the north end of
south of the south extremity of Brew Island. Several creeks
Laredo Channel, midway between Ulric and McPhee Points,
flow into the inlet east and west of Brew Island. Arnoup
the north-going flood stream from Laredo Channel meets
Creek and Buie Creek flow into the head of Laredo Inlet.
the flood stream passing around the north end of Aristazabal
427 Directions. — Enter Laredo Inlet with the south
Island and can cause tide-rips in that locality at springs.
extremity of Croft Island ahead, bearing 047°; this course will 435 The ebb stream divides in mid-channel off Ulric
pass midway between Duffy Rock and the west extremity of Point, one portion sets round the north end of Aristazabal
Aitken Islands. When the south extremity of Laidlaw Islands is Island, the other sets fairly down Laredo Channel.
abeam alter course to bring Mansell Point ahead, bearing 005°, 436 The tidal stream in Laredo Channel turns to ebb
and maintain this course until the north extremity of Croft about 1 hour after HW at Prince Rupert off Ulric Point and
Island is abeam, then alter course NE to pass Hilbert Point in about 2 hours after HW at Prince Rupert off the Ramsbotham
mid-channel and then maintain a mid-channel course up the Islands. The stream is fairly constant in direction, setting SE
inlet to Burr Rock. Burr Rock can be passed on either side, parallel to shore, and attains about 1 kn off Ulric Point, ½ kn
but the straighter channel to the east of the rock is preferred. in the centre and east part of the channel, and up to 2 kn off
Ramsbotham Islands.
437 The tidal stream turns to flood about 4 hours before
Laredo Channel HW at Prince Rupert off Ulric Point and about 6 hours before
HW at Prince Rupert off Ramsbotham Islands. The stream
428 Laredo Channel (52°40′N, 129°00′W) connects sets NW past Ramsbotham Islands and attains 1½ kn but off
Laredo Sound with Caamaño Sound. The banks in mid- Ulric Point it tends to be erratic in direction and attains 1 kn.
channel between Wilson Rock and Ramsbotham Islands, 438 South of Wilson Rock the flood stream normally
3 miles NW, have several shoals on them which rise steeply runs parallel with shore in a NW direction until about 3 hours
from the bottom; soundings will give little warning of these before HW slack when it usually sets fairly consistently
shoals. about 280° across the channel. Between Wilson Rock and
429 The coast of Princess Royal Island, between Dallain Ramsbotham Islands, at about mid-tide, the stream can set
Point and Kent Inlet, 5.5 miles NW, is fringed by drying and diagonally across the channel toward the south shore. In both
below-water rocks extending 0.3 mile offshore. The coast of cases, a backeddy can be present along the shore at this time.
Aristazabal Island has several shoals and drying rocks up to 439 Walsh Rock (52°38′N, 128°57′W), which dries
0.3 mile offshore. 13 feet (4 m) and is steep-to on its east side, is 0.3 mile offshore
2 miles NW of Tildesley Point. Fernie Point, 1.6 miles NW
430 The fairway through Laredo Channel lies on the NE
of Walsh Rock, is steep-to.
sides of Wilson Rock and Ramsbotham Islands and on the
440 Walsh Rock light (624.8) is shown at an
west side of Morehouse Rock; depths in the fairway are great.
elevation of 23 feet (7 m) from a white tower.
431 Caution. — Surveys in 1979 found shoaler 441 Wilson Rock, 1 mile ENE of Fernie Point, lies nearly
depths than charted in Laredo Sound north of 52°23′N
in mid-channel. In summer and autumn, it is usually marked
and in Laredo Channel. The 1982 edition of Chart 3728 by a large area of kelp.
embodies this new information. The current editions of 442 Wilson Rock light and bell buoy “E75” (625), close
Charts 3975 and 3726 embody new information from these east of the rock, is a port hand buoy. Port hand buoy “E77”
surveys only on least depths over principal shoals and dangers marks a shoal 0.5 mile NW of Wilson Rock.
inside the 10 fathom (18.3 m) contour. The new Chart 3981 443 Richardson Range, on the NE side of the channel,
contains new information from recent surveys, but it is rec- commences about 2 miles north of Dallain Point, previously
ommended that the mariner consult the source class diagram described. Mount Irving, 7 miles north of Dallain Point, is
on the chart for clarification. Deep draught vessels and tows a conspicuous cone-shaped mountain. A peculiarly shaped
with deep catenaries should follow the routes described under promontory, 3 miles NW of Dallain Point, with sandy beaches
“Directions”. on each side, was the site of a First Nation village.
 PAC 206
1-28 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

PHILIP NARROWS LOOKING SOUTH (1987)

ENTRANCE TO LAGOON AT HEAD OF HELMCKEN INLET (1987)

444 Fishing boundary markers are on Aristazabal abandoned limestone quarry is 0.4 mile SE of the mouth of
I­ sland 1.7 miles SE and 1.4 miles NW of Ramsbotham Islands the creek.
light. On Princess Royal Island, markers are 2.1 miles east 448 Anchorage can be obtained in 15 fathoms
and 1.5 miles north of Ramsbotham Islands light. (27 m), rock and shell bottom, about 0.2 mile NE of
445 Ramsbotham Islands, on the SW side of the channel the limestone quarry.
and about 3 miles NW of Wilson Rock, consist of three islands 449 Louis Islands, 0.7 mile NW of Ramsbotham Islands,
extend 1 mile NW along the coast of Aristazabal Island. This
and several islets. Foul ground with drying and below-water
chain of islets and rocks has a reef that dries 15 feet (4.6 m)
rocks extends 0.4 mile SE from the SE end of the islands.
at the SE extremity and the largest islet, 174 feet (53 m) high,
446 Ramsbotham Islands light (626), on the east at the NW end. A narrow and shallow passage leads between
extremity of the islands, is shown at an elevation of these islands and the shore of Aristazabal Island.
21 feet (6.3 m) from a skeleton tower. 450 Shotbolt Point, 1.5 miles NW of Louis Islands, is
447 The mouth of a creek on Aristazabal Island, west bold and steep-to. Drying ledges, with some off-lying drying
of the south end of Ramsbotham Islands, is filled with dry- reefs, are 2 miles NW of Shotbolt Point and extend about
ing flats and has the ruins of a bridge across its entrance. An 0.2 mile off the Aristazabal Island shore. An island, at the
 CHAPTER 1
Hecate Strait, East Shore 1-29
and Channels leading to the Inner Passage

COMMANDO INLET — EAST END OF ENTRANCE (1987)

north end of these drying ledges, is 46 feet (14 m) high and Charts 3911, 3975, 3982, 3981
joined to shore by drying ledges. Inlets on NE Side of Laredo Channel
451 Morehouse Rock, with 1 foot (0.3 m) over it, is
458 Kent, Helmcken, Commando and Evinrude Inlets,
1.3 miles NNE of Shotbolt Point on the NE side of the fairway. which indent the NE side of Laredo Channel, are only suitable
Shoals and irregular depths are north and NNE of this rock, for small craft. Local knowledge is advised.
between it and the shore of Princess Royal Island. 459 Kent Inlet (52°42′N, 129°00′W) is entered south of
452 Morehouse Rock light and bell buoy “EC” (627), Loap Point. Drying and below-water rocks extend slightly
SE of the rock, is a starboard bifurcation buoy. more than 0.1 mile west of Loap Point. A rock awash, 0.1 mile
south of Loap Point, lies in the middle of the entrance to the
Chart 3982 inlet.
460 Philip Narrows, a short distance within the
453 Baker Point, 5.3 miles NW of Shotbolt Point, is
entrance, is less than 150 feet (46 m) wide and has a
a low sandy point. Three rocky shoals are within 0.5 mile depth of 7 feet (2.1 m). Tidal streams in the narrows attain 6
offshore and extend 0.2 mile NW and 1.2 miles SE of Baker to 8 kn at springs. A rock that dries 8 feet (2.4 m) and a rock
Point. A fishing boundary marker is on Baker Point. with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it close SW are nearly in the
454 Baker Point light (628) is shown at an eleva- middle of the south entrance to Philip Narrows. Pass to the
tion of 19 feet (5.8 m) from a skeleton tower. east of these rocks. Small craft should only enter at or near
455 Ulric Point, the north extremity of Aristazabal slack water.
­Island, is 2.5 miles NW of Baker Point; it is low and steep-to. 461 Several drying rocks and a rock with less than 6 feet
(2 m) over it are at the north end of Kent Inlet.
456 McPhee Point (52°52′N, 129°08′W), on Princess
462 Helmcken Inlet (52°46′N, 129°05′W) has Smithers
Royal Island, is the NE entrance point of Laredo Channel. Island in its entrance. The entrance channel north of ­Smithers
The bay 0.75 mile south of McPhee Point has a rock that dries Island is obstructed by drying rocks and dense kelp. The chan-
8 feet (2.4 m) close SW of the island in its south part. nel south of Smithers Island is only 150 feet (46 m) wide and
457 Directions. — Entering the SE end of Laredo has a least depth of 12 feet (3.7 m). A salt-water lagoon is
­Channel, pass midway between Wilson Rock and the connected to the head of Helmcken Inlet by a narrow passage
point on Princess Royal Island about 1 mile NE, then keep in which there are rapids.
463 Anchorage and shelter for small craft can be
0.5 mile from the Princess Royal Island shore, passing NE of
obtained in a small bight in the south shore of Smithers
­Ramsbotham Islands and Louis Islands. When abeam Louis Island in 8 fathoms (15 m).
Islands steer to pass close-off Shotbolt Point, keeping SW 464 Commando Inlet (52°47′N, 129°05′W) is
then west of Morehouse Rock, then keep in mid-channel. entered south of Hawkins Point through a narrow
 PAC 206
1-30 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

SURF INLET LOOKING NE ABEAM ARGYH COVE (1987)

boat passage. At the east end of the boat passage, an islet is Chart 3982
connected to the south shore by a drying ridge; depths north
472 Bryant Point, 1.3 miles SE of Mallandaine Point, is
of the islet are 6 feet (1.8 m). Tidal streams in the narrow
steep and cliffy and has a rock, with 12 feet (3.7 m) over it,
part of the entrance attain 8 to 10 kn at springs. Small craft
close west. Argyh Cove, 2.5 miles ENE of Bryant Point, has
should only enter at or near HW slack.
a rock that dries 6 feet (1.8 m) in its entrance. A conspicuous
465 Evinrude Inlet (52°48′N, 129°06′W) is entered north
white cliff is on the opposite side of Surf Inlet, abreast Argyh
of Hawkins Point and its entrance is less than 450 feet (137 m)
Cove.
wide at its narrowest part. A rock with 10 feet (3 m) over it is
473 Adams Point, 2.8 miles NE of Argyh Cove, is bold.
on the north side of the fairway just within the entrance and
A rock that dries 5 feet (1.5 m) is close offshore just north of
0.25 mile NE from it is a shoal with a least depth of 8 feet
the point. Adams Bay, south of Adams Point, is too deep for
(2.4 m).
anchoring.
474 Penn Harbour, 1.5 miles NNE of Adams Point and
Surf Inlet on the east side of Surf Inlet, has a narrow entrance, about
180 feet (55 m) wide, with a least depth of 36 feet (11 m)
through it. It is well-sheltered from all winds.
Charts 3975, 3982, 3981 475 Penn Harbour affords good anchorage for
466 Surf Inlet (52°53′N, 129°06′W), at the east end small vessels in 11 to 12 fathoms (20 to 22 m), mud.
of Caamaño Sound, extends 12 miles NE into the coast of 476 Directions. — Keep in mid-channel when entering
­Princess Royal Island. Racey Inlet extends SE and Chapple Penn Harbour and, when through the narrowest part, keep
Inlet and Emily Carr Inlet extend north from the entrance of toward the NW side of the channel and anchor in the middle
Surf Inlet. of the basin that forms the head of the harbour.
467 Tides. — Tidal differences for Surf Inlet (Index 477 At the head of Surf Inlet, 4.5 miles NNE of Penn
No. 9090), referenced on Bella Bella, are given in the Tide Harbour, are the ruined wharf and buildings of a former
Tables, Volume 7. mining operation. A small creek, at the head of Surf Inlet, is
468 Johnstone Point (52°53′N, 129°08′W) is the south the overflow from a dam that separates Bear Lake from Surf
entrance point of Surf Inlet. Mallandaine Point is 1 mile Inlet.
north. 478 Indifferent anchorage, with limited
469 Wearmouth Rock, with 2 feet (0.6 m) over it, is swinging space, can be obtained at the head of
0.5 mile WSW of Johnstone Point and usually marked by Surf Inlet in about 17 fathoms (31 m), mud, about 0.2 mile
thick kelp during summer and autumn. north of the creek. Caution is necessary as the bottom drops
470 Sager Islands, 1 mile west of Mallandaine Point, steeply to depths over 40 fathoms (73 m).
are on the north side of the approach to Surf and Chapple 479 Directions. — When entering Surf Inlet give Sager
Inlets. A rock that dries 13 feet (4 m) and a rock with less than Islands a wide berth and pass midway between Johnstone and
6 feet (2 m) over it extend 0.2 mile SW from the islands. A Mallandaine Points; thereafter maintain a mid-channel course.
daybeacon with a port hand daymark is on the south extremity 480 Racey Inlet is entered between Johnstone and Bryant
of the islands. Points. Hallet Rock, in the middle of the entrance, has 2 feet
471 Holler Rock, between Mallandaine Point and Sager (0.6 m) over it.
Islands, dries 2 feet (0.6 m). A rock, with 14 feet (4.1 m) over 481 Jay Islands, 2 miles SE of Johnstone Point, are
it, is 0.1 mile south of Mallandaine Point. close-off the south shore of Racey Inlet.
 CHAPTER 1
Hecate Strait, East Shore 1-31
and Channels leading to the Inner Passage

482 Carne Bay, 1.5 miles SE of Jay Islands, is deep and 494 McKechnie Point is separated from the north end of
unsuitable for anchorage. High land is on the north side of the Baile Island by a ridge on which there is a wooded islet, dry-
bay and a valley extends to the east. A rock awash, opposite ing reefs and below-water rocks. An islet, east of ­McKechnie
the middle of Carne Bay, is about 300 feet (91 m) off the SW Point and connected to it by a drying mud flat, has a rock
shore of Racey Inlet. awash off its east side. The fairway east of the rock awash is
483 Cox Rocks, south of Carne Bay, are a group of about 75 feet (23 m) wide. Several drying and below-water
above-water and drying rocks almost in the middle of the rocks are in the north part of Chapple Inlet, and the head of
fairway leading to Bone Anchorage. The fairway on the SW the inlet is filled with a drying mud flat.
side of these rocks is only 500 feet (152 m) wide. 495 Emily Carr Inlet, west of Webber Island,
484 Wale Island, near the head of Racey Inlet, has a is encumbered by rocks and only suitable for small
rock with 18 feet (5.5 m) over it west of its NW extremity. craft. Well-protected anchorage is reported to be obtainable
A rock that dries 7 feet (2.1 m) is close-off the west shore of at the head of the inlet and in the cove near the entrance. Both
the island. anchorages have very narrow entrances and local knowledge
485 Bone Anchorage, NW of Wale Island, is suit- is advised. Holgate Passage, north of Webber Island, is ob-
able for small vessels and anchorage can be obtained structed at its east end by a drying reef projecting from Webber
in 18 fathoms (33 m), mud. Island.
486 Directions. — Do not attempt to enter Racey Inlet 496 Groundings have occurred by vessels attempting
at night or in thick weather. Entrance can be made on either to enter the unnamed cove on the west side of Emily Carr
side of Hallet Rock, then keep in mid-channel and pass NE Inlet near the entrance. The passage on the north side of the
of the rock awash opposite Carne Bay and SW of Cox Rocks, large island in the entrance to this cove is narrow, shallow and
then to the anchorage 0.15 mile NW of Wale Island. obstructed by drying rocks. The west end of this passage has
a large drying rock in the centre. Mariners must favour the
Charts 3911, 3975, 3982, 3981 south side and go close to a large fallen tree. Local knowledge
and prior reconnaissance at low water is recommended before
487 Chapple Inlet (52°56′N, 129°08′W) is entered be-
any attempt is made to enter this cove.
tween Holler Rock and Mallandaine Point. About 0.8 mile
north of Mallandaine Point, the fairway is contracted to a
width of about 450 feet (137 m) by islands on the west side.
Campania Sound
488 Doig Anchorage, between Webber Island
and the west side of Princess Royal Island, affords
good anchorage in 16 fathoms (29 m). Two rocks are about Charts 3975, 3982
450 feet (137 m) from the east shore of the north part of Doig
497 Campania Sound (52°58′N, 129°15′W), between
Anchorage; the south rock has less than 6 feet (2 m) over it Campania Island on the west and Princess Royal and ­Ashdown
and the north one is awash. Islands on the east, leads north from Caamaño Sound to
489 Chettleburgh Point, 1.3 miles north of Doig Squally Channel and Whale Channel.
Anchorage, has a drying ledge with an islet on it extending 498 Tidal streams. — See chartlets under Laredo
0.1 mile north. Sound, earlier in this chapter. The north-going flood
490 Anchorage for small craft can be obtained in stream enters Campania Sound from Caamaño Sound and
7 fathoms (12.8 m) in the bay west of Chettleburgh Point. runs from 5 to 2 hours before HW at Prince Rupert; for the
491 Baile Island, 0.8 mile north of Chettleburgh Point, most part it is weak and variable. The main ebb flows north
has a drying rock and several below-water rocks close-off of Ashdown Island into Campania Sound.
its south end. The passage east of a drying ledge on the east 499 Duckers Islands (52°56′N, 129°12′W) are separated
side of Baile Island is only 150 feet (46 m) wide with a depth from Princess Royal Island by a boat passage encumbered with
of 12 feet (3.7 m) in the fairway. A 27 foot (8.2 m) shoal is drying rocks. Two rocks, 0.4 and 0.2 mile SSE of Duckers
0.1 mile NW of the north extremity of Baile Island. Islands, have 22 and 24 feet (6.7 and 7.3 m) over them.
492 Kiln Bay has two islands on its west side. A rock, 500 Duckers Islands light (629), on the SW ex-
with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it, about 300 feet (91 m) NE tremity of the south island, is shown at an elevation
of these islands, is on the west side of the approach to Kiln of 30.5 feet (9.3 m) from a white tower.
Bay. 501 Clarke Cove, 2.3 miles north of Duckers
493 Anchorage for small craft can be obtained Islands, has a narrow entrance with a depth of 3 feet
north of the islands in Kiln Bay in 11 fathoms (20 m); (0.9 m) in it. A strong tidal stream sets through the entrance,
it is exposed to SE gales. which is only suitable for small craft at slack water.
 PAC 206
1-32 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

502 Alexander Islands are 0.3 mile south of the SE ex- Whale Channel
tremity of Campania Island. Several drying and below-water
rocks are west and north of these islands.
Chart 3742
503 Alexander Islands light (630.2), on the south
extremity of the largest island, is shown from a mast 514 Whale Channel (53°11′N, 129°08′W), between the
with a white base. NW sides of Ashdown and Princess Royal Islands and the
504 Eclipse Point, 1 mile north of Alexander Islands, is south and east sides of Gil Island, leads NE and north from
Campania Sound into Wright Sound.
the south entrance of a small bay.
515 Vessel Traffic Services (vts). — McKay
505 Dougan Point, 4.2 miles north of Eclipse Point, has Reach, Wright Sound and Grenville Channel, all at
a bold and conspicuous white cliff on its SE side. the north end of Whale Channel, are part of the main Inner
505.1 Dougan Point light (631.6), on the east side Passage that leads north toward Alaska. Before crossing or
of Dougan Point, is shown at an elevation of 23 feet joining this main channel, report your intentions in sufficient
(7 m) from a white tower fitted with a green band on top. time to alert any traffic within the main channel. See Vessel
506 Seabrook Point, 4.5 miles ESE of Dougan Point, is Traffic Services in Sailing Directions booklet PAC 200 —
bold. Murphy Range is south and Mount Cardin is 4 miles General Information, Pacific Coast and Radio Aids to Marine
east of Seabrook Point. Navigation (Pacific and Western Arctic).
516 Tides. — Tidal differences in the vicinity of Whale
507 Ashdown Island is on the east side of the north end
Channel, referenced on Bella Bella, are given for Barnard
of Campania Sound. McNeill Point is the south extremity of
Harbour (Index No. 9115) in the Tide Tables, Volume 7.
Ashdown Island. 517 Tidal streams. — See chartlets under Laredo
508 Ashdown Island light (632), on the west Sound, earlier in this chapter. The flood stream makes
extremity of the island, is shown at an elevation of its way north at about ½ kn up the east shore of Whale
29.5 feet (9 m) from a white tower with a red band at the top. ­Channel, and at the north end off Home Bay it sets north
around Nelly Point into McKay Reach from 6 hours after to
4 hours before HW at Prince Rupert.
Casanave Passage 518 For the most part the stream sets continuously south
in the centre and along the west shore of Whale Channel; it is
509 Casanave Passage (53°03′N, 129°11′W) separates strongest from 3 hours before to 3 hours after HW at Prince
Ashdown Island from Princess Royal Island and has a width Rupert, averaging 1¼ kn in the centre with a maximum of
of about 0.5 mile. 2 kn. On the west side rates are ¾ to 1 kn and on the east side,
510 Tidal streams in Casanave Passage attain off Home Bay, ½ kn. At the south end the main stream flows
3 kn on large tides with some eddies in the vicinity of north of Ashdown Island into Campania Sound and attains
Redfern Point. The streams turn to flood about 5 hours before its maximum of 3 kn in this part.
519 The range of tide appears to have little effect on the
HW at Prince Rupert and turn to ebb about 1 hour before HW
streams though there are large inequalities in the tidal stream
at Prince Rupert.
rates; these rates can be increased or decreased by as much
511 Barlow Point, the SE point of Ashdown Island, as 1 kn due mainly to weather conditions.
is bold and fronted by cliffs. A rock, 4 feet (1.2 m) high, is 520 Due to the amount of fresh water drainage into Whale
close-off the point. Several islets and drying rocks lie between Channel the subsurface current, at times, can flow in the op-
Barlow and McNeill Points. posite direction to the surface current.
512 A small group of islets is at the south end and on 521 Fawcett Point (53°05′N, 129°17′W) is the south
the east side of Casanave Passage. A rock that dries 19 feet extremity of Gil Island. Rocks and shoal water extend 0.2 mile
(5.8 m) lies 0.1 mile north of the islets. A small bay, 1 mile south of the point.
521.1 Fawcett Point light (631.9) is shown at an
NNE of the group of islets, has an island off its west entrance
elevation of 23 feet (7 m) from a white tower.
point and a rock, that dries 9 feet (2.7 m), is close west of this 522 Fish Bay, close east of Fawcett Point, has rocks on
island. both sides of its entrance and near its head.
513 Redfern Point, the NW point of Princess Royal 523 Levy Point, 2.7 miles east of Fawcett Point, is the
Island, is at the north end of Casanave Passage and is steep-to. north extremity of Ashdown Island.
 CHAPTER 1
Hecate Strait, East Shore 1-33
and Channels leading to the Inner Passage

524 Levy Point light (633) is shown at an 539 A considerable magnetic disturbance is
elevation of 23 feet (7 m) from a white tower with a in the vicinity of both Aikman Passage and Burnes
red band at the top. ­Passage.
525 Taylor Bight, in the south coast of Gil Island, is deep 540 Aikman Passage, on the west side of Borde Island,
and exposed. An islet is on the west side of the bight. is about 0.1 mile wide between Claudet Point and the island;
526 York Point, on the east side of Taylor Bight, is it is steep-to on both sides.
­steep-to. 541 Burnes Passage leads between the east side of Borde
527 York Point light (634), on the south Island and Flett Point. Shoal ledges on both sides of the pas-
extremity of the point, is shown at an elevation of sage reduce the fairway to about 360 feet (110 m) wide.
28 feet (8.4 m) from a white tower with a green band at the top. 542 Leighton Point, 0.4 mile SSE of Claudet Point,
528 Allatt Point, 1 mile ENE of York Point, is bold. is low, bare and fronted by shoal water. The bay, between
529 Borde Island is on the south side of Whale Channel Claudet and Leighton Points, is filled with drying flats and
in the entrance of Barnard Harbour, which is described later. has a 1 foot (0.3 m) high rock in its entrance.
Drummond Bay is 0.5 mile east. 543 Cameron Cove is entered between Leighton Point
530 Borde Island light (635), on the north side of
and Goodfellow Point. Two wooded islets, connected to shore
the island, is shown at an elevation of 23 feet (7 m)
by drying ledges, are close-off the west shore of the cove.
from a skeleton tower.
Barnard Creek flows into the head of Cameron Cove, east
531 Molly Point is 1 mile NNE of Allatt Point. Camp
of Uren Point.
Islet, 1.3 miles north of Molly Point, is conspicuous. Shrub
544 A floating fishing resort is reported to be in Barnard
Point, 4.5 miles north of Camp Islet, is comparatively low
and wooded. Maple Point is 4.8 miles north of Shrub Point. Harbour.
545 Good anchorage can be obtained in the
531.1 Maple Point light (635.5) is shown at an
elevation of 23 feet (7 m) from a skeleton tower. middle of Cameron Cove in 18 fathoms (33 m), sand
and mud bottom.
Chart 3945 546 Directions. — Enter Barnard Harbour by either
532 Leading Point, on the east side of the channel ­Aikman or Burnes Passages keeping in the centre of the
2.1 miles ESE of Shrub Point, has a prominent hill close east fairway. The greater part of Barnard Harbour is too deep for
of it. River Bight is north of Leading Point. Whalen Creek convenient anchorage. Approaching Cameron Cove give
flows into the north part of River Bight. Leighton Point a wide berth and keep in the middle of the
532.1 Leading Point light (635.3) is shown at an fairway of the cove when approaching the anchorage.
elevation of 24 feet (7.3 m) from a skeleton tower.
533 Clement Rapids, SE of Salmon Point, connects
River Bight to Cornwall Inlet. Squally Channel
534 Tidal streams. — In Clement Rapids the time
of HW slack varies from 1 h 30 min to 2 h 10 min
Charts 3975, 3976
after HW at Prince Rupert; the time of LW slack varies from
1 h 55 min to 3 h 20 min after LW at Prince Rupert. 547 Squally Channel (53°08′N, 129°23′W), between
535 Cornwall Inlet extends 6 miles SE from Clement Campania and Gil Islands, is the NW continuation of
Rapids. Drake Inlet extends 2 miles south from Cornwall ­Campania Sound. Mount Gil, near the north end of Gil
Inlet. Island, is a well-defined summit. Violent squalls are often
536 Home Bay, at the NE end of Whale Channel, is experienced in Squally Channel; they descend from the high
described with Wright Sound in Sailing Directions booklet land of Campania Island. At the same time calms or light
PAC 205 — Inner Passage — Queen C ­ harlotte Sound to winds are often experienced in Whale Channel.
Chatham Sound. 548 Skinner Islands are close-off the SW part of Gil
Charts 3911, 3982 Island. Foul ground and a rock that dries 6 feet (1.8 m) are
0.3 mile SSE of Skinner Islands.
Barnard Harbour
Chart 3742
537 Barnard Harbour (53°04′N, 129°07′W) can be
entered by Aikman or Burnes Passages. 549 MacDonald Bay (53°12′N, 129°20′W), 6 miles north
538 Tides. — Tidal differences for Barnard Harbour of Skinner Islands, has a very narrow entrance that dries.
(Index No. 9115), referenced on Bella Bella, are given in the 550 Fernyhough Point, 4.2 miles NW of Skinner Islands
Tide Tables, Volume 7. on the Campania Island shore, is steep-to.
 PAC 206
1-34 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

TUWARTZ NARROWS LOOKING NORTH (1987)

550.1 Fernyhough Point light (631.7) is shown at 558 Plover Point light (665.1) is shown at an
an elevation of 20 feet (6 m) from a white tower with elevation of 12 feet (3.8 m) from a skeleton tower.
a green band on top. 558.1 Gil Island NW light (665.6), SW from Plover
Point, is shown at an elevation of 22 feet (6.6 m) from
a skeleton tower.
Lewis and Cridge Passages 558.2 Lewis Passage light (665.7), NW from Plover
Point, is shown at an elevation of 23 feet (7 m) from
a skeleton tower.
Chart 3945
559 Crane Bay, in the SE part of Lewis Passage, is too
551 Blackrock Point (53°13′N, 129°21′W), on the west deep for anchorage. Williams Islet is off the north entrance
side of Gil Island, is on the south side of the junction between point to Crane Bay. Two rocks that dry 10 and 17 feet (3 and
Squally Channel and Lewis Passage. 5.2 m) are in the south end of the passage between Williams
552 Blackrock Point light (665.4) is shown at an Islet and Gil Island.
elevation of 22 feet (6.6 m) from a skeleton tower. 560 Cridge Passage, between Fin and Farrant Islands, is
552.1 Blackrock Point Sector light (665.41) is entered at its west end between Corbett Point and Blossom
shown at an elevation of 27 feet (8.3 m) from a skel- Point. The north side of the passage is steep-to. Four islets
eton tower. and several drying and below-water rocks lie within 0.2 mile
553 Fin Island is between Gil Island and Farrant Island. of the Fin Island shore of Cridge Passage.
Buckle Point, the west extremity of Fin Island, is low and 560.1 Cridge Passage light (665.5) is shown at an
shelving; it is fronted with below-water rocks. Brant Bay is elevation of 23 feet (7 m) from a skeleton tower.
to the south and Hawk Bay to the north of Buckle Point. 561 Block Head, at the NE end of Cridge Passage,
554 Lewis Passage, between Gil and Fin Islands, is terminates in a high, bold, white cliff.
entered at its west end between Blackrock Point and Keld 562 Block Head light (665.2) is shown at an
Point, 1.7 miles NNW. elevation of 20 feet (6 m) from a skeleton tower.
555 Fin Rock, 0.2 mile east of Keld Point, is connected 563 Blenkinsop Islet, which has below-water rocks close
to Fin Island by a drying sand spit. A reef, consisting of south of it, is off the NE end of Fin Island and fronts Curlew
drying and below-water rocks, extends 0.3 mile NE of Fin Bay.
Rock along the coast of Fin Island. 564 Anchorage for small craft can be found in
556 Fin Rock light (665.3) is shown at an the entrance to Curlew Bay, SW of Blenkinsop Islet.
elevation of 20 feet (6.1 m) from a skeleton tower. 565 Vessel Traffic Services (vts). — McKay
557 Plover Point, the NE extremity of Fin Island, has a Reach, Wright Sound and Grenville Channel, at the
rock that dries 9 feet (2.7 m) and below-water rocks close-off north end of Cridge and Lewis Passages, are part of the main
it. Howard Islet, south of Plover Point, lies in the entrance Inner Passage that leads north toward Alaska. Before crossing
of a bay that is filled with drying flats. or joining this main channel, report your intentions in suf-
 CHAPTER 1
Hecate Strait, East Shore 1-35
and Channels leading to the Inner Passage

ficient time to alert any traffic within the channel. See Vessel penetrates the south side of Hinton Island. Hale Point is the
Traffic Services in Sailing Directions booklet PAC 200 — west entrance point to Minnis Bay. An islet on a drying ledge,
General Information, Pacific Coast and Radio Aids to Marine some drying reefs, and a rock with less than 6 feet (2 m) over
Navigation (Pacific and Western Arctic). it, extend 0.3 mile SSE from the point.
Chart 3946

Tuwartz Inlet, Union Passage 576 Payne Channel separates Hinton Island from Pitt
and Approaches Island. Mitchell Cove, at the north end of Payne Channel,
offers protection from all but south winds. A rock that dries
566 Dillon Bay (53°13′N, 129°30′W), 0.5 mile north of 12 feet (3.7 m) is on the east side of the approach to the cove.
McCreight Point, is a narrow indentation in the SE end of Pitt 577 Hoey Narrows, between the NW end of Hinton
Island. An islet and a rock with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it Island and an islet west of it, is less than 300 feet (91 m) wide
are close-off the north entrance point. with a depth of 21 feet (6.4 m) in its fairway.
567 Cherry Islets, 1 mile north, are wooded and con- 578 Edwards Islet, 0.3 mile east of Hinton Island, is
nected to Pitt Island by a drying ledge. surrounded by drying ledges and shoal water, and has depths
568 Betton Rocks, 0.8 mile north of Cherry Islets, con- under 6 fathoms (11 m) between it and Hinton Island.
sists of a group of islets and drying and below-water rocks. 579 Above Edwards Islet, Union Passage gradually nar-
Rocks that dry 5 and 8 feet (1.5 and 2.4 m) are 0.2 mile north rows to Peters Narrows where it becomes a narrow boat pas-
and 0.4 mile NE of Betton Rocks. sage about 80 feet (24 m) wide between the 3 fathom (5.5 m)
lines. The narrows has a least depth of 21 feet (6.4 m) in the
Tuwartz Inlet fairway.
580 An islet, 0.3 mile north of Peters Narrows, lies in the
569 Tuwartz Inlet (53°18′N, 129°31′W), entered be-
middle of the fairway and has a drying ledge extending from
tween Wilman Point and Leggeat Point, extends 3 miles
its SE side. The coves on both sides of the fairway between
NNW into the SE side of Pitt Island. Detached drying reefs are
Peters and Hawkins Narrows, 2 miles north, provide good
0.2 mile east of Wilman Point. Drying rocks are 0.1 mile south
shelter for small craft in convenient depths.
and 0.1 mile WSW of Leggeat Point. A bushy islet, 0.2 mile
581 Hawkins Narrows, at the north end of Union
SSW of Leggeat Point, lies in the entrance of Tuwartz Inlet.
­Passage, has a least depth of 2.3 m in the fairway. A rock
570 Tuwartz Narrows, 1.7 miles NNW of Leggeat Point,
with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it is in the south entrance of
is about 150 feet (46 m) wide at its south end. The passage
Hawkins Narrows and another is 0.1 mile north.
through the narrows is only suitable for small craft at or near
582 Tidal streams in Peters Narrows attain a max-
slack water. A rock that dries 15 feet (4.6 m) is just within the
imum of about 7 kn and in Hawkins Narrows about
south entrance, near the east shore. Three treed islets, on a
8 kn. Slack water in Hawkins Narrows occurs 15 ­minutes
common drying reef, are at the north end of Tuwartz ­Narrows;
before HW and LW at Prince Rupert; duration of slack is
there is a narrow passage on either side of this reef. The pas-
about 5 minutes. The ebb flows north in Hawkins Narrows
sage on the east side of the islets is deeper.
and south in Peters Narrows.
571 Cridge Lagoon, at the north end of Tuwartz Inlet,
583 Union Passage Marine Park encompasses the north
is obstructed by a drying flat at its entrance.
end of Union Passage, Hawkins Narrows and the east shore
of Grenville Channel for about 3 miles north of the narrows.
Union Passage
It is undeveloped.
572 Union Passage, between Farrant and Pitt Islands, 584 Grenville Channel is described in Sailing Directions
leads from the north end of Squally Channel into Grenville booklet PAC 205 — Inner Passage — Queen Charlotte Sound
Channel. The least depth in the fairway through Union Passage to Chatham Sound.
is 2.3 m, encountered in the middle of Hawkins Narrows.
573 Mollison Point (53°17′N, 129°29′W) is on the west
side of the south approach to Union Passage. Blossom Point, Estevan Sound
2.6 miles ENE, is on the east side of the south approach.
574 Ascroft Islet is 0.8 mile north of Blossom Point.
Charts 3912, 3982, 3983
Several islands, drying and below-water rocks are NE of
Ascroft Islet, between it and the shore of Farrant Island. 585 Estevan Sound (52°58′N, 129°26′W) separates the
575 Hinton Island, 2 miles NNW of Blossom Point, Estevan Group from Campania Island, and connects Caamaño
separates Union Passage from Payne Channel. Minnis Bay Sound to Nepean Sound. Campania Island has high moun-
 PAC 206
1-36 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

tains, some of which are bare, in its SE part. Mount Pender Estevan Sound — West Side
has a bare, dome-shaped, summit which makes a conspicu-
ous landmark. The NW and SW extremities of the island are 590 Dupont Island (52°56′N, 129°26′W) and its lights,
comparatively low and wooded. at the south entrance to Estevan Sound, are described earlier
586 Tidal streams at the south end of Estevan in the chapter under Caamaño Sound.
Sound, between Dupont Island and Estevan Group, 591 Blinder Rock, 1.7 miles NW of Dupont Island, has
set NE on the flood and SW on the ebb. A maximum of 1¾ kn less than 6 feet (2 m) over it. A rock that dries 5 feet (1.5 m)
has been observed on the flood; the ebb is generally stronger. is close north and a rock islet 5 feet (1.5 m) high and a below-
587 Michael Bank (53°03′N, 129°31′W), in the middle water rock are 0.4 mile SW of Blinder Rock.
of the fairway through Estevan Sound, has 21 fathoms (38 m) 592 Glide Islands, 2 miles NW of Dupont Island, have
over it. This bank is a large mound of bedrock with steep sides. drying and below-water rocks extending 0.2 mile east from
their east extremity.
Charts 3975, 3982
593 Ecological Reserve. — Blinder Rock, Glide Islands
588 Emergency anchorage. — An area in the and Dewdney Island are an Ecological Reserve and is closed
centre of the fairway and at the south end of Estevan to the public.
Sound was examined in 1977 as a possible emergency an- 594 Estevan Reef, consisting of several rocks that dry
chorage for large vessels. The area examined was a rectangle, from 3 to 15 feet (0.9 to 4.6 m), lies midway between Glide
approximately 1 mile wide, east of Hickey and Glide Islands. Islands and the SE side of Dewdney Island. Hickey Islands,
The co-ordinates of the area examined are NW of Glide Islands, lie off the north entrance of the bay
52°59.6′N 129°29.0′W between Goodacre and Humphreys Points. The bay is encum-
53°00.4′N 129°27.6′W
bered with numerous above-water, drying and below-water
52°57.3′N 129°25.7′W and
rocks. Passages, which have not been surveyed, lead between
52°58.0′N 129°24.3′W.
Dewdney and Lotbinière Islands from the NW end of the bay.
589 Seventy bottom samples obtained show
595 Humphreys Point, 1.8 miles north of Hickey
the bottom to be a uniform mix of sand, gravel and
pebbles. A few core samples taken only penetrated about 6 to Islands, is bold. The bay 1 mile NW of Humphreys Point is
8 inches (15.2 to 20.3 cm) and showed a layer of pebbles on encumbered with rocks.
top of sand and shell. Depths in this emergency anchorage 596 Trouble Passage, entered 2.2 miles NW of
area range from 25 to 45 fathoms (46 to 82 m). Although it ­Humphreys Point, is obstructed by islands and rocks; it leads
is possible to anchor in an emergency in the area examined, to Langley Passage.
and the overall holding ground appears to be fairly good, it Charts 3976, 3975
is exposed to all directions but the east and lies in the middle
of the fairway. If it is necessary to anchor in this area marin- 597 Devlin Bay (53°04′N, 129°36′W), on the north side
ers are reminded to make the anchorage report required by of Prior Island, as well as Gillespie Channel and Langley
Vessel Traffic Services (vts). See Vessel Traffic Services in Passage are described later in this section.
Sailing Directions booklet PAC 200 — General Information, 598 Geodetic Cove is 2.3 miles NNW of Devlin Bay.
Pacific Coast and Radio Aids to Marine Navigation (Pacific 599 Conspicuous microwave antennas are on the west
and Western Arctic). summit of Musgrave Peaks.

GILLESPIE CHANNEL EAST ENTRANCE (1986)

 CHAPTER 1
Hecate Strait, East Shore 1-37
and Channels leading to the Inner Passage

Charts 3912, 3982 607 Sekani Reef, 0.4 mile SW of the above-mentioned
Estevan Sound — East Side islet, has less than 6 feet (2 m) over it. Starboard hand
buoy “E86” is close south of the reef.
600 The SW shore of Campania Island, between 608 Sekani Island, at the west end of Devlin Bay and on
­ lexander Islands (52°57′N, 129°18′W), previously described,
A the NW side of Gillespie Channel, has drying reefs extending
and Cartwright Rocks, 6.5 miles NW, is fronted by numerous east and NE from its NE end. The island is connected to Trutch
islets, drying reefs and below-water rocks that extend up to Island by a drying ledge at its west end.
0.7 mile offshore. 609 Anchorage for small vessels can be obtained
601 Cartwright Rocks (53°02′N, 129°27′W), 0.5 mile in 8 fathoms (14.6 m) north of the north extremity of
off the coast of Campania Island, are a group of above-water, Sekani Island.
drying and below-water rocks. Rocks that dry 18 feet (5.5 m) 610 Buoys. — The fairways through Gillespie Channel
and a rock with a depth of 21 feet (6.4 m) over it are 0.5 mile and the east part of Langley Passage are marked in places by
SW and west of Cartwright Rocks. A previously uncharted starboard and port hand buoys, but not all dangers are marked.
rock with a depth of 1½ fathoms (2.9 m) over it is on the north The upstream direction for buoyage is proceeding from east
side of the passage between Cartwright Rocks and the group to west. White posts on the shore, although appearing to be
of rocks 0.3 mile east of Logan Rock light. ranges, do not lead through the fairway.
602 Logan Rock, 0.7 mile SSW of the south extremity 611 Gillespie Channel, between Sekani and Prior
of Jewsbury Peninsula, has a depth of 15 feet (4.6 m) over Islands, is entered SE of Sekani Reef; it should only be at-
it. A group of above-water, drying and below-water rocks is tempted at slack water. A drying reef on which there is a chain
0.4 mile south of Logan Rock. of islets lines the SE shore of Sekani Island. A wooded islet in
603 Logan Rock light (630.5), on a drying rock the middle of a drying reef lies close-off the Prior Island shore
about 0.4 mile SSW of the rock, is shown at an eleva- of Gillespie Channel. The narrow fairway through ­Gillespie
tion of 49 feet (15 m) from a white tower. Channel lies between the drying reef and islets off the SE
shore of Sekani Island and the drying reef and wooded islet
Chart 3742 close-off Prior Island. The passage has a least depth of 21 feet
604 The west coast of Campania Island north of Jewsbury (6.4 m) and is marked by starboard hand buoy “ET2”.
Peninsula (53°06′N, 129°30′W) is fringed by numerous dry- 612 Tidal streams in the narrowest part of
ing reefs and below-water rocks; it should be given a wide ­Gillespie Channel attain at least 7 kn at springs. HW
berth. The inlets penetrating this coast are described later in slack occurs 1 h 25 min after the time of HW at Prince Rupert.
this section. Duration of HW slack is 30 to 45 minutes. LW slack occurs
30 minutes after the time of LW at Prince Rupert. Duration
Charts 3742, 3982 of LW slack is 10 to 15 minutes.
605 Directions. — Entering Estevan Sound from 613 Fairchild Point is the south extremity of Trutch
Caamaño Sound the best approach is east of Dupont Island. If Island. A group of drying rocks and rocks with less than 6 feet
passing west of Dupont Island keep close to the islets north of (2 m) over them extends 0.1 mile SE from Fairchild Point.
the island to avoid the rocks south and east of Glide Islands. 614 A small islet, 0.15 mile SW of Fairchild Point, is on
Give the coast of Campania Island a wide berth by keeping the south side of the fairway and has a few trees on it. A reef
in the fairway, but nearer the west shore. In thick weather with drying and below-water rocks on it extends 0.1 mile NW
soundings will be of assistance. from the islet.
615 Anchorage for small craft can be obtained in
Charts 3975, 3795 7 fathoms (12.8 m) off the mouth of a small creek in
Devlin Bay and Langley Passage the shore of Barnard Island, about 0.3 mile SW of Fairchild
Point.
606 Devlin Bay (53°04′N, 129°36′W) is the entrance to 616 The channel leading SE from Fairchild Point, be-
Gillespie Channel, which leads into Langley Passage. An islet tween Prior and Barnard Islands, leads to Trouble ­Passage,
in the middle of Devlin Bay, 0.3 mile off the south shore, has which is obstructed by islands and rocks, and to the
an elevation of about 50 feet (15 m). Foul ground lies between ­unsurveyed channel, reported to dry, between Lotbinière and
the islet and the south shore. A rock that dries 6 feet (1.8 m) Barnard Islands.
is close north, two rocks that dry 4 and 9 feet (1.2 and 2.7 m) 617 Langley Passage, entered west of Fairchild Point,
are 0.25 mile SE of the islet. separates Barnard and Nichol Islands on its south side from
606.1 Narwhal Reef, with rocks that dry 0.7 and 4.6 feet Trutch Island to the north. The west entrance to Langley
(0.2 and 1.4 m), lies in SE Devlin Bay. ­Passage, between the SW end of Trutch Island and the NW
 PAC 206
1-38 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

end of Nichol Island, is encumbered with drying rocks through c­ onnected by drying rock ledges, and numerous drying rocks
which there is a shallow, narrow channel. Even in moderate extend 0.4 mile west of Finlayson Peninsula.
weather the sea breaks across this entrance, therefore this 627 Weinberg Inlet can be entered either south or north
approach to Langley Passage is not recommended. of Langthorne Island, through Dunn Passage or Anderson
618 A rock with a depth of 10 feet (3 m) over it Passage. Numerous drying and below-water rocks lie through-
and some drying rocks, 0.3 mile NW of Fairchild point. out the inlet.
A chain of islets and drying and below-water rocks, 0.9 mile 628 Harwood Bay, 1.2 miles north of Anderson Passage,
NW of Fairchild Point, extends across the passage and almost is open to the SW and too exposed for anchorage.
blocks it. The channel between the north end of these reefs and 629 Harlan Point (53°09′N, 129°34′W) is the west ex-
the shore of Trutch Island is very narrow with a least depth of tremity of Campania Island.
21 feet (6.4 m) in its narrowest part but it is the route used to 630 Lindsay Bay, north of Harlan Point, is open to the
proceed to Ethelda Bay. The channel between the south end SW and too exposed for anchorage. Boyko Rock, with a depth
of these reefs and the Barnard Island shore leads to a well- of 18 feet (5.5 m) over it, is off the entrance.
sheltered anchorage south of Tennant Island.
619 Ethelda Bay, west of Tennant Island, has a facility
on the west side that is unoccupied and in a state of disrepair. Nepean Sound
620 Ethelda Bay affords good anchorage near its
head in 14 fathoms (25.6 m), mud bottom.
621 Meteorological information and frequency of fog Chart 3945
information for Ethelda Bay are given in the Appendices. 631 Nepean Sound (53°14′N, 129°40′W) is the junction
622 The unnamed bay 0.4 mile NNE of Ethelda Bay, on of Estevan Sound, Otter Passage, Principe Channel and Otter
the N side of Langley Passage, is used for mooring barges to Channel.
allow supplies to be delivered by helicopter to communication 632 Ring Point (53°13′N, 129°36′W), at the SW extrem-
facilities on the summit of Trutch Island. ity of Pitt Island, is high, bold and conspicuous. Fleishman
623 The shores of Langley Passage west of Ethelda Bay Point, 0.8 mile SE, is lower and less conspicuous. Mount
are very indented and fringed with islets and drying rocks. As Hulke rises 3.5 miles NNE of Fleishman Point.
previously mentioned, the west entrance is not recommended. 633 Nepean Rock, 0.5 mile SW of Ring Point, dries
The entrance between Barnard and Nichol Islands has not 7 feet (2.1 m) and has shoal rocks extending 0.5 mile SSE.
been completely surveyed and is encumbered with rocks. 634 Nepean Rock South Cardinal light and bell buoy
Charts 3912, 3742, 3982 “EM” (741.5), SW of Fleishman Point at the west entrance
to Otter Channel, is fitted with a Racon (— •).
Inlets in Campania Island
624 McMicking Inlet (53°03′N, 129°27′W) is entered
south and east of a chain of islets and drying reefs extending Otter Channel
0.3 mile south from the south end of Jewsbury Peninsula.
Logan Rock (previously described), several drying reefs and 635 Otter Channel leads between Campania and Pitt
rocks with less than 6 feet (2 m) over them lie in the approach Islands and connects Nepean Sound to Squally Channel,
to, and in the entrance of McMicking Inlet. Drying rocks lie Lewis Passage, Cridge Passage and Union Passage.
close-off the shores throughout the inlet and a rock with less 636 Tidal streams in Otter Channel attain 1½ kn
than 6 feet (2 m) over it is in the middle of the north basin. on large tides. The stream sets east fairly constantly
Local knowledge is advised. through this channel on small tides; on large tides it sets west
625 Betteridge Inlet, between Jewsbury Peninsula and from 6 hours before to 1 hour after HW at Prince Rupert.
Finlayson Peninsula, is encumbered with islands and rocks. 637 Marble Rock, off Campania Island at the SW
Numerous islets, drying and below-water rocks encumber its entrance to Otter Channel, is 10 feet (3 m) high and white.
entrance. The best passage leading into Betteridge Inlet is be- 638 Sharp Bay, 0.5 mile SE of Marble Rock, has two
tween Hale Islet and a rock that dries 0.3 m 450 feet (137 m) islets close-off its west entrance point. A rock, with less than
west of the south end of the islet. Hale Islet is steep-to on its 6 feet (2 m) over it, is near the head of the bay.
west side and the rock awash is sometimes marked by kelp. 639 Paige Point, 1 mile ENE of Marble Rock, forms the
626 Clifford Rocks are a chain of rocks that dry 1 to north side of a small unnamed cove.
15 feet (0.3 to 4.6 m) lying in a NW/SE direction across 639.1 Paige Point Sector light (741.8) is shown at
the west entrance to Betteridge Inlet. A group of islands, an elevation of 26 feet (8 m) from a skeleton tower.
 CHAPTER 1
Hecate Strait, East Shore 1-39
and Channels leading to the Inner Passage

640 Fanny Point, 1.8 miles east of Paige Point, is the 650 Oar Point is 7 miles NW of Monckton Inlet. Several
NW extremity of Campania Island. A rock with less than 6 feet drying and below-water rocks lie up to 0.2 mile offshore along
(2 m) over it lies close-off the point. this section of the coast.
640.1 Fanny Point light (741.7) is shown at an 651 Deer Point (53°13′N, 129°45′W), on the SE side
elevation of 26 feet (8 m) from a skeleton tower. of Banks Island, is a small peninsula which from a distance
641 McCreight Point, 1.2 miles NNW of Fanny Point, appears to be an islet.
is the south extremity of Pitt Island. The point terminates in 652 Gale Point, 4.5 miles NNW of Deer Point, is high,
a high, bold, white cliff. bold and prominent.
642 McCreight Point light (741.3) is shown at an 652.1 Gale Point light (739.5) is shown at an eleva-
elevation of 39.4 feet (12 m) from a skeleton tower. tion of 31 feet (9.5 m) from a skeleton tower.

Gale Point to Foul Point

Principe Channel 653 Keecha Point (53°19′N, 129°50′W) is 1.5 miles
NW of Gale Point. A shoal spit, with a rock that dries 8 feet
Charts 3984, 3985, 3986 (2.4 m) near its inner end, extends 0.3 mile east from the point.
A group of rocks that dry 8 feet (2.4 m) and a rock with less
643 Principe Channel (53°15′N, 129°43′W) between
than 6 feet (2 m) over it are 0.5 mile SE of Keecha Point and
the east side of Banks Island and Pitt Island and McCauley
about 0.2 mile off the coast.
Island, to the west, leads from Nepean Sound to Browning
654 Kooryet Bay, 2.3 miles NNW of Keecha Point,
Entrance. Petrel Channel, on the NE side of Principe Channel,
with Kooryet Island off its north entrance point, is partially
separates Pitt Island from McCauley Island and leads NW to
blocked by several islets and drying reefs. Confined shelter
Ogden Channel and the Inner Passage.
for small craft can be found in the south end of the bay, clear
644 Tides. — Tidal differences for Block Islands (Index
of the shoal rocks. Local knowledge is advised.
No. 9165), referenced on Bella Bella, and for Larsen Island
655 Joseph Hill, about 1 mile west of Kooryet Bay, is a
(Index No. 9232), referenced on Prince Rupert, are given in
remarkable bare summit.
the Tide Tables, Volume 7.
656 A small inlet, 0.8 mile NNW of Kooryet ­Island, of-
645 Tidal streams. — In Principe Channel the
fers shelter for small craft. An islet lies in the entrance to this
NW-going flood stream approaches mainly by Estevan
inlet and the passage NW of the islet dries but the entrance
Sound, being joined in Nepean Sound by the flood stream
south of the islet is clear.
which enters through Otter Passage. At the NW end of Principe
657 Principe Channel light (739), about 3 miles
Channel, in the vicinity of Deadman Islet and Baird Point, the
NNW of Kooryet Island, is shown at an elevation of
flood stream setting NW through Principe Channel is met by
20 feet (6.1 m) from a skeleton tower.
the flood which has passed up the outside of Banks Island.
658 A small bay, 1.2 miles NW of Principe Channel
The ebb tidal stream runs out mainly by Otter Passage. Both
light, has drying ledges with islets on them extending off both
streams attain 2 to 3 kn.
entrance points. A rock that dries 10 feet (3 m) and a rock
Chart 3742 with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it lie on the south side of the
entrance to the bay. See Chart 3721.
Ring Point to Gale Point
659 Limestone Bay, 3.7 miles NW of Principe Channel
646 Ring Point (53°13′N, 129°36′W), together with light, has a rock that dries 2 feet (0.6 m) in the centre of it.
Nepean Rock and its light buoy, are described earlier with Despair Point forms the north side of Limestone Bay and
Nepean Sound. has a rock that dries 10 feet (3 m) close-off it.
647 Principe Islets (53°15′N, 129°38′W), 1.5 miles NW 660 Patsey Cove, 3 miles NW of Despair Point, is filled
of Ring Point, are wooded and extend 0.4 mile from the Pitt with a drying flat. Donaldson Creek flows into the head of
Island shore. An islet between Ring Point and Principe Islets Patsey Cove.
is about 0.2 mile from the Pitt Island shore. Drying and below- 660.1 Banks Island Middle light (738.5) north of
water rocks extend 0.4 mile west and SW from this islet. Patsey Cove is shown at an elevation of 25 feet (7.7 m)
648 The coast of Pitt Island between Principe Islets and from a skeleton tower.
Monckton Inlet, 4.5 miles NW, has several small indentations 661 Anger Island is on the NE side of Principe Channel,
but most are encumbered with rocks. NE of Despair Point. The SW coast of Anger Island, between
649 Monckton Inlet, Port Stephens and Buchan Inlet are Ralston Islands and Foul Point, is fronted by drying reefs
described later in this section. extending 0.4 mile from shore.
 PAC 206
1-40 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

662 Ralston Islands, off the SW side of Anger Island, passages north and south of this island dry and should only
have a drying reef with four islets on it off their SE extremity. be navigated at or near HW slack. At other stages of tide, the
Trade Islets lie 0.7 mile SE of Ralston Islands and a reef that rapids frequently form a waterfall creating considerable foam
dries 21 feet (6.4 m) lies between them. in the anchorage.
662.1 Ralston Island South light (738.7) is shown 673 East of Stephens Narrows there is a basin with a
at an elevation of 30 feet (9 m) from a white tower narrow channel at its NE end that is encumbered with below-
with a red band on top. water rocks. This narrow channel leads into Leavitt Lagoon.
663 Foul Point is the west extremity of Anger Island. 674 Anchorage can be obtained in Port Stephens,
Freberg Islet, 0.1 mile SW of Foul Point, is joined to Anger west of the entrance to Stephens Narrows, in about
Island by a drying reef. 20 fathoms (37 m), sand and rock.
675 Buchan Inlet, suitable only for small craft, is entered
Inlets on the SW Coast of Pitt Island north of an island close-off Tweedsmuir Point (53°22′N,
664 Several inlets, on the NE side of Principe 129°47′W). Drying reefs and below-water rocks lie close
Channel, penetrate the SW coast of Pitt Island and af- offshore south and north of the entrance.
ford anchorage. Monckton Inlet, Port Stephens and Moolock 676 Elsfield Point, 0.3 mile north of Tweedsmuir Point,
Cove offer anchorage to vessels of moderate size. Small craft has a rock with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it close east and
can find shelter and anchorage in Buchan Inlet, Lundy Cove, another 0.1 mile north of it. Drying rocks, the highest of which
Patterson Inlet and Miller Inlet. dries 15 feet (4.6 m), fringe the shore close south of Elsfield
Point.
Chart 3721 677 A narrow passage, 0.3 mile north of Elsfield Point,
665 Monckton Inlet (53°19′N, 129°39′W) is entered has islets and rocks extending from its east side. The fairway
north of Cranston Island. A sill across the inlet about 0.8 mile through this passage is close to the west shore and has a least
east of Monckton Point has a depth of 11 fathoms (20.1 m). depth of 6 feet (1.8 m).
A fishing boundary marker is on the south entrance point. 678 Lundy Cove (53°25′N, 129°50′W) has, in its outer
666 Cranston Island is wooded. A small wooded islet part, a narrow drying channel with tidal rapids leading north
70 feet (21 m) high, 0.25 mile NNE of Cranston Island, is on into a lagoon. A rock that dries 3 feet (0.9 m) is 0.2 mile south
the north side of the entrance to Monckton Inlet. Drying reefs of the entrance to this lagoon.
are 0.1 mile NW of this wooded islet and extend east from it, 679 Drying ledges, on which there are a number of islets,
almost connecting to a larger unnamed island. extend across Lundy Cove about 0.5 mile within the entrance.
667 The bay to the east of Monckton Point has a reef A very narrow boat passage, near the NE end of these dry-
that dries 6 feet (1.8 m) about 0.1 mile off its east side, and a ing ledges, leads into the basin at the head of Lundy Cove.
27 foot (8.2 m) shoal in the middle of its entrance. Tidal rapids run through this passage and local knowledge
668 Roy Island, 3 miles east of Cranston Island, lies in is advised to navigate it.
the entrance of an arm that extends 1 mile north. Numerous 680 Annie Point, 0.8 mile north of Lundy Cove, has a
below-water rocks lie in the middle of the arm. fishing boundary marker on it. The entrance to a lagoon,
669 Anchorage can be obtained about 0.2 mile 0.2 mile south of Annie Point, has tidal rapids through it and
SE of Roy Island in 13 to 20 fathoms (24 to 37 m), dries at LW.
mud bottom. Anchorage can also be obtained near the head 681 Sewell Islet, NW of Lundy Cove, lies in the approach
of Monckton Inlet in 11 to 14 fathoms (20 to 26 m). to Patterson Inlet and Mink Trap Bay. The islet is surrounded
670 Ettershank Islands (53°19′N, 129°42′W) are be- by foul ground and has shoals 0.2 mile NNW of it. Nesbitt
tween Cranston Island and Centre Point. Centre Point is Rock, 0.9 mile NW of Sewell Islet, is wooded.
the SW extremity of a chain of islets extending from the SW 682 Patterson Inlet, entered between Annie Point
shore of Port Stephens. Littlejohn Point, 0.4 mile WNW and Rungé Island, is 300 feet (91 m) wide at its nar-
of Centre Point, is dome-shaped with white cliffs and has a rowest part and branches into two arms about 2 miles from
fishing boundary marker on it. its entrance. The fairway up Patterson Inlet is clear and small
671 Port Stephens is entered between Centre and craft can find anchorage, mud bottom, near the head of either
­Littlejohn Points. A 27 foot (8.2 m) shoal lies on the east arm at its head.
side of the fairway, about 0.4 mile ENE of Littlejohn Point. 683 Rungé Island (53°26′N, 129°51′W) has drying reefs
A prominent bare white patch on a cliff face is on the south with small islets on them extending west and north from it
side of Port Stephens about 1 mile NE of Centre Point. and shoals lying up to 0.2 mile west and NW. A shoal, with a
672 Stephens Narrows, 2 miles inside the entrance of least depth of 9 feet (2.7 m), is 0.2 mile west of the north end
Port Stephens, has an island at its east end. The narrow boat of Rungé Island.
 CHAPTER 1
Hecate Strait, East Shore 1-41
and Channels leading to the Inner Passage

684 Mink Trap Bay, entered north of Rungé Island, has 694 Ire Inlet (53°30′N, 129°55′W), 1.3 miles north of
Burns Bay at its head. Lock Island, has a very narrow entrance.
685 Moolock Cove is entered through a narrow channel 695 Curtis Inlet, east of Ire Inlet, penetrates Pitt Island
at the NE end of Mink Trap Bay. Drying and below-water for about 1 mile. Depths in the fairway, about 0.3 mile inside
rocks encumber the south end of this cove. the inlet, are 6 feet (1.8 m).
686 Anchorage can be obtained in Moolock Cove, 696 Ala Narrows, 1.2 miles north of Curtis Inlet, is
0.2 mile east of the entrance channel, in 25 fathoms about 300 feet (91 m) wide. Numerous drying rocks, rocks
(46 m); the holding ground is indifferent. Small craft can awash and rocks with less than 6 feet (2 m) over them are in
anchor closer to shore. During SE gales, furious gusts blow the south and north approaches to Ala Narrows.
over the narrow neck of land that separates Moolock Cove 697 Wright Inlet, east of Ala Narrows, has a very nar-
from Patterson Inlet. row entrance. Wright Narrows, 0.7 mile within the entrance,
687 Hodgson Cove, 1.5 miles NW of Rungé Island, is is obstructed by a ridge of boulders that dries 10 feet (3 m).
fronted by several large islands and provides shelter for small Tidal falls occur in Wright Narrows.
craft. A drying reef with several islets on it extends 0.1 mile 698 Between Ala Narrows and Anger Point, 1.2 miles
east from the west entrance point and a drying reef is about north, the fairway through Ala Passage is obstructed by num-
200 feet (61 m) NW from its east entrance point. The entrance erous islets, drying and below-water rocks.
is narrow; stay in mid-channel between the two drying rocks 699 Between Anger Point and Logarithm Point, 2 miles
off the above-mentioned drying reefs. west, the fairway through Ala Passage is deep and clear of
688 Becker Point (53°28′N, 129°54′W) is the south dangers.
entrance point of Miller Inlet. Drying and below-water rocks
fringe the shores around this point, and a group of wooded Chart 3985
islets with drying and below-water rocks lie up to 0.2 mile West Approaches to Ala Passage
west and south of it. A bare rock, 8 feet (2.4 m) high, on a
drying reef and a rock that dries 19 feet (5.8 m), 0.75 mile 700 Anger Anchorage (53°32′N, 130°01′W), off
south of it, are 0.5 mile south of Becker Point. the NW side of Anger Island, is an extensive bank
689 Peck Shoal, 0.4 mile west of Becker Point, consists encompassed by the 50 fathom (91 m) line. In 1977, this
of a rock that dries 5 feet (1.5 m), a rock awash and several bank was examined as a possible emergency anchorage for
rocks with less than 6 feet (2 m) over them. large vessels; a total of 23 bottom core samples were taken.
690 Miller Inlet has several coves, The bottom consists of 1 to 3 inches (2.5 to 7.6 cm) of sand
which could provide shelter for small craft. and/or gravel on top of hard blue-grey clay. This anchorage
The narrows, about 0.5 mile within the entrance, has a rock is protected from the south and east; it is open to winds from
that dries 13 feet (4 m) near the middle of its west entrance. the NW blowing down Petrel Channel or from the west down
Several shoal and drying rocks are nearly in the centre of the Principe Channel. The tidal range was near its maximum
fairway of Miller Inlet; extra caution is advised. Anchorage during the survey of Anger Anchorage but the tidal streams
for small craft can be found in the basin at the head of the across the anchorage were not strong.
inlet in 8 fathoms (15 m), sand and mud bottom. 701 If it is necessary to anchor in this area,
Charts 3984, 3985
make the anchorage report required by Vessel
­Traffic ­Services (vts). See Vessel Traffic Services in Sailing
Ala Passage ­Directions booklet PAC 200 — General Information, Pacific
691 Ala Passage (53°28′N, 129°55′W) separates Anger Coast and Radio Aids to Marine Navigation (Pacific and
Island from Pitt Island. Because of the intricacy of the chan- Western Arctic).
nels through Ala Narrows and between Ala Narrows and 702 Cosine Island (53°33′N, 129°59′W) and Sine ­Island,
Anger Point, the passage is only suitable for small craft. Local close north, lie across the west entrance of Ala ­Passage.
knowledge is advised. ­Cosine Point is the west extremity of Cosine Island. Cosine
692 Lock Island (53°29′N, 129°55′W) lies in the south Bay, on the SW side of Cosine Island, is too deep for satisfac-
end and near the middle of the fairway through Ala Passage. A tory anchorage.
reef with drying and below-water rocks on it is 0.2 mile SSE 703 Clear Passage, between Cosine and Sine Islands, is
of Lock Island and about 0.1 mile off the Pitt Island shore. less than 300 feet (91 m) wide and has a least depth of 3 feet
(0.9 m).
Chart 3984
704 Evinrude Passage, east of Anger Anchorage, is
693 A rock that dries 1.8 m (53°30′N, 129°54′W) lies in entered between Azimuth Island and a rock, 11 feet (3.4 m)
the middle of the fairway, 1 mile north of Lock Island. high, 0.2 mile NE. Several drying rocks and shoals are in the
 PAC 206
1-42 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

south portion of Evinrude Passage, around the south end of 300 feet (91 m) south of a prominent point on the north shore
Cosine Island. and 0.3 mile inside the north entrance point.
705 Anger Inlet, south of Cosine Island, is encumbered 713 Wright Island is 2 miles north of Headwind Point.
with islands and numerous drying and below-water rocks. McCauley Island forms the NE side of Principe Channel.
706 Markle Passage, on the north and east sides of 714 Dory Passage separates Wright Island from
Sine Island, leads to Markle and Wilson Inlets and the west ­McCauley Island; it has a least depth of 6 feet (1.8 m) in the
entrance to Ala Passage. Markle Island, on the north side of fairway.
Markle Passage, is the westernmost island of a chain of islands 715 The NE side of Principe Channel, between
extending from the entrance to Markle Inlet. A rock that dries Wright Island and Logan Bay, 5.5 miles NW, is fronted
6 feet (1.8 m) lies 0.1 mile south of the east extremity of this by several islands and shoals. Anchorage for small craft can
chain of islands. Two rocks, both with a depth of 18 feet be found among these islands in Port Canaveral.
(5.5 m), lie in mid-channel north and east of Sine Point, the 716 Alexander Shoal, with a least depth of 22 feet
NE extremity of Sine Island. (6.7 m), is 1 mile WSW of Gibbons Point, the SW extremity
707 Directions. — Approaching Ala Passage by way of of Wright Island.
Markle Passage, round Sine Point at a distance of not more 717 Wheeler Island, 1.3 miles west of Wright Island,
than 0.1 mile to avoid the two 18 foot (5.5 m) rocks lying in has several islets and below-water rocks off its SE and north
mid-channel. sides.
708 Markle Inlet is entered 0.5 mile north of Sine Point. 718 Wheeler Island light (738), on the SW extrem-
The entrance is encumbered with islets, drying reefs and ity of the island, is shown at an elevation of 19 feet
below-water rocks. (5.8 m) from a white tower with a red band on top.
709 Wilson Inlet, east of Sine Island, has Tangent Island 719 Dixon Island, 1.5 miles NW of Wheeler Island, has
in its entrance. A narrow boat passage along the north side of Bush Islet and numerous small islets, drying and below-water
rocks extending up to 0.3 mile off its south and SW coasts.
Tangent Island has a least depth of 11 feet (3.4 m) through
Dark Islet, 0.2 mile off the west extremity of Dixon Island,
it. The main entrance to Wilson Inlet is south of Tangent
has an islet and below-water rock 0.1 mile south of it. Between
Point. About 1.5 miles within the entrance a rock, with
Dark Islet and Logan Bay, 1.5 miles NW, numerous drying
14 feet (4.3 m) over it, lies in the middle of the fairway. East
and below-water rocks fringe the coast of McCauley Island.
of Tangent Island there are a number of islands and rocks.
719.1 Banks Island North light (737.5) west of
Charts 3985, 3912 Dixon Island is shown at an elevation of 23 feet (7 m)
from a skeleton tower.
Principe Channel — NW End
Chart 3912
710 Headwind Point (53°31′N, 130°06′W) is on the SW
side of Principe Channel. 720 Squall Bay (53°33′N, 130°07′W) is entered
711 Colby Bay, 2.5 miles NW of Headwind Point, in- between Wright Island and Cliff Islands, or by way of Dory
dents the NE side of Banks Island. Reefs extend from islets Passage. Depths throughout the bay are irregular and no good
close within the entrance on both sides of the bay. anchorage is afforded.
712 Anchorage for small craft can be obtained in 721 The area between Cliff Islands, Wheeler Island
5 fathoms (9.1 m), mud bottom, in Colby Bay, about and Squall Island is encumbered with islets and drying

ENTRANCE TO HEVENOR INLET (1986)

 CHAPTER 1
Hecate Strait, East Shore 1-43
and Channels leading to the Inner Passage

ENTRANCE TO NEWCOMBE HARBOUR (1986)

and below-water rocks. Sherman Islet is the south islet of bearing 353°, will lead between Ethel and Twain Rocks. When
this group. Globe Rock is in line with the south extremity of Bush Islet,
722 Squall Point, the west extremity of Squall Island, bearing 294°, alter course to pass 300 feet (91 m) off Squall
is bold and conspicuous. Hat Hill is the highest part of Squall Point, and thence to the anchorage.
Island. Red Point, 0.2 mile north of Squall Point, has a
Chart 3986
reddish brown cliff over it.
723 Tonkin Point and Urquhart Point are on the south Logan Bay to Deadman Islet
shore of Dixon Island. Dimple Point is the east extremity of
729 Whalen Point (53°37′N, 130°18′W) is low. Table
Dixon Island. Globe Rock, 2 feet (0.6 m) high, and numerous
Hill rises 1.5 miles NW.
drying and below-water rocks fringe the SW, south and SE
729.1 Table Hill light (737.1) is shown at an eleva-
sides of Dixon Island.
tion of 26 feet (8 m) from a white tower with a red
724 Twain Rocks have two heads with less than 6 feet
band on top.
(2 m) over them and lie up to 0.4 mile south of Squall Point.
Ethel Rock, 0.5 mile WSW of Squall Point, dries 4 feet 730 Keswar Point, 2.5 miles NW of Whalen Point, is
(1.2 m) and has shoals ENE and SW of it. bold and fronted with drying reefs. Reefs and shoal water
725 Alarm Rocks, 0.2 mile WNW of Squall Point, con- lie up to 0.2 mile off the coast between these two points.
sist of several pinnacles with a least depth of 10 feet (3 m). Two shoals, with 36 and 27 feet (11 and 8.2 m) over them,
Clown Rock, west of Alarm Rocks, dries 8 feet (2.4 m) and a lie 0.25 mile off Keswar Point.
rock with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it is 0.1 mile south of it. 732 Keswar Inlet, NE of Keswar Point, has several dry-
Stephen Rocks, north of Alarm Rocks, are a group of rocks ing reefs in the entrance and within it.
that dry from 4 to 16 feet (1.2 to 4.9 m). The highest rock is 733 Keyarka Cove is 1.8 miles south of Keswar Point.
on the north side of the group. Canaveral Rock, 0.15 mile End Hill rises 1.6 miles WNW of Keyarka Cove.
NE of Squall Point, has 27 feet (8.2 m) over it. 734 Deadman Islet and Baird Point, 3 miles NE, are
726 Port Canaveral, between the NW side of Squall described with Browning Entrance earlier in this chapter.
Island and the south side of McCauley Island, is suitable for
small vessels but local knowledge is advised. Canaveral
­Passage, encumbered with islets, drying and below-water Petrel Channel
rocks, is at the east end of Port Canaveral and leads north and
east of Squall Island. Chart 3985
727 Anchorage for small vessels can be obtained
in Port Canaveral about 0.15 mile SE of Red Point 735 Petrel Channel (53°34′N, 130°03′W) separates
in 14 to 15 fathoms (26 to 27 m), mud bottom. The holding ­ cCauley Island from Pitt Island and leads north from
M
ground is good and the anchorage secure but is uncomfort- ­Principe Channel to Ogden Channel. The fairway through
able in winds from the NW quadrant. Small craft can find Petrel Channel has a least width of 0.3 mile and is deep. The
anchorage east of Round Islet, near the entrance of Canaveral Pitt Island shore is backed by moderately high mountains;
Passage, and in the basin NE of Dixon Island. those of the McCauley Island shore are relatively lower.
728 Directions. — The highest of Stephen Rocks (vis- 736 Hevenor Inlet and Newcombe Harbour, both on the
ible only at low to mid-tide) just open east of Dimple Point, east side of Petrel Channel and Captain Cove, at the NE end
 PAC 206
1-44 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

of Petrel Channel, offer anchorage for small vessels and are 751 An islet, 0.4 mile NNE of McCutcheon Point, is at-
described at the end of this section. tached to the west shore by a drying ledge. A rock with less
737 Tidal streams attain a maximum of 3 kn and than 6 feet (2 m) over it is 300 feet (91 m) south of this islet.
set fairly through Petrel Channel. 752 A prominent point, 1.2 miles NNE of McCutcheon
738 Petrel Point (53°34′N, 130°01′W) is the SE entrance Point, has islets and drying rocks attached to it by a drying
point to Petrel Channel and has a fishing boundary marker ledge. Above this point drying flats extend from both sides
on it. Meet Point, 2.4 miles west, is the SW entrance point. of the harbour leaving a narrow channel between them.
738.1 Petrel Point light (738.3) is shown at an eleva- 753 Anchorage for small vessels can be obtained
tion of 23 feet (7 m) from a skeleton tower. in Newcombe Harbour, 1 mile within the entrance
739 Allcroft Point, 2.8 miles NW of Petrel Point, is and about 0.2 mile SW of the prominent point, in 8 fathoms
prominent. (15 m), mud bottom.
740 Mathers Point, 4.3 miles NNW of Allcroft Point, Chart 3987
is a prominent headland; it is fronted by a rock that dries
9 feet (2.7 m). Morrison Point, 0.6 mile NW, is also bold 754 Captain Cove (53°49′N, 130°13′W), entered north
and prominent. of Captain Point, is a good harbour, well-sheltered from
all winds. A rock that dries 2 feet (0.6 m) and a rock awash
741 Robinson Point, 1.3 miles NNW of Morrison
are close west and several islets are 0.5 mile east of Captain
Point, is fronted by a rock that dries 15 feet (4.6 m). A reef
Point. All have shoal water in their vicinity. A logging camp
with 17 feet (5.2 m) over it is on the east side of the fairway
and booming ground are in the cove (1994).
NE of Robinson Point. A conspicuous hill, 1.3 miles west of
755 Anchorage can be obtained in 12 to
Robinson Point, is 1,475 feet (450 m) high. 13 fathoms (22 to 24 m), mud, at the head of the cove.
742 Petrel Islets, 1 mile NW of Robinson Point, consist
of several above-water, drying and below-water rocks.
743 Noble Mountain, 2.5 miles NW of Robinson Point, Ogden Channel
is prominent.
744 Elbow Point, 3.3 miles WNW of Robinson Point,
is bold and steep‑to. Chart 3947
745 Strouts Point, 4.4 miles NNW of Elbow Point, is 756 Ogden Channel (53°50′N, 130°19′W) separates
the NE point of McCauley Island; it is steep‑to. Pitt Island from Porcher Island and leads north from Beaver
746 Comrie Head, at the junction of Petrel and Ogden Passage and Petrel Channel to Grenville Channel and Arthur
Channels, is described later with Ogden Channel. Passage. It is deep and free of dangers in the fairway.
757 Vessel Traffic Services (vts). — Grenville
Inlets in Petrel Channel Channel and Arthur Passage, at the north end of Ogden
Channel, are part of the main Inner Passage. Before crossing
747 Hevenor Inlet (53°38′N, 130°04′W) is entered
or joining this main channel, report your intentions in suf-
between Stark Point and Hevenor Point. Hevenor Islet,
ficient time to alert any traffic within the channel. See Vessel
1.4 miles east of Hevenor Point, has a rock that dries 15 feet
Traffic Services in Sailing Directions booklet PAC 200 —
(4.6 m) between it and the north shore. Clark Islet, at the head
General ­Information, Pacific Coast and Radio Aids to Marine
of the inlet, has a rock that dries 12 feet (3.7 m) close south, ­Navigation (Pacific and Western Arctic).
and two rocks, both with 11 feet (3.4 m) over them, 0.2 and 758 Tides. — Tidal differences in Ogden Channel, refer-
0.3 mile SSE. enced on Prince Rupert, are given for Kitkatla Islands (Index
748 Small vessels can obtain sheltered anchor- No. 9242) and Seabreeze Point (Index No. 9250) in the Tide
age at the head of the inlet, east of the last-mentioned Tables, Volume 7.
rocks. 759 Tidal streams. — The north-going flood
749 Hevenor Lagoon, at the head of Hevenor Inlet, dries stream sets into Ogden Channel and near its north
0.4 mile within its very narrow entrance. The lagoon extends end it divides, one part turning SE in Grenville Channel, the
4 miles SE from its entrance. other continuing north toward Arthur and Telegraph Passages.
750 Newcombe Harbour (53°42′N, 130°06′W) is en- The ebb streams from Grenville Channel, Arthur Passage and
tered east of McCutcheon Point. The entrance is only 300 feet Telegraph Passage unite off the north end of Ogden Channel
(91 m) wide and a shoal spit extends about 300 feet (91 m) and pass out to sea by it. The muddy water of the Skeena River,
south from McCutcheon Point. Fishing boundary markers coming from Telegraph Passage, is usually distinguishable
are on both shores at the entrance. against the blue water of the other channels.
 CHAPTER 1
Hecate Strait, East Shore 1-45
and Channels leading to the Inner Passage

760 Spoil ground. — An ocean dumpsite, under permit 763 Alpha Bay, 2.3 miles north of Comrie Head, is
through the Ocean Dumping Control Act, is in 53°54′N, between Fish Point and Alpha Point; it is filled with drying
130°16′W. flats that front the mouth of Alpha Creek. Swede Point is
761 Comrie Head (53°49′N, 130°17′W) is the SE 1.4 miles NE of Alpha Point.
entrance point to Ogden Channel; Sparrowhawk Point, 764 Rippon Point and Peninsula Point, the north entrance
1.8 miles west, is the SW entrance point. point to Ogden Channel are described with Grenville Channel
762 Skene Cove is 1 mile north of Sparrowhawk Point, in Sailing Directions booklet PAC 205 — Inner Passage —
and Peter Point is 2 miles farther NNE. Bareside Point, Queen Charlotte Sound to Chatham Sound.
1.7 miles NE of Peter Point, rises steeply to the summit of
Bareside Mountain.
762.1 Peter Point light (672.5) is shown at an
elevation of 23 feet (7 m) from a white tower with a
green band on top.
 CHAPTER 2

Dixon Entrance,
Portland Inlet and
Adjacent Channels
General

Chart 3002

1 This chapter covers Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet,

Work Channel, Observatory Inlet, Pearse Canal and Portland
Canal. Virago Sound, Naden Harbour, Masset Sound and
Masset Inlet, on the north coast of Graham Island are also
described.
2 Chatham Sound, at the east end of Dixon ­Entrance
and the approach channels, Brown Passage, Hudson Bay
­Passage, Holliday Passage, Oriflammme Passage and
Main Passage are described in Sailing Directions booklet
PAC 205 — Inner Passage — Queen Charlotte Sound to
Chatham Sound.
3 The United States coast of Dixon Entrance, Pearse
Canal and Portland Canal is only briefly described; for com-
plete information on United States waters see United States
Coast Pilot 8.
4 The International Boundary Line between the
United States and Canada is charted.

Dixon Entrance

Charts 3800, 3960

5 Dixon Entrance (54°30′N, 132°30′W) is the north

approach from the Pacific Ocean to the inner channels of
­British Columbia and the south approach to those of SE
Alaska. It is entered between Haida Gwaii on the south, Dall
and Prince of Wales Islands on the north, and extends from
Langara Island and Cape Muzon for 75 miles east to the mouth
of Portland Inlet.
6 Light buoys. — Dixon Entrance odas light
buoy “46205” (807.1) (54°09′54″N, 134°16′54″W) is
about 45 miles west of Langara Island.
7 Dixon Entrance odas light buoy “46145” (801)
(54°23′01″N, 132°26′54″W) is about 17 miles NNW
of Wiah Point.
8 The channels and passages on the north side of Dixon
Entrance that lead north through the inside waters of the State
of Alaska are Kaigani Strait, Cordova Bay, Clarence Strait,
 PAC 206
2-2 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

Revillagigedo Channel and Nakat Bay, all described in 14 Between Cape Chacon, Zayas Island, Cape Fox
United States Coast Pilot 8. and Duke Island the tidal streams are very confused. In
9 When approaching Dixon Entrance from the west or bad weather, the heavy and confused sea sometimes looks
NW, Forrester Island is a good landmark. Along the north side like breakers.
of Dixon Entrance there are high mountains near the south 15 Between Dundas Island and Cape Fox the flood
ends of Dall, Long, Prince of Wales and Duke Islands. stream sets east at about 2 kn and the ebb west at about 3 kn.
10 Approaching Dixon Entrance from the SW, Pivot The turn of the streams apparently occurs near the time of
Mountain (54°01′N, 133°00′W) is conspicuous; it is rounded HW and LW at Prince Rupert.
and somewhat detached from other mountains on the north 16 Information from tidal stream observations in 1984
side of Graham Island. In clear weather it can be seen for in Dixon Entrance is given below.
about 50 miles. The north coast of Graham Island is gener- 17 Four miles north of Langara Island maximum flood
ally low, rising to mountainous peaks about 7 miles inland. sets 085° at 2½ kn and maximum ebb 275° at 2½ kn. Turn to
Between Masset Sound and Rose Spit the country is low, flood here is 1 h 30 min after LW Prince Rupert, turn to ebb
densely wooded and swampy with low sand hills fringing the 1 h 30 min after HW Prince Rupert.
woods. Taaw Tldáaw (54°05′N, 131°48′W) is the only valuable 18 About 10 miles SW of Cape Muzon maximum flood
landmark in this otherwise featureless part of the coast. Rose sets 095° at 1½ kn and maximum ebb 265° at 2 kn.
Spit, about 7 miles NE, and Overfall Shoal, NE of it, present 19 Thirteen miles NNE of Klashwun Point maximum
the greatest dangers on this side of Dixon Entrance. Dundas flood sets 090° at 2 kn and maximum ebb 250° at 2 kn. Seven
Island, 30 miles NE of Rose Spit, has several conspicuous miles NE of Klashwun Point maximum flood sets 110° at 2 kn,
mountains on it. maximum ebb 270° at 1½ kn.
11 Tides. — Tidal predictions for Langara Point 20 Eleven miles west of Rose Spit Racon maximum
­(Index No. 9964) and tidal differences for McPherson Point flood sets 070° at 1½ kn and maximum ebb 220° at 1 kn. Turn
(Index No. 9963), Wiah Point (Index No. 9940), referenced to flood here is at LW Prince Rupert, turn to ebb at HW Prince
on ­Langara Point, and for Qlawdzeet Anchorage (Index Rupert. The duration of flood is 6 hours on spring tides and
No. 9315), Hudson Bay Passage (Index No. 9327) and 3 hours on neaps.
­Brundige Inlet (Index No. 9333), referenced on Prince Rupert, 21 Twenty miles NW of Rose Spit Racon maximum
are given in the Tide Tables, Volume 7. flood sets 090° at 2 kn and maximum ebb 245° at 2 kn.
12 Tidal streams. — Along the south side of 22 About 4 miles SW of Cape Chacon (54°41′N,
Dixon Entrance the flood stream sets east around the 132°01′W) maximum flood sets 100° at 2 kn and maximum
north end of Langara Island at up to 2½ kn and then sets along ebb 265° at 2½ kn. After sustained SE winds, which build up
the north shore of Graham Island. In the area about midway a head of water in Clarence Strait, the flood stream off Cape
between Rose Spit and Dundas Island it divides; the weaker Chacon is weak and the ebb stream sets SW at 3 kn or more.
part sets north past Dundas Island toward Portland Inlet and Strong tide-rips occur in this vicinity.
the main flood turns SE into Hecate Strait. The turn of the tidal 23 Midway between Celestial Reef and McCulloch
stream in the vicinity of Rose Spit coincides approximately Rock maximum flood is 025° at 1½ kn and maximum ebb
with the times of HW and LW by the shore, which corresponds 290° at 1½ kn.
very nearly with the times of HW and LW at Prince Rupert. 24 Weather. — Dixon Entrance is exposed to the Pacific
Heavy overfalls are encountered off Rose Spit, principally Ocean. Gales blow frequently out of the SE, up Hecate Strait,
along its north side near the edge of the deep water; they from October through April. During winter months northerly
have the appearance of breakers and occur during the full gales, known as “Squamish winds”, funnel down Portland
strength of the streams, which attain 3½ kn between Rose Inlet and across the NE end of Chatham Sound; they make the
Spit and Overfall Shoal. At the junction of Dixon Entrance crossing from Dundas Island to Cape Fox hazardous. Strong
and Hecate Strait the flood and ebb are quite regular in the SW winds create a heavy beam sea on this same crossing.
winter; during late summer the flood greatly exceeds the ebb. 25 Swells approach Dixon Entrance mainly from
In August, especially, there can be 2½ to 3 kn of flood, with the west and SW, particularly in winter. They move through
little appreciable ebb or only slack water. passages, break on shoals or against shorelines and are heavy
13 Along the north shore of Dixon Entrance, in the at times.
vicinity of Cape Muzon (54°40′N, 132°42′W), the flood sets 26 Advection fog plagues these waters July through
NE around the cape and the ebb SW at about 2½ kn. South of September, when visibility of less than 0.5 mile occurs up
Cordova Bay the flood sets east at about 1¼ kn and the ebb to 15% of the time, and is often cyclical over a period of
west at up to 1¾ kn. several days.
 CHAPTER 2
Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet 2-3
and Adjacent Channels

27 Meteorological information and frequency of fog 39 Calling Point No. 24, called Zone Limit, is a line
information for Langara Point are given in the Appendices. running from Point Cornwallis light extending on a south-
28 Along the north side of Dixon Entrance, westward arc to a point 270° westward of Cape Knox on the
local magnetic anomalies of as much as 4° have Territorial Sea limit. This line is the western limit of the Prince
been observed at Cape Muzon. Differences of as much as Rupert Traffic Zone.
17½° from the normal variation have been observed in the Chart 3800
vicinity of Percy Islands, at the SE end of Clarence Strait.
Extreme magnetic disturbances exist in the south entrance to 40 Shoals and reefs in Dixon Entrance that are a par-
­Revillagigedo Channel, SE of Duke Island. In this vicinity the ticular source of danger to navigation are as follows.
magnetic compass should not be relied upon within the area 41 Learmonth Bank (54°30′N, 133°05′W) lies in the
outlined in magenta on the charts. Differences of as much as fairway of the west entrance of Dixon Entrance. Depths over
5° from the normal variation have been observed along the this bank are uneven and the bottom is sand, rock and gravel.
west shore of Nakat Inlet. The least depth is 26.4 m. Overfalls and tide-rips are encoun-
29 Pilotage. — All the coastal waters of Haida tered over the bank; an ebb tidal stream with west winds can
Gwaii along the south side of Dixon Entrance are create sea conditions hazardous to small craft.
within Area 5, and the approach channels to Chatham Sound 42 Celestial Reef, West Devil Rock and several un-
are within Area 4 of the Pacific Pilotage Authority; within named shoals, about 20 miles west of Dundas Island, lie in
these waters pilotage is compulsory. For further information the centre of the fairway of Dixon Entrance. McCulloch Rock
on pilotage areas and obtaining a pilot see Sailing Directions lies between the above-mentioned reefs and Zayas Island. East
booklet PAC 200 — General Information, Pacific Coast. Devil Rock is 3.3 miles north of Zayas Island. These reefs
30 In United States waters pilotage is compulsory for the and shoals are a source of danger to all craft.
inside waters of the State of Alaska. For further information 43 Rose Spit, on the south side of Dixon Entrance, is
see United States Coast Pilot 8. fairly steep-to on its NW side and soundings may not indicate
31 Vessel Traffic Services (vts). — The area the danger in sufficient time to take avoiding action; low lying
covered in this chapter is in Sector 2 of the Prince land in the vicinity does not provide adequate radar definition.
Rupert Traffic Zone. The assigned frequency is 156.575 MHz, In the shoal area east of Rose Spit sand waves form on the
Channel 71. bottom, careful attention to soundings should be taken in this
32 A brief description of this Vessel Traffic ­Services (vts) area.
System is given in Sailing Directions booklet PAC 200 — 44 Nunez Rocks, on the north side of Dixon Entrance
­General Information, Pacific Coast, full details are given in and south of Prince of Wales Island, should be given a good
Radio Aids to Marine Navigation (Pacific and Western Arctic). clearance because of the uncertain tidal streams in the locality.
33 The Calling-in Points are 45 The south and SW sides of Duke Island should be
34 Calling-in Point No. 19, called Wales Island, is a line avoided as rocks and reefs extend about 7 miles offshore.
joining Wales and Maskelyne Points and is a change line. Avoid going inside a line joining Hassler Reef, West Rock,
35 Calling-in Point No. 20A, called Butterworth Rocks, Club Rocks and East Island.
is a line from Jacinto Point light (732) to Butterworth Rocks 46 Caution. — The dangers described above and
light (751) thence to Seal Rocks light (748). Mariners shall the strong, and in some areas uncertain, tidal streams
advise Prince Rupert Traffic of routeing if not using Browning make navigation in Dixon Entrance treacherous when visibil-
Passage. ity is poor.
36 Calling-in Point No. 21, called Rose Spit/Seal Rocks, 47 Radar beacons (Racons) are at Butterworth Rocks,
is a line joining Rose Spit Racon and Seal Rocks light (748) Hanmer Rocks, Rose Spit, Seal Rocks and Stenhouse Shoal.
48 For details of radio aids see Radio Aids to Marine
and is a change line between Sector 1 and Sector 2 of the
Prince Rupert Traffic Zone. Navigation (Pacific and Western Arctic).
37 Calling-in Point No. 22, called Rose Spit, is a line 49 The high land of Forrester, Langara, Dall, Prince of
extending north from Rose Spit Racon to the International Wales and Dundas Islands will assist radar-equipped vessels.
Boundary. 50 Two submarine cables are laid NE around
38 Calling-in Point No. 23, called International the north end of Learmonth Bank, easterly to Cape
­Boundary Dixon Entrance, is the International Boundary from Muzon then east to close-off Cape Chacon.
Cape Muzon light to Wales Island. Mariners shall report to
Forrester Island to Cape Chacon
Prince Rupert Traffic whether their route is through Holliday
Passage, Oriflamme Passage or Main Passage when transiting 51 Forrester Island (54°48′N, 133°31′W) is a ridge
Chatham Sound. of distinctive summits in the north half. The south part is a
 PAC 206
2-4 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

wooded flat with a knob on the east side. The island makes a (22.6 m) from a skeleton tower fitted with a red and white
prominent landmark when approaching Dixon Entrance from diamond-shaped daymark.
NW. Forrester ­Island is a National Wildlife Refuge under the 63 Surf Point, 4.6 miles ESE of Point Marsh light, rises
jurisdiction of the United States Fish and Wildlife Service. steeply to a knob, then to higher ground to the north. Brown
There are no secure anchorages off Forrester Island, but small Bear Rock, close south of Surf Point, is prominent.
craft anchor in several places during the summer. 64 Bean Island, 2 miles east of Surf Point, has a number
52 Petrel Island, 0.5 mile south of Forrester Island, of rounded, steep-sided rocky knobs. From the west they show
has two wooded summits; from a distance they look like two as a rounded hill standing well above the general level of the
islands. South Rock, close south of Petrel Island, is not very island. Nunez Point, the SE extremity of Bean Island, has
prominent. The passage between Forrester and Petrel Islands several rocky ridges, with bare bluffs, on the seaward face.
is used by fishermen. The currents are severe at times, and 65 Nunez Rocks, 1.5 miles south of Nunez Point, con-
during heavy weather the passage is dangerous. sist of a reef that dries 11 feet (3.4 m) and below-water rocks.
53 Lowrie Island, 1 mile north of Forrester Island, is Because of the uncertain tidal streams in this locality the rocks
wooded. Sea Lion Rock and Cape Horn Rocks lie between should be given a berth of at least 1 mile when passing to the
south. The passage between Nunez Rocks and Nunez Point
Forrester and Lowrie Islands. North Rocks, 0.5 mile north of
is clear.
Lowrie Island, have a maximum elevation of 25 feet (7.6 m).
66 Cape Chacon, the SE extremity of Prince of Wales
The passages between Lowrie and Forrester Islands and
Island, is easily recognized from the NE and SW by three
between Forrester Island and North Rocks are used only by
hills. The outer hill appears as a perfect cone, the second hill
small fishing craft; local knowledge is advised.
is slightly higher and somewhat rounded and the third hill has
54 Lowrie Island light (US 995) is shown at an a flat top. The land to the NW of the cape is high and broken.
elevation of 52 feet (15.8 m) from a skeleton tower A rock awash is about 0.15 mile SE of the cape.
fitted with a red and white diamond-shaped daymark. 67 Cape Chacon light (US 21850) is shown at an
55 Point Cornwallis (54°42′N, 132°52′W) is a promin- elevation of 50 feet (15.2 m) and is fitted with a red
ent headland on the SW side of Dall Island. Stripe Mountain, and white diamond-shaped daymark.
1.3 miles NE of the point, is marked by a prominent slide on 68 Tidal streams in the vicinity of Cape Chacon
its NW side. and Nunez Rocks are described at the beginning of this
56 Dall Island is mountainous and indented by num- section.
erous bays, coves and inlets, some of which are excellent
harbours of refuge. Chart 3868
57 Cape Muzon, the south extremity of Dall Island, Langara Island to Rose Spit
is heavily wooded and rises to a rounded peak about 2 miles
69 Langara Island (54°15′N, 133°00′W) is densely
NW. A rock, 0.3 mile south of the cape, breaks heavily with
wooded and has a range of rounded hills, of nearly uniform
a moderate sea. A group of small islands and rocks is off the
height, extending east and west across its central part. The
east end, and depths of 13 and 16 fathoms (24 and 29 m) are west and north coasts are rocky and precipitous; cliffs on the
reported (1984) to exist 2.3 miles SW of the cape. west side of the island rise in high pinnacles of sandstone.
58 Cape Muzon light (US 985) is shown at an Shoals and reefs lie up to 0.5 mile off the west and north coasts
elevation of 80 feet (24.4 m) and is fitted with a red of Langara Island; when rounding the north side of Langara
and white diamond-shaped daymark. Island keep outside the 50 fathom (91 m) line.
59 Tidal streams off Cape Muzon are described 70 Parry Passage, on the south side of Langara Island,
at the beginning of this chapter. is described later in this chapter.
60 A magnetic anomaly with differences of as 71 Tides. — Tidal predictions for Langara Point (Index
much as 4° from normal variation has been observed No. 9964) and tidal differences for McPherson Point (Index
at Cape Muzon. No. 9963), referenced on Langara Point, are given in the Tide
61 Point Marsh, 13 miles ENE of Cape Muzon, is a Tables, Volume 7.
group of low, wooded, rocky islets lying close-off the SW 72 Meteorological information and frequency of fog
extremity of Prince of Wales Island. The land rises evenly information for Langara are given in the Appendices.
and attains an elevation of about 1,000 feet (305 m) between 73 Langara Point is at the NW end of Langara Island. A
1 and 2 miles inland from the point. A prominent hill, 3 miles group of drying rocks, 0.3 mile east of Langara Point, extends
NE of the point, has a round top and is almost bare. 0.2 mile offshore; the outer rock dries 5 feet (1.5 m).
62 Point Marsh light (US 21855), on a small islet 74 Langara Point light (807) is shown at an ele-
SE of the point, is shown at an elevation of 74 feet vation of 160 feet (48.8 m) from a white tower. It is
 CHAPTER 2
Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet 2-5
and Adjacent Channels

fitted with an emergency light. The light is visible from 055° 88 Tides. — Tidal differences for Wiah Point (Index
through east and south to 265°. No. 9940), referenced on Langara Point, are given in the Tide
75 Langara Rocks, 1.3 miles east of Langara Point and Tables, Volume 7.
0.3 mile off St. Margaret Point, are two bare above-water 89 Refuge Island, 0.3 mile east of Wiah Point, is near
rocks surrounded by drying and below-water rocks. Shoals the SW end of a large drying rocky reef.
under 6 fathoms (11 m) are up to 0.5 mile offshore between 90 Refuge Island Boat Harbour Sector light (799)
Langara Point and Langara Rocks. Tide-rips occur in this is on the Graham Island shore about 0.1 mile west
vicinity. of Refuge Island. The white sector indicates the
76 McPherson Point is the NE extremity of Langara preferred channel.
Island. Andrews Point, 0.8 mile SE of McPherson Point, has 91 A boat harbour, between Wiah Point and
a ledge of above-water rocks extending 0.15 mile NE from it, Refuge Island, is used during the fishing season, May
off which tide-rips occur. to September, approximately. A public float and dolphins are
77 Explorer Bay, on the north side of Andrews Point, in the south part of the harbour. A cabin can provide emergency
and Dibrell Bay, entered between Andrews Point and Cohoe shelter.
Point, are deep and exposed to the north and east; they afford 92 Hedden Island, 1.5 miles SE of Wiah Point, is
indifferent anchorages. Egeria Bay is described later with wooded and has an extensive drying ledge extending north
Parry Passage. and east from it. Drying and below-water rocks lie off the
Chart 3800 drying ledge.

78 The north coast of Graham Island, between Seath Charts 3800, 3892
Point (54°09′N, 132°53′W) and Cape Naden, about 11 miles 93 McIntyre Bay (54°05′N, 132°10′W), the large bay
east, is generally rocky with occasional low cliffs. The shores between Wiah Point and Rose Point, 23 miles east, has dense
are gravel, interspersed with sand beaches. kelp in its inner part. The beaches, with the exception of a few
79 Nankivell Point, 3.5 miles east of Seath Point, is a
small rocky points, are almost entirely composed of hard sand
drying ridge of stones and gravel extending north from close
with gravel in some places. Low sand hills generally fringe
east of it. A rock 1 foot (0.3 m) high is at the outer end of the
the woods, which densely cover this stretch of low, featureless
ridge. A rock with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it is 0.5 mile NW
and swampy coast.
of the point and a rock that dries 11 feet (3.4 m) is 1.2 miles
NE of the point and 0.9 mile offshore. Chart 3800
80 Jalun River is close west of Nankivell Point; its
94 The shore for about 1.5 miles SW of Yakan Point
entrance is encumbered with drying rocks.
(54°04′N, 131°50′W) is an Ecological Reserve.
Chart 3892 95 Taaw Tldáaw (54°05′N, 131°48′W) rises immedi-
81 Klashwun Point (54°09′N, 132°40′W) is promin- ately from shore with cliffs about 400 feet (122 m) high; it
ent because of the low, flat character of the adjacent coast. A makes a good radar target. The land in the vicinity is low,
distinct summit 95 m high near its west part is visible for a which makes it prominent, but it is difficult to identify on
considerable distance and provides a useful landmark. certain bearings because of Argonaut Hill, 3.5 miles SE, which
82 Shag Rock is 0.4 mile NE of Klashwun Point. is flat-topped and wooded to its summit.
83 Shag Rock light (804.6) is shown at an eleva- 96 Naikoon Park is a provincial park at the NE end
tion of 7.1 m from a mast. of Graham Island. Campsites are at Agate Beach, near Taaw
84 Cape Naden, 3.5 miles SE of Klashwun Point, is Tldáaw, and picnic facilities are at Taaw Tldáaw.
the west entrance point, and Cape Edensaw, which is low 97 Hiellen River enters Dixon Entrance close east of
but somewhat prominent, is the east entrance point of Virago Taaw Tldáaw. Except during northerly winds, landing is pos-
Sound, described later in this chapter. sible at Hiellen River near HW by keeping very close to the
85 Wiah Point (54°07′N, 132°19′W), known locally as rocky shore under Taaw Tldáaw. A First Nation reservation
Seven Mile Point, is low, wooded and has no distinguishing is on the east side of the river.
features. 98 Anchorage can be obtained about 2 miles
86 Wiah Point light (800), on a drying reef NE north of Taaw Tldáaw in about 7 fathoms (13 m) or
of the point, is shown at an elevation of 7.5 m from a about the same distance WNW of the extremity of the trees
cylindrical tower. on Rose Point in 7 to 9 fathoms (13 to 16 m).
87 Wiah Point light and bell buoy “C50” (798.8), 99 Rose Point is a low promontory that forms the NE
0.5 mile north of Wiah Point, is a starboard hand buoy. extremity of Graham Island. The Haida Nation called Rose
 PAC 206
2-6 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

Point “Nai”; Rose Spit was “Nai-kun”, the-long-nose-of Nai, PAC 205 — Inner Passage — Queen Charlotte Sound to
or just Long Nose. Chatham Sound.
100 A survey in 1984 found that although the treeline on 109 Celestial Reef (54°31′N, 131°28′W), over which
Rose Point ends about 1 mile SSW of Rose Spit Racon, the seas occasionally break, lies on the SE side of a bank and has
point actually continues above water for about 1½ miles north three heads with 7, 10 and 53 feet (2.1, 3 and 16.2 m) over
of the Racon. The elevation near the Racon is 8 feet (2.4 m). them. A 16 fathom (29.3 m) shoal is about 3.5 miles NW of
101 Rose Spit extends 7 miles NNE from Rose Point to the north head and a 52 foot (15.8 m) shoal is 2 miles south.
Overfall Shoal at its outer end. The inner portion of the spit The bottom is very uneven in this area.
is covered with a few stunted bushes and grass-covered sand 110 West Devil Rock, 10 miles NNW of Celestial Reef,
hills; it continues as a narrow, partly drying, partly submerged dries 11 feet (3.4 m). A rock with less than 6 feet (2 m) over
sand bank. The survey found that drying areas exist 3.5 miles it is 0.5 mile north of West Devil Rock; seas break over this
NE of the Racon and a depth of less than 3 feet (0.9 m) is rock with a moderate swell. A shoal with a depth of 48 feet
0.5 mile farther NE. From about 4.5 miles NE of the Racon to (14.6 m) over it is 2.5 miles SE of West Devil Rock.
Overfall Shoal depths are generally 23 to 46 feet (7 to 14 m). 111 McCulloch Rock, about 10 miles ENE of Celestial
The least depth over Overfall Shoal is 9 feet (2.7 m). Because Reef, is a shoal pinnacle with a depth of 9 feet (2.7 m) over
of dangerous overfalls the passage between the drying por- it. The bank on which McCulloch Rock is situated has several
tion of Rose Spit and Overfall Shoal should not be attempted other pinnacle shoals on it.
under any circumstances. 112 Barren Island (54°45′N, 131°21′W), 10 miles NE
102 Caution. — Rose Spit and Overfall Shoal are of Celestial Reef, is 30 feet (9 m) high.
fairly steep-to on their NW side; soundings may not 113 Barren Island light (763) is shown at an eleva-
indicate the danger in sufficient time to take avoiding action. tion of 85 feet (25.9 m) from a skeleton tower fitted
In the shoal areas east of Rose Spit and Overfall Shoal sand with a red and white diamond-shaped daymark.
waves form on the bottom and careful attention to soundings 114 Cape Northumberland, north of Barren Island, is
should be given in these areas. Heavy overfalls are encoun- the south extremity of Duke Island. Mount Lazaro, 1.8 miles
tered along the NW side of Rose Spit near the edge of the NNW of Cape Northumberland, is a solitary mountain with
deep water. They have the appearance of breakers and occur a broad summit; it is the only part of Duke Island that can
during the full strength of the tidal streams, which attain 3½ kn be seen from a distance. The remainder of Duke Island is
between Rose Spit and Overfall Shoal. generally low and heavily wooded with a number of scattered
103 Tidal streams in the vicinity of Rose Spit round-topped hills.
are described with those for Dixon Entrance at the 115 Rocks and reefs extend up to 7 miles off the SW
beginning of this section. shore of Duke Island. Avoid going inside a line joining ­Hassler
104 Rose Spit radar beacon (Racon) (— — • —) is on Reef, West Rock, Club Rocks and East Island.
the spit. 116 Extreme magnetic disturbances exist SE of
105 Light buoys. — Rose Point light and bell buoy Duke Island, in the south entrance to Revillagigedo
“C26” (791), about 3.25 miles north of Rose Spit Racon, is Channel. In this vicinity the magnetic compass should not be
a starboard hand buoy; the upstream direction is when ap- relied upon within the area outlined in magenta on the chart.
proaching from Dixon Entrance. 117 Hassler Reef, about 8 miles west of Cape
106 Rose Spit light and whistle buoy “CUT” (790), NE ­Northumberland, is an extensive shoal area. The reef is cov-
of Overfall Shoal, is an east cardinal buoy. ered by heavy kelp in summer and has deep water close-to. A
107 Rose Spit is an Ecological Reserve and is bordered very irregular bottom extends 3 miles to the south of Hassler
by Naikoon Park. Reef; passage over this section is not recommended. A rocky
shoal with 18 feet (5.5 m) over it is reported (1964) to lie
Dixon Entrance — East End about 2.5 miles SSW of Hassler Reef.
108 The east end of Dixon Entrance, east of a line drawn 118 West Rock, 6 miles SW of Cape Northumberland,
from Rose Spit to Cape Chacon, 33 miles NNW, has several is 12 feet (3.7 m) high. A rock with 12 feet (3.7 m) over it is
shoals lying in the centre of the fairway and to the west of 0.6 mile south of West Rock.
Dundas Islands. Named shoals in this group are Celestial 119 Club Rocks, 2.8 miles south of Cape ­Northumberland,
Reef, West Devil Rock and McCulloch Rock. The approach consist of two bare above-water rocks surrounded by reefs.
to Hudson Bay Passage and the pilot boarding station off 120 Yellow Rocks, 5.5 miles SE of Cape ­Northumberland,
Triple Islands in Brown Passage lie between Rose Spit and consist of two yellowish above-water rocks, the larger with
Celestial Reef. Brown Passage, Hudson Bay Passage and some vegetation.
their approaches are described in Sailing Directions booklet 121 East Island is 5 miles east of Cape Northumberland.
 CHAPTER 2
Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet 2-7
and Adjacent Channels

122 East Island light (US 21920), on the east of the drying reefs marked by the daybeacon, and north of
side of the island, is shown at an elevation of 43 feet the drying reefs off the north end of the island 36 m high.
(13.1 m) from a skeleton tower fitted with a red and white 134 Gnarled Islands, 1.5 miles ENE of Arniston Point,
diamond-shaped daymark. The light is obscured from 014° are fringed with drying ledges, drying and below-water rocks.
to 184°. 135 Whitly Point, the NE point of Dundas ­Island, has
123 Zayas Island (54°36′N, 131°04′W) is flat-topped drying reefs extending 0.3 mile ENE from it. A rock with 6.4 m
and wooded. The north coast of Zayas Island should not be over it is 0.2 mile north of the point. Slab Hill, 0.9 mile south
approached within a distance of 1 mile. Aranzazu Point, of Whitly Point, is a conspicuous flat-topped knob. Holliday
the NW extremity of Zayas Island, is a low point fronted by Island with a chain of drying rocks extending NW from it
extensive drying ledges. is described in Sailing Directions booklet PAC 205 — Inner
124 East Devil Rock, 3.3 miles north of Zayas Island, Passage — Queen Charlotte Sound to Chatham Sound.
is a pinnacle rock that dries 5 feet (1.5 m). Chart 3909
Chart 3959 136 Brundige Inlet is entered east of Prospector Point
125 Jacinto Point (54°35′N, 131°04′W) is the SW ex- (54°37′N, 130°51′W). Fitch Island, 1 mile SW of Prospector
tremity of Zayas Island. Rocks that dry 6.1 and 1.8 m and Point, has a rock that dries 2.4 m, 0.1 mile west of it. A shoal
shoal shoals extend 1 mile SW from the point. A rock 6 m with 2.1 m over it, 0.6 mile SW of Fitch Island, lies in the
high is 0.6 mile SW of Jacinto Point (Chart 3800). middle of the fairway leading to the head of the inlet.
126 Jacinto Point light (732), on the south extrem- 137 Tides. — Tidal differences for Brundige Inlet (Index
ity of Zayas Island 0.6 mile east of Jacinto Point, is No. 9333), referenced on Prince Rupert, are given in the Tide
shown at an elevation of 10.7 m from a skeleton tower. Tables, Volume 7.
127 Caamaño Passage separates Zayas Island from the 138 Anchorage can be obtained in mid-channel
west side of Dundas Island. Drying ledges extend 0.3 mile NW of Fitch Island in 27 m. Anchorage for small craft
from Zayas Island and shoal rocks are up to 0.7 mile off can be obtained at the head of Brundige Inlet in 16 m.
Dundas Island. Landing on the west coast of Dundas Island, Chart 3960
except at Boat Harbour, is difficult because of the continuous
139 Tree Point (54°48′N, 130°56′W), on the east side
heavy swell.
of the entrance to Revillagigedo Channel, is low, but has a
Chart 3960 steep-to shore.
140 Tree Point light (762) is shown at an
128 Boat Harbour (54°36′N, 130°56′W), 5 miles ENE of
elevation of 26.2 m from a white square tower. The
Jacinto Point light, is a well-sheltered inlet on the west coast
light is obscured from 158° to 318°.
of Dundas Island; it is only suitable for small craft. A rock,
141 Cape Fox, 3.5 miles SE of Tree Point, is
about 0.8 mile SW of Boat Harbour entrance, is 1 m high and
mountainous and terminates in remarkable high,
two shoals with 4.9 and 6.7 m over them are close NNW and white cliffs. Harry Saddle, 2 miles north of Cape Fox,
north of it. is a conspicuous saddle-shaped mountain. Fox Island is
129 White Islets (54°38′N, 130°55′W), 0.5 mile off the 0.2 mile south of Cape Fox.
NW side of Dundas Island, consist of several wooded islets. 141.1 Boat Rock light (US 21915), 2 miles NE
130 Arniston Point is on the north coast of Dundas of Cape Fox, is shown at an elevation of 38 feet
Island. A rock awash and two shoals are 0.6 mile north of (11.6 m) from a spindle. The light is obscured from
Arniston Point. 049° to 210°, through east and south.
131 Goose Bay, entered east of Arniston Point, 142 The shoreline between Tree Point and Cape Fox is
offers shelter for small craft in the basin at its head. studded with numerous wooded islets, bare rocks and below-
Two storage tanks are at the SW end of Goose Bay. A scow is water rocks. This section of the coast should be given a berth
moored east of the tanks (1980); mooring floats extend south of at least 0.5 mile.
from the scow. 143 Lord Islands, 2 miles SE of Cape Fox, consist of
132 A private daybeacon is on a drying reef about two groups of islands. The larger islands of each group are
0.9 mile SSE of Arniston Point. wooded. Thistle Rock, 0.5 mile west of the north group, is
133 Directions. — Take care to avoid the rock awash 2 m high. Several drying and below-water rocks lie 0.35 mile
0.5 mile north of Arniston Point. Local knowledge is advised from all sides except the NW which is steep-to. Nakat
for safe passage into the bay. The bay is entered east of the Bay, north of Lord Islands, is described in United States
rocks with less than 2 m over them and east and close south Coast Pilot 8.
 PAC 206
2-8 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

144 Lord Rock, 0.6 mile WSW of the south group of about 1.5 miles and steer east, passing between Lord Rock
Lord Islands, is 3 m high. A shoal with a depth of 8.7 m over and Gnarled Islands. If proceeding into Portland Inlet, steer
it is 0.35 mile SE of the rock. a course to pass midway between Tracy Island and Hogan
145 Lord Rock light (761) is shown at an elevation Island. If bound for the north end of Chatham Sound, proceed
of 11.6 m from a skeleton tower fitted with a red and by way of Main Passage, west of Pointer Rocks, described
white diamond-shaped daymark. in Sailing Directions booklet PAC 205 — Inner Passage —
146 Fleece Rock, 1 mile east of Lord Rock, is 3 m high. Queen ­Charlotte Sound to Chatham Sound.
147 Kanagunut Island, 2 miles east of Lord Islands, is 156 Approaching Dixon Entrance from NW, and if bound
low and heavily wooded. Garnet Point is its south extremity. for the Triple Islands pilot boarding station, round the south
148 Haystack Island, 2.5 miles east of Garnet Point,
side of Petrel Island, giving it a berth of about 3 miles, then
is conspicuous. The entrance to Tongass Passage, described
steer direct for Brown Passage, making sure you are not set
later in this chapter, is on the west side of Haystack Island.
north toward Celestial Reef or south toward Rose Spit and
149 Proctor Islands are close east of Haystack Island
Overfall Shoal.
and Boston Islands are 2 miles SE. Drying and below-water
rocks lie between the two groups that form the Procter Islands. 157 Approaching Dixon Entrance from NW, and proceed-
Drying reefs and below-water rocks are SW of Proctor Islands ing to the SE Alaska pilot boarding station in Clarence Strait,
and above-water and drying rocks lie between Proctor and steer to pass about 3 miles south of Cape Muzon then alter
Boston Islands. course to pass about 4 miles south of Cape Chacon, rounding
150 Wales Island east of the Proctor and Boston Islands this cape at that distance, and proceed into Clarence Strait,
has Wales Point at its SE extremity. Entry Peak, 0.8 mile following the directions prescribed in United States Coast
north of Wales Point, has a sharp conspicuous summit. A Pilot 8.
mountain with a flat summit is 1.5 miles NW of Entry Peak. 158 Approaching Dixon Entrance from NW, and proceed-
151 Tracy Island, 1 mile WSW of Wales Point, lies in ing to Chatham Sound or Portland Inlet, steer to pass 3 miles
the entrance of a bay locally known as Tracy Bay. A rock south of Cape Muzon then alter course to pass about 4 miles
1 m high and a reef that dries 7.3 m are in the centre of the south of Cape Chacon. When south of Cape Chacon, alter
passage between Wales Point and Tracy Island. course to pass 3 miles north of West Devil Rock and when
152 Anchorage for small vessels can be found this danger is cleared steer courses to pass 1 mile south of
in Tracy Bay; it is sheltered from most winds except Barren Island and midway between Lord Rock and Gnarled
those from the south quadrant. Islands, making sure you are not set south onto East Devil
Charts 3800, 3959, 3960 Rock. Thence, proceed into Chatham Sound or Portland Inlet
as previously described.
153 Directions. — Because of several dangers and the
strong, and in some areas uncertain, tidal streams in Dixon
Entrance, navigation at night or in thick weather is somewhat Parry Passage and Approaches
treacherous.
154 Approaching Dixon Entrance from SW, and if bound
for the Triple Islands pilot boarding station, round the north Charts 3868, 3895
side of Langara Island, giving it a berth of about 3 miles.
159 Parry Passage (54°12′N, 133°05′W) separates
Follow along the south side of Dixon Entrance and give a
Langara Island from the NW end of Graham Island and
wide berth to Rose Spit and Overfall Shoal while at the same
has a least width of 0.3 mile through the fairway. Navigation
time ensuring that you do not get set too far north toward
Celestial Reef; thence to the Triple Islands pilot boarding of the passage in clear weather presents no difficulty but due
station in Brown Passage, described in Sailing Directions regard should be given to the tidal streams, particularly at
booklet PAC 205 — Inner Passage — Queen Charlotte Sound the east end.
to Chatham Sound. 160 Tides. — Tidal differences for Solide Passage (Index
155 If proceeding to the north part of Chatham Sound No. 9960), referenced on Langara Point, are given in the Tide
or Portland Inlet, and are exempt from compulsory pilotage Tables, Volume 7.
requirements, the above directions should be followed until 161 Tidal streams flood east and ebb west through
well clear of Rose Spit and Overfall Shoal to the south and Parry Passage. In the east and west approaches the
Celestial Reef to the north. Once these shoals have been tidal streams attain 2 kn. In the narrowest part of the passage,
cleared, steer NE for Caamaño Passage, between Dundas abreast the west end of Lucy Island, the flood stream increases
and Zayas Islands, then round White Islets at a distance of to about 5 kn but the ebb stream seldom exceeds 3 kn.
 CHAPTER 2
Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet 2-9
and Adjacent Channels

162 Secondary current station Parry Passage (Index Iphigenia Point bears 158°. Both anchorages are exposed to
No. 8590), referenced on Prince Rupert, is given in the Tide the west and are seldom free from the prevailing ocean swell.
Tables, Volume 7. 172 Hazardous Cove, at the NE end of Cloak Bay, is
163 Cape Knox, at the SW entrance to Parry Passage, is entered between Cox Island and Hart Point, 0.5 mile north.
the NW extremity of the narrow peninsula forming the north Drying ledges fringe the coast in the vicinity of Hart Point.
side of T'áalan Stl'áng, described in Chapter 4. Rocks, 1 to 7 m high, are 0.3 mile SW of Hart Point near the
164 Caution. — Approaching Parry Passage from outer end of these ledges.
the south, take care not to mistake T'áalan Stl'áng for 173 Sunday Reef, in the entrance to Hazardous Cove, has
the entrance to Parry Passage, which is not apparent until after a rock 1 m high on it and a rock that dries 3.5 m off its west
passing Cape Knox. end. The reef can be passed on either side but the passage on
165 Carew Rock and Turner Reef lie about 1.5 miles the south side is preferred.
SW of Cape Knox. 174 Kusgwai Passage, on the east side of Cox Island,
166 Ocean Shoal, 0.9 mile north of Cape Knox, lies in leads into the south end of Hazardous Cove. The passage is
the west entrance of Parry Passage and has a least depth of narrow and shallow with drying ledges on both sides.
14.4 m. There is nearly always a heavy swell on the shoal 175 Anchorage for small craft can be obtained in
and with a strong ebb tide combined with heavy weather it is Hazardous Cove in 10 to 24 m. The best anchorage is
reported to break. 0.15 mile east of Sunday Reef with the summit of Cox Island
167 Lacy Island, 2.4 miles north of Cape Knox at the bearing 194° and the summit of Lacy Island seen over Rhodes
NW entrance to Parry Passage, is bare and separated from the Point bearing about 283°. Be prepared to leave this anchorage
west extremity of Langara Island by foul ground. Thrumb immediately on a change of weather.
Islet, 1.5 miles north of Lacy Island, is 20 m high with some 176 Iphigenia Point, at the SW end of Langara Island,
bushes on it; drying and below-water rocks and a rock awash is the south extremity of a steep rounded bluff. The south side
extend 0.4 mile WSW from it. Lord Bight, between Lacy of the bluff is steep-to, but close-off its west side are some
Island and Thrumb Islet, is encumbered with foul ground. remarkable rock pillars up to 29 m high.
168 Rhodes Point, 1.8 miles east of Lacy Island, has 177 Iphigenia Point (Langara Island) light (806) is
drying reefs extending south and west from it. Fury Bay, NW shown at an elevation of 9.6 m from a skeleton tower.
of Rhodes Point, is encumbered with dangers and exposed 178 Meares Point, on the south shore of Parry Passage
to the ocean swell; the swell breaks a considerable distance 2 miles east of Cape Knox, is low and partially cleared. The
offshore in this locality. coast between Cape Knox and Meares Point is rocky with
occasional cliffs 15 to 30 m high; it is fringed with above-
Chart 3895
water, drying and below-water rocks extending up to 0.3 mile
169 Swanton Bank (54°12′N, 133°02′W), south of offshore. The prevailing ocean swell is felt as far as Meares
Rhodes Point and on the north side of the fairway through Point and it is seldom that the coast can be approached in
Parry Passage, lies in the entrance to Cloak Bay. Harvey boats or any landing attempted. The former First Nation vil-
Rock, on the north part of Swanton Bank, has a depth of 1.8 m lages Yaku and Kiusta are SE of Meares Point; the sites are
over it. Kelp is usually present over the bank during summer marked by a few totem poles.
and autumn. With a heavy SW sea and swell it breaks heavily 179 Chanal Reef extends 0.3 mile north from Meares
and the rollers almost reach Hazardous Cove. Point and is separated from it by a narrow, shallow channel.
170 Cloak Bay is between Swanton Bank and Cox Rocks, 2 and 3 m high, are on the NE side of the reef. The
­Island; it is best approached from the south, between the SE reef is usually marked by large fields of kelp and is steep-to
end of Swanton Bank and the west side of Iphigenia Point. on its north side. Avoid the area within the 10 m line west of
Cox Island has precipitous sheer cliffs on its west and south Chanal Reef; it has dense kelp and numerous drying rocks
sides; close-off these cliffs are some remarkable conglomerate that break.
rock pillars up to 38 m high. Shoal rocks, with 4 and 1.6 m over 180 Marchand Reef, 0.5 mile SE of Meares Point, is a
them, are 0.2 mile SW and west of Cox Island, respectively. drying rock ledge on the south side of the fairway through
171 Anchorage can be obtained in calm settled Parry Passage. Astrolabe Rock, off the east end of Marchand
weather SE of Swanton Bank in 26 m. From this an- Reef, dries 0.1 m.
chorage the summit of Cox Island bears 044° and the extremity 181 Henslung Cove, on the south shore of
of the land near Iphigenia Point bears 147°. Anchorage can ­Langara Island east of Iphigenia Point, has a small
also be obtained off the entrance to Hazardous Cove, east of wharf on the west side and dolphins on the east side. Seasonal
Harvey Rock, in 32 m. From this anchorage the summit of floating sports fishing lodges and a seasonal fuel barge are
Cox Island bears 107° and the SW extremity of the land near on the west side of the cove. Submerged mooring buoys,
 PAC 206
2-10 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

chains and anchors are reported to foul the east side of the 192 Anchorage can be obtained in Egeria Bay
cove and vessels should not anchor. Beal Cove is 0.3 mile in about 15 fathoms (27 m), mud bottom. From this
east of Henslung Cove. These coves are busy with sport and anchorage the head of Egeria Bay bears about 287° and
commercial fishing vessels. ­Cohoe Point 017°. Large vessels should anchor farther out in
182 Testlatlints Rock is close to the coast of Langara 18 fathoms (33 m) with the above-water rocks off Andrews
Island, between Henslung and Beal Coves. Point open east of Cohoe Point.
183 Lucy Island, on the north side of the fairway through 193 Pillar Bay (54°09′N, 132°55′W), between Gunia
Parry Passage, is densely wooded. A rock with 2.1 m over it and Seath Points, affords a temporary stopping place during
and some drying rocks are 0.2 mile SW of the east extremity westerly and offshore winds. Pillar Rock, in the east part of
of the island, and a drying ledge with some above-water rocks the bay, is a remarkable column of sandstone and conglomer-
on it and a rock with 1.3 m over it extend 0.3 mile east from ate rock, 95 feet (29 m) high, surmounted by bushes. It stands
Lucy Island. near the outer edge of a drying ledge.
184 Parry Passage light (805), on the east extrem- 194 Anchorage can be obtained in Pillar Bay
ity of Lucy Island, is shown at an elevation of 7.2 m in 13 fathoms (24 m) with Pillar Rock bearing
from a skeleton tower. about 152°, distant 0.75 mile. Small craft can find shelter
185 Solide Passage separates Lucy Island from Langara behind some of the rocky points in the bay.
Island and is bordered on both sides by drying rock ledges. 195 Directions. — Approaching Parry Passage from SW
The fairway through the passage is about 90 m wide and be careful not to mistake T'áalan Stl'áng for Parry Passage.
has a least depth of 5.2 m. Alert Rock, which dries 0.8 m, When Lacy Island has been identified steer for it on a bearing
is on the south side of the fairway 0.2 mile SE of Holland of not less than 030° until Iphigenia Point light structure bears
Point. Holland Point, the SE extremity of Langara Island, about 110°, then alter course to bring Iphigenia Point light
is fringed by drying ledges that extend 0.2 mile east from it. structure ahead, bearing 113°. This course will lead midway
The abandoned site of the First Nation village Dadens is on between Ocean Shoal and Swanton Bank. On approaching
Village Point on the north shore of Solide Passage. Iphigenia Point, alter course to pass about 0.1 mile south of the
186 Tides. — Tidal differences for Solide Passage (Index point. When Iphigenia Point light structure is abaft the beam,
No. 9960), referenced on Langara Point, are given in the Tide alter course to bring it astern, bearing 316°, and maintain this
Tables, Volume 7. course until Parry Passage light structure, on the east end of
187 Tidal streams in Solide Passage attain a Lucy Island, bears 070°. A course with Gunia Point ahead,
maximum of 2¼ kn on the flood and 2¾ kn on the bearing 104°, should then be steered until Parry Passage light
ebb, both being free of eddies. Slack water occurs at the time structure bears 000°, then set a course for the east end of Dixon
of slack water in Parry Passage. Entrance, taking care to give adequate clearance to Douglas
188 Bruin Bay, south of Lucy Island, is an indentation and Coneehaw Rocks. On approaching the west extremity of
on the north side of Graham Island. A rock with 6.5 m over Lucy Island, give particular attention to the steering because
it is in the middle of the bay. Anchorage in the bay is not strong tidal streams in this vicinity create eddies. Approaching
recommended as the flood tidal stream has eddies which Parry Passage from the NE, give the drying reefs extending
cause considerable yawing. east from Lucy Island a berth of not less than 0.3 mile and
189 Gunia Point is the south entrance point at the east then follow the previous directions in reverse order.
end of Parry Passage.
190 Douglas Rock, which dries 0.9 m, together with
other drying and below-water rocks is 0.3 mile west of Virago Sound
Gunia Point. Coneehaw Rock, 0.4 mile ENE of Gunia Point,
is 2 m high.
Charts 3892, 3895
Chart 3868
196 Virago Sound, the approach to Naden Harbour, is
191 Egeria Bay (54°13′N, 132°59′W), 1.5 miles north entered between Cape Naden (54°07′N, 132°35′W) and Cape
of Holland Point, affords the best anchorage in the vicinity. Edensaw, 5 miles ESE.
The bay is sheltered from all except east winds, which if of 197 Hanna Bay, between Cape Naden and Jorey Point,
any strength, raise a sea sufficiently heavy to render anchor- has foul ground extending well offshore and is fronted
age untenable. In summer and autumn months, kelp is visible by large fields of kelp growing in depths up to 11 m. Two
growing in depths up to 8 fathoms (15 m) along the shore of rocks that dry 2.4 and 3 m lie centred in Hanna Bay about
Egeria Bay and south to Solide Passage. 0.6 mile offshore.
 CHAPTER 2
Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet 2-11
and Adjacent Channels

198 Mazarredo Islands lie on a drying stony ridge ex- must be taken to avoid private buoys. Caution. — Depths in
tending 0.7 mile east of Jorey Point; this ridge covers at about this vicinity are subject to change.
half tide. It has been reported that small vessels can find good
Chart 3892
anchorage close SSE of the islands. In bad weather, Naden
Harbour provides more shelter. 211 Naden Harbour (54°00′N, 132°37′W) is a spacious,
199 The SE shore of Virago Sound, between Cape well-sheltered harbour with general depths in its central part
­Edensaw and Inskip Point, 4 miles SW, is fringed with drying of 10 to 15 m. It affords good protected anchorage and shelter
flats extending up to 0.4 mile offshore. Large fields of kelp from all winds. Drying flats and marshy ground, backed by
generally front this shoreline. low, densely wooded land, border the whole harbour. Several
sport fishing lodges with facilities on shore and floats protected
Chart 3895
by breakwaters are in the harbour.
200 Hussan Bay (54°04′N, 132°34′W) is between Jorey 212 Craft Bay, on the east side of Naden Harbour, is
Point and Mary Point, 2.5 miles south; extensive drying flats, entered south of Observatory Rock. A booming ground,
fronted by drying rocks, sand bars and dense kelp fields line private mooring buoys and log slipways are on the SE shore
the shores. of Craft Bay (1998) and booming grounds fill the cove east
201 The Bar extending WNW from Inskip Point toward of Observatory Rock.
the middle of Hussan Bay consists of stones and gravel; 213 Lignite Creek, flowing into the SE side of the
during summer and autumn it is covered in most parts with harbour, is marked by Tee Island on the drying flats in its
kelp. There is seldom any appreciable swell on The Bar. entrance. A logging camp (1980) is SW of Tee Island.
Caution. — Depths in this vicinity are subject to change. 214 Naden River and Davidson Creek flow into the
It has been reported (2005) that depths near and across head of the harbour. The mouth of Naden River is fronted by
The Bar are shallower than charted. Least depth across drying flats but the river is navigable by small craft at HW
The Bar may be as little as 1.5 m. for about 2 miles. Stanley Creek flows into the SW corner
202 Hastings Reef, which dries 0.2 m, is near the middle of the harbour; it is fronted by drying flats that can only be
of The Bar. crossed by small craft at or near HW. A booming ground
203 Hodgson Passage is the channel leading over with log slipways, a log breakwater and a sunken barge are
The Bar west of Hastings Reef. A least depth of 1.6 m lies in the mouth of Stanley Creek (1989).
0.4 mile SSW of Hastings Reef. 215 Wadsworth Ledge, off Colnett Point, has three
204 Smyth Passage is the channel leading over The Bar heads that dry 4.2, 2 and 1.7 m and a below-water rock with
east of Hastings Reef. The fairway through this passage is 0.6 m over it, 0.2 mile north.
marked by starboard hand buoy “C56”. 216 Kunlana Point, Fraser Point and Chittenden
205 Deepwater Point and George Point are on the SE Point, where there is a large logging camp (1985), are at the
side of Alexandra Narrows. Bain Point is at the SW end of head of the harbour.
the narrows. 217 The abandoned whaling station Naden Harbour is
206 Haswell Reef, on the west side of Alexandra on the west side of the harbour, about 2.4 miles SW of Bain
­Narrows, consists of two detached ledges that dry 1 and 1.7 m. Point near the mouth of Germania Creek. The only visible
The east side of the north ledge is marked by a starboard sign is a conspicuous concrete tower-like structure.
hand daybeacon.
Charts 3892, 3895
207 George Point light (803) is fitted with a port
hand daymark. 218 Anchorage for vessels waiting to cross
208 Alexandra Narrows is about 0.1 mile wide in the The Bar can be obtained east of Mazarredo Islands in
fairway SE of Haswell Reef. The narrows is free from eddies Virago Sound, in about 11 m, with George Point light bear-
but careful attention is required when rounding George Point. ing 200° and Cape Naden bearing 320°. Small vessels can
209 Tidal streams in Alexandra Narrows attain anchor closer to The Bar in the same depth with Mary Point
a maximum of 2 kn on the flood and 2½ kn on the in line with Bain Point bearing 209°, and the above-water
ebb. Secondary current station Alexandra Narrows (Index rock NE of Mazarredo Islands in line with Cape Naden bear-
No. 8583), referenced on Prince Rupert, is given in the Tide ing 327°.
Tables, Volume 7. 219 Anchorage in 10 to 20 m, mud bottom, can
210 Richard III Bank, south of George Point, is on the be obtained almost anywhere within Naden Harbour.
east side of the fairway through Alexandra Narrows and dries 220 Directions. — When approaching Virago Sound,
1.6 m. Isabella Point is east of the bank. It has been reported useful landmarks to the west are the distinctive summit at
that good anchorage is available south of George Point but care Klashwun Point and the highest part of Langara Island.
 PAC 206
2-12 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

­ azarredo Islands and the narrow opening of Alexandra

M Otun River flows into the small bight 0.5 mile south of Striae
Narrows only become visible as the entrance is approached. Islands; it is accessible to small craft near HW.
221 If approaching from the west, pass about 1.5 miles 229 Striae Islands light (798), on the east islet of
north of Klashwun Point and 1 mile NE of Cape Naden then the group, is shown at an elevation of 6.1 m from a
continue SE until George Point light bears 219°. If approach- skeleton tower.
ing from the east, round Cape Edensaw at a distance of about 230 Masset Harbour entered between Entry Point and
1 mile and steer for Mazarredo Islands until George Point light Westacott Point, 2.3 miles NW, leads to Masset Sound and
bears 219°. Masset Inlet. The entrance to Masset Harbour is difficult to
221.1 The wreck of the fishing vessel Pacific Pearl identify if coming from the NE. In clear weather the radio
is reported to have sunk in the vicinity of Cape Naden towers at Skonun Point will be of assistance; otherwise the
approximately 300 m NE from the shore. The 21 m vessel light structures at Wiah Point and Striae Islands, both on the
with least depth unknown sank in 2020 and may have drifted west side of the entrance, are the only identifiable landmarks.
towards the shore. Mariners are advised to use caution when The entrance is encumbered by Outer and Inner Bars.
transiting the area. 231 Davy Ledge, 0.3 mile NE of Westacott Point, has
222 Smyth Passage is the recommended channel for two heads that dry 2.7 and 1.5 m. Shoal water extends well
crossing The Bar. It is marked by a buoy. off the west shore of the entrance to Masset Harbour.
223 Entering Naden Harbour by way of Smyth ­Passage, 232 Outer Bar is on the east side of the entrance channel,
keep George Point light bearing 219°; this leads across 1.8 miles NE of Westacott Point. It is a narrow ridge of sand
The Bar. When Deepwater Point bears 180°, alter course to- and gravel with a least depth of 2.1 m at its western end.
ward the point and follow the trend of the SE shore between 233 Inner Bar is a narrow ridge of gravel with a least
that point and George Point in order to avoid the east extremity depth of 4 m over it that extends 2.5 miles NNW of Entry
of Haswell Reef. Point.
224 After passing George Point, follow the west shore of 234 Troup Bank, which dries in patches, extends
Alexandra Narrows at a distance of about 0.15 mile until past
1.5 miles NNE from Entry Point.
the south extremity of Richard III Bank; then alter course for
235 Light buoys. — Masset Harbour light and bell buoy
the selected anchorage in Naden Harbour.
“C29” (791.3), WNW of Outer Bar, is a port hand buoy.
236 Masset Harbour Entrance light buoy “C31” (791.5),
SSW of Inner Bar, is a port hand buoy.
Masset Harbour and Approaches
237 Masset Harbour Entrance range lights (792,
792.1), on the west side of Masset Harbour south of
225 Skonun Point (54°02′N, 132°03′W) is fronted by
Entry Point, in line bearing 165½°, lead west of the two light
a small cliff from which a drying rock ledge extends a short
distance north. Drying rocks and dense kelp line the shore buoys into the harbour. The lights are shown from skeleton
west of Entry Point. towers fitted with range daymarks.
226 Conspicuous radio towers near Skonun Point have 238 Caution. — Entrance to Masset Harbour
red air obstruction lights and make a good landmark. is not recommended during the strength of the tidal
streams. Northerly winds cause a heavy swell on the bars,
Chart 3895 which can last for several days; this should be kept in mind
227 Entry Point (54°03′N, 132°11′W), 5 miles WNW of if the margin of draught is small.
Skonun Point, is the east entrance point to Masset Harbour; 239 Tides. — Tidal characteristics in this area are com-
it is a low, densely wooded, rounded promontory. Estrado plex and tidal information given on Chart 3895 should be
Lagoon is on the NW side of Entry Point. Venture Banks, treated as an approximation and used with caution. Masset
3.4 miles NNE of Entry Point, have a least depth of 2.1 m (Index No. 9910) rather than Wiah Point, both in the Tide
over them and are the outermost dangers on the east side of Tables, Volume 7, should be used when calculating depths in
the approach to Masset Harbour. The seas frequently break the entrance.
heavily on these banks, and being steep-to on the north side, 240 Sturgess Bay, between Westacott and Rooney
soundings give little warning. Points, 4.3 miles SE, is shallow throughout and affords no
228 Striae Islands (54°05′N, 132°15′W) lie on an exten- anchorage.
sive drying flat SE of Jacob Point. The NW island is thickly 241 Susan Bank, with two heads that dry 0.6 m, fronts
wooded and makes a fair landmark when approaching Masset Sturgess Bay and lies on the west side of the fairway in ­Masset
Harbour. The outer islet has a few straggly trees on it. Hidden Harbour. Wimble Rocks, about 1 mile SE of Susan Bank, dry
Island, NW of Jacob Point, is described earlier in this chapter. 2.4 m.
 CHAPTER 2
Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet 2-13
and Adjacent Channels

242 Rooney Point, 2 miles SSE of Entry Point on the more than 263°, or the largest of Striae Islands more than
west side of the harbour, is low and wooded; it can usually 239°, in order to clear Venture Banks.
be identified when nearing Striae Islands. 256 Masset is a community at the entrance to Dal Ḵáahlii.
243 Rooney Point light (793.3), 0.3 mile ENE of It has a post office (V0T 1M0), RCMP detachment, a Canadian
Rooney Point, is shown from a dolphin. Forces Base, a hospital, lodges and cottages, a few stores and
244 Maast Island and Grassy Islet lie SE of Rooney restaurants, a marine ways, a cannery and a church. There is
Point on an extensive drying bank that extends 0.8 mile SSE radio and television reception. Diesel fuel and gasoline are
to Crowell Point (Chart 3892). obtainable. An asphalt airstrip, 1,524 m long and a heliport
244.1 An underwater obstruction with 25 m of water are NE of the community.
over it is located approximately 0.3 mile east of Maast 257 Tides. — Tidal differences for Masset (Index
Island. No. 9910), referenced on Bella Bella, are given in the Tide
245 Old Masset, 0.5 mile south of Entry Point, is an First Tables, Volume 7.
Nation community. 258 Wharves. — The public wharf, 0.3 mile NW
246 Masset Harbour daybeacon, on a drying reef 1 mile of Dal Kún, is 147 m long and has a berthing face of
SSE of Entry Point and close-off the NE side of Masset 66 m. A fuel float, 24.8 m long, is on the north side of the
­Harbour, has a port hand daymark. wharf. Fresh water is available at the float. Caution. — It
247 Three submarine pipelines extend from the has been reported (2005) that strong currents can make
east shore between Old Masset and 1.5 miles SE. coming alongside these floats very challenging. Slack water
248 Dal Ḵáahlii, on the east side of Masset Harbour, is is only of a few minutes duration.
entered between Dal Kún and Skaga Point. A narrow channel 259 A cannery wharf, north of the public wharf, is 98 m
with a depth of 1.5 m in the entrance leads to a boat basin with long with an L-shaped head 19 m long.
depths of 2.1 to 3 m. The remainder of Dal Ḵáahlii, north of 260 Caution. — Depths in the channel leading to the
the boat basin, is filled with drying flats. boat basin in Dal Ḵáahlii are subject to change. It is reported
249 Dal Ḵáahlii light (793.5), on the south extrem- (August 2007) that silting is occurring on the E side of the
ity of a drying spit extending from Dal Kún, is on a channel, and the W side of the channel should be favoured.
dolphin fitted with a port hand daymark. 261 The boat basin inside Dal Ḵáahlii, operated by the
250 The south side of the entrance to Dal Ḵáahlii is Delkatla Slough Harbour Authority, has three public floats,
marked by a daybeacon with a starboard hand daymark. 152, 121 and 30 m long, with a depth of 2.1 m alongside. A
251 A radio tower with red air obstruction lights is about seaplane float is on the east side of the boat basin.
0.9 mile east of Skaga Point (Chart 3892). 262 Communications. — Scheduled air service to
252 The south end of Masset Harbour and the north end ­Sandspit and charter air service to other points operate from
of Masset Sound is a water aerodrome. Masset water aerodrome and airstrip. Masset is connected by
253 Anchorage outside Inner Bar is not recom- road to Port Clements, Juskatla, the Village of Queen Charlotte
mended; the bottom is generally hard shingle and and Skidegate.
gravel, the holding ground is not good, and the anchorage is
fully exposed to northerly winds. Vessels usually anchor in
the entrance to Masset Harbour, SW of Old Masset, in about Masset Sound
24 m; this anchorage is fully exposed to the strength of tidal
streams and the holding ground is poor. Small vessels can
Charts 3892, 3893
obtain anchorage in the small bight on the east shore, south
of Skaga Point. The depth here is about 11 m and swinging 263 Masset Sound (53°59′N, 132°08′W) leads south
room is limited but it is out of the main strength of the tidal from Masset Harbour into Masset Inlet and has a navig-
streams. able width of about 0.3 mile, except in the vicinity of Cook
Point, where the width is reduced by foul ground to less than
Charts 3892, 3895
0.2 mile. The shores are lined with stones, boulders, mud and
254 Directions. — Approaching from NW, pass about weeds.
1 mile north of Wiah Point light and then steer to intersect 264 Tides. — The tidal range decreases south of Masset
Masset Harbour entrance range ENE of Jacob Point, giving and along the entire length of Masset Sound the large tide
the coast between Wiah and Jacob Points a berth of no less range is about 3 m. HW and LW at Nadu River, about 11 miles
than 1 mile. south of Masset, occur about 1 h 30 min later than at Masset.
255 Caution is necessary when approaching Masset 265 Tidal streams in Masset Sound are gener-
Harbour from NE; Wiah Point should not be brought to bear ally always strong because of the large body of water
 PAC 206
2-14 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

in Masset Inlet and the relatively narrow passage of Masset Island. Stubbs Rock starboard hand light buoy “C40” (795.5)
Sound. They generally follow the trend of the sound and do is close SW of Stubbs Rock.
not present any great difficulties, although caution is neces- 279 Borrowman Shoals consist of two exten-
sary when passing Cook Point. The ebb attains a maximum sive shoal areas on the SE side of the channel, SE of
of 5½ kn and the flood 5 kn; duration of slack water is very Ship Island. The shoals occupy nearly the whole of the east
brief, particularly at spring tides. Secondary current station part of Masset ­Inlet. Port hand buoy “C39” marks the NW end
Masset Sound (Index No. 8580), referenced on Prince Rupert, of ­Borrowman Shoals.
is given in the Tide Tables, Volume 7.
Charts 3892, 3893
266 A barge loading ramp, mooring dolphins and a
private mooring buoy are about 1.5 miles south of Skaga 280 Directions. — After passing the settlement of
Point, on the east side of Masset Sound. ­ asset, maintain a mid-channel course until about 3 miles
M
south of Crowell Point, then favour the east shore, taking care
Chart 3893
to give adequate clearance to the drying bank off Watun River.
267 Griffith Point (53°56′N, 132°08′W), 4 miles south of When Cook Point light structure bears 236° steer for it on that
Skaga Point, is steep-to. A shoal area, with a depth of 8.8 m, bearing until Collison Point is in line with the SE extremity
lies in mid-channel 1 mile SSE of Griffith Point. A mooring of Ship Island, bearing 213°, then alter course and follow this
buoy is 0.5 mile SSE of the point (1980). leading line until Cub Island is abeam. When Cub Island is
268 Watun River, 2 miles SSE of Griffith Point, has a abeam alter course to pass Collison Point in mid-channel then
drying bank in its entrance. A shallow bank, with a least depth alter course to pass about 0.25 mile SE of Sloop Islet, then
of 7.2 m over it, projects from the west side of the sound alter course slightly to pass midway between the shoal water
abreast Watun River. extending south from Sloop Islet and the shoal areas on the
269 Allan Point is 5.5 miles south of Griffith Point. Nadu NW side of Borrowman Shoals; thence into Masset Inlet.
River enters Masset Sound 0.8 mile south of Allan Point. A
rock with 9.8 m over it lies in mid-channel 0.7 mile SSW of
Allan Point. Masset Inlet
270 Hogan Point, 1.3 miles SSW of Allan Point, is the
north extremity of Kumdis Island, which is separated from
Chart 3893
Graham Island by Kumdis Slough. Below-water rocks and
shoal depths are on both sides of the channel between Hogan 281 Masset Inlet (53°42′N, 132°20′W) is encumbered in
and Cook Points. its central part by islands and shoals; the shore on both sides
271 Cub Island, 2.5 miles SW of Hogan Point, is the of the east end of the inlet is relatively low lying. The west
outermost of a group of small islands lying on a drying ledge end is deep and the shores rise steeply to elevations in excess
along the NW side of Kumdis Island. of 610 m. Port Clements is at the SE end and Juus Ḵáahlii is
272 Foul ground, with a rock that dries 1 m at its west on the south side of Masset Inlet.
extremity, extends west from the drying ledge on which Cub 282 Tides. — Tidal differences in Masset Inlet, refer-
Island lies. enced on Bella Bella, are given for Port Clements (Index
273 Cook Point is 0.5 mile NW of Cub Island. A drying No. 9920) in the Tide Tables, Volume 7.
spit extends east from the point. 283 Tidal streams in Masset Inlet seldom exceed
274 Cook Point light (794), on the outer end of 1½ kn.
the drying spit extending off Cook Point, is shown at 284 Martin Point, the south extremity of Kumdis Island,
an elevation of 4 m from a skeleton tower. has a drying ledge, with several boulders on it, extending
275 A daybeacon, with a port hand daymark, marks the 0.5 mile south of it. Several private mooring buoys are in
foul ground extending from the east shore. Kumdis Slough east of the point near the entrance to Kumdis
276 Collison Point is 1.5 miles SW of Cook Point. A log Bay. A sports fishing lodge and its associated facilities are on
dump and booming ground are at Collison Point (1989). Ship the north entrance point to Kumdis Bay.
Island is 1.8 miles SW of Collison Point. Ship Kieta Island 285 Port Clements, at the SE end of Masset Inlet, is
is 0.1 mile west, and Sloop Islet 0.3 mile east, of Ship Island. a village at Stewart Bay. It has a post office (V0T 1R0),
277 Sloop Islet light (795) is shown at an elevation restaurants and motel. The village is connected by road to
of 5.1 m from a skeleton tower. Masset, Juskatla and the Village of Queen Charlotte. Diesel
278 Stubbs Rock, 0.5 mile SW of Ship Island, dries fuel, gasoline, lubricants and groceries are obtainable. A fuel
1.8 m. Below-water rocks lie between Stubbs Rock and Ship tank farm is on the NW side of the promontory.
 CHAPTER 2
Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet 2-15
and Adjacent Channels

286 A submarine pipeline (sewer outfall) extends 301 McCreight Island is 0.4 mile SW of Gray Island.
offshore about 0.3 mile NE of the public wharf. The passage between these two islands is encumbered with
287 Wharves. — The public wharf, at the NW an islet and a rock that dries 2.2 m. McCreight Rock, with a
end of the promontory, extends 238 m NW from shore depth of 1.8 m over it, is 0.1 mile north of McCreight Island.
and is 15.2 m wide at its outer end; there is a depth of 5.2 m 302 Ain River flows into the inlet NNW of Kwaikans
along the outer end of the wharf. Island. Buckley Cove and Parker Point are 1.5 and 2.7 miles
288 A breakwater, at the NE end of the promon- SW of Ain River, and McKay Range rises to the west.
tory, extends 137 m NE from shore and then 53 m east. 303 Shannon Bay is fronted by Wathus Island,
Port ­Clements breakwater light (795.3) is on the east end. ­Wharton Island, Smyth Island, Simpson Island and
The public float inside the breakwater, operated by the Port Learmonth Island. Drying and below-water rocks lie in the
­Clements ­Harbour Authority, has a depth of 3 m alongside. passage between Wathus and Wharton Islands; a rock with
289 Strathdang Kwun, 1.6 miles SW of Port Clements, 0.9 m over it lies in the middle of this passage.
is the west entrance point to Yakoun Bay. Yakoun River, 304 Learmonth Island light (797), on a rock north
Florence Creek and Cohoe Creek flow into the head of the of the island, is shown at an elevation of 6.4 m from
bay. a skeleton tower.
290 Anchorage in 13 m can be obtained 0.8 mile 305 Wiah Island is on the west side of Shannon Bay.
WNW of Strathdang Kwun. The passage south of the island is encumbered with drying
291 Ferguson Bay, 2.5 miles west of Strathdang Kwun, and below-water rocks.
is entered south of Echinus Point. A rock-fill breakwater 306 The charted booming ground and mooring buoys off
extends 183 m east from Echinus Point. A private starboard the east shore of Shannon Bay have been removed.
hand buoy, east of the breakwater, marks a rock with 1.3 m 307 Directions. — Approaching Shannon Bay from the
over it. Another breakwater extends 274 m NW from the east, the only passage recommended is west of Learmonth
south shore of Ferguson Bay; a boom joins the two break- Island and thence between Wharton and Smyth Islands. Ap-
waters and the enclosed area is used for log storage (1980). proaching Shannon Bay from the west, the passage between
292 Mackie Rock, 1.5 miles NW of Echinus Point, dries Wathus and Wiah Islands is free of dangers in mid-channel.
2.4 m. A daybeacon with a bifurcation/junction daymark, The passage south of Wiah Island is encumbered with several
preferred channel to right, is on the rock. dangers.
293 Cowley Islands are 1.5 miles west of Mackie Rock. 308 Awun Bay, west of Shannon Bay, is best approached
Cowley Rock, which dries 0.3 m, is 0.2 mile east and Powell north and west of Wathus Island. Several islets and drying
Island, 6 m high, is 0.5 mile SW of Cowley Islands. reefs are close-off the west entrance point to the bay.
294 Koutz Rock, 0.8 mile SE of Cowley Islands, dries 309 Anchorage can be obtained in the entrance
0.5 m and is marked by port hand buoy “C41”. to Awun Bay on a bank extending west from Wathus
295 Ross Islet, 1 mile SW of Powell Island, has a Island; the best position being about 0.6 mile NW of Wiah
rock that dries 1.8 m close-off its NE side. Yestalton Bay Island.
is 0.5 mile SW of Ross Islet. Several drying rocks lie close 310 McClinton Bay, 1.5 miles west of Awun Bay, has
offshore between Yestalton Bay and Makai Point, 1.9 miles a logging camp with a log dump and booming ground at its
east. head (1985).
296 Dawson Islands (53°43′N, 132°20′W), a group of 311 Two private daybeacons are on the west entrance
islands and rocks, are in the middle of Masset Inlet. point and two daybeacons are near the east entrance of
297 Dawson Islands light (796), on the SE island ­McClinton Bay.
of the group, is shown at an elevation of 9.5 m from 312 Mutus Island is in the entrance of Dinan Bay. The
a skeleton tower. passage north of the island is obstructed by islets, drying
298 Kwaikans Island is 1.5 miles west of Dawson reefs and a booming ground across it. Islets and drying reefs
Islands. Several drying and below-water rocks lie up to extend 0.5 mile SE, and a shoal spit extends 0.2 mile south,
0.7 mile east of Kwaikans Island. from Mutus Island; the south end of the spit is marked by a
299 Anchorage can be obtained in 34 m about private daybeacon and starboard hand buoy.
midway between the NW point of Kwaikans Island 313 A private beacon range, 0.3 mile west of Mutus
and the mainland west of it. Island, when in line bearing 307½°, leads through the channel
300 A chain of islets, drying and below-water rocks south of Mutus Island into Dinan Bay.
extend from the west side of Kwaikans Island toward Gray 314 Dinan Bay has a large logging camp and log storage
Island. Sinclair Rock, which dries 2.7 m, is midway between area on its north side (1985). Tatzun Creek flows into the
Gray Island and the above-mentioned chain. north side of Dinan Bay close west of Mutus Island.
 PAC 206
2-16 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

315 Anchorage west of Mutus Island is well- 326 Juskatla is a community on the east shore of Mamin
sheltered from all directions but west. The bottom in Bay. It is connected by road to Port Clements and has a post
the middle of the bay is flat, soft mud. office (V0T 1J0), a store and a fully equipped machine shop.
316 Prevailing winter winds are from the east or NE; A logging camp and booming ground are on the east side of
strong winds from these directions make navigation difficult Mamin Bay (1985).
in the narrow entrance to Dinan Bay. Strong winds blow down 327 Stilique Bay lies south of the main island of the
from the mountains to the west. Harrison Islands, about 2 miles west of Mamin Bay.
328 Ohala Islets, which are wooded, are 0.5 mile north
Juus Ḵáahlii and Steilta Islets are west of the largest Harrison Island.
317 Juus Ḵáahlii (53°37′N, 132°26′W) is entered 329 Seegay Islets, SW of Steilta Islets, consist of three
through Juskatla Narrows on the south shore of Masset Inlet. wooded islets. Islets together with drying and below-water
318 Tides. — Due to the shallow, narrow entrance of rocks lie SE and SW of these islets; do not pass between them.
Juus Ḵáahlii the tidal range and time differences inside the 330 Modeets Islands are in mid-channel about 2 miles
inlet differ from those in Masset Inlet. Tidal differences for from the head of Juus Ḵáahlii.
Juskatla (Index No. 9927), referenced on Bella Bella, are 331 Datlamen Creek flows into the head of Juus Ḵáahlii.
given in the Tide Tables, Volume 7. 332 Directions. — Enter Juus Ḵáahlii at HW slack and
319 Richards Island (53°41′N, 132°21′W), Deasy give Richards Island a wide berth until Juskatla Narrows is
Island, Fraser Island and two small islands east of Fraser fully open, then steer slightly to west of mid-channel to avoid
Island divide the entrance of Juus Ḵáahlii into two channels. the drying rock off the west end of Fraser Island. After passing
The channel east of Fraser and Deasy Islands is very shallow between Makai Point and the drying rock, steer a mid-channel
and encumbered with drying banks. course, until through the narrows, then favour Deasy Island
320 Juskatla Narrows, entered between Makai Point to avoid the drying reefs on the west side of the fairway.
and Richards Island, leads west of Fraser and Deasy Islands. 333 When past Deasy Island, and if bound for Juskatla,
It is less than 0.1 mile wide in its narrowest part and a least steer to pass midway between the two eastern islands of the
depth of 1.8 m in the fairway is encountered WSW and SW Harrison Islands; one island is 56 m and the other 49 m high.
of Deasy Island. A rock that dries 1.2 m is on the east side When these two islands are cleared, pass 0.15 mile NE of the
of the north entrance of Juskatla Narrows and drying banks island 15 m high and 0.15 mile SW of Mamin Islets, thence
and rocks are on the west side of the fairway, west of Deasy to an anchorage in Mamin Bay.
Island. Passage through Juskatla Narrows is best attempted 334 Juskatla can also be approached by passing west and
at HW slack. then south of Harrison Islands. After clearing Deasy Island,
321 Tidal streams attain 6 to 9 kn through Juskatla steer to pass midway between Harrison Islands and Ohala
Narrows and on the ebb there is much broken water. Islets, thence between Steilta Islets and Seegay Islets and
The ebb velocity can increase considerably when the rivers south of the largest of Harrison Islands. Note the 6.4 m shoal
and creeks discharging into the inlet are in flood. The time 0.4 mile ENE of Seegay Islets and take care to avoid the drying
of HW slack in Juskatla Narrows varies from 4 h 30 min to reefs on both sides of the channel south of Harrison Islands.
5 hours after HW at Prince Rupert; LW slack varies from 335 If bound for the head of Juus Ḵáahlii, keep in mid-
5 h 15 min to 5 h 45 min after LW at Prince Rupert. channel and pass on either side of Modeets Islands, but note
322 Harrison Islands, the largest of which is about the 4.3 m shoal east of the north Modeets Island.
2 miles south of Juskatla Narrows, are a chain of islands
extending NE to almost join Harrison Reef, a ridge of large
drying boulders extending from the east shore. An islet 15 m Work Channel and Union Inlet
high 0.5 mile SSW of Harrison Reef has a rock with less than
2 m over it 0.4 mile east of it.
Charts 3960, 3963
323 Cowhoe Bay and Mamin Bay, in the east arm of
Juus Ḵáahlii, are separated by an extensive drying flat ex- 336 Work Channel (54°39′N, 130°26′W) extends
tending from the entrance of Mamin River. 28 miles SE along the NE side of the Tsimpsean Peninsula.
324 Mamin Islets are close-off the drying flat. A rock The shores of Work Channel are generally steep-to and rise
that dries 0.3 m is 0.4 mile SW of the west Mamin Islet, on to mountains with elevations in excess of 914 m.
the SW side of the approach to Mamin Bay. 337 Tides. — Tidal differences in Work Channel, ref-
325 Mamin and Cowhoe Bays afford good an- erenced on Prince Rupert, are given for Trail Bay (Index
chorage almost anywhere within them. No. 9406) in the Tide Tables, Volume 7.
 CHAPTER 2
Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet 2-17
and Adjacent Channels

338 Tidal streams in Work Channel attain 3 to 348 Trail Bay, 6 miles SE of Maskelyne Point, is entered
4 kn. Considerable tide-rips, dangerous to small craft, between Grace Point and Trounce Point. Zumtela Bay is a
are encountered in the vicinity of Sager Rock, and in the small cove on the west side of Trail Bay.
entrance of Work Channel. 349 Anchorage can be obtained in Trail Bay,
339 Hogan Island is on the east side of the entrance 1 mile NW of Grace Point, in 40 m, sand and gravel
of Work Channel. John Point, its north extremity, is low. bottom. Small craft can obtain well-sheltered anchorage in
Father Point, the west extremity, has a rock 1 m high close Zumtela Bay in 12 m, sand bottom, about 0.1 mile from shore.
SW, surrounded by a drying ledge. 350 Worsfold Bay, on the east side of Work Channel
340 Maskelyne Point, the north extremity of Maskelyne and 1.5 miles east of Grace Point, is deep and not suitable for
Island, has a white cliff 0.2 mile SW which is 13 m high, anchorage. Dolphins North Lodge, a floating sports fishing
prominent and surrounded by three dark cliffy rocks. Dudevoir lodge and its associated facilities are moored at the head of
Passage, on the south side of Maskelyne Island, is described the bay. Lama Point forms the west side of the bay. Pinnacle
in Sailing Directions booklet PAC 205 — Inner Passage — Rock, which dries 6.4 m, is 0.2 mile SW of Lama Point.
Queen Charlotte Sound to Chatham Sound. 351 Eagle Bight, 2.5 miles SE of Lama Point, is deep
341 Sager Rock, 0.3 mile WNW of Maskelyne Point, and not suitable for anchorage. A First Nations reserve is on
has three peaks with a least depth of 5.8 m over them. Pass the NE shore of the bight.
north and east of Sager Rock when entering Work Channel 352 Legace Bay, 1.5 miles SE of Eagle Bight, has an
taking due caution, particularly when the flood tidal stream is
island and two islets near its head, connected by drying ridges
running, to avoid being set on to the rocks off Father Point.
to the north and south shores. The lagoon east of these islands
342 Emma Passage entered east of John Point is deep
can be entered by small craft at or near HW.
and unobstructed.
353 Anchorage can be obtained in the outer part
Chart 3963 of Legace Bay in 40 m, sand and mud bottom.
354 Grave Bay, 1 mile SE of Legace Bay, is almost filled
343 Union Inlet (54°39′N, 130°23′W) is entered from
with drying flats. Ensheshese River flows into the head of
Emma Passage, NE of Emma Point. The land on both sides
the bay. A First Nations reserve is in the bay.
of the inlet is high, rising to elevations in excess of 914 m,
355 Sarah Creek, 2 miles SE of Grave Bay, is fronted
except on the south side near the entrance where the hills are
by a drying flat of sand and stones. A First Nations reserve is
comparatively low. A First Nations reserve is at the south end
of the bay half way up the inlet. at the creek.
344 Anchorage can be obtained in Union Inlet 356 Quottoon Inlet, 5 miles SE of Sarah Creek, is en-
1.9 miles SE of Emma Point, about 0.1 mile off a mud tered between Reservation Point and Quottoon Point. The
flat. Depths in this anchorage are 33 to 48 m, mud bottom, but shores of the inlet are bold, steep-to and backed by precipitous
the holding ground is indifferent. Small vessels can anchor mountains. A remarkable high cliff is on the east shore at the
about 0.2 mile off the mud flats at the head of Union Inlet in entrance. First Nations reserves are close NW of Reservation
31 to 35 m, mud bottom. Point and 2 miles NE of Reservation Point on the east side of
345 Paradise Passage separates the SE side of Hogan the inlet.
Island from the mainland and connects Emma Passage to 357 Quottoon Narrows, 3.5 miles inside the
Work Channel. It is very narrow and only suitable for small entrance of Quottoon Inlet, narrows to 137 m abreast
craft; local knowledge is advised. The fairway leads on the an island with shoal water extending 76 m off it. High cliffs
east side of the rock that dries 5.5 m, 0.4 mile south of Emma overhang the east side of the narrows. When passing through
Point. the narrows, favour the east shore, which is steep-to. Tidal
346 Tidal streams in Paradise Passage attain up streams in Quottoon Narrows are strong. A First Nations
to 3 kn. reserve is in the cove close NE of the narrows.
346.1 A First Nations reserve is on the SW side of Hogan 358 The Thulme River enters the inlet on the east shore
Island, 0.5 mile NW of entrance to Paradise Passage. Floats near the head and the Toon River enters the head of Quottoon
are in the bay north of the reserve, 0.8 mile NW of entrance Inlet. A conspicuous waterfall is at the mouth of Thulme River.
to Paradise Passage. A First Nations reserve is along the east side of Toon River.
347 Temporary anchorage can be obtained in the 359 Anchorage is reported to be available in the
north part of Work Channel, 1.3 miles SE of the south cove close NE of Quottoon Narrows.
entrance to Paradise Passage, in 49 to 55 m, gravel bottom. 360 Bill Creek and Marion Creek enter Work ­Channel
The tidal streams are strong in this anchorage. First Nations 1.4 and 3.4 miles SE of Quottoon Point. First Nations reserves
reserves are on the east and west shores of the channel. are at Bill Creek and Marion Creek.
 PAC 206
2-18 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

HEAD OF QUOTTOON INLET (1988)

361 Lachmach River flows into the south end of Work No. 9414), Ranger Islet (Index No. 9418) and Kincolith (Index
Channel over extensive drying flats that are steep-to. A gravel No. 9422) in the Tide Tables, Volume 7.
road along the south shore of the river leads to the Terrace Chart 3994
highway. A gravel launching ramp is at the Work Channel end
368 Wales Passage (54°46′N, 130°26′W), between Wales
of this road. First Nations reserves are on the west and east and Pearse Islands, leads NW from Portland Inlet to Pearse
side of the river mouth. Canal. The fairway is free of dangers. First Nations reserves
362 Davies Bay, at the head of Work Channel, is entered are on the north point of Wales Island and on Pearse Island
south of Jane Point. A rock, 1 m high, and another that dries in the cove 1.1 miles north of the entrance to the passage.
369 York Island lies in the middle of the south entrance
1.8 m lie close-off Jane Point. A First Nations reserve is on
of Wales Passage.
the west side of Davies Narrows. 370 Manzanita Cove, on the west side of the
363 Davies Lagoon, at the head of Davies Bay, has a south entrance of Wales Passage, is entered north of
very narrow entrance, which is obstructed by a bar that dries Swaine Point; it affords anchorage for small vessels.
2.7 m. Small craft can enter the lagoon at or near HW. 371 Pearse Island separates Portland Inlet from
Pearse Canal.
364 Small craft can obtain temporary anchorage 372 Crag Point, 3.5 miles NE of York Island, has
on the east side of the head of Davies Bay. This an-
white cliffs.
chorage is subject to strong tidal streams in and out of Davies 373 Pirate Point, 2 miles NE of Crag Point, has three
Lagoon. drying rocks close west of it, the highest of which dries
365 Splitmountain Lake is connected to the head of 2.4 m. The bay on the west side of Pirate Point is too deep
Davies Lagoon by a small stream. Leverson Lake discharges and exposed for satisfactory anchorage.
374 Lizard Point, 1.2 miles NE of Pirate Point, is prom-
over some falls into the head of Splitmountain Lake. inent. Lizard Cove, west of the point, is too deep and exposed
for satisfactory anchorage. The foreshore in the cove is sand
and gravel.
Portland Inlet 375 Lizard Point light (754), on the point, is shown
at an elevation of 8.6 m from a white cylindrical tower
with a red band on top.
Charts 3994, 3920
376 Flat Point is 5.5 and Portland Point 8.5 miles NE
366 Portland Inlet (54°41′N, 130°28′W) leads about of Lizard Point. The land west of Flat Point rises to 736 m
22 miles NE from the east end of Dixon Entrance to its junc- and west of Portland Point rises to 660 m.
377 Somerville Island (54°43′N, 130°20′W) is on the SE
tion with Observatory Inlet and Portland Canal.
side of the entrance to Portland Inlet; its coasts are generally
367 Tides. — Tidal differences in Portland Inlet, refer- bold and the land on its SE side rises very steeply. Elliott
enced on Prince Rupert, are given for Kumeon Bay (Index Point is the SW extremity of the island.
 CHAPTER 2
Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet 2-19
and Adjacent Channels

378 Truro Island is off the SW end of Somerville Island. 395 The K'tzim-a-deen (Khutzeymateen) group of
Truro Passage, which is deep in the fairway, separates Truro protected areas includes Khutzeymateen Park
Island from Somerville Island. (a.k.a. Khutzeymateen Grizzly Sanctuary), Khutzeymateen
379 Nob Islet, 0.9 mile NE of Truro Island, has a remark- Inlet Conservancy (unnamed on the chart) and Khutzeyma-
able white cliff a short distance south of it. teen Inlet West Conservancy (unnamed on the chart). BC
380 Start Point, the north extremity of Somerville Island, Parks, the Coast Tsimshian First Nations and the Gitsi'is
is bold and steep-to. Tribe manage these areas. Visiting is restricted and a permit
381 Somerville Bay, entered between Start Point and is required. All vessels must register at the K'tzim-a-deen
Yakaskalui Point, 0.5 mile SE, is sometimes used as a base Ranger Station, which is moored off the north shore close
for fishing operations during the salmon fishery. NW of Walskakul Point.
382 Anchorage for small vessels can be obtained 396 Trefusis Point (54°51′N, 130°10′W), the south ex-
near the head of Somerville Bay in 22 m, sand. tremity of Mylor Peninsula, terminates in high, white cliffs.
383 Steamer Passage leads between Somerville Island Ranger Islet is 0.3 mile south of Trefusis Point; two drying
and the mainland SE. A First Nations reserve is on the south rocks lie between the point and the islet and shoals project
side of Somerville Island, 2.4 miles NE of Elliot Point. SW and north from the islet.
384 Kumeon Bay (54°43′N, 130°15′W), on the south 397 Nasoga Gulf lies between the south end of
side of Steamer Passage, has a gravel drying bank on its west Mylor Peninsula and the mainland. Anchorage can be
side extending 0.1 mile north into Steamer Passage. A First obtained near the head of the gulf, about 0.2 mile from the
Nations reserve is on the east side of the bay. north shore, in 18 to 33 m, gravel bottom.
385 Anchorage for small vessels, with fair holding Chart 3920
ground of sand and mud, can be obtained in Kumeon
Bay in about 22 m; take care to avoid the gravel drying bank 398 Low Point (54°59′N, 130°00′W), the north extrem-
described above. ity of Mylor Peninsula, is low and has foul ground extending
0.1 mile north from it.
386 Spakels Point, Keemein Point and Welgeegenk
399 Arrandale, close west of Low Point, is the site of a
Point are NE of Kumeon Bay. A First Nations reserve is at
former cannery; only pilings remain.
Spakels Point.
400 Ramsden Point (54°59′N, 130°06′W), at the north
387 Kwinamass Bay is at the north end and on the east
end of Portland Inlet, has a rock ledge that dries 4 m, 0.1 mile
side of Steamer Passage. Gadu Point is the south entrance
east of it.
point to the bay and drying flats, formed by the Kwinamass
401 Ramsden Point light (755), on the point, is
River, fill the major portion of the bay. Two cabins are on the
shown at an elevation of 7.1 m from an orange square
east side of Gadu Point (1988).
tower.
388 Khutzeymateen Inlet, on the SE side of Steamer
Passage, has mainly steep-to shores rising to high wooded
mountains. Nass Bay
389 Crow Lagoon, 0.5 mile SSE of Keemein Point, has
a drying flat extending across its entrance on which there is 402 Nass Bay, entered between Low Point and Nass
a rock that dries 1.5 m. Another rock that dries 2.1 m lies in Point, 2 miles north, is the estuary of Nass River. Extensive
the centre of its narrow entrance. mud and sand drying flats front the NE and east shores of Nass
390 Walskakul Shoal, 4 miles SE of Keemein Point, lies Bay. Governors Bar is the drying flat on the NE side of Nass
in mid-channel west of Walskakul Point and has a depth of Bay. Ripple Tongue is the west extremity of the drying flats
14.1 m over it. projecting from the east shore of Nass Bay.
391 Tsamspanaknok Bay, 5 miles within and 403 Caution. — Governors Bar and Ripple
on the south side of Khutzeymateen Inlet, provides Tongue are subject to continual change, therefore
anchorage for small craft about 0.1 mile off the edge of the caution must be observed when entering Nass and Iceberg
drying flat at the head of the bay. Shoal water projects from Bays.
both sides of the bay, 0.4 mile from the head. 404 Tides. — Tidal differences for Kincolith (Index
392 McGregor Point, a prominent headland, is marked No. 9422) and Mill Bay (Index No. 9425), referenced on
by an abandoned daymark (1988). Prince Rupert, are given in the Tide Tables, Volume 7.
394 Khutzeymateen River, 8 miles SE of McGregor 405 Tidal streams in Portland Inlet, abreast Nass
Point, and Larch Creek flow into the head of Khutzeymateen Bay, attain a considerable rate on the south-going
Inlet over an extensive drying flat. ebb stream, the blue inlet water being clearly defined when
 PAC 206
2-20 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

GINGOIX (KINCOLITH) WEST (1988)

GINGOIX (KINCOLITH) EAST (1988)

meeting the muddy water from Nass River. At the entrance 39.5 m at its outer end with a depth of 5.5 m alongside. A
of Nass Bay, the east-going flood stream attains 2 kn and the float, 20 m long, is attached to the north side of the wharf.
west-going ebb about 3 kn. Within Nass Bay there is a strong A 3 tonne crane is on the wharf.
set toward the south shore on the ebb and in the opposite direc- 412 Caution. — Tidal streams are strong
tion on the flood; an allowance of up to 10° is often required alongside the public wharf. When a strong
when entering Iceberg Bay to counteract these tidal streams. west wind coincides with an ebb tide choppy conditions exist
406 Bay Point is 0.4 mile SE of Nass Point. alongside. A backeddy gives the effect when berthing of a
407 Gingolx (Kincolith), 1.2 miles ESE of Bay Point at flood current under most conditions of tide.
the mouth of Ksi Gingolx (Kincolith River), is a commun- 413 The public float at Gingolx (Kincolith) is
ity with a post office (V0V 1B0), two stores and a medical usable only at certain stages of the tide; caution should
station with resident nurses. The church and a new building be exercised in approaching it over Governors Bar due to the
close west are conspicuous. Ksi Gingolx (Kincolith River) presence of snags.
enters Nass Bay through the Mission Valley. 414 Two rock-mound breakwaters close south
408 The waters of Nass Bay fronting the community are of the public wharf protect a small boat harbour with
a water aerodrome known as Kincolith. two floats 45 and 22 m long joined at their north ends by a
409 A submarine pipeline (sewer outfall) third float 12 m long. The depth alongside the floats is 1.8 m
crosses Governors Bar in a SW direction from but silting is likely.
Gingolx ­(Kincolith). 415 A daybeacon with a port hand daymark on a dolphin
410 A road leading from Gingolx (Kincolith) to the public marks the NW side of the entrance to the boat harbour.
wharf crosses a bridge with a vertical clearance of 1.7 m, near 416 Anchorage in fine weather can be obtained
the mouth of the river. about 0.8 mile SW of Gingolx (Kincolith) community,
411 The public wharf, midway between G ­ ingolx close west of Governors Bar, but caution must be exercised
(Kincolith) and Bay Point, has a berthing face of when approaching this anchorage because Governors Bar
 CHAPTER 2
Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet 2-21
and Adjacent Channels

is fairly steep-to; do not let Landslip Mountain bear more Ksgyukwsa’a (Burton Creek). Booming grounds line the
than 198°. Depths in the anchorage are 18 to 27 m, mud bot- shore in this area.
tom; Fort Point bears 090° and Landslip Mountain bears 198°. 427 Iceberg Bay is entered between Double Islets and
417 Fort Point, 1.5 miles ESE of Kincolith, terminates Jaques Point, 1.3 miles south. Except in the entrance to the
in white cliffs. Mill Bay, 1 mile NE of Fort Point, is the site bay, depths are generally too great for satisfactory anchorage.
of an abandoned cannery. A logging camp and log dump are The land at the head of the bay is swampy and fronted by a
at Mill Bay (1996). Leading Point is 2.6 miles east of Fort drying mud flat.
Point. 428 Echo Cove, on the east side of Iceberg Bay,
418 Lights. — Fort Point light (755.4) is shown is a booming ground (1995). Clemas Point is 1.2 miles
at an elevation of 6.1 m from a skeleton tower with west of Jaques Point. Chambers Creek flows into the head
orange vertical stripes. of the bay.
419 Mill Bay light (755.6), on the north shore 429 Nass Harbour, on the east side of Jaques Point, has
1.1 miles NE of Fort Point, is shown at an elevation an extensive drying sand flat at its head. A ruined jetty is on
of 5.8 m from a skeleton tower with orange vertical stripes. the east shore of the harbour and dolphins are at the head of
420 Leading Point light (755.8), on the south shore the bay. The entire bay is a booming ground (1995) making
2.3 miles east of Fort Point, is shown at an elevation it unavailable as an anchorage.
of 5.5 m from a skeleton tower with orange vertical stripes. 430 Anchorage can be obtained in the entrance to
421 Nass River flows into the NE part of Nass Bay; its Iceberg Bay in about 9 m, mud bottom. From this an-
chorage Double Islets in line with Nass Point bear about 326°
mouth is encumbered by numerous drying sand flats. The
and the south side of the south Mud Island bears about 087°.
channels in Nass River are subject to annual changes caused
by freshets; local knowledge is advised. The community of
Laxgalts’ap (Greenville) is about 15 miles upstream from
Observatory Inlet
Gingolx (Kincolith) and the community of New Aiyansh is
28 miles farther upstream.
422 Ice. — Nass River is reported to freeze over down Chart 3933
to its mouth during severe winters. 431 Observatory Inlet (55°00′N, 130°02′W), entered
423 Stevens Point is 0.7 mile east of Low Point at the SW between Ramsden and Nass Points, extends NE from the head
entrance to Nass Bay. Landslip Mountain, south of Stevens of Portland Inlet for a distance of 27 miles to its junction with
Point, rises to an elevation of 622 m and its north face is bare. Alice Arm and Hastings Arm. Mountains, which attain eleva-
424 Double Islets, 1.5 miles SE of Stevens Point, are tions in excess of 4,000 feet (1,219 m) a few miles inland,
lightly wooded and connected to Double Islet Point by a line both sides of the inlet. Ashington Range, on the west
gravel and boulder drying ledge. side of the inlet, are the mountains along the peninsula which
425 Double Islets light (755.2), on the NW islet, is separates Observatory Inlet from Portland Canal. The shores
shown at an elevation of 7.6 m from a skeleton tower. in some parts of the inlet are low and wooded.
426 Mud Islands, 1.7 miles ESE of Double Islets, are 432 Tides. — Tidal differences in Observatory Inlet,
wooded and on the drying flats fronting Welda Creek and referenced on Prince Rupert, are given for Salmon Cove

ECHO COVE (1988)

 PAC 206
2-22 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

(Index No. 9435), Granby Bay (Index No. 9443) and Alice 443 Williams Point, the north extremity of Brooke
Arm (Index No. 9448) in the Tide Tables, Volume 7. I­ sland, has a rock spit that dries 6.4 m and shoal water ex-
433 Tidal streams in Observatory Inlet seldom tending north and NW from its west side.
exceed 2 kn with the greatest rates occurring during 444 Brooke Shoal, 0.3 mile north of Williams Point,
early summer when land drainage runoff is at its maximum. dries 5.8 m.
One to 2 kn can be encountered in the passages leading into 445 Brooke Shoal light (765.5), on the shoal, is
Alice Arm, but in Sylvester and Granby Bays the rates are shown at an elevation of 4.7 m from an orange square
negligible. Tidal streams in Hastings Arm are very weak tower.
and during the freshet period nearly always set south with a 446 An islet about 0.5 mile NNW of Brooke Shoal
marked overlay of fresh water. and 0.2 mile off the Larcom Island coast has a rock with 1.2 m
434 Mount Tomlinson, 2.5 miles NE of Nass Point, over it 0.1 mile SW and a rock that dries 2.1 m close north of it.
is conspicuous. 447 Paddy Passage, on the east side of Brooke Island,
435 The small bay on the east side of Observa- is narrowed at its north end to a navigable width of 0.4 mile
tory Inlet, 2.3 miles north of Nass Point, affords by Perry Spit and Brooke Shoal.
anchorage protected from down-inlet winds. Depths of 448 A magnetic anomaly, of undetermined in-
30 fathoms (55 m), sand bottom, lie about 0.3 mile from the tensity, exists in Paddy Passage.
head of the bay. A shoal, with a least depth of 5 feet (1.5 m), 449 Perry Spit, at the north end and on the east side of
extends 0.3 mile SW from the north entrance point and a Paddy Passage, is a gravel and stone drying spit extending
steep-to drying flat extends from the head of the bay. Local 0.2 mile west from the SW end of Perry Peninsula.
knowledge is advised before anchoring in this bay. A First
Nations reserve is on the north shore of the bay.
436 Observatory Inlet light (764), 10 miles NNE Alice Arm
of Nass Point on a small island close-off the west shore,
is shown at an elevation of 14 feet (4.3 m) from an orange 450 Alice Arm, at the north end of Observatory Inlet,
square tower. has the settlements of Alice Arm and Kitsault at its head.
437 Salmon Cove, 6.5 miles NNE of Observatory 451 Tides. — Tidal differences for Alice Arm (Index
Inlet light, has a sand flat extending 0.2 mile from its No. 9448), referenced on Prince Rupert, are given in the Tide
south shore. Anchorage can be obtained in the entrance of Tables, Volume 7.
Salmon Cove in depths of 31 to 35 fathoms (57 to 64 m), mud 452 The waters of the north end of Alice Arm, for ap-
and stones. proximately the last 3 miles, are a water aerodrome.
438 Dawkins Point is on the east shore, opposite Salmon 453 Liddle Island (55°24′N, 129°42′W) is in the entrance
Cove. Richards Point is on the west shore 1.3 miles NNW of Alice Arm. A chain of drying and below-water shoals ex-
of Dawkins Point. Stagoo Creek, 2.5 miles NE of Dawkins tends 0.5 mile SSW from the west side of Liddle Island.
Point, has a wide mouth filled with drying flats. 454 Liddle Channel leads between the south end of
439 Richards Point light (765), on the point, is Liddle Island and the north end of Perry Peninsula. A rock
shown at an elevation of 20 feet (6.1 m) from an orange with 1.8 m over it lies 0.25 mile off Perry Peninsula in the
square tower. approach to Liddle Channel and a rock with 9.8 m over it lies
on the west side of the fairway.
Chart 3920
455 Liddle Island light (765.7), on the SE end
440 Brooke Point (55°20′N, 129°45′W) is the south of Liddle Island, has two port hand daymarks facing
extremity of Brooke Island. Conspicuous red cliffs are on south and north.
the SW and SE sides of the point. Mumford Cove is on the 456 Sophy Island, close NE of Perry Peninsula, is sur-
west side of the island. rounded by drying ledges. Two rocks that dry 2.4 and 0.3 m
441 Juggins Bay, on the west side of Observatory Inlet and a below-water rock with 2.7 m over it lie east of Sophy
opposite Brooke Island, has three reefs in its centre that dry Island. Hyde Rock, close north of Sophy Island, dries 1.5 m.
4.6, 0.9, and 1.5 m. The bay affords shelter for small craft but 457 Hyde Rock light (766) is shown at an eleva-
local knowledge is advised. Entrance to Juggins Bay is made tion of 4.8 m from a skeleton tower.
between Frank Point, a low wooded point on the east side of 458 Perry Bay, on the east side of Perry Peninsula, is
the bay, and the 4.6 m drying reef in the entrance to the bay. obstructed in its entrance by a shoal spit extending about
442 Thomas Point, 1.4 miles NE of Frank Point, is the 0.3 mile WSW from its east entrance point and by the dry-
south extremity of Larcom Island. ing reef close east of Sophy Island. The navigable entrance,
 CHAPTER 2
Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet 2-23
and Adjacent Channels

between these two shoal areas, is very narrow with a least 83 m into the arm from a large black tank close-off a point
depth of 5.5 m in the fairway. 0.6 mile SSW of the mouth of Lime Creek. The outer end of
459 Anchorage can be obtained in Perry Bay, the pipeline is at a depth of 50 m.
about 0.2 mile SE of Sophy Island, in 24 m, mud bot- 474 There are no recommended anchorages in
tom. the vicinity of Alice Arm or Kitsault. Small vessels
460 Davies Passage, between the north end of Liddle can find temporary anchorage in about 27 m 0.3 mile NNE
Island and Davies Point, is not recommended. Davies Rock, of Pearson Point, or about 0.15 mile ENE of the same point
which dries 0.9 m, is in the middle of the passage. in 18 m; neither anchorage is recommended and the holding
461 Eik Rock, 0.8 mile NNE of Liddle Island and ground is poor.
0.2 mile off the west shore of Alice Arm, has 2.7 m over it. 475 Directions. — Enter Alice Arm by way of Liddle
Alice Rock, 0.5 mile NNE of Eik Rock, has 1.5 m over it Channel and pass east of Alice Rock. Give the drying flats
and is slightly west of mid-channel; keep to the east shore of close east of Hans Point, off Roundy Creek and off Lime Creek
Alice Arm when passing Alice Rock. a wide berth. The drying flats at the head of Alice Arm should
462 Hans Point, 0.8 mile NNE of Alice Rock, has be approached with caution; they extend 0.5 mile offshore and
an extensive drying flat close east of it that extends 0.1 mile are steep-to.
from shore.
463 Alice Arm light (767), 0.4 mile south of Hans
Point, is shown at an elevation of 5.7 m from a skeleton Hastings Arm
tower.
464 Roundy Creek, 5.7 miles east of Hans Point, flows
into the south side of Alice Arm through an extensive drying Charts 3920, 3933
flat that extends 0.1 mile into the arm. 476 Hastings Arm is entered between Bocking
465 Pearson Point is 0.6 mile north of Roundy Creek. ­Peninsula (55°22′N, 129°47′W) and Davies Point. Larcom
Two rocks that dry 1.5 m are close offshore 0.2 mile north of Island lies in the entrance of Hastings Arm and divides it into
Pearson Point.
two channels.
466 Pearson Point light (768) is shown at an
477 Tides. — Tidal differences for Granby Bay (Index
elevation of 5.2 m from a skeleton tower.
No. 9443), referenced on Prince Rupert, are given in the Tide
467 A booming ground is on the west side of Alice Arm,
Tables, Volume 7.
north of Pearson Point.
478 Tidal streams in Hastings Arm are very weak
468 Alice Arm locality, on the west side of the mouth
and during the freshet period nearly always set south
of the Kitsault River, has only one or two families that live
with a marked overlay of fresh water. In Sylvester and Granby
here year round.
Bays they are negligible.
469 The public wharf, 1 mile NNE of Pearson
Point and on the west side of Alice Arm, has a wharf- Chart 3920
head, 46 m long, with a depth of 7.3 m alongside. A 3 tonne
derrick is on the wharf. A 24.4 m long float is attached to the 479 Aiskew Island (55°23′N, 129°46′W) is connected to
south side of the wharf; part of the float is reserved for aircraft. shore by a drying bank with drying rocks on it. Aiskew Point
470 Alice Arm wharf light (768.2), on the wharf, is the NE extremity of the island.
is fitted with two port hand daymarks. 480 Vadso Rocks, a group of drying rocks, and Vadso
471 Kitsault, on the east side of Alice Arm about 0.7 mile Island lie between Aiskew Point and the SW side of Larcom
ENE of Pearson Point, is a former mining community. The Island. The channel between Aiskew Point and Vadso Rocks
mine operation closed in 1983. All facilities are private and is 0.2 mile wide and deep.
visitors are discouraged. A siren is on the gate at the float to 481 Strombeck Bay, between the north side of Aiskew
alert the security staff to visitors. A private gravel road leads Island and Fortier Point, is encumbered with numerous dry-
to Terrace, 130 kilometres SE. ing and below-water rocks.
472 A barge loading facility, a launching ramp, a seaplane 482 Anchorage can be obtained off the entrance of
ramp and a float with fresh water are on a filled area NE of Strombeck Bay, about 0.2 mile west of Aiskew Point,
the mouth of Lime Creek. in about 30 m.
473 A submarine pipeline (sewer outfall) close 483 Sylvester Bay, between Bocking Peninsula and
NE of the floats extends 200 m offshore. A private Granby Peninsula, is entered between Fortier Point and
mooring buoy is near the outer end of the pipeline. Another Cane Rock. Cane Rock dries 3.7 m and a shoal with depths
submarine pipeline, which discharged mine tailing, extends of 1.8 and 2.1 m over it extends 0.15 mile south from it.
 PAC 206
2-24 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

ANYOX (2020)

Numerous drying and below-water rocks encumber the SE 491 Stark Islet, 1.2 miles ESE of Johnson Point, and
part of Sylvester Bay. McGrath Island, 0.9 mile north of Stark Islet, are connected
484 Larcom Lagoon, in the SW part of Larcom Island, is to Larcom Island by drying flats.
entered 0.5 mile NE of Vadso Island through a narrow channel 492 An abandoned submarine cable crosses
with a least depth of 0.3 m. A rock that dries 0.9 m lies on the Hastings Arm from south of Johnson Point to Stark
north side of the entrance and several drying rocks lie within Islet and from the middle of the east shore of Larcom Island
the lagoon. Local knowledge is advised to enter the lagoon. to the mainland.
485 Forward Shoals, with a least depth of 6.4 m 493 Carlson Islets and Doben Island are west of the
over them, lie in the centre of the fairway between north end of Larcom Island. The passages on both sides of
Granby ­Peninsula and Larcom Island about 1.5 miles north Doben Island are encumbered with drying and below-water
of Vadso Rocks. rocks. Local knowledge is advised to navigate these passages.
486 Granby Bay is entered between Granby Point and 494 The passage on the east side of Larcom Island has
Johnson Point, 0.6 mile NNE. Anyox Rock, 0.4 mile SE of drying and below-water rocks in places, but they are not more
Granby Point, dries 6.7 m and has rocks that dry 1.5, 0.9 and than 0.1 mile offshore.
495 Larcom Point is the north extremity of Larcom
5.2 m close north and south of it, respectively.
Island. Guard Islet, 0.2 mile east of Larcom Point, is con-
487 Drying flats extend from the shores of Granby Bay
nected to Larcom Island by a ridge of drying rocks and gravel.
at Isaac Creek, Rodgers Creek, Hidden Creek, Anyox
A rock that dries 1.8 m is 0.1 mile north of Larcom Point.
Creek, at Bonanza Point from Bonanza Creek, Tauw
Creek, ­Cascade Creek and at the head of the bay. Chart 3933
488 Graves Point, 0.8 mile SW of Johnson Point, has a 496 Carr Point (55°29′N, 129°45′W) is 1.1 miles north
conspicuous chimney on it. Two more chimneys are on the of Larcom Point. Campbell Ridge is the ridge of mountains
south side of Anyox Creek. along the east side of Hastings Arm.
489 Anyox, west of Graves Point, is the site of a cop- 497 Olh Creek, 4.2 miles north of Carr Point, has a dry-
per smelter and mine that was abandoned in the late 1930’s. ing sand and gravel bank extending 0.1 mile off its mouth.
Most of the buildings and wharves are in ruins and the roads 498 Kshwan River, 4.5 miles north of Olh Creek, flows
overgrown. True-Grit Abrasives are mining the slag dump, into the head of Hastings Arm across an extensive drying flat.
south of Smith Bluff, of the silica ore exposing a conspicu-
ous black face. A barge loading facility is in front of the slag
dump. Tongass Passage
490 Depths within Granby Bay are too great for
satisfactory anchorage. Vessels up to 76 m long have
Chart 3960
obtained temporary anchorage 0.15 mile SW of Graves Point
in about 66 m. Good anchorage for small vessels is reported 499 Tongass Passage (54°45′N, 130°38′W) separates
to be close-off the slag dump in about 20 m. ­Sitklan Island from Wales Island and connects Dixon
 CHAPTER 2
Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet 2-25
and Adjacent Channels

PEARSE CANAL LOOKING NE (1988)

­ ntrance to the west end of Pearse Canal. It is entered between

E 509 A treed islet with drying rocks close north and NE
Island Point, the SE extremity of Sitklan Island, and Haystack of it lies in the centre of the fairway between Safa Islands,
Island. A mooring buoy is 0.5 mile north of Island Point. which are mostly wooded, and Pearse Canal Island.
500 The International Boundary Line runs down the 510 Several rocks, the westernmost of which dries 1.9 m,
centre of Tongass Passage. are 0.2 mile south of Safa Islands in the eastern entrance of
501 Bartlett Point is at the north end of Tongass ­Passage. Wales Harbour; follow along the SW shore of the harbour to
Sitklan Passage, 1 mile WNW of Bartlett Point, and Fillmore avoid these rocks. At the head of the harbour are three arms;
Inlet, entered about 2 miles NE of Bartlett Point, are described the west arm is shallow. A rock that dries 2.9 m lies close-off
in United States Coast Pilot 8. the point separating the centre and east arms and a rock that
dries 1.1 m is in the centre of the east arm.
511 Wales Harbour affords good anchorage in
Pearse Canal 29 to 36 m, soft bottom and is reported to have good
anchorage for small craft in the eastern arm.
512 Two bare islets, 2 and 3 m high, surrounded by
Charts 3960, 3994, 3933 drying reefs lie on the south side of the Pearse Canal
502 Pearse Canal (54°47′N, 130°35′W) leads about fairway 1.2 miles east of Pearse Canal Island. Danger. — A
23 miles along the NW sides of Wales and Pearse Islands and rock with a depth of 2.2 m over it lies in the fairway of Pearse
connects Tongass Passage to Portland Canal. Fillmore Island Canal near the entrance to Regina Cove.
and the mainland of Alaska form its NW side. 513 Regina Cove is 2 miles NE of Safa Islands. Several
drying rocks and shoals with 4.9 and 5.6 m over them lie
503 The SW end of the fairway through Pearse Canal,
close-off the SW shore of the cove.
between Wales and Fillmore Islands, is encumbered with rocks
514 Anchorage can be obtained in Regina Cove in
and shoals; great care is required when navigating this portion
19 to 26 m, mud bottom, north of the above-mentioned
of the fairway. The NE end of Pearse Canal between Pearse
shoals.
Island and the mainland of Alaska is deep in the fairway. 515 A cove on the NW side of Wales Island, 1 mile SE
504 The International Boundary Line runs down the of Regina Cove, is the site of a sports fishing lodge with a
centre of Pearse Canal. float protected by two log breakwaters.
Chart 3960 516 Edward Passage, on the east side of Fillmore Island,
is described in United States Coast Pilot 8. Wales Passage is
505 Phipp Point (54°47′N, 130°37′W) is the NW extrem- described earlier in this chapter.
ity of Wales Island.
506 Pearse Canal Island, 0.7 mile NE of Phipp Point, Chart 3994
lies in mid-channel and has shoals within 0.1 mile of its north 517 Winter Inlet (54°49′N, 130°26′W) affords
and south sides. secure anchorage for small craft; the holding ground
507 Pearse Canal Island light (753.5) is shown at is good and there is ample swinging room in the widest part
an elevation of 3.6 m from a skeleton tower. of the inlet.
508 Male Point, at the SE entrance to Fillmore Inlet, has 518 A wooded islet connected to shore by a drying flat
several islets close south of it. and fronted by a drying reef lies on the west side of Winter
 PAC 206
2-26 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

Inlet, 1.3 miles inside the entrance. A rock with 14 feet (4.2 m) the ebb, diminishing toward the head of the inlet. The streams
over it lies in the middle of the inlet. by the shore turn shortly after HW and LW.
519 Ice forms in Winter Inlet during the winter, making 530 Winds of gale force are reported to frequently blow
it unsafe for small craft shelter. down the inlet from the north during the winter months.
520 Getukti Cliff (54°53′N, 130°24′W), 3 miles NE of 531 Ice, which is reported to be troublesome to
Winter Inlet, is conspicuous from the south. small craft, forms at the head of Portland Canal during
521 Yelnu Islets (54°56′N, 130°20′W), 7 miles NE of winter months.
Winter Inlet, are two wooded islets on the NW side of Pearse 532 The International Boundary Line runs down the
Canal which stand out prominently from north and south. middle of Pearse and Portland Canals.
522 Gwent Cove, 0.6 mile north of Yelnu Islets, is the 533 Portland Canal is entered from Portland Inlet between
site of an abandoned cannery and wharf in ruins. Stick Point (54°59′N, 130°09′W) and Ramsden Point.
534 Whiskey Bay is 3.5 miles NNW of Stick Point at
Charts 3994, 3933
the north extremity of Pearse Island. A rock ledge that dries
523 Hidden Inlet (54°57′N, 130°20′W), entered between 8 feet (2.4 m) extends north from the east entrance point of
Gwent Cove and Hidden Point, is of no value as an anchorage the bay.
and can only be entered at slack water. The main body of the 535 Dogfish Bight, 2 miles NE of Whiskey Bay, is
inlet is about 4 miles long; depths vary from 30 to 73 fathoms useless as an anchorage. Windy Island is close-off its
(55 to 134 m). The entrance is less than 450 feet (137 m) wide north entrance point. Several wooded islets are close offshore
and has a depth of 15 feet (4.6 m). between Windy Island and Spit Point, 1.5 miles north. A
524 Tidal streams set through the entrance of submarine cable is laid across the entrance to a small cove
Hidden Inlet at 8 to 10 kn, forming swirls that extend 0.6 mile north of Windy Island. A tongue of sand that dries
well into Pearse Canal. extends 0.3 mile south from Spit Point.
536 Reef Island is 1.3 miles west of Spit Point. Two
Chart 3933
coves, west of Reef Island, have sandy beaches and small
525 Blaine Point (55°02′N, 130°13′W) is the NW en- craft can find shelter in them.
trance point of Pearse Canal. Tree Point, 1.5 miles east of 537 Reef Island light (756) is shown at an eleva-
Blaine Point, is the north extremity of Pearse Island. tion of 19 feet (5.8 m) from a skeleton tower fitted
with two red and white diamond-shaped daymarks. The light
is obscured from 020°30' to 197°30'.
Portland Canal 538 Harrison Point, 2.5 miles NNE of Reef Island,
is high and bold. Dickens Point, 2.3 miles NE of Harrison
526 Portland Canal is a deep, narrow inlet extending Point, has a ledge of drying rocks extending a short distance
60 miles north from its junction with Portland Inlet and Pearse from it. A black rock, close south of Dickens Point, is 8 feet
Canal. The towns of Stewart, B.C. and Hyder, Alaska, are at (2.4 m) high.
the head of the inlet. Both shores are bold and mountainous; 539 Sandfly Bay, 1 mile WNW of Dickens Point, is
in places the mountains rise to more than 6,000 feet (1,829 m) useless as an anchorage; its head is filled with a drying flat.
and their summits are always snow-clad. Numerous streams A drying rock and small islet lie close-off its east entrance
flow through wooded valleys into the inlet. The Bear and point. Fools Point and Petrel Point are on the west side of
Salmon Rivers flow into the head of the inlet through low, the canal, north of Sandfly Bay.
wooded, swampy land; because of the discharge from these 540 Stopford Point, 3.5 miles NE of Dickens Point, is
rivers the water at the head of the inlet is nearly fresh. bold and conspicuous from south.
527 Anchorages in Portland Canal are few and 541 Halibut Bay, on the west side of Portland Canal, is
indifferent; they are in Halibut Bay, Fords Cove, and entered between Halibut Point and Astronomical Point. Its
at the head of the inlet off Stewart. Small craft can also obtain shores are generally bold, but on each side near the entrance
anchorage in Tombstone and Maple Bays. are sandy beaches with shoal water extending 240 feet (73 m)
528 Tides. — Tidal differences in Portland Canal, ref- offshore, and low, grassy land, extending back for 300 feet
erenced on Prince Rupert, are given for Davis River (Index (91 m). Near the head of the bay drying flats extend from the
No. 9470) and Stewart (Index No. 9475) in the Tide Tables, west shore nearly all the way across, leaving a narrow channel
Volume 7. close to the east side, through which a depth of 5 feet (1.5 m)
529 Tidal streams in Portland Canal have an can be carried. The narrow basin north of this passage is only
estimated maximum of 2 kn on the flood and 3 kn on suitable for small craft and has a depth of 24 feet (7.3 m).
 CHAPTER 2
Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet 2-27
and Adjacent Channels

542 Anchorage, exposed to southerly winds, can deposits from Donahue Creek. A number of piles are along
be obtained in Halibut Bay and the holding ground the outer edge of the drying flat.
inside the 10 fathom (18.3 m) line is good. Anchor in mid- 555 Pirie Point, 2 miles NW of Swamp Point, is high,
channel about 0.3 mile within the entrance in 6 to 10 fathoms
bold and conspicuous. Raw Point is 2 miles farther north.
(11 to 18 m), mud bottom.
White Point, 4 miles NNW of Pirie Point, has drying rocks on
543 Dent Bluff, 2 miles NE of Halibut Bay, has a drying
reef close-off it. Mount Dent, 1.8 miles ESE of Dent Bluff, its south side and white cliffs about 0.5 mile north of it. River
rises to an elevation of 3,820 feet (1,164 m). Logan Point Point is WNW of White Point. Bay Islet, 2.5 miles north of
and Azimuth Point are 1.5 and 3 miles NE of Dent Bluff. White Point, is wooded and connected to the east shore by a
544 Blunt Point, 1 mile west of Logan Point, has drying drying ledge. A sports fishing lodge and float protected by a
reefs close-off it. Camp Point, 2 miles NE of Blunt Point, is floating breakwater are in the bay close south of Bay Islet.
wooded and precipitous. 556 Green Islets, 1.3 miles north of Bay Islet, are two
545 Hattie Island (55°17′N, 129°58′W) lies nearly in wooded islets; they are connected to shore by a drying ledge
mid-channel abreast Camp Point; being the same general
that extends a further 300 feet (91 m) north from them.
colour as the high background it is not prominent from south.
557 Fords Cove, east of Green Islets, affords fair
546 Hattie Island light (757), on the west side of
shelter from south winds but none from north winds.
the island, is shown at an elevation of 21 feet (6.4 m)
from a skeleton tower. The light is visible from 336° through The south part of the cove is shoal for about 450 feet (137 m)
north and east to 171°. offshore. Old piles and an old float are all that remain of a
547 Belle Bay, east of Hattie Island, does not afford former logging camp in Fords Cove (1997). A floating cabin,
anchorage. A floating cabin, owned by the Portland Canal owned by the Portland Canal Stewart Yacht Club, is 300 feet
Stewart Yacht Club, is 300 feet (91 m) offshore in the centre (91 m) offshore in the centre of the bay.
of the bay. Between Belle Bay and Car Point, 3.5 miles NW, 558 A fair anchorage can be found in Fords Cove,
there are several conspicuous landslides. Rock Point, 2 miles about 0.2 mile from Green Islets and the same distance
NW of Hattie Island, has a drying ledge extending from it. from the east shore, in 16 fathoms (29 m).
548 Breezy Point, 3 miles NNW of Rock Point, is con-
559 Slab Point, NW of Fords Cove, is slate-coloured.
spicuous. Bluff Point, 2 miles NE of Breezy Point, terminates
Cliff Point is 2.3 miles north of Slab Point.
in a high, bold cliff.
549 Tombstone Bay, 3 miles north of Breezy Point, 560 Blue Point, 1.3 miles NNE of Cliff Point, has high,
divides into two bights. Drying and below-water rocks are bold, blue-coloured cliffs. Two streams, close south of Blue
in the entrance of its south bight. A wooded valley extends Point, flow through a wooded valley; a sand spit extends
SW from the head of the south bight. Dome Peak, 4.5 miles 0.2 mile from their mouth. A house in ruins is close south of
WSW of Tombstone Bay, is one of many snow-clad peaks in the stream mouth. Miners Point and Round Point are 1 and
the area. A private float and some buildings are located at the 3.5 miles north of Blue Point.
head of the bight. 561 A floating cabin, owned by the Portland Canal
550 Temporary anchorage can be obtained,
­Stewart Yacht Club, is 250 feet (75 m) offshore in the centre of
by small craft, near the head of the north bight of
the bay 0.6 mile south of Round Point. This is known locally
­Tombstone Bay in 8 fathoms (15 m).
551 Maple Bay, NE of Tombstone Bay, and entered as Helen Bay.
between Columbia Point and Maple Point, has two drying 562 Verdure Point is SW of Round Point. A small cove
rocks in it. The bay has a moderately shelving foreshore of with a sandy beach lies close north of the point. The Davis
stones and gravel and is the site of a former mining camp; River flows into Portland Canal 0.6 mile NW of the point.
ruins of a jetty and the remains of a few houses are all that is 563 Tides. — Tidal differences for Davis River (Index
left of the camp. No. 9470), referenced on Prince Rupert, are given in the Tide
552 Anchorage for small craft can be obtained Tables, Volume 7.
about 0.15 mile from the south shore of Maple Bay
564 Glacier Point, 4.5 miles NNE of Verdure Point, is
in 9 fathoms (16 m).
the south extremity of a small peninsula on which there is a
553 Turn Point, 1.4 miles NW of Maple Point, is high,
bold and conspicuous. Steep Point, 5.5 miles NNW of Turn wooded hill, about 350 feet (107 m) high. Engineers Point
Point, is bold and steep-to. is 1.3 miles SSE.
554 Swamp Point, 3 miles north of Maple Point, is a 565 Seal Rocks are 0.8 mile NE of Glacier Point; the
low, wooded point, fronted by a drying sand flat formed by largest rock is about 3 feet (0.9 m) high. British Point is east,
 PAC 206
2-28 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

HEAD OF PORTLAND CANAL (1988)

and Yankee Point NNE, of Seal Rocks. Bulldog Creek flows of the mud flats to the west has numerous dolphins and is an
into Portland Canal 2 miles NE of Yankee Point. extensive log storage area.
573 Salmon River, on the west shore of Portland
Chart 3794
Canal, has extensive steep-to drying flats extending
566 Lion Point (55°53′N, 130°01′W) is low with a grassy from its mouth. The east edge of the flats is marked by two port
flat fronting it; it can be identified by the ruins of an old jetty. hand buoys. The southernmost of these buoys also marks the
567 Marmot River, south of Lions Point, enters Portland entrance channel to Hyder public floats. Caution. — Exten-
Canal across an extensive drying flat. A booming ground with sive silting is taking place at the mouth of the Salmon River.
dolphins lies along the SW edge of the drying flat. 574 Eagle Point is the east entrance point to Salmon
568 Marmot Bay, on the north side of Lion Point, has the River. A causeway and trestle, close east of Eagle Point,
ruins of a pier in its NE part. Mooring dolphins and booming extends from the community of Hyder to the extreme outer
grounds are south of the ruins. Salmon Point is 1 mile west. edge of the mud flats.
569 Booming grounds line the shore north of Marmot 575 Lights. — Stewart light (759), on the east side
Bay. of Portland Canal 0.4 mile south of the drying flat at
570 The Bear and Salmon Rivers, which flow into the head, is shown at an elevation of 15 feet (4.7 m) from a
the head of Portland Canal, are separated by the Reverdy skeleton tower.
­Mountains (Chart 3933); the south peak, Mount Dolly, 576 Stewart Dolphin West light (760), 0.5 mile
is conspicuous. The discolouration of water caused by the WNW of Stewart light, is shown from a mast on a
discharge from the Bear and Salmon Rivers extends as far dolphin.
south as Glacier Point. 577 Privately operated lights are on the SE and NW ends
571 Bear River flows through an extensive wood- and on the wharfhead at the Stewart Bulk Terminal wharf.
ed flat. The delta at its mouth consists of marshland 578 Stewart, at the head of Portland Canal, is the north-
and steep-to mud flats, which cover at HW. Caution. — The ernmost deep-sea port in British Columbia. The principal
mud flats are slowly extending. industries are mining, logging and tourism. The municipality
572 A causeway extends 0.5 mile SSW from the west has a small hospital with resident doctor, a visiting dentist, an
entrance point of Bear River and then 0.4 mile south to the RCMP detachment, several stores and hotels, a pharmacy, a
outer end of the mud flat. Stewart World Port facility is on the liquor store, a post office (V0T 1W0) and an airfield with an
south end of the causeway. It has a berthing length of 646 feet asphalt runway 3,900 feet (1,189 m) long.
(197 m) with a mooring buoy fitted with a radar reflector 579 Customs service is provided from Prince Rupert.
located at the end of the facility. At the extreme south end of 580 Portland Canal in the vicinity of Stewart is a water
the causeway there is a launching ramp with dolphins on the aerodrome.
west side of its approach. Drying areas extend up to 500 feet 581 Ice forms at the head of Portland Canal, in the vicin-
(152 m) south of the public ramp. A rip-rap river training wall ity of Stewart, from November to February; it is never heavy
close east of the ramp extends southward and is fitted with a enough to stop shipping but can be troublesome to small craft.
radar reflector at the end. Red air obstruction lights are shown 582 Tides. — Tidal differences for Stewart (Index
from hydro poles along the east side of the causeway. A large No. 9475), referenced on Prince Rupert, are given in the Tide
log dump is on the SW side of the causeway. The outer edge Tables, Volume 7.
 CHAPTER 2
Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet 2-29
and Adjacent Channels

STEWART FLOATS (1988)

583 Anchorage can be obtained off the wharves or floats. Gasoline and diesel fuel can be obtained
­ tewart in 25 to 30 fathoms (46 to 55 m)
S in town.
over a soft mud bottom that provides good holding ground. 589 Repair facilities. — Small engine repairs are
The anchorage is exposed to the north and south winds that available in town.
frequently draw through Portland Canal. Caution is required 590 Communications. — Stewart is connected by
approaching the anchorage because the drying flats to the paved road to the main highway that connects Prince
north and west are steep-to and are covered except at the very Rupert to Prince George. A gravel road also leads north to the
lowest stages of the tide.
Alaska Highway. Regular bus and air service is available.
584 Wharves. — Stewart Bulk Terminal wharf,
The airfield at Stewart, on the west bank of Bear River, has
on the west shore about 1 mile south of the townsite,
an asphalt runway.
has a berthing length of 820 feet (250 m) and a least depth
591 Hyder is a community on the United States side of
alongside of 35 feet (10.9 m). Mooring buoys are to the NW
and SE. The wharf is equipped with a ship loader capable of the boundary. It is connected by road to Stewart.
handling copper concentrates at about 317 tonnes/hour. 592 A causeway extends 2,100 feet (640 m) SE
from the community of Hyder across the mud flats;
585 The public wharf has been decommissioned
by the District of Stewart. A wreck with a least depth a trestle extends a further 1,250 feet (381 m) from its outer
of 17 feet (5.1 m) lies alongside. end to the extreme edge of the mud flats. A small craft float,
587 The public float, operated by the Stewart Harbour 150 feet (46 m) long, is at the outer end of the trestle. A
Authority, has 150 feet (46 m) of berthing space with a depth survey in July 1985 showed depths as shoal as 3 feet (1 m) on
of 16 feet (4.9 m). The east end of the float is reserved for the NW side and depths of 17 feet (5.3 m) on the SE side of
aircraft. Power is laid on the floats and they are protected by the floats.
floating log breakwaters. The Stewart Yacht Club has two 593 On the east side of the trestle, near its outer end, there
floats attached to the south side of the public float. is a rock-fill parking area, a gravel launching ramp and small
588 Supplies. — Provisions and accommodation are craft floats with depths of 5 feet (1.6 m) alongside. A floating
available in the town. Fresh water is not available at any of log breakwater is north of the floats.
 CHAPTER 3

Haida Gwaii
East Coast
Haida Gwaii

Charts 3853, 3902, 3800

1 Haida Gwaii, an archipelago of about one hundred

and fifty islands and islets, form the south side of Dixon
­Entrance and are separated from the mainland by Hecate
Strait. The two largest islands are Graham Island, in the north,
and Moresby Island, in the south. Elevations range from
200 or 300 feet (61 or 91 m) to nearly 4,000 feet (1,219 m),
the greatest heights lying along the west shores of Moresby
Island.
2 The main islands of Haida Gwaii are separated from
each other by narrow passages in some places having fjord
like appearance; Houston Stewart Channel, ­Skidegate Inlet
and Channel are transverse to the main mountain axis. The
narrowest, Skidegate Inlet, between Moresby and Graham
Island, is navigable only by small vessels at HW slack.
3 A remarkable feature of the east coast of this group is
that about midway, a marked change occurs. From the south
extremity at Cape St. James north to Skidegate Inlet the whole
shoreline is a maze of meandering inlets and sounds, all with
bold rocky seaboards. Their waters are generally deep and as
far north as Laskeek Bay, as is the sea to the east. From here,
however, to the extreme NE tip of Graham Island the coastline
is almost unbroken; low wooded banks appear, and the waters
of the north part of Hecate Strait are comparatively shallow.
4 In this chapter, the east coast of Haida Gwaii is
described.
5 Gwaii Haanas National Park Reserve/Haida
Heritage Site encompasses the south portion of Moresby
Island and adjacent islands from south of the Tangil Peninsula
on the east and Tasu Sound on the west. The annual number
of visitors is limited; reservations, orientation and fees are
required before entering the park. Haida Gwaii Watchmen
are located at Anthony Island, Ellen Island, Huxley Island,
Hotspring Island, Windy Bay, Tanu Island and Skedans Bay.
For full information regarding visiting Gwaii Haanas National
Park Reserve contact the
Gwaii Haanas National Marine
Conservation Area Reserve,
P.O. Box 37,
Village of Queen Charlotte, BC. V0T 1S0.
 PAC 206
3-2 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

6 Vessel Traffic Services (vts). — Hecate Strait part of the strait. However, along the shore of Stephens Island,
is in Sector 1 of the Prince Rupert Traffic Zone and as far north as Butterworth Rocks, the strongest set is NW
the assigned frequency is 156.55 MHz, Channel 11. with the ebb, and the flood is hardly appreciable.
7 A brief description of this Vessel Traffic ­Services (vts) 20 Off the south end of Haida Gwaii, the direction of
System is given in Sailing Directions booklet PAC 200 — the flood is NE and the ebb is SW.
­General Information, Pacific Coast; full details are given in 21 Information from tidal stream observations in 1984
Radio Aids to Marine Navigation (Pacific and Western Arctic). in Hecate Strait is given below.
8 The Calling-in Points in Hecate Strait are 22 The tidal stream 17 miles SE of Cape St. James is
9 Calling-in Point No. 21, called Rose Spit/Seal Rocks, rotary clockwise. First of flood sets 290° at ¾ kn, maximum
is a line joining Rose Spit Racon and Seal Rocks light (748) flood 025° at 1¼ kn, last of flood 105° at 1 kn and maximum
and is a change line between Sector 1 and Sector 2 of the ebb 200° at 1¼ kn. Maximum flood here is at HW Bella Bella,
Prince Rupert Traffic Zone. last of flood at 1 hour after LW Bella Bella.
10 Calling-in Point No. 28, called McInnes Island/Cape 23 Ten miles east of Kunghit Island first of flood sets
St. James, is a line joining McInnes Island light (619) and 280° at 1½ kn, maximum flood 340° at 2½ kn, last of flood
Cape St. James light (770). 075° at 1 kn, first of ebb 110° at 1¼ kn and maximum ebb
11 Calling-in Point No. 30, called Bonilla Island/ 175° at 2¾ kn. Maximum flood here is 1 h 30 min before HW
Sandspit, is a line from Bonilla Island Sector light (734) to Bella Bella, maximum ebb 2 hours before LW Bella Bella.
Sandspit aeronautical beacon (784). 24 About 8 miles east of Copper Islands the stream is
12 Calling-in Point No. 31, called Lawn Point, is an arc rectilinear, maximum flood setting 335° at 1½ kn and max-
of 3 miles radius from Lawn Point. imum ebb 155° at 1½ kn.
13 Meteorological information and frequency of fog 25 In a position 097° 53 miles from Cape St. James
information are given for Cape St. James and Sandspit in the maximum flood sets 010° at 1¼ kn, last of flood 090° at 1 kn,
Appendices. maximum ebb 210° at 1¾ kn and last of ebb 290° at 1 kn.
14 Tides. — Along the east coast of Haida Gwaii, tidal 26 About 27 miles east of Sandspit maximum flood sets
predictions are given for Queen Charlotte (Index No. 9850) 330° at 1½ kn, maximum ebb 130° at 1 kn.
in the Tide Tables, Volume 7. 27 Fourteen miles SE of Sandspit maximum flood sets
15 Tidal differences for Cape St. James (Index 340° at 1½ kn, maximum ebb 155° at 1¼ kn.
No. 9502), referenced on Hunger Harbour; Copper Islands 28 Caution. — About 16 hours after the passage
(Index No. 9724), Section Cove (Index No. 9733), Sedgwick of a storm through Queen Charlotte Sound, and where
Bay (Index No. 9753), Pacofi (Index No. 9775) and McCoy the wind veers from SE through SW to NW, the maximum
Cove (Index No. 9790), referenced on Rose Harbour, and currents at the south end of Hecate Strait will occur about
Shingle Bay (Index No. 9808), referenced on Queen Charlotte, 3 h 30 min after HW at Prince Rupert, and can remain out of
are given in the Tide Tables, Volume 7. phase for three or four days. The initial change of phase is
16 Tidal streams. — In general, the flood com- usually accompanied by a surge of current about ½ kn greater
ing in from Dixon Entrance meets the flood coming up than usual. This change in the phase of the currents is caused
Hecate Strait from the south in the vicinity of Porcher Island. by a wind driven inertial current of period 15.4 hours and a
In late summer, mid July to mid September, they meet some starting velocity of 30 cm/sec. (0.6 kn). This current slowly
25 or 30 miles farther south. decays over a three to four day period.
17 At springs, or during bad weather, the tide-rips
caused by the meeting of the streams are sometimes so great
as to convey an appearance of broken water. Kunghit Island — East Side
18 The flood stream through Dixon Entrance, on reach-
ing the north end of Hecate Strait, divides at a point midway
Chart 3825
between Rose Spit and Dundas Island. Part of the current sets
north past Dundas Island, no doubt because of the indraught 29 Kunghit Island (52°05'N, 131°05'W) is the first
toward Portland Inlet, and part turns SE into Hecate Strait; land sighted when approaching Haida Gwaii from south. The
in winter the flood and ebb here are quite regular, but in late island rises to 1,490 feet (454 m) near its south extremity, but
summer the flood greatly exceeds the ebb. In August, there its highest peak is in the NE part. The east coast of the island
can be 2½ to 3 kn of flood, with little appreciable ebb or only is bold and in many places bordered by steep cliffs.
slack water. 30 Cape St. James (51°56'N, 131°01'W), so named
19 Farther south, where the strait widens in the latitude by Captain Dixon who rounded it in the Queen Charlotte
of Porcher Island, the currents rarely exceed 1 kn in the central on St. James Day, 1787, is the south extremity of St. James
 CHAPTER 3 3-3
Haida Gwaii — East Coast

Cape St. James Lt

240˚

Rock (41) Kerouard Islands

Cape St. James from ENE

from Photo by Luis Sobrino 1983

Island, which is close south of Kunghit Island. The island gradually toward the head. Woodruff Bay affords shelter only
is saddle-shaped, bare and grassy; the south extremity of from west winds, but there is always some surf at its head.
the south hummock is a vertical cliff about 100 feet (30 m) 39 Howe Bay, on the north side of Ballard Point,
high. Heavy tide-rips are sometimes seen south of the cape. and Luxana Bay are separated by a narrow peninsula
A heliport is on the cape. of which Annis Point (52°01'N, 130°59'W) is the eastern
31 Cape St. James light (770) is shown at an extremity. An islet with drying and above-water rocks close
elevation of 315 feet (96 m) from a mast, with two north and south of it is 0.3 mile NE of Annis Point. Treat
white buildings in close proximity. Bay is an indentation on the north side of Luxana Bay. The
32 South Moresby Island odas light buoy shores of these bays and of the peninsula are all rugged and
“46147” (769.5) is 5 miles SW of Cape St. James in in places are fringed with drying and below-water rocks that
51°49'42''N, 131°13'30''W. do not extend more than 0.15 mile offshore. Depths within
33 Meteorological information and frequency of fog the bays are moderate and shoal gradually toward their heads.
information for Cape St. James is given in the Appendices. Howe and Luxana Bays afford shelter from westerly winds,
34 Tides. — Tidal differences for Cape St. James (Index but are seldom free of swell. Anchorage can be obtained in
No. 9502), referenced on Hunger Harbour, are given in the either bay in 10 to 15 fathoms (18 to 27 m).
Tide Tables, Volume 7. 40 Close-off Lyman Point (52°06'N, 130°56'W) are two
35 Kerouard Islands consist of two groups of islets rocks, 4 and 8 feet (1.2 and 2.4 m) high, close together and
and rocks, some bare and white, which extend 2.5 miles SE surrounded by a drying reef. Close south of these rocks are
from Cape St. James. These islands are remarkable, standing some drying rocks. A rock that dries 15 feet (4.6 m) is close
boldly up with rounded tops, and vertical cliffs on all sides; offshore 0.6 mile NW of Lyman Point.
the smaller rocks have the pillar-like form so frequently
found when a rocky coast is exposed to the full sweep of a Chart 3855
great ocean. Kerouard Islands are a protected area within the Heater Harbour and Approaches
Gwaii Haanas National Park Reserve boundary. The islands
are breeding places for innumerable sea birds and sea lions. 41 Prevost Point (52°06'N, 130°57'W), in the NE part
36 A deep passage, 0.8 mile wide, leads between the of Kunghit Island, has Gull Islet connected to it by a drying
NW and SE groups, but it is only suitable for smaller vessels. rock ledge. A rock awash and a rock that dries 4 feet (1.2 m)
Strong winds when blowing against the tidal stream cause a are close north of Gull Point, the NE extremity of Gull Islet.
heavy sea in this passage. Tide-rips are sometimes seen south 42 Gull Banks are between 0.4 and 1.5 miles NW of
of the islands. Gull Islet. A shoal with a depth of 35 feet (10.7 m), 1 mile
37 Gray Rock (51°51'N, 130°56'W), with a depth of north of Jenkins Point, is the least depth on the banks.
less than 6 feet (2 m) over it, is 3.5 miles SSE of the outermost 43 Blackburn Peninsula is about 1.7 miles west of
of the Kerouard Islands. There are heavy tide-rips over the Gull Islet. Keeweenah Bay and Montserrat Bay are separ-
rock and the sea breaks over it with a moderate swell. ated by Jenkins Point. Marshall Island lies in the middle
38 Woodruff Bay, between the south extremity of of Keeweenah Bay and a shoal with 5 fathoms (9.1 m) over
Kunghit Island and Ballard Point (51°58'N, 131°00'W), it is in the middle of the entrance to Montserrat Bay.
has rugged north and south shores fringed with drying rocky 44 Anchorage can be obtained in Keeweenah
ledges. An extensive sandy beach is at the head of the bay. Bay, in 12 to 7 fathoms (21.6 to 12.8 m), SE of
A compact group of above-water rocks, surrounded by a Marshall Island. Montserrat Bay is too deep for satisfactory
drying rocky ledge, is about 0.1 mile off the north shore. The anchorage except close to the head where small craft can
bay is otherwise free of dangers, and depths within it shallow obtain temporary anchorage.
 PAC 206
3-4 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

45 Rainy Islands (52°07'N, 130°59'W), consisting of Moresby Island — East Side

four principal islands and some drying, above- and below-
water rocks, lie in a chain extending NE of Blackburn
Charts 3853, 3894
­Peninsula.
46 Grant Bank, between Rainy Islands and High 56 The east side of Moresby Island is indented and
Island, has Christian Rock, with 9 feet (2.7 m) over it, on fronted by islands of considerable size with passages between
its north side and Germania Rock, 18 feet (5.5 m) high, on them. The interior of the island has many peaks, most of which
its west side. Three shoals, with least depths of 16, 22 and are bare.
26 feet (4.9, 6.7 and 7.9 m), are within 0.3 mile north and NW 57 Inshore route. — From Houston Stewart Channel
of Blackburn Peninsula. (52°10'N, 131°03'W), at the south end of Moresby Island,
47 Balcom Inlet (52°06'N, 131°00'W) is divided into there are 8 miles of open coastline before Skincuttle Inlet is
reached. From Skincuttle Inlet (52°20'N, 131°10'W) small
two arms by Larsen Point. Although depths within this inlet
vessels can follow an inshore, moderately sheltered route as
are suitable, it is not recommended for anchorage as strong
far north as Cumshewa Inlet (53°03'N, 131°50'W). Moresby
winds from the SE and SW quadrants, often accompanied
Camp at the head of Cumshewa Inlet has a gravel road leading
by “Williwaws”, funnel down the valley at the head, causing north to Sandspit. This route can be used if it is necessary to
violent yawing. proceed north for assistance when strong gales are blowing
48 High Island, on the north side of the approach to in Hecate Strait.
Heater Harbour, is conspicuous from NE. A bare rock, 10 feet 58 Two sections of the route, open to the weather, are
(3 m) high, is close north of the NW point of the island and a in Juan Perez Sound and a short section between Logan and
rock that dries 5 feet (1.5 m) and marked by kelp is close-off Dana Inlets. Two drying channels that must be navigated at
the NE shore. A boat passage between High Island and Orion or near HW are Ḵ'iid Xyangs Ḵ'iidaay in G̱aysiiG̱ as Ḵ'iidsii
Point, 0.2 mile SW, is contracted to a width of 0.1 mile by at the south end and Louise Narrows in Carmichael Passage
foul ground marked by kelp. A shoal with a least depth of at the north end of the route.
35 feet (10.7 m) is 0.5 mile NNW of Orion Point. 59 The route leads from Skincuttle Inlet into G̱aysiiG̱ as
49 Heater Harbour, entered between Orion Point and Ḵ'iidsii, then through Juan Perez Sound and Darwin Sound
Gaowina Point, has two small arms at its head, a great por- into Logan Inlet. From Logan Inlet the route follows Dana
tion of which dries at LW. Inlet, Dana Passage and Selwyn Inlet into Carmichael Passage
50 Anchorage can be obtained in 11 to that leads into the west end of Cumshewa Inlet near Moresby
13 fathoms (20 to 24 m), mud, in the basin forming the Camp.
inner part of Heater Harbour. Small craft can obtain anchorage 60 Logging camps (1997) where assistance can be
obtained in an emergency are in Powrivco Bay, Sewell Inlet
near the west end of the harbour.
and Beattie Anchorage.
51 Houstoun Stewart Channel, described in Chapter 4,
is entered from the east between Moore Head and Point Chart 3809
Langford. Carpenter Bay and Approaches
52 Haydon Rock (52°09'N, 131°02'W) has a rock awash
61 Benjamin Point (52°13'N, 131°00'W) has a wooded
0.2 mile NE with a rock that dries 5 feet (1.5 m) midway
between them and a 21 foot (6.4 m) shoal 0.15 mile WNW. islet close-off it and reefs extend 0.4 mile north, 0.15 mile
east and 0.2 mile south of the promontory. An extensive kelp
53 Langford Shoals, with depths of 27, 30 and 36 feet
bed is in this locality. The small cove on the west side of the
(8.2, 9.1 and 11 m), lie up to 0.5 mile south of Point Langford.
point is too exposed to provide satisfactory anchorage.
Another shoal with a least depth of 32 feet (9.8 m) is 0.5 mile
62 Garcin Rocks, 1.2 miles ESE of Benjamin Point,
east of the same point. consist of three large, conspicuous, closely grouped islets,
54 Koya Point, with a bare rock 16 feet (4.9 m) high 42 to 48 feet (13 to 15 m) high, which with above-water,
close-off it and connected to shore by a drying ledge, is drying and below-water rocks form a reef 0.5 mile long.
1.6 miles NE of Point Langford. A rock that dries 10 feet 63 Garcin Rocks light (771), on the centre islet,
(3 m) is 0.2 mile SW of Koya Point. is shown at an elevation of 64 feet (19.5 m) from a
55 Tidal streams. — Heavy overfalls occur over skeleton tower.
the shoals south of Point Langford when strong winds 64 Tidal streams in the vicinity of Garcin Rocks
oppose the flood stream. flood north and ebb south at 1 to 4 kn, accompanied at
 CHAPTER 3 3-5
Haida Gwaii — East Coast

times by considerable turbulence, particularly during spring Rock and a rock with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it is 0.1 mile
tides. north of Crowell Rock. Samuel Rock, which is 12 feet (3.7 m)
65 Huff Rock, 0.9 mile NE of Benjamin Point, is 10 feet high, lies off a drying bank extending from the north shore.
(3 m) high and bare; it is surrounded by foul ground which, A rock that dries 9 feet (2.7 m) is 0.15 mile west of Samuel
on its SW side, extends about 0.4 mile and terminates in a Rock. Some are marked by kelp. Two wooded islets are north
rock that dries 4 feet (1.2 m). Kelp grows profusely on the of Hancock Point and the head of the bay is encumbered with
foul ground during summer and autumn. A rock with less than islands, above-water, drying and below-water rocks.
6 feet (2 m) over it and two 36 foot (11 m) shoals lie between 74 Fishing boundary markers are on both sides of
Garcin Rocks and Benjamin Point. Carpenter Bay, 0.4 mile SE of Hancock Point and on the north
66 Langtry Island, 1 mile north of Benjamin Point, shore, north of the point.
is sparsely wooded and has two bare rocks, 10 and 21 feet 75 Tidal streams in Carpenter Bay are regular
(3 and 6.4 m) high close together, about 0.2 mile off its NW attaining 2 kn in the outer part decreasing to about
side. Numerous drying and below-water rocks extend up to 1 kn toward the head.
0.3 mile off the island. 76 Caution. — Anchorage within Carpenter Bay
67 Caution. — The inshore passage west of is not recommended because of the numerous dangers
Garcin Rocks, Huff Rock, and Langtry Island has in it combined with strong winds which, from the SE and SW
irregular depths and several drying and below-water rocks quadrants, funnel through the valleys in the south shore.
within it, and is subject to considerable tide-rips and eddies
which are dangerous to small craft. Overfalls, which could be Collison Bay
dangerous to small craft, form quickly with the wind opposing 77 Collison Bay (52°17'N, 131°07'W), entered
the tidal streams. Local knowledge is advised to navigate this north of Goodwin Point, becomes very narrow west
passage. of Gona Point. Depths in the entrance are uneven but within
68 Goodwin Point (52°17'N, 131°05'W), at the north the bay the soundings are moderately deep and decrease grad-
approach to Carpenter Bay, has Goodwin Rock, which is ually toward the head. Above-water and drying rocks extend
13 feet (4 m) high and bare, about 0.8 mile east of it. 0.15 mile from the head of the bay. Anchorage is suitable
69 Rankine Islands, both wooded, are SE of Goodwin only for small craft.
Point in the entrance to Carpenter Bay. Above-water, drying 78 Marion Rock, which is 10 feet (3 m) high and bare,
and below-water rocks fringe both islands and extend 0.6 mile is on the south side of the entrance to Collison Bay.
north of the west island. Extensive kelp grows in this vicin- 79 A rock that dries 18 feet (5.5 m) lies in the fairway
ity. Note. — Rankine Islands are a protected area within the 0.3 mile west of Marion Rock. Two rocks that dry 2 and
boundaries of Gwaii Haanas National Park Reserve and are 12 feet (0.6 and 3.7 m) lie up to 0.1 mile off the SE shore SW
closed to the public. of Marion Rock.
70 Oliver Rock, 0.8 mile north of the west Rankine 80 Nest Islets, the largest of which is wooded and the
Island, is 4 feet (1.2 m) high. other with scrub growth, are near the middle of the entrance
71 The entrance to Carpenter Bay (52°14'N, to Collison Bay. A wooded island with a rock 9 feet (2.7 m)
131°03'W), between Ingraham Point and Iron Point, has high close south of it is 0.2 mile WSW of Nest Islets. The
several shallow areas, most notable the 17 foot (5.2 m) shoal passage between this island and Nest Islets is deep and free
0.45 mile east and the rock awash 0.9 mile SSE of Iron Point of dangers. Another wooded island, connected to shore by a
with a 31 foot (9.4 m) shoal midway between them. A rocky drying rocky ledge, is about 0.4 mile from the head of the bay
drying ledge with two bare above-water rocks on it extends close-off the north shore.
0.2 mile off Ingraham Point. Kiju Point, on the south side of 81 Ikeda Cove (52°19'N, 131°08'W) is entered between
Carpenter Bay, separates Koya Bay and South Cove. Awaya Point and Ikeda Point. A shoal with a depth of 29 feet
72 South Cove with irregular depths and several scat- (8.8 m) lies in the approach 0.2 mile east of Awaya Point.
tered drying and below-water rocks is suitable only for small Drying rocks and banks extend a short distance off the east
craft. From the west entrance point of this cove, a rocky ledge shore and 0.2 mile off the head of the cove. Some old piles
with above-water and drying rocks on it extends 0.25 mile line the west side of the river mouth at the head of the cove.
north. 82 Fishing boundary markers are on both sides of the
73 Dangers. — Numerous detached dangers lie cove 0.3 mile inside the entrance.
in Carpenter Bay. A rock with 22 feet (6.7 m) over it is 83 Anchorage can be obtained in 6 to 7 fathoms
0.8 mile NW of Kiju Point. Crowell Rock, which dries 14 feet (11 to 13 m) near the head of Ikeda Cove. During
(4.3 m), lies in mid-channel 0.4 mile NE of Hancock Point. normal weather this anchorage is satisfactory, but a sharp
A rock with 13 feet (4 m) over it is 0.3 mile east of Crowell watch is necessary during strong southerly gales, as the cove
 PAC 206
3-6 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

is subject to heavy squalls from the valley at its head, which 93 The east entrance to Skincuttle Inlet is encumbered
cause considerable down draughts from the surrounding hills. with Joyce Rocks (52°20'N, 131°08'W), a compact group of
The holding ground is reported to be good. five bare rocks 12 to 27 feet (3.7 to 8.2 m) high, New England
84 Caution. — During SE gales there is con- Rocks, consisting of two drying and one below-water rock,
siderable turbulence, accompanied by heavy seas Bishop Rock, 3 feet (0.9 m) high and bare, and Inner Low
dangerous to small vessels, in the entrance to Ikeda Cove. Rock, 16 feet (4.9 m) high and bare. Shoal rocks are close
to all the above-mentioned rocks and several shoals under
10 fathoms (18.3 m) are up to 1 mile north and NE of Joyce
Skincuttle Inlet and Approaches Rocks.
94 Port hand buoy “C3”, fitted with a radar reflector, is
85 The entrance to Skincuttle Inlet (52°20'N, 0.25 mile WNW of New England Rocks.
131°10'W), between Deluge Point and Sk’yaaw Kun, 95 The passage north and west of the Copper Islands
3.8 miles NW, is divided by the Copper Islands. The passage narrows to a width of 0.25 mile between the east extremity
north of these islands has a minimum width of 0.25 mile of the above- and below-water and drying rocks extending
between the east extremity of the rocks extending from Peli- 0.5 mile east from Pelican Point and Rock Islet. A shoal with
can Point and the west islet of the group. The fairway on the 25 feet (7.6 m) over it is situated 0.3 mile north of Skincuttle
south side of Copper Islands is about 1 mile wide between Island. Within 0.6 mile SE of Sk’yaaw Kun, there are several
East Copper Island and New England Rocks. banks with depths from 34 to 60 feet (10.4 to 18.3 m). Num-
86 Depths are irregular SE of East Copper Island and erous above-water and drying rocks lie up to 0.4 mile north
west of Deluge Point and a number of detached rocks and of East Copper and Jeffrey Islands. Kelp grows profusely in
shoals are south and SW of Bolkus Islands. this area.
87 Tidal streams in the vicinity of Ikeda Point, 96 A local magnetic anomaly has been reported
Joyce and New England Rocks and the Copper Islands in this vicinity.
attain a rate of up to about 3 kn, the flood flowing north and 97 A conspicuous cave is 0.1 mile SW of Sk’yaaw
Kun. Bluejay Cove and Pelican Cove are shallow and have
the ebb south. The turn of the tide takes place abruptly with
extensive drying rock ledges.
virtually no slack water. Within the inlet the streams are
98 Kingfisher Cove is 0.5 mile west of Pelican Point.
irregular and decrease in strength toward the south end of
A rock, which dries 2 feet (0.6 m) and marked by kelp, is
G̱ aysiiG̱ as Ḵ'iidsii.
0.18 mile off the west entrance point of the cove. Fresh water
88 Swirls are frequently experienced between New
is available from a spring in the cove (1988).
England Rocks and the Copper Islands.
99 Swan Islands (52°20'N, 131°18'W) consist of one
89 Tides. — Tidal differences for Copper Islands (Index
large and two small islands and several islets and rocks.
No. 9724), referenced on Rose Harbour, are given in the Tide
100 Swan Bay, north of Swan Islands, is too exposed
Tables, Volume 7. to SE winds for satisfactory anchorage. A cabin (1985) is on
90 Copper Islands (52°21'N, 131°12'W) are a chain Burnaby Island, 0.2 mile west of Swan Islands.
of five wooded islands and numerous islets and above- and 101 Bolkus Islands (52°20'N, 131°16'W), consisting
below-water rocks, extending 3.3 miles east and ENE of of one large island and several small islands, together with
Pelican Point. The named islands and islets are East Copper numerous small rocks and reefs, lie in the middle of Skincuttle
Island, Jeffrey Island, George Island, Skincuttle Island, Inlet east of Smithe Point, the south extremity of Burnaby
Slug Islet and Rock Islet. An extensive drying rocky ledge on Island. Foul ground, on which there are several drying and
which there is an islet extends 0.3 mile south from Skincuttle below-water rocks, extends 0.3 mile south from the west
Island; drying and below-water rocks lie between it and Slug Bolkus Island, and shoal water extends up to 0.15 mile off
Islet. A group of islets, surrounded by drying ledges and drying the other shores of the islands. A reef, with a least depth of
and below-water rocks close-off their SW side, extend about 13 feet (4 m) over it, is 0.4 mile north of the east extremity
0.3 mile SE from Rock Islet. Close south of Slug Islet there is of Bolkus Island. The passage between these islands and the
a rock 12 feet (3.7 m) high connected to the islet by a drying Swan Islands is free of dangers except for a drying rock, an
ledge. Kelp grows profusely in the vicinity of the islands. islet and a shoal with 28 feet (8.5 m) over it extending 0.2 mile
91 East Copper Island light (772) is shown at an south of the westernmost Swan Island.
elevation of 50 feet (15.2 m) from a white tower. 102 Harriet Harbour (52°18'N, 131°13'W), on the south
92 Note. — East Copper Island and Jeffrey Island are a side of Skincuttle Inlet, is entered between Funter Point and
protected area within the boundaries of Gwaii Haanas National Jedway Point. Harriet Island, in the middle of the entrance,
Park Reserve and are closed to the public. is surrounded by a drying bank from which a drying spit
 CHAPTER 3 3-7
Haida Gwaii — East Coast

ENTRANCE TO HARRIET HARBOUR (1985)

extends about 0.13 mile SE. The island is not conspicuous as 109 Bush Rock, which is 15 feet (4.6 m) high with sparse
its colours blend into the high background. Harriet Harbour scrub on its summit, is 0.8 mile SW of Elswa Rock and marks
should be entered only by the channel west of Harriet Island. the west entrance to Jedway Bay. Rocks that dry 2 and 8 feet
The harbour was formerly the site of a mining development. (0.6 and 2.4 m) lie between Bush Rock and the island south
The ruins of a wharf and two piles of mine waste are on of it.
Funter Point. The side of the hill SE of Harriet Harbour is a 110 Bush Rock light (771.7) is shown at an eleva-
conspicuous dark bare cliff. Roads and buildings along the tion of 30 feet (9.1 m) from a skeleton tower.
east shore are completely overgrown with alder. A reservoir 112 A fishing boundary marker is on the east extremity
and some potentially dangerous deep shafts, hidden by the of the island 0.7 mile SSE of Bush Rock.
alder, are close south of Funter Point. 113 Jedway Bay is recommended only as a tem-
103 Fishing boundary markers are on Jedway Point porary anchorage in fine weather for vessels up to
and 0.8 mile NE of Funter Point. 150 feet (46 m) long. Small craft can obtain anchorage in 5
to 6 fathoms (9 to 11 m) in the indentation on the east side of
104 Because of limited swinging space, Harriet
Harbour should be used only by vessels up to 200 feet the bay, close south of Kankidas Point, or at the head of the
bay, clear of the rock with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it.
(61 m) long, which can obtain anchorage in about 39 feet
114 A public mooring buoy is at the head of Jedway
(12 m) in the middle of the harbour. The holding ground is
Bay.
good on a bottom of sand and mud.
115 A fresh water hose leads to the mooring buoy from
105 Caution. — During strong southerly gales
a small spring halfway up the hillside (1985). It is reported
Harriet Harbour is subject to heavy squalls from the
that this hose is no longer working (1995).
valley at its head which induce violent yawing. A slight swell
116 Huston Inlet is entered between Bush Rock and
enters the harbour with north to NE gales.
Huston Point (52°18'N, 131°18'W).
106 A local magnetic anomaly has been reported 117 Low Black Rock, with a rock which dries 1 foot
in the vicinity of Harriet Harbour. (0.3 m) close NE, is 0.5 mile NNE of Huston Point. Boulder
107 Kankidas Point, 0.8 mile WSW of Jedway Point, Island, Sea Pigeon Island and Green Rock, which is grass-
has above-water and drying rocks lying close-off it and a covered, lie in the outer part of Huston Inlet.
shoal spit projecting 0.2 mile NW. A rock, with less than 6 feet 118 A fishing boundary marker is on Huston Point.
(2 m) over it, is 0.13 mile offshore midway between this point Fishing boundary markers are on the east and west shores of
and Jedway Point. Several shoals are up to 0.3 mile offshore Huston Inlet about 1.2 miles SE of Sea Pigeon Island.
between Jedway and Kankidas Points. 119 A bank with above-water, drying and below-water
108 Elswa Rock (52°19'N, 131°16'W), which dries rocks on it fills most of the area between Boulder Island and
8 feet (2.4 m), lies almost in the middle of the passage south Low Black Rock. Boulder and Sea Pigeon Islands are fringed
of Bolkus Islands. Port bifurcation buoy “CE” marks Elswa by rocks and ledges, and a reef with less than 6 feet (2 m)
Rock. A shoal with 24 feet (7.3 m) over it is 0.2 mile ENE over it is 0.5 mile SE of Sea Pigeon Island. Shoals, drying
and a rock covered 20 feet (6.1 m) is 0.4 mile WSW of Elswa and below-water rocks are up to 0.3 mile offshore at the head
Rock. of the inlet.
 PAC 206
3-8 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

120 Anchorage is available in about Ḵ'iid Xyangs Ḵ'iidaay the streams are relatively weak and
12 fathoms (22 m) near the head of Huston seldom exceed 1½ kn.
Inlet. Small vessels can anchor in shallower depths nearer 126 Tangle Cove, on the west side of the south entrance
the head, but take care to avoid the shoals and rocks in the to G̱ aysiiG̱ as Ḵ'iidsii, is nearly filled with a drying mud flat.
vicinity. Caution. — During SE gales heavy squalls from the Two drying reefs, marked by kelp, are off the entrance and a
valley at the head of the inlet can be expected. rock that dries 10 feet (3 m) is in the entrance to the cove.
121 Slim Inlet (52°18'N, 131°19'W) is only 300 feet 127 Bag Harbour (52°21'N, 131°22'W) affords
(91 m) wide between the 3 fathom (5.5 m) lines and has a sheltered anchorage to small craft over mud bottom in
drying flat at its head. On the east side of the entrance, depths a basin near its head. A shoal with 18 feet (5.5 m) over it lies
of 9 to 36 feet (2.7 to 11 m) extend up to 0.5 mile offshore; on in the approach to the bay about 0.2 mile east of the entrance
the west side drying and below-water rocks extend 0.2 mile and a rock with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it lies 0.1 mile from
offshore. the head.
122 George Bay, at the west end of Skincuttle Inlet, is 128 Ḵ'iid Xyangs Ḵ'iidaay is known locally as Burnaby
almost filled with a drying mud flat, and its mouth is encum- Narrows. The navigable channel dries, is about 0.3 mile long
bered by reefs. Opposite the entrance to the bay, and almost and has three sharp bends. From the south end the fairway
midway between Huston Point and the south entrance to leads NE from the west to east shores then turns sharply NW
G̱ aysiiG̱ as Ḵ'iidsii, there are three shoals with depths of 30, leading to the west shore where it follows the west shore for a
31 and 36 feet (9.1, 9.4 and 11 m) over them. short distance before turning sharply NE which course leads to
the north end of the drying area. Vessels up to 70 feet (20 m)
long with a draught of 9 feet (2.7 m) are reported to regularly
G̱ aysiiG̱ as Ḵ'iidsii use the narrows, however, local knowledge is advised. Pas-
sage should be made on a rising tide, at half tide or better,
123 G̱ aysiiG̱ as Ḵ'iidsii (52°20'N, 131°20'W) leads north when most dangers can be seen. The bottom throughout the
between Burnaby and Moresby Islands into Juan Perez Sound narrows is rock.
(Chart 3808). The strait between its south entrance and Ḵ'iid 129 Beacon ranges. — Private daybeacon ranges (1985)
Xyangs Ḵ'iidaay is encumbered with numerous drying and mark the four ranges through Ḵ'iid Xyangs Ḵ'iidaay. Each set
below-water rocks, most of them marked by kelp, and is suit- of beacon ranges consist of two white posts driven into the
able only for small craft, navigated with great caution. banks. At the south end the daybeacon range on the east bank
124 A fishing boundary marker is on the east bank at marks the route NE leading from the west to east banks. Close
the south end of Ḵ'iid Xyangs Ḵ'iidaay. north of the first range beacons a daybeacon range on the
125 Tidal streams. — Limited observation in this east bank marks the route leading NW from the east to west
area indicates the tidal streams are very irregular in banks. Daybeacons to the north, on the west bank, mark the
both direction and strength and vary appreciably with spring route leading north along the west bank. A set of daybeacon
and neap tides and weather conditions in Hecate Strait. Within ranges on the west bank and another set on the east bank mark

ENTRANCE TO Ḵ'IID XYANGS Ḵ'IIDAAY LOOKING NORTH (1985)

 CHAPTER 3 3-9
Haida Gwaii — East Coast

the range leading NE to the north end of the drying channel. extends 0.3 mile SE. A Haida Gwaii Watchmen basecamp is
Note. — It is reported (1995) that only two daybeacon ranges on the south end of Huxley Island.
remain, one on each shore. 139 Tides. — Tidal differences for Section Cove (Index
130 Two abandoned cabins are on the east shore at the No. 9733), referenced on Rose Harbour, are given in the Tide
north end of Ḵ'iid Xyangs Ḵ'iidaay. North of the drying Tables, Volume 7.
bank, the channel widens and deepens gradually and is about 140 Anchorage can be obtained in Section Cove
0.3 mile wide abreast Dolomite Point (52°23'N, 131°22'W). A in 17 fathoms (31 m). A public mooring buoy is in
rock with 10 feet (3 m) over it is 0.2 mile north of Dolomite the cove.
Point. 141 The north part of G̱ aysiiG̱ as Ḵ'iidsii, north of Wan-
131 The entrance to Island Bay, west of Dolomite Point, derer Island, is deep and clear of dangers in the fairway.
is obstructed by several small islands and numerous above-
and below-water rocks. Entry should only be effected west of
these obstructions. The head of the bay is encumbered with Burnaby Island — East Side
several islets and rocks. The bottom is mainly mud, except
near the islets at the head of the bay, where it is gravel and 142 The east coast of Burnaby Island features a large
shells. indentation, which has Gid G̱ waa GyaaG̱ a GawG̱ a at its head.
132 Kat Island is wooded and has islets and rocks ex- The shore is rugged and fringed with drying rocky ledges
tending 0.4 mile north of it. The passage on the west side of extending up to 0.1 mile offshore.
Kat Island is foul and should not be attempted. 143 Howay Island (52°23'N, 131°16'W), in the approach
133 Limestone Rock (52°25'N, 131°23'W), which to Gid G̱ waa GyaaG̱ a GawG̱ a, is wooded and has moderately
dries 8 feet (2.4 m), and a rock that dries 3 feet (0.9 m) are steep-to shores that can be approached to about 0.1 mile.
0.8 mile east of Wanderer Point. Nomad Islet is connected 144 Sk’yaaw G̱awG̱ a, although free of off-lying dangers,
to the point by a drying bank. A narrow passage, available to is too deep and exposed for satisfactory anchorage.
small craft, separates Nomad Islet from the south extremity 145 Rebecca Point is the extremity of a peninsula, which
of Wanderer Island. is fringed with rocky ledges and drying, above- and below-
134 Centre Islet, Sels Islet and Park Island lie east, west water rocks up to 0.2 mile offshore. Extensive kelp is off the
and north of Wanderer Island. Haida Rock, which is awash, north shore. A shoal with 33 feet (10.1 m) over it is 0.4 mile
is west of Wanderer Island and several drying rocks lie up to north of the point.
0.1 mile off the shores of Wanderer Island. A 25 foot (7.6 m) 146 Gid G̱ waa GyaaG̱ a GawG̱ a is entered east of Reb-
shoal lies in mid-channel NNW of Sels Islet and drying reefs ecca Point. The shores on both sides of the inlet are generally
extend from both Sels Islet and Park Island. rugged with above-water and drying rocks close offshore in
135 A fishing boundary marker is on the Moresby places. About 1 mile SSW of Rebecca Point the fairway is
Island shore opposite the north end of Park Island. obstructed by a group of islets and rocks; a passage, about
136 Skaat Harbour is entered NW of Park Island. Islets 0.1 mile wide and suitable only for small vessels, exists on
and drying rocks are up to 0.2 mile off the shores at the head the NW side of the group.
of the harbour. 147 Fishing boundary markers are on both sides of the
137 Anchorage can be obtained in about inlet at the entrance and about 1 mile within.
12 fathoms (22 m), generally mud bottom, west of
Wanderer Island. Anchorage for medium sized vessels is
available in 12 fathoms (22 m), mud, about 0.6 mile from the Juan Perez Sound
head of the harbour. Small vessels can anchor in shallower
depths closer to shore. The anchorage at the head of the har-
Chart 3808
bour provides the best shelter from all but northerly winds.
138 Section Cove (52°25'N, 131°22'W) is sheltered to the 148 Juan Perez Sound (52°31'N, 131°25'W), entered
west by Section Island. The preferred channel leading into between Burnaby and Ramsay Islands, extends NW to Darwin
the cove from G̱ aysiiG̱ as Ḵ'iidsii leads between Koga Islet Sound, which continues NW to join the inner ends of the long
and Huxley Island. Koga Islet has shoal water extending ESE inlets extending west from Laskeek Bay (Chart 3807).
from its south end. A shoal ridge with a least depth of 18 feet 149 Tidal streams at Scudder Point are irregular
(5.5. m) is in the middle of Section Cove. The NE entrance in both direction and strength, but up to 3 kn has been
to the cove is obstructed by Nakons Islet, from which a reef encountered. Wind direction and force appear to affect the rate
with a rock with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it at its extremity considerably. Some turbulence can be expected in the vicinity
 PAC 206
3-10 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

of Scudder Point and overfalls have been encountered on the Point, 2.3 miles NW. Depths within the bay are irregular with
shallow banks lying 4 miles to the east. shoals in the SE part.
150 Within the sound the tidal streams become regular 164 Newberry Cove, west of Newberry Point, af-
and attain about 1 kn, the flood setting NW and the ebb SE. fords temporary anchorage for small vessels in about
151 Along the shore of Ramsay Island and in the passages 17 fathoms (31 m).
NW of it, tidal streams are regular at about 1 kn. 165 Matheson Inlet is entered between Abraham Point
152 Tides. — Tidal differences, referenced on Rose and Gottlob Point. A shoal is on the east side of the entrance
Harbour, are given for Section Cove (Index No. 9733) and and the inlet is obstructed by a bar with 2 feet (0.5 m) over
­Sedgwick Bay (Index No. 9753) in the Tide Tables, Volume 7. it 0.5 mile within the entrance. About 0.4 mile farther south
153 Scudder Point (52°27'N, 131°14'W), the NE extrem- the fairway is reduced to less than 300 feet (91 m) wide by
ity of Burnaby Island, is surrounded by drying rocky ledges drying banks on each side. The south portion of the inlet is
and shoals extending up to 0.4 mile offshore. Several rocks filled with a drying flat on which is a rock 3 feet (1.0 m) high.
that dry 2 to 12 feet (0.6 to 3.7 m) lie off the drying ledges 166 A private mooring buoy and ruins of a cabin
and a rock that dries 3 feet (0.9 m) is 0.2 mile offshore 1 mile are on the east shore 0.6 mile SW of Abraham Point.
south of Scudder Point. Large masses of kelp lie off the ledges. Matheson Inlet provides sheltered anchorage for small craft
154 A considerable width of comparatively low land near its head.
stretches back from Scudder Point with an open growth of 167 Fishing boundary markers are on Gottlob and
large but gnarled spruce trees. Abraham Points.
155 The north coast of Burnaby Island has several slight 168 Marshall Inlet has a rock that dries 8 feet (2.4 m)
indentations and is fringed by drying rocky ledges separated and a 13-foot (4-m) shoal, both marked by kelp, in the middle
by small beaches of coarse gravel. of its entrance. The inlet can be entered either side of the rock
156 Scudder Point light (773) is shown at an and shoal. Fishing boundary markers are on both sides of
elevation of 18 feet (5.6 m) from a skeleton tower. the inlet, 0.8 mile inside the entrance.
157 Saw Reef, 2 miles west of Scudder Point, is a large 169 Between Werner Point and Hutton Inlet, 2 miles NW,
rocky patch that dries with several above-water heads on it, the coast is rugged and fringed with shoal water and drying
the highest of which is 4 feet (1.2 m) high. reefs.
158 Off-lying banks with least depths of 12 and 170 Marco Island is separated from Moresby
14 fathoms (22 and 26 m) lie between 3 and 4 miles NNE Island by a passage, which is partially obstructed at
and east of Scudder Point (Chart 3853). its west end by an islet and drying rocks south and SW of it;
159 Alder Island (52°27'N, 131°19'W) is wooded and the passage is suitable for small craft but caution is required.
nearly flat. A wooded islet, a rock 12 feet (3.7 m) high and Marco Rock and extensive drying reefs are off the east end
three rocks that dry 12, 5 and 14 feet (3.7, 1.5 and 4.3 m) are of Marco Island.
up to 0.4 mile off the north shore. The passage south of Alder 171 Hutton Inlet (52°30'N, 131°33'W), entered
Island has shoal depths and should be used only by small craft. between Marco Island and Hutton Point, has Hutton
160 Huxley Island is bold and remarkable, rising steeply Island in the middle of its entrance. A shallow spit extending
from the beach on its east side. Several shoal areas with depths 0.2 mile north from Hutton Island has a rock that dries 14 feet
of 19 to 56 feet (5.8 to 17.1 m) are up to 0.5 mile off the east (4.3 m) at its extremity. The passage on the SE side of the
shore of the island. Close-off its NW point is a rock 3 feet island is obstructed by islets and drying rocks. Close SW of
(0.9 m) high with some drying rocks extending 0.1 mile SE Hutton Island the inlet narrows to less than 0.2 mile with shoal
of it. depths near mid-channel. Fishing boundary markers are
161 Arichika Island is 0.6 mile off the NE extremity of on both sides of Hutton Inlet, about 0.3 mile SW of Hutton
Huxley Island. Arichika Shoal, 0.4 mile NW, has a least depth Island. Anchorage for small vessels can be obtained in about
of 14 feet (4.3 m) over it. Monument Rock, midway between 7 fathoms (12.8 m), mud, 1 mile from the head of the inlet.
Arichika Shoal and Huxley Island, is bare and resembles a 172 Hoskins Islets, with drying rocks between them, are
pillar; two drying rocks are close SE of it. 0.8 mile NW of Hutton Point.
162 All Alone Stone (52°29'N, 131°24'W), a dome- 173 A large bight is between Hoskins Point (52°32'N,
shaped wooded island, is steep-to, conspicuous and forms a 131°34'W) and Darwin Point, 2.4 miles NW. Perez Shoal,
good mark for entry into G̱ aysiiG̱ as Ḵ'iidsii. A detached rock, with a least depth of 13 feet (4.1 m) and usually marked by
with 1 foot (0.3 m) over it, is about 300 feet (91 m) north of kelp, is 0.7 mile north of Hoskins Point; a 47 foot (14.3 m)
All Alone Stone. shoal is 0.3 mile farther NE.
163 Werner Bay (52°29'N, 131°27'W), on the SW side of 174 Sivart Island has drying and below-water rocks
Juan Perez Sound, is between Newberry Point and Werner close north and SW of it. Sivart Rock, 0.4 mile SW, dries
 CHAPTER 3 3-11
Haida Gwaii — East Coast

10 feet (3 m) and a rock with 15 feet (4.6 m) over it lies mid- with drying reefs and detached rocks. Numerous above-water
way between them. Two shoals with 35 and 34 feet (10.7 and rocks are scattered on the drying reefs and the shore is fringed
10.4 m) over them lie NW of Sivart Rock. with dense kelp.
175 Haswell Bay is entered between Hoskins Point 181 A bare islet, connected to shore by a drying reef,
and Sivart Island. A detached rock with 29 feet (8.8 m) over is about 1 mile north of Yadus Point, the east extremity of
it is 0.5 mile south of Sivart Island. The head of the bay is Ramsay Island. A rock with 17 feet (5.2 m) over it is about
obstructed by an islet connected to shore by a drying bank. 0.25 mile NE of the bare islet. A bank, with a least depth of
Fresh water is obtainable year round from the stream 1 mile 34 feet (10.4 m), is 1.3 miles east of Yadus Point.
SSW of Hoskins Point. The stream forms a small waterfall 182 Tatsung Rock, 1 mile south of Yadus Point, is bare
obscured by trees and is only visible when very close to shore. and has a shoal between it and shore with a least depth of 7 feet
The best approach is on the north side of the stream where (2.2 m) over it. Close west of Tatsung Rock, an islet, drying,
the shore is steep-to rock. above-and below-water rocks extend 0.3 mile offshore.
176 Haswell Bay affords good anchorage for 183 A rock that dries 6 feet (1.8 m) is 0.1 mile south of
small craft in 7 fathoms (12.8 m) near the head. Larger Crombie Point, the south extremity of Ramsay Island. The
vessels can anchor in 12 to 16 fathoms (22 to 29 m) about
south coast of Ramsay Island is high and rocky.
0.4 mile SSW of Sivart Island, but take care to avoid the
184 Ramsay Passage (52°34'N, 131°25'W) leads be-
dangers in the vicinity.
tween Ramsay Island on the SE and House and Hotspring
177 The approach to De la Beche Inlet (52°32'N,
Islands on the NW. Shoal banks lie in the eastern approach;
131°40'W) has irregular depths and is encumbered with dry-
the shoalest, with 31 feet (9.4 m) over it, is 1.2 miles NW of
ing and below-water rocks in the passages north and south
Andrew Point, the north extremity of Ramsay Island. Kloo
of De la Beche Island. A rock with 13 feet (4 m) over it and
marked by kelp and a 28 foot (8.5 m) shoal lie near mid- Rock, close-off Andrew Point, is 36 feet (11 m) high and bare.
channel north of the island. Entry should be attempted with Two rocks, one that dries 4 feet (1.2 m) and the other covered
caution and by small vessels only. The inlet is narrowest at less than 6 feet (2 m), are 0.4 mile east and 0.2 mile ESE,
its entrance where the fairway is reduced to about 0.1 mile respectively, from Kloo Rock. The passage is obstructed by
wide by islets and drying and below-water rocks extending two shoal fingers extending northward from Ramsay Island.
from the north side. The head of the inlet is narrow and foul. Rocks that dry 1 and 7 feet (0.3 and 2.1 m) and a rock with
178 Skittagetan Lagoon is on the NW side of the ap- less than 6 feet (2 m) over it are at the north end of the east
proach to the inlet. A rock with less than 6 feet (2 m) over finger. A 33 foot (10.1 m) shoal is 0.2 mile NW in the middle
it and a 33 foot (10.1 m) shoal lie in the approach and the of the passage. A rock with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it is
entrance is very narrow and almost filled with drying rocks. 0.3 mile SSW of Ramsay Point, the west extremity of the
179 The entrance to Sac Bay, on the south side of the island.
inlet, is very narrow and obstructed by drying, above- and 185 Ramsay Rocks, 0.9 mile west of Ramsay Point,
below-water rocks at its entrance. consist of a rock 21 feet (6.4 m) high, a rock awash, and
180 Ramsay Island (52°34'N, 131°22'W), at the NE several drying rocks.
entrance to Juan Perez Sound, is densely wooded with two 186 Anchorage in the coves on the SE side of
bold hills in its east part. The east and SE shores are fringed Ramsay Passage is only suitable for small craft. Public

APPROACH TO RAMSAY PASSAGE LOOKING SW (1985)

 PAC 206
3-12 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

LANDING BEACH AT HOTSPRING ISLAND (1985)

mooring buoys are in the cove on the east side of the promon- 191 Public mooring buoys are in the cove on the NW side
tory 1.3 miles SW of Andrew Point. of Murchison Island, 0.5 mile west of the 473 foot (144 m)
187 Hotspring Island and House Island, on the north hill. This cove is best entered from the NE; a rock with less
side of Ramsay Passage, have numerous islets, above-water than 6 feet (2 m) over it is in the entrance.
and drying rocks in their vicinity. A narrow passage, with a 192 Faraday Passage, between Faraday and Lyell
least depth of 4 feet (1.2 m) and some drying rocks, exists Islands, is not recommended, except for small vessels.
between the islands but is not recommended; it is reported that ­Kogangas Rock, which dries 4 feet (1.2 m), is in the middle
aircraft land in this passage. On the south side of Hotspring of the west entrance of the passage. A reef with a least depth
Island is the spring from which it derives its name. The land- of 18 feet (5.5 m) over it lies in the middle of the east entrance.
ing beach on the south side near the springs is easily identi- Two rocks with 12 and 13 feet (3.7 and 4 m) over them and
fied by the prominent cabins, which are change houses. One marked by kelp are 0.15 mile offshore on the south side of
cabin serves as a shelter for a hot tub. Two main pools have the passage.
been constructed, one hot and the other warm. There are also 193 Lyell Island forms the north side of Juan Perez
Sound, and is separated from Moresby Island by Darwin
several tubs and a picnic area. The spring water has a slight
Sound. The island is composed of hilly land, rising abruptly
smell of sulphuretted hydrogen and a barely perceptible saline
from the shore, attaining elevations in excess of 2,000 feet
taste. The site has been developed by Haida citizens who
(610 m) in its east part. It is densely wooded, and on the low
live in Skidegate. A Haida Gwaii Watchmen basecamp is on
land has some fine timber. The logged off slopes on the east
Hotspring Island. Boats usually land on the east side of the
side of the island make it conspicuous from Hecate Strait.
island, or in calm weather, on the beach on the south side of
194 Sedgwick Bay, which indents the south side of
the island, immediately in front of the main pool and picnic Lyell Island, is deep and free of dangers but too exposed for
site. secure anchorage as southerly winds draw directly up Juan
188 Vessels often anchor south of Hotspring Island; the Perez Sound. Sedgwick Point is at the west entrance. Fishing
holding ground is reported to be good, but it is exposed and boundary markers are on both sides of the bay, about 1 mile
encumbered with drying and below-water rocks. NW of Sedgwick Point and Kogangas Rock. A logging road
189 The passage between Hotspring Island and on the east side of the bay descends to the beach near a stream
­Murchison Island (52°35'N, 131°27'W) is obstructed at the entrance, about 3 miles NW of Kogangas Rock. Some bare
east end by above-water rocks on a drying reef and a rock logging slopes are on the east side of the bay.
with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it. The west end has a rock 195 Tides. — Tidal differences for Sedgwick Bay (Index
that dries 3 feet (0.9 m) surrounded by shoal water in mid- No. 9753), referenced on Rose Harbour, are given in the Tide
channel. Two shoals with 29 and 23 feet (8.8 and 7 m) over Tables, Volume 7.
them are 0.2 mile off the west coast of Murchison Island. 196 Bischof Islands (52°35'N, 131°34'W), consisting of
190 Faraday Island is separated from Murchison Island one large and several small islands, all wooded, together with
by a passage blocked by above-water and drying rocks. numerous above-water and drying rocks, lie off Richardson
 CHAPTER 3 3-13
Haida Gwaii — East Coast

Point, the SW extremity of Lyell Island. The largest island about 0.1 mile SE of the previously-described rock, has 6 feet
has a conspicuous dome-shaped hill, 285 feet (87 m) high, (1.9 m) of water over it. The inlet narrows to about 100 feet
in its SW part. A 20 foot (8.8 m) shoal is 0.2 mile ESE of the (31 m) about 0.6 mile within the entrance, where the least
southern island. The passage between Bischof Islands and depth is 5 feet (1.5 m). Tidal streams in the narrows attain
Lyell Island is deep and free of dangers in the fairway. 2 to 4 kn. Passage through the narrows is advised only for
197 Beresford Inlet is about 300 feet (91 m) wide with small craft at or near HW slack. Sheltered anchorage can be
a rock that dries 2 feet (0.6 m) at its narrowest part, which obtained in about 4 fathoms (7.3 m) off the sandy beach at
is almost completely blocked by above-water and drying
the head of the inlet.
rocks. A rock, with 7 feet (2.1 m) over it and marked by kelp,
206 Fishing boundary markers are on Bigsby Point
is 0.3 mile SE of the east entrance point of Beresford Inlet.
and on the south shore at the entrance to the inlet.
Entry should be attempted with caution, by small craft only,
at or near HW. 207 Fresh water can be obtained at HW from a stream
198 Tidal streams attain 2 to 3 kn in the narrowest flowing from a lake into the SW corner of an unnamed cove
part of Beresford Inlet; slack water occurs about the about 1 mile NW of Bigsby Point.
times of HW and LW. 208 Bigsby Inlet, entered south of Jeremiah Point, ex-
199 A fishing boundary marker is on the east shore of tends between high, wooded mountains, precipitous in places.
the inlet about 0.3 mile inside the entrance. There are no dangers in the fairway but depths are too great
for anchorage.
209 Two rocks with 39 and 36 feet (11.9 and 11 m) over
Darwin Sound them are 0.5 mile ESE and 0.4 mile NE of Finger Point in
Darwin Sound.
Charts 3808, 3807 Charts 3808, 3807
200 Darwin Sound (52°37'N, 131°40'W), entered be- 210 Shuttle Island (52°40'N, 131°42'W), which is
tween Darwin Point and Richardson Point, is bounded to
wooded, has a dome-shaped appearance from the south. There
the east by Lyell and Richardson Islands and to the west by
are navigable channels on both sides of the island. A rock that
Moresby Island. The sound extends about 13 miles NW. Its
dries 2 feet (0.6 m) with rocks covered less than 6 feet (2 m)
west side is indented by several inlets and coves. Navigation
of the sound presents no difficulties and it can be used by deep extend up to 0.35 mile off the south end of Shuttle Island. A
draught vessels. 30 foot (9.1 m) shoal is 0.2 mile ESE of the SE point of the
201 Tidal streams. — The flood stream flows up island.
Darwin Sound from the south into the various inlets, 211 Hoya Passage, on the west side of Shuttle Island, is
and then east through Richardson and Logan Inlets. The ebb narrowed to about 0.2 mile at its south end by two shoal rocks
stream sets in the reverse manner. The tidal streams attain and again near its north end by a shoal and a drying rock, all
2 kn in the fairway abreast Shuttle Island. on the west side of the fairway.
Chart 3808
212 Public mooring buoys are in a cove on the west side
of Hoya Passage, 0.5 mile within the north entrance. Fresh
202 Fishing boundary markers are on Darwin Point water is obtainable from two hoses, at a concrete float on the
(52°34'N, 131°37'W) and Richardson Point. north side of the cove.
203 Darwin Point light (774), 0.7 mile NW of 213 Shuttle Passage, on the east side of Shuttle Island,
the point, is shown at an elevation of 42 feet (12.9 m)
is preferable, as its fairway is wider. The least depth in the
from a white tower, 43 feet (13 m) high.
passage is 57 feet (17.4 m) over a small bank in the middle
204 Stevenson Cove, on the west side close within the
of the south entrance.
entrance of the sound, is too deep and confined to provide
214 Lyell Bay (52°39'N, 131°39'W) is foul at
satisfactory anchorage, except for small craft near the head.
An islet is about 0.1 mile north of the east entrance point with the head. A scrub-covered islet about 20 feet (6.1 m)
a rock awash between it and the point. high, cone shaped and a good landmark is 0.25 mile NW of
205 Kostan Inlet (52°35'N, 131°41'W) the west entrance point of the bay. An 18 foot (5.5 m) shoal
is entered between Kostan Point and Bigsby marked by kelp is 0.1 mile farther NW. Shoals, with depths
Point. Foul ground extends 0.13 mile SE from Bigsby Point. of 31 and 18 feet (9.4 and 5.5 m), lie in the entrance north of
A rock with 8 feet (2.4 m) over it lies in the middle of the the west entrance point. The bay affords anchorage for small
fairway about 0.5 mile within the entrance; another rock, vessels in about 15 fathoms (27 m) about 0.5 mile from the
 PAC 206
3-14 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

head. This anchorage is not recommended during SE gales 225 McEchran Cove, on the south side of Klunkwoi
as the wind draws strongly through it from Beresford Inlet. Bay, is encumbered by Raven Island and an unnamed island,
with shoal water between them and the east shore, and also
Chart 3807
by rocks extending off the west shore close to the head. Reefs
215 Topping Islands (52°40'N, 131°41'W) have 15.5 m extend north and south from the unnamed island. McEchran
in the middle of the passage between them, and foul ground Cove is not recommended as an anchorage.
between the east island and the Lyell Island shore. A 10.4 m 226 Anna Inlet, at the head of Klunkwoi Bay, has
shoal is 0.2 mile NW of the west island. An unnamed island, an islet connected to the west shore by a drying bank
with drying rocks close SE and NW of it, is on the east side in its entrance. The passage on the east side of this islet is
of Shuttle Passage 0.5 mile NW of Topping Islands. about 61 m wide with a least depth in the fairway of 10.7 m.
216 A rock 2 m high is 0.2 mile off the north point of Sheltered anchorage for small craft is available near the head
Shuttle Island (52°40'N, 131°42'W) and a rock that dries 2.4 m in about 15 m, mud bottom.
lies between it and the point. A detached rock with 9.1 m over 227 A fishing boundary marker is on the east entrance
it is 0.3 mile farther north. A drying bank of boulders and point to Anna Inlet.
shingle, with shoal water close around, projects 0.15 mile 228 Crescent Inlet, entered between Crescent
from the Lyell Island shore 0.9 mile NE from the north point Point (52°45'N, 131°48'W) and Triumph Point,
of Shuttle Island. lies between steep wooded mountains and has considerable
217 Shuttle Reef, in the middle of Darwin Sound north stretches of beach. Redtop Mountain, 2.5 miles north of the
of Shuttle Island, has above-water, drying and below-water
head of Crescent Inlet, is partially bare and the most conspicu-
rocks on or near it, some marked by kelp. The passages on
ous peak in the vicinity. The inlet narrows considerably about
both sides of the reef are clear of dangers.
2.5 miles within the entrance. A mud flat with a stream flowing
218 Echo Harbour (52°42'N, 131°46'W) is
through it extends about 0.5 mile from the head of the inlet.
entered between Amur Point and Echo Point. The
Anchorage can be obtained in 12 to 16 m, mud bottom, in the
harbour is backed by hills which, toward the head, rise to
basin SW of the narrows. Small craft can obtain anchorage in
rugged mountains. A rock with 4.6 m over it is in the outer
part of the entrance and a rock that dries 1.2 m is close-off about 8 m about 0.1 mile NW of the mud flat at the head.
Amur Point. The channel abreast Amur Point is about 91 m
wide between abrupt rocky shores. At the head of the harbour
there is a steep-to drying mud flat and a narrow grassy beach
Lyell Island — East Side
at the HW line. The harbour affords good anchorage for small
vessels in about 14 m near the head; the bottom is soft mud Charts 3808, 3807
and good holding ground.
229 Gogit Passage (52°40'N, 131°26'W) separates a
219 Gil Islet, 0.5 mile NW of Echo Point, is wooded
chain of small islands, about 5 miles long, from Lyell Island.
and connected to shore by a drying boulder bank. A drying
bank with two rocks that dry 3 m on it extends about 137 m The fairway is narrowed considerably by rocks and shoals.
offshore, 0.25 mile SE of the islet. The passages between the islands of the chain should be used
220 Klunkwoi Bay is between Bent Tree Point with caution only by small vessels.
(52°43'N, 131°48'W) and Crescent Point, 1.4 miles north. Chart 3808
The former locality Lockeport is on the west side of the bay;
all that remains are a few piles cut off near the LW mark. 230 Agglomerate Island (52°38'N, 131°25'W) has islets,
221 A fishing boundary marker is on Bent Tree Point. above-water, drying and below-water rocks lying off its south
222 Klunkwoi Rocks consist of two rocks about 0.35 extremity. Three shoals, two with 20 feet (6.1 m) over them
and 0.5 mile north of Bent Tree Point. The south rock dries and the other with a depth of 26 feet (7.9 m), are off the west
0.3 m and the north rock is 3 m high with a concrete base of side of Agglomerate Island. The south end of Gogit Passage
a former daybeacon on it. narrows to about 0.25 mile wide between these shoals and
223 Morgan Rock, with less than 2 m over it, is 0.3 mile Agglomerate Island.
NE of Bent Tree Point and a rock that dries 1.5 m is close-off 231 Kawas Islets have drying, above- and below-water
the point. Commodore Rock, 0.1 mile off the west shore of rocks extending up to 0.2 mile off them.
Klunkwoi Bay, has a depth of less than 2 m over it. 232 Tar Rock, 0.5 mile north of Kawas Islets, is 10 feet
224 Klunkwoi Bay is best approached between Klunkwoi (3 m) high and bare. A rock covered less than 6 feet (2 m) and
Rocks and the NW shore. marked by kelp is 0.1 mile SW of Tar Rock and two shoals
 CHAPTER 3 3-15
Haida Gwaii — East Coast

with depths of 26 and 32 feet (7.9 and 9.8 m) lie 0.15 mile and marked by kelp, is 0.8 mile west of Dodge Point and
NE and 0.2 mile WSW, respectively, from it. 0.3 mile offshore.
Charts 3808, 3807

233 Tar Islands (52°40'N, 131°25'W) so named Laskeek Bay

from a report by First Nations that, on one of them, a
tar-like substance oozes between stones on the beach. These 240 Laskeek Bay is the wide indentation between Dodge
islands and islets are a scattered group with numerous drying Point and Vertical Point (52°54'N, 131°37'W), 11 miles NNW.
and below-water rocks between and up to 0.4 mile off them. It is the approach to Atli, Richardson, Logan, Dana and Selwyn
The north and south islands of the group are wooded; the Inlets.
west extremity of the group is marked by a bare rock 13 feet 241 Lost Islands, 3.8 miles north of Dodge Point, consist
(4 m) high and a rock that dries 10 feet (3 m). A bare rock of three islands, two of which are wooded, and several small
islet, 38 feet (12 m) high, with drying and below-water rocks islets and rocks. A rock that dries 0.3 m is close SE of the
extending 0.2 mile NNW and south of it is about 0.5 mile islands.
west of the south Tar Island. Abeam this rock and extending 242 Reef Island (52°52'N, 131°31'W) is wooded and
eastward from Lyell Island is a wide shoal finger, with 5 to cliffy in places on its south side. Three fingers of islets, dry-
6 fathoms (9 to 11 m) over it, which could afford temporary ing, above- and below-water rocks extend up to 0.6 mile SE
anchorage in fine weather. Several shoals with depths of from the SE shore.
21 to 30 feet (6.4 to 9.1 m) are just to the north. Kelp grows 243 South Low Island, 1.8 miles NW of Reef Island,
profusely in this area. has a rock 4 m high close-off its NW point, connected to it
by a drying reef. A rock that dries 5.5 m is close north of the
Chart 3807
island.
234 The coast of Lyell Island, from about 1 mile SW of
Charts 3807, 3894
Gogit Point (52°41'N, 131°26'W) to Fuller Point, is indented
and fringed with rocky ledges and drying and below-water 244 Low Island (52°55'N, 131°32'W) is wooded and has
rocks on which masses of kelp are present during the summer. rocks that dry 5.8 and 5.5 m close-off its SE and east sides.
In several places, there are islets on the drying reefs. Windy The west side of the island is steep-to. An islet is close NW
Bay is encumbered with drying and below-water rocks and of Low Island, joined to it by a drying ridge.
thick kelp. A Haida Gwaii Watchmen basecamp is in Windy 245 Low Island light (775), on the islet close-off
Bay. the north end of the island, is shown at an elevation
235 A group of three rocks, the highest of which dries of 16.8 m from a white tower.
2.7 m, is 0.3 mile east of Gogit Point; the group can be passed 246 Vertical Point (52°54'N, 131°37'W) is a nar-
on either side. A bank with a least depth of 9.4 m is about row peninsula projecting from the SE side of Louise
0.7 mile ENE of Gogit Point. Island. It is remarkable for the shape of the beds of limestone,
236 Skaga Island, 1.9 miles east of Gogit Point, has a in excess of 91 m thick, of which it is composed. Limestone
few stunted trees and some scrub on its summit and is steep-to Islands are NE of the point. The channel between the point
on all sides. and the islands is foul, and a tide race is formed in it by the
237 Tuft Islets, three in number and connected by drying south-going tidal stream.
reefs, are 1 mile NW of Skaga Island. The south and high- 247 A group of widely separated rocks that dry from 0.3
est islet has a few trees and some scrub on its summit; the to 1.4 m, with below-water rocks in the close vicinity, lie in
remainder are bare. the middle of the passage between South Low Island and the
238 Flatfish Bank (52°43'N, 131°18'W) (Chart 3853), east Limestone Island.
with a least depth of 39 fathoms (71 m), lies between 4 and
Chart 3807
6 miles east of Fuller Point.
239 An unnamed promontory is 0.3 mile ESE of Dodge 248 Kunga Island (52°46'N, 131°34'W), on the south
Point (52°44'N, 131°29'W). A beach of shingle and boulders side of Laskeek Bay, is a good landmark for making the en-
fringes the shore for about 1 mile SE of this promontory. trance of the bay. Its shores are fringed with rocky reefs with
Depths decrease gradually up to the beach, off which there is detached rocks and shoal water up to 0.2 mile offshore. Kelo
considerable kelp. A steep-to rock covered 6.7 m and marked Rocks extend 0.25 mile from the SE point of Kunga Island.
by kelp, with a 6.7 m shoal 0.3 mile north, are 1.5 miles east of A ridge of above- and below-water rocks extends from the
Dodge Point. A reef with a rock that dries 0.9 m in its middle middle of the south side of the island. A detached rock, with
extends 0.7 mile NE of Dodge Point. A rock, that dries 5.5 m 7.6 m over it, is 1.1 miles NE of Kelo Rocks.
 PAC 206
3-16 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

APPROACH TO DANA AND LOGAN INLETS LOOKING SW (1985)

249 Nob Rock, 5 m high, bare and steep-to, is about recommended as there is insufficient swinging space where
0.9 mile NE of Kunga Island. From some directions it has depths are suitable.
the appearance of a submarine on the surface.
250 Titul Island, off the north shore of Kunga Island, Richardson Inlet
has low limestone cliffs. A rock that dries 5.8 m is close-off
258 Richardson Inlet (52°44'N, 131°40'W) entered
the south point of the island.
between Tsinga Point and Kelo Rocks leads 5 miles west
251 Klue Passage, entered east of Klue Point, leads
between Kunga and Tanu Islands on the north and the NW
between Kunga Island and Tanu Island. Tanu Rock, on the
part of Lyell Island on the south. Richardson Island is at
west side of the passage, dries 0.9 m and has foul ground
its western end. At Skudas Point and Tanu Point, the inlet
marked by kelp extending 0.15 mile north and SSE from
it. About 0.3 mile SW of Tanu Rock, a rocky ledge with separates into two passages leading to Darwin Sound and
below-water rocks close-off it extends 0.1 mile off the shore Logan Inlet.
of Tanu Island. A clearing, close by this ledge, was the site 259 Kul Rocks are 1 mile inside the entrance and 0.5 mile
of the former First Nation village Tanu. The village, when off the south shore. They consist of two large above-water
abandoned in 1887, had numerous totem poles. A Haida Gwaii rocks and some drying and below-water rocks. The highest
Watchmen basecamp is at the NE end of the island. rock has a few stunted trees and some scrub on its summit.
Stansung Islets, close SW, extend 0.3 mile from the south
Atli Inlet shore. Dog Island, 0.5 mile farther west, is wooded. A rock
1 m high is 0.1 mile off the north shore and 1.3 miles west of
252 Atli Inlet (52°43'N, 131°37'W) is entered east of
Klue Point.
Tsinga Point and Ustas Point. An islet with a rock that dries
260 Richardson Passage leads SW from
5.2 m close SE is just off Ustas Point.
­Richardson Inlet between Lyell and Richardson
253 Powrivco Bay is on the south side of the
Islands into Darwin Sound. An islet and a rock that dries 5.5 m,
entrance to Atli Inlet. A shoal 6.7 m deep, marked by
kelp, is on the east side of the entrance. Foul ground, con- NW of Lyell Point, narrow the passage to less than 0.1 mile
sisting of cables from former logging operations, is reported wide. The passage should be used only by small craft. Tidal
near the head of the bay. Anchorage is not recommended. streams of considerable strength are encountered in the nar-
254 Beljay Bay, the west arm of Atli Inlet, is entered row portion of the passage. Fishing boundary markers are
between Powrivco Point and Beljay Point. on Lyell Point and the south extremity of Richardson Island.
255 A conspicuous landslide is on the north side of the 261 Tanu Passage leads between Richardson and Tanu
inlet abreast Beljay Point. Fishing boundary markers are Islands into Logan Inlet; it is deep and free of dangers in the
on Powrivco Point and on the point 0.8 mile SE. fairway. The NE shore between Tanu Point and Stalkungi
256 Takelley Cove is the head of Atli Inlet. Cove, 1.8 miles NW, is fringed with boulders and shingle
257 Vessels of moderate size can obtain anchor- extending up to 91 m offshore. Stalkungi Cove is free of
age in Takelley Cove in about 42 m, mud, about dangers within it, but a rock that dries 5.2 m is close south of
0.2 mile from the head, or in Beljay Bay in about 46 m, about the west entrance point. Stalkungi Point is the north entrance
0.25 mile from the head. Anchorage in Powrivco Bay is not point of Tanu Passage.
 CHAPTER 3 3-17
Haida Gwaii — East Coast

ENTRANCE TO LOGAN INLET (1985)

ENTRANCE TO DANA INLET (1985)

Logan Inlet 264 Helmet Island and the islet close SE of it are both
dome-shaped and make conspicuous landmarks when ap-
262 Logan Inlet (52°47'N, 131°40'W), on the north side
of Tanu Island, connects with Darwin Sound between Triumph proaching Dana or Logan Inlets. Take care not to mistake this
Point and Kwun Point, the north extremity of Richardson island for Flower Pot Island, as from most points of view the
Island. Flower Pot Island, in the east entrance to Logan Inlet, narrow passage between Helmet Island and the islet is not
has a dome-shaped summit and is a conspicuous landmark seen. Dwight Rock, with a depth of 5.2 m, is on the north side
when approaching from seaward. Take care not to mistake it of the fairway, near the entrance; a large kelp patch covers the
for Helmet Island in the entrance to Dana Inlet. A rock that area. McGee Point, 2.8 miles WSW, is the south extremity
dries 0.9 m and a 9.8-m shoal are 0.2 mile east and another of Talunkwan Island.
9.8-m shoal is 0.3 mile SE of Flower Pot Island. An islet, from 265 Dana Passage (52°50'N, 131°50'W) leads from Dana
which a drying ledge extends nearly 0.1 mile NW, is close-
Inlet between Talunkwan and Moresby Islands into the SW
off the south shore 1.4 miles WSW from Flower Pot Island.
part of Selwyn Inlet. The fairway has a minimum width of
When entering the inlet pass north of Flower Pot Island and
about 91 m with a least depth of 9.1 m. Beatrice Shoal, with
keep in mid-channel.
a least depth of 3.7 m over it, is almost in mid-channel at the
Dana Inlet north end of the passage and is connected to the south shore
by shoal water. Apart from this shoal there are no dangers in
263 Dana Inlet (52°48'N, 131°43'W), entered north of
Porter Head, the east end of Tangil Peninsula, is bounded the fairway, and the passage can be navigated by small vessels
on the north by Talunkwan Island. The inlet leads to Dana by keeping in mid-channel until the south shore of Pacofi Bay
Passage and Selwyn Inlet. The shores are high and bold, and begins to open up, then favour the east shore to pass east of
the fairway is deep with gradual shallowing at its west end. Beatrice Shoal. The passage is best navigated at or near HW.
 PAC 206
3-18 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

APPROACH TO SELWYN INLET LOOKING SW (1985)

Selwyn Inlet 0.25 mile east from Harbridge Point, the north extremity of
Talunkwan Island.

Charts 3807, 3894 Chart 3811

266 Selwyn Inlet, entered north of Heming Head 273 Thurston Harbour (52°50'N, 131°44'W) is sheltered
(52°50'N, 131°39'W), trends 6 miles west to Kilmington to the north by a peninsula of which Thompson Point is the
Point, on its north side, then NW to join Carmichael Passage, SE extremity. A rock that dries 2 feet (0.6 m) is 0.6 mile from
the head, close-off a drying bank extending 0.1 mile from the
which leads into Cumshewa Inlet.
south shore.
267 Tides. — Tidal differences for Pacofi Bay (Index
274 Good anchorage can be obtained in about
No. 9775), referenced on Rose Harbour, are given in the Tide
16 fathoms (29 m), mud, about 0.25 mile SE of
Tables, Volume 7. Thompson Point, or in about 13 fathoms (24 m), 0.2 mile SW
Chart 3807 of the same point. Small craft can anchor in about 10 fathoms
(18.3 m) 0.5 mile west of Thompson Point.
268 The coast of Louise Island between Vertical Point 275 Rockfish Harbour (52°53'N, 131°48'W), entered
(53°54'N, 131°37'W) and Nelson Point, 2 miles SW, is rugged north of Alfred Point on the south side of Louise Island,
and irregular, with numerous drying and below-water rocks is sheltered to the south by comparatively low land. Rocky
close offshore. A rock with 8.2 m over it and marked by kelp ledges extend a short distance from both sides of the entrance,
is 0.3 mile NE of Nelson Point. The head of the bay entered and foul ground, with rocks above and below water, extends a
west of Vertical Point is foul. short distance from Alfred Point. The shores of the harbour are
269 Breaker Bay, south of Nelson Point, is too exposed fringed with sand and shingle beaches which, on the north side
to SE to provide satisfactory anchorage. A detached reef with near the head, extend up to 450 feet (137 m) offshore. Low,
10.4 m over it is in the north part of the bay and numerous light coloured cliffs on the north side make a good landmark
drying rocks are in the south part of the bay. for identifying the harbour entrance.
270 Haswell Island (52°52'N, 131°41'W), the north 276 Small vessels can obtain anchorage in
­Rockfish Harbour in 9 to 12 fathoms (16 to 22 m)
entrance point of Selwyn Inlet, is joined to Dass Point by a
about 0.5 mile from the head. It is not recommended except
shoal ridge. Shoal depths extend 0.1 mile off the north, NE
as a fair weather anchorage.
and SE sides of the island. Kingsway Rock, which is 10 m
high and bare, and a rock covered less than 2 m, marked by Chart 3807
kelp, are about 0.5 mile east of Haswell Island. A 6.1 m shoal, 277 Between Alfred Point and Kilmington Point, about
marked by kelp, is 0.2 mile south of Kingsway Rock. 1.5 miles SW, drying and below-water rocks are within
271 Haswell Island light (776), on the south ex- 0.1 mile of the shore.
tremity of the island, is shown at an elevation of 8.2 m 278 The SW arm of Selwyn Inlet (52°51'N, 131°50'W) is
from a skeleton tower. entered SE of Selwyn Point. A rock with less than 2 m over
272 Procter Rocks (52°52'N, 131°45'W) consist of an it is 0.8 mile SE of Selwyn Point, close-off the NW part of
above-water rock, drying and below-water rocks extending Talunkwan Island.
 CHAPTER 3 3-19
Haida Gwaii — East Coast

279 Selwyn Point light (777) is shown at an eleva- head. The bay is suitable only for small craft. An abandoned
tion of 5.2 m from a skeleton tower. log dump is on the south side of the bay.
280 Cecil Cove is entered 0.5 mile SW of Selwyn Point. 290 A fishing boundary marker is on the north entrance
A 6.7 m shoal is on the south side of the entrance to the cove. point to Trotter Bay.
Fishing boundary markers are on both shores at the entrance 291 Selwyn Rocks (52°54'N, 131°52'W), a reef of drying
to Cecil Cove. and below-water rocks, are on the east side of the fairway.
281 Anchorage for small craft is obtainable in Traynor Creek flows into the bay close SE of Selwyn Rocks.
11 to 13 m near the drying flat fronting Big Goose
Creek. Chart 3894

292 Sewell Inlet (52°53'N, 131°57'W) is entered

Chart 3811
south of Sewell Point. Both shores are fringed with
282 Pacofi Bay is entered south of Alford Point shallow water and beaches of shingle and boulders that ex-
(52°51'N, 131°52'W). A rock that dries 15 feet (4.6 m) lies tend up to 91 m offshore. At the head, the inlet narrows to
0.1 mile ENE of Alford Point. A drying ledge with Alford 0.2 mile wide between a drying shingle spit projecting from
Rock on it extends east from the point. Swinburne Islet is a low point on the north shore and a drying mud bank, with
close offshore on a drying bank about 0.2 mile SW of Alford a low wooded islet on it, extending from the south shore. A
Point. Both the north and south shores of the bay are fringed shoal with 6.4 m over it is near the middle of the inlet. Sewell
with boulder drying banks up to 300 feet (91 m) offshore. At Logging Camp, on the south side of the inlet near the head,
the head, a stream flows through a drying flat with scattered has a wharf and float protected by a breakwater (1985).
boulders, which extends about 0.15 mile offshore and covers There is a post office (V0T 1V0), a school, recreation centre
at half tide. and telephone facilities. No fresh water or fuel is available,
283 Fishing boundary markers are on both shores at except for emergencies. Three oil tanks are conspicuous.
the entrance to Pacofi Bay. A logging road across Moresby Island connects the camp
284 McConnachie Shoal, with a least depth of 17 feet with the head of Newcombe Inlet in Tasu Sound on the west
(5.2 m) over it, lies near the middle of Pacofi Bay and can be coast. Transportation is by water through Louise Narrows to
passed on either side but the passage to the north is recom- Moresby Camp in Gillatt Arm and then by road to Sandspit.
mended. A shoal, close-off the shore to the SSE, has a least A private mooring buoy lies at the head of the inlet, however,
depth of 12 feet (3.7 m). this area is a booming ground generally filled with logbooms.
285 Amur Rock, with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it, 293 Anchorage in 27 to 30 m, mud, can be ob-
Locke Shoal, with a rock that dries 1 foot (0.3 m) at its SW tained in the middle of the fairway about 1 mile from
end, and a rock with 3 fathoms (5.5 m) over it, almost fill the the head.
south side of Pacofi Bay near the head. A narrow passage south 294 Lagoon Inlet (52°56'N, 131°55'W) is approached
of Locke Shoal leads to the site of the abandoned settlement north of Sewell Point. A rock with 7 m over it is 0.3 mile
Pacofi where a fishing lodge is now located. north of Sewell Point. The shores of the inlet are fringed
286 Tides. — Tidal differences for Pacofi Bay (Index with shingle and boulder beaches. Two shoals with depths of
No. 9775), referenced on Rose Harbour, are given in the Tide 8.5 and 5.5 m over them lie in the middle of the inlet near the
Tables, Volume 7. head. A very narrow obstructed passage about 1.5 miles within
287 Anchorage can be obtained in Pacofi Bay the entrance leads to a lagoon with an extensive drying flat at
about 0.15 mile off the drying flat at the head in 9 to its head. Tidal rapids are formed in the narrows and entry to
12 fathoms (17 to 22 m), with the SE side of Swinburne Islet the lagoon should be effected only by small craft at HW slack,
in line with Alford Point, bearing 042°, and the extremity which occurs at about the same time as HW at Prince Rupert.
of the land on the SW side of the entrance of Dana Passage A rock 2 m high, with a drying rock close WNW, are 0.2 mile
bearing 097°. ESE of the narrows. The ruins of an abandoned cannery are in
a small bight south of the entrance to the lagoon at the mouth
Chart 3807
of Dass Creek.
288 The NW arm of Selwyn Inlet is entered between 295 Lagoon Inlet affords anchorage in 48 m,
Kilmington Point (52°52'N, 131°49'W) and Selwyn Point mud, about 0.5 mile within the entrance, or in 29 m,
1 mile east. mud, about 0.3 mile east of the cannery ruins. Small craft can
289 Trotter Bay, 1.8 miles NW of Selwyn Point, has an obtain anchorage within the lagoon in 12 to 18 m but caution
8.5 m shoal in its south approach, a rock with less than 2 m should be observed as heavy squalls can be expected from
over it in the middle of its entrance and a drying bank at its the valley at the head during periods of bad weather.
 PAC 206
3-20 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

LOUISE NARROWS SOUTH ENTRANCE (1985)

Carmichael Passage east of the wooded islet inside the narrows. At HW the west
side of this islet could be mistaken as a passage. Bends in the
296 Carmichael Passage leads from the north end of channel obscure vision of approaching traffic.
Selwyn Inlet to the west end of Cumshewa Inlet between 300 A dredged channel 12 m wide was made in 1967 and
mountains rising steeply from its shores. Vessels up to 24 m redredged in 1981. The channel is reported to be reduced to
long drawing 3.7 m use the passage, but local knowledge is 9 m wide (1997). The least depth is 0.3 m, abeam the wooded
advised. islet. The optimum time to transit Louise Narrows is on the
297 In the south approach to the passage, a rock with rising tide when the top of the drying banks are just visible
4.3 m over it is 0.1 mile off the east entrance point, and a rock and the edge of the channel is well defined.
that dries 2.2 m is on the west side of the fairway, 0.3 mile NW. 301 Tidal streams. — The flood stream enters
A rock, 2.4 m high, on the east side of the fairway, is connected Carmichael Passage from north and south and flows
to the drying bank at the south entrance to Louise Narrows. at a comparatively low rate until the drying bank in Louise
About 1 mile north of the narrows the fairway is reduced to Narrows is covered. After this, due to a slight hydraulic gradi-
less than 0.1 mile wide, first by a gravel bank protruding from ent, the flow is entirely south up to 3 kn, gradually decreasing
the west shore and then by a rock, 1.7 m high, connected to as HW slack is approached. With the falling tide the stream
the east shore by a drying bank. A detached rock that dries flows north until the bank in Louise Narrows uncovers, after
0.2 m is close SW of this islet. North of this restriction the which there is a slight stream north of the bank but very little
passage widens and deepens gradually toward its junction south of it.
with Cumshewa Inlet. 302 A starboard hand daybeacon is at the south entrance
298 A fishing boundary marker is on the Moresby to Louise Narrows. A port hand daybeacon, on the north
Island shore at the south end of Carmichael Passage. end of the wooded islet midway through the narrows, faces
299 Louise Narrows (52°57'N, 131°54'W), the narrow southbound traffic only. The upstream direction for aids to
drying section of Carmichael Passage, is about 0.8 mile long. navigation is when proceeding north.
Except for a dredged channel, the narrows is filled with shingle 303 Mabbs Islet, close-off the NW point of Louise
and stones that dry as much as 2.3 m. This channel passes ­Island, is steep-to. A rock with 11.7 m over it is in mid-channel
 CHAPTER 3 3-21
Haida Gwaii — East Coast

LOUISE NARROWS LOOKING NORTH (NEAR NORTH END) (1985)

0.2 mile SW of the islet, and a drying rocky ledge extends Inlet. Several shoals with depths between 16.5 and 18.3 m
about 0.2 mile north from the south side of an indentation are within 3 miles east and SE of the bank.
about 0.8 mile SSE and a 3.9 m shoal is 0.4 mile west. A rock 307 Skedans Islands (52°57'N, 131°34'W) have
with a depth of 1.5 m over it is 0.1 mile NNE of Mabbs Islet. above-water rocks and shallow water between them.
304 Nedden Island is 0.6 mile SSE of Barge Point. A A rock that dries 2.7 m is 0.4 mile ESE off the south Skedans
rock 1.8 m high is close-off its north side, and a rock that dries Island and a rock with 4.4 m over it is 0.4 mile SW of the
4.5 m is close west of its south extremity. Between Barge Point islands. A navigable passage, 0.3 mile wide, leads between
and a position about 0.5 mile south several drying rocks are the west island and the islet SSE of Skedans Point through
which the tidal streams form a race.
up to 0.2 mile offshore. A rock with 3.4 m over it is 0.3 mile
308 Skedans Bay, SE of Skedans Islands, has an exten-
SW and a rock with 4.2 m over it is 0.3 mile north of Nedden
sive drying ledge with three above-water rocks on it projecting
Island.
from its north shore. An islet, 71 m high, is on the south side
of a sandy beach at the head of the bay. Several rocks that
dry from 0.9 to 3.3 m lie up to 0.4 mile east from this islet
Cumshewa Inlet and Approach and two rocks that dry 1.4 and 2.2 m are 0.5 mile NE of the
islet. Numerous below-water rocks marked by kelp lie in the
305 Louise Island (53°00'N, 131°40'W) is mountainous. approaches to Skedans Bay. A large waterfall, visible for some
The bare logging slopes on its east side are conspicuous from distance, marks the location where Skedans Creek enters the
Hecate Strait. In the SE part of the island Mount Carl, eleva- bay.
tion 937 m, and Mount Kermode, a steep bare pinnacle on 309 Skedans Point (52°58'N, 131°36'W) forms the south
the west side, are conspicuous. An unnamed peak, 1,015 m entrance point of Cumshewa Inlet. It is a high bluff, with an
high, is about 1 mile WNW of Mount Carl. elevation of about 31 m, connected to Louise Island by a nar-
306 Offshore bank. — An extensive bank (53°00'N, row neck of low land. The point is surrounded by a drying
131°27'W) with a least depth of 12.8 m over a bottom of rock ledge. Islets and drying rocks lie offshore south and SW
rock, gravel and shells, lies in the approach to Cumshewa of the point. The abandoned First Nation village Skedans is
 PAC 206
3-22 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

west of the point. Few remains of the village are visible. A 323 McCoy Cove Sector light (779) is on the
Haida Gwaii Watchmen basecamp is at Skedans. east side of the cove. The white sector indicates the
310 Cumshewa Island, close-off Cumshewa Head preferred channel between Haans Islet and McLean Shoal.
(53°02'N, 131°36'W), is conspicuous from north. Shoal water 324 Davies Shoal, with a least depth of 6 m, is in the
with two rocks that dry 5 and 2.2 m projects 0.3 mile off the middle of the inlet west of Fairbairn Shoals. Thick kelp is
SE part of Cumshewa Head. present over the shoal during summer and autumn.
311 Cumshewa Rocks are a widely scattered group 325 McLellan Island is connected to the north shore by
of rocks lying between 0.4 and 0.9 mile SE of Cumshewa a drying bank. Shallow water extends up to 0.3 mile off the
Island. The centre rock is 1 m high and the others dry 0.7, island. Between McCoy Cove and McLellan Island the land
3 and 2.3 m. Several shoals, marked by kelp, lie on a ridge rises gradually to a summit 417 m high.
across the entrance to Cumshewa Inlet between Cumshewa 326 Kitson Point is on the south side of Cumshewa Inlet
Head and Skedans Point. SW of McLellan Island. A drying flat, SE of the point, extends
312 Kingui Island is connected to the south shore of about 0.25 mile offshore; it fronts a small bight into which
Cumshewa Head by a narrow ridge of boulders that dries at Mathers Creek flows. Shallow depths between this flat and
LW. Foul ground, with a rock that dries 3 m on it, extends a position about 1 mile SE extend up to 0.4 mile offshore;
0.15 mile south and SE of the island. dense kelp is present during summer and autumn.
313 Kingui Island light (778), on the SW extremity 327 Between Kitson Point and Renner Point, a bold
of the island, is shown at an elevation of 7.8 m from point 3.5 miles west, the shore is steep‑to.
a skeleton tower. 328 Beattie Anchorage is about 1.3 miles SW of
314 Girard Point (53°00'N, 131°40'W), on the south Renner Point. Two islets, the highest with an eleva-
side of the inlet, is low and sandy. tion of 8 m, and a rock that dries 4.7 m lie close-off the south
315 Fairbairn Shoals, a 2 mile wide shoal finger, extends side of the bay. Beattie Anchorage has a logging camp with a
northward from the vicinity of Girard Point to within 0.5 mile booming ground marked by buoys connected by cables on
of the north shore of the inlet. These shoals, on which there the bottom. Small craft can find good shelter at the head of
is a rock that dries 2.2 m, are covered with thick kelp in sum- the anchorage, south of the islets.
mer and autumn. McLean Shoal, at the north extremity of
329 A submarine pipeline (sewer outfall) extends
Fairbairn Shoals, has a depth of 2.4 m over it.
from the east part of the bay.
316 Haans Islet, 0.2 mile NW of McLean Shoal, is
330 Conglomerate Point (53°04'N, 131°51'W) rises
connected by a drying bank to the north shore abreast the
abruptly to the summit of a small hill, 98 m high, which pro-
abandoned First Nation village Cumshewa. No visible trace
vides identification. Between this point and McLellan Island
of the settlement remains. A rock that dries 0.7 m, close south
there are several small bays with sand and gravel beaches and
of Haans Islet, narrows the channel between it and McLean
shallow water extending up to 0.25 mile offshore.
Shoal to about 0.15 mile; the least depth in this channel is
331 Duval Rock, with 0.9 m over it, is 1.3 miles
25.2 m.
WSW of Conglomerate Point. Two rocks, both 1 m
317 McCoy Cove, east of Haans Islet, has a dry-
ing bank extending 0.2 mile from its head with rocks high, and shoal water lie between Duval Rock and the shore
that dry 0.9 and 1.3 m, 0.2 mile further off. The cove offers NW. Dawson Cove, about 1 mile west of the rock, has a reef
temporary anchorage, in fine weather, at its entrance on the that dries 2.4 m in its centre. Temporary anchorage in fine
edge of the tidal stream. weather can be obtained in 18 to 29 m off the entrance to the
318 Tides. — Tidal differences for McCoy Cove (Index cove.
No. 9790), referenced on Rose Harbour, are given in the Tide 332 Oliver Islet (53°02'N, 131°56'W) is wooded and
Tables, Volume 7. appears as a tall narrow column with a dome-shaped summit
319 Tidal streams between Haans Islet and when viewed from east of Renner Point. A rock that dries
­McLean Shoal attain 3 kn on the flood and 2 kn on 4.1 m is 0.15 mile west of the islet.
the ebb. 333 Newcombe Peak, 1.5 miles SW of Barge Point, is
320 Lights. — Buoys. — Starboard hand buoy “C8” a bare rocky pinnacle that makes a good landmark.
is on the north side of the fairway 0.5 mile WNW of Kingui 334 Gillatt Arm, entered north of Barge Point, has high
Island. land on its south side. A drying gravel spit projects 0.2 mile
321 Port hand buoy “C7” marks McLean Shoal. from shore about 0.5 mile NW of Barge Point. Davey Islets
322 Haans Islet light (780), on a drying ledge are the outermost of several islets connected to the north shore
south of the islet, is shown at an elevation of 4.4 m by drying banks. A rock with less than 0.9 m over it and two
from a skeleton tower. rocks that dry 3.7 m are up to 0.3 mile west of Davey Islets.
 CHAPTER 3 3-23
Haida Gwaii — East Coast

335 Aero, on the north side of Gillatt Arm, is an aban- 346 Gray Bay, on the west side of Gray Point, has a
doned logging camp. The ruins of a wharf are all that remain. sandy beach extending up to 0.4 mile from shore with depths
The remains of another wharf are onshore 0.3 mile NW of less than 5 m almost 1 mile off it.
Davey Islets.
336 Marine farm facilities are on the north side of the Chart 3890
point 1.2 miles WNW of Davey Islets (1986).
347 Sheldens Bay (53°10'N, 131°45'W) is the south part
337 Gordon Cove, on the south side of the head of the
arm, has Braverman Creek flowing into it. North of the cove of a large bight entered north of an unnamed point with a large
Pallant Creek flows into a bay filled by an extensive mud boulder bank and numerous detached drying and below-water
flat. rocks surrounding it. Dogfish Bay and an unnamed bay, both
338 Gillatt Arm affords anchorage in about 25 m, of which dry, indent the south shore of Sheldens Bay.
mud, in mid-channel about 0.5 mile from the head. A 348 Copper Bay, west of Sheldens Bay, is so named
private mooring buoy, used by log barges, is near the head.
because of several copper mines, which were once worked
339 Small craft can obtain anchorage with good
shelter in the middle of Gordon Cove in 10 m, mud. in this area. It is filled with a drying flat through which flows
340 Moresby Camp, at the head of Gillatt Arm, Copper Creek. A rock pillar 19 m high is on the north side
although unoccupied (1988) is a base for supplying of the bay, near an old mine shaft.
logging camps south of Louise Narrows. A gravel road con- 349 Dangers. — A rock awash surrounded by
nects it to Sandspit and there is a large shed in disrepair, a large several large boulders with depths less than 2 m over
parking lot and several picnic tables. A causeway extending them, as well as numerous shoals, with depths of 2.1 to 4.6 m,
along the north side of the drying flats north of Gordon Cove
lie in the approaches to Copper and Sheldens Bays. Isolated
has a large float with an approach ramp on its north side. The
camp float has a notice (1988) stating “Use at own risk”. A uncharted boulders may exist.
logging road crosses Moresby Island from Moresby Camp to 350 Caution. — Anchorage on the flats off ­Copper
Peel Inlet on the west coast. Bay is not recommended because of the rocks and
341 A rock, with 5.5 m over it, is 0.1 mile offshore in the shoals.
approach to Moresby Camp. 351 Cape Chroustcheff, 3.5 miles north of
­Copper Bay, is low, dark in appearance and conspicu-
ous from the SE; it should not be passed nearer than 6 miles
Cumshewa Inlet to Spit Point except by small craft, with caution.
352 Spit Point (53°16'N, 131°49'W), the south entrance
Charts 3894, 3890 point of Skidegate Inlet, is low, wooded and composed of sand
342 Between Cumshewa Head (53°02'N, 131°36'W) and deposits. A sand spit that dries 0.6 m at its north end extends
Spit Point, 16 miles NNW, the land is densely wooded, low 2.5 miles north and NW of Spit Point; the south half is steep-
and fringed with beaches. Near Cumshewa Head the beaches to on its west side. Depths of less than 5 m extend 3.5 miles
are almost entirely composed of boulders, but toward Spit east and ESE of the point.
Point they show more gravel and sand.
353 Sandspit Aeronautical Beacon light (784) is
343 Depths. — With the change in character of the land,
shown from a tower at Sandspit Airport. This beacon
shallow water extends farther offshore, the 10 m line running
close-off Cumshewa Head and 5 miles off Spit Point. is activated only during poor visibility. To activate call Prince
344 Mariners are advised to exercise caution when Rupert Coast Guard Radio (VAJ).
navigating within the 10 m line north of Cumshewa 354 Radiobeacons. — Sandspit radiobeacon, 2 miles
Head as uncharted shoals may exist; the bottom consists of SSE of Cape Chroustcheff, is a continuously operating radio-
shingle and boulders and is subject to change after winter beacon.
gales. 355 Sandspit Differential Global Position ­System (DGPS)
345 Gray Point, 5 miles NNW of Cumshewa Island, is
transmitter is 1 mile NW of Cape Chroustcheff. See Radio
low; a boulder beach with a flat islet, 3 m high, at its extremity
extends nearly 0.3 mile from the point. Depths of less than Aids to Marine Navigation (Pacific and Western Arctic).
5 m lie within 1 mile of the point and kelp grows profusely in 356 Numerous towers with red air obstruction lights are
the shallow water off it and along the coast south and west. at the Sandspit Airport.
 PAC 206
3-24 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

APPROACH TO SKIDEGATE INLET (1985)

Skidegate Inlet 361 Tidal streams. — In general, the flood stream

from the south meets that from Dixon Entrance be-
tween Lawn Point and Cape Ball, 18 miles north, the position
Charts 3890, 3891 varying with the season of the year and weather conditions.
357 Skidegate Inlet (53°16'N, 131°55'W), entered 362 The flood stream from the south flows generally north
between Spit Point and Dead Tree Point, 7 miles NW, and until about 3 miles north of Spit Point, where it gradually turns
Skidegate Channel, which is narrow and shallow, separate NW and west toward Dead Tree Point; it then turns abruptly
Moresby and Graham Islands. The shores of the entrance south into the fairway. At Lawn Point the flood sets slightly
are fringed by beaches, but within the inlet the land is high toward the coast.
and densely wooded on both sides. On the north side of the 363 On the flats east of Dead Tree Point and in the vicin-
inlet Slatechuck Mountain (53°16'N, 132°14'W), with twin ity of Lawn Point up to 1¾ kn can be expected, increasing to
peaks, is conspicuous, as is Turner Peak, on the north side 2 or 3 kn in the fairway abreast Dead Tree Point.
of Skidegate Channel 6 miles south of Slatechuck Mountain. 364 The ebb stream, in general, follows a direction ap-
358 Tides. — Tidal predictions for Queen Charlotte proximately the reverse of the flood, but some increase in
(Index No. 9850) and tidal differences for Shingle Bay (Index rate can be expected when the land drainage runoff from the
No. 9808), referenced on Queen Charlotte, are given in the mountains to the west is at its maximum.
Tide Tables, Volume 7. 365 Lawn Point (53°26'N, 131°55'W) is, in general,
green with a sandy cliff. About 0.55 mile south of the point
Chart 3890
and nearly 0.1 mile off the foot of the cliff, there is a large
359 The approach to Skidegate Inlet lies between an black boulder 6 m high. Lawn Hill, about 1.3 miles SSW of
extensive shallow bar, with depths of less than 5 m, ex- Lawn Point, is 171 m high and has Lawn Creek on its south
tending parallel to the coast for 10 miles north from Spit side.
Point (53°16'N, 131°49'W) to nearly abreast Lawn Point, on 366 Between Lawn Creek and Chinukundl Creek, about
­Graham Island, where there is a shallow bar. The approach 5 miles south, the land is low, flat and wooded, but farther
from seaward across this bar is marked by a sector light close south it rises gradually. A shallow bank with depths less than
south of Lawn Point. A buoyed channel leads southward 3 m up to 1 mile offshore lies along the coast from Halibut
between the offshore bar and the shallow water fronting the Bight (53°23'N, 131°55'W) for about 4 miles southward
coast of Graham Island. Shallow draught vessels frequently with numerous drying rocks just off the LW line. The shore
cross the bar, at or near HW, close north of the drying bank between Lawn Point and Rooney Bay is fringed by a drying
extending from Spit Point. bank, covered with boulders, which extends up to 0.4 mile
360 Bar Rocks, 7 miles north of Spit Point, dry 0.4 and offshore. Between 1 and 3 miles north of Rooney Bay, there
1.9 m and are the only detached drying feature on the entrance is a large logged off area on which second growth timber is
bar. The sea sometimes breaks on these rocks. Several widely visible.
separated depths of less than 3 m lie on the bar between these 367 Lawn Point Sector light (787.5) is shown
rocks and Spit Point but depths are subject to change caused from a skeleton tower with white rectangular slat work
by wave action. daymark.
 CHAPTER 3 3-25
Haida Gwaii — East Coast

368 Dead Tree Point radiobeacon, 0.7 mile SW of Dead 380 Meteorological information and frequency of fog
Tree Point, is a continuously operating radiobeacon. See Radio information for Sandspit are given in the Appendices.
Aids to Marine Navigation (Pacific and Western Arctic). 381 Communications. — The airport at Sandspit has
369 The channel between Lawn Point and a position scheduled services to Vancouver and Prince Rupert; char-
1 mile south of Dead Tree Point is marked on the west side ter services are available. Sandspit is connected by road to
by Lawn Point light and whistle buoy “C16” (787), Lawn ­Alliford Bay from where there is an automobile and passenger
Point light and bell buoy “C18” (786), and starboard hand ferry to Skidegate. A paved highway connects Skidegate to
buoys “C14” and “C20”. The east side of the south end of the Village of Queen Charlotte and Masset.
the narrow part of the channel is marked by Dead Tree Point 382 Vessels can obtain anchorage in Shingle Bay
light and whistle buoy “C19” (785). about 0.3 mile off the public wharf in about 36 m, or
370 Shingle Bay (53°15'N, 131°52'W), on the south side at the head of the bay about 0.4 mile offshore, in about 35 m.
of the entrance to Skidegate Inlet, lies between Spit Point and Strong morning westerly winds are experienced during sum-
Onward Point, known locally as Welcome Point 3.8 miles mer months and the anchorage and public wharf are exposed
WSW. Its shores are for the most part fringed by a shingle to them. Small vessels can anchor closer inshore.
beach extending up to 0.3 mile offshore. 383 Rooney Bay (53°16'N, 131°59'W) is a bight at the
371 Tides. — Tidal differences for Shingle Bay (Index south end of the east coast of Graham Island into which
No. 9808), referenced on Queen Charlotte, are given in the Slarkedus Creek flows. Its shores are, for the most part,
Tide Tables, Volume 7. fringed by a drying bank of shingle and boulders extending
372 A submarine cable area (power) crosses about 0.2 mile offshore. Boulders that dry 2.6 and 1 m and a
Skidegate Inlet from Onward Point WNW to ­Graham rock with a depth of 3.2 m over it and marked by kelp lie at
the north entrance to the bay, and extend 0.3 mile offshore.
Island. A second cable area, reported to be abandoned
384 A submarine pipeline (sewer outfall) ex-
telegraph cables, runs between Kwuna and Image Points. A
tends, from an outfall sign, in a ESE direction pass-
submarine cable (telephone) is laid from west of Kwuna
ing close north of the shoal at the north entrance to the bay.
Point to Haida Point.
Another submarine pipeline extends 0.15 mile offshore about
373 Gillatt Island, 3.4 m high and covered with low
0.5 mile further south.
vegetation, is near the west end of Shingle Bay, about 0.5 mile
385 Anchorage can be obtained in Rooney Bay
offshore. It is connected to shore by a drying bank.
but it is somewhat exposed.
374 Gillatt Island light (783), on the west end
386 Skidegate is the First Nation community on the shore
of the islet, is shown at an elevation of 7.1 m from a
of Rooney Bay. The church spire, charted toward the north
white tower. end of the community, has been removed.
375 Sandspit, on the SE shore of Shingle Bay, has a post 387 Torrens Island has a rock that dries 0.4 m and cov-
office (V0T 1T0), bank, grocery and liquor stores, hotel and ered by kelp close south and a rock with 9.4 m over it about
accommodations. A nurse is in Sandspit; doctors, dentists and 0.2 mile SSW.
the hospital are in the Village of Queen Charlotte. 388 Jewell Island has a drying shelf off its north and west
376 The public wharf, 0.35 mile south of Spit coasts and a rock with 1.2 m over it close SE. The passage
Point, is 39.6 m long along its head. Depths alongside between the island and shore can be used by small vessels.
range from 6.4 m at the north end to 5.5 m at the south end. 389 Skidegate Landing is a locality at the SE extremity
A notice on the wharf states that it is inadvisable to berth of Graham Island, in a cove between Image Point and Haida
overnight. A launching ramp is close north of the wharf. Point. A rock that dries 0.1 m and marked by kelp is about
377 A boat harbour protected by a rock 0.1 mile south of Haida Point with shallow water to the east
breakwater is 1.5 miles east of Gillatt Island, and between it and shore. A conspicuous microwave tower
east of the mouth of Haans Creek. The harbour is entered by 28 m high is on Haida Point.
a channel dredged to 3 m in 1997. The harbour can accom- 390 A public wharf with a depth of 10.5 m along-
modate vessels to 30.5 m long and has a float reserved for side has a landing float for small craft on its west side.
aircraft. Marina facilities are listed in the Appendices. A B.C. Ferry berth is close west of the public wharf. A ferry
378 Coast Guard has a year-round rescue unit based in landing ramp, close east of the public wharf is used by the
the boat harbour. It is equipped with a 14 m search and rescue local ferry to Alliford Bay. A fuel wharf is SE of the landing
vessel and a rigid hull inflatable, telephone 250 637‑5331. ramp, close west of Image Point. Marine farm facilities are
379 A privately operated light is on the outer end of the in the cove (1988).
breakwater and daybeacons with a starboard hand and a port 391 A privately owned light, fitted with a radar reflector,
hand daymark mark the entrance to the dredged channel. is shown from the SW side of the B.C. Ferry berth.
 PAC 206
3-26 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

392 Ferries. — B.C. Ferries operate ferry service to 403 Alliford Bay light (782.1), on the island
­ lliford Bay. The B.C. Ferry Corporation operates a scheduled
A 0.3 mile south of Kwuna Point, is shown at an eleva-
car and passenger ferry service between Skidegate and Prince tion of 3.7 m from a white tower.
Rupert. 404 A privately operated light fitted with a radar reflector
393 Fuel and water. — Diesel fuel, stove oil, gasoline is on an outer dolphin at the ferry landing.
and lubricants are obtainable at the Imperial Oil Company’s 405 Well-sheltered anchorage can be
wharf, east of the public wharf. Fresh water is scarce but is obtained almost anywhere within Alliford Bay;
sometimes available in limited amounts. the best position for a large vessel is in the middle of the bay
394 Kwuna Point (53°13'N, 131°59'W) is on the south in about 15 m, mud. Small vessels can anchor closer inshore.
side of Skidegate Inlet. A chain of drying and above- and Caution. — It is reported that these anchorages are fouled by
below-water rocks extends about 0.4 mile NW of the point. old logging cables.
At the outer end of the chain is a rock with a depth of 0.9 m 406 Transportation. — Alliford Bay is connected by
over it. road with Sandspit where air transportation to the mainland
395 Flowery Islet is 0.6 mile NW of Kwuna Point. Close- is available; ferry service operates to Skidegate Landing.
off its NW and east sides are rocks that dry 1.2 to 7.5 m with 407 Maude Island (53°12'N, 132°04'W) has Robber
shallow water surrounding them. A rock with a depth of 9.8 m Island connected to its NE shore by a drying flat. Rocks that
is 0.35 mile NE. dry 1.2 m are close south of Robber Island. Rocks that dry
396 Flowery Islet light (781), on the highest point 1.2 and 1 m are close NE of Belle Point, the north extremity
of the island, is shown at an elevation of 7.2 m from of Maude Island.
408 Bearskin Bay is between the north shore of
a skeleton tower.
Skidegate Inlet and Maude Island. Lina Island, at
397 A narrow shoal area, 0.3 mile long, in the approach
the west end of the bay, is separated from the north shore by
to Alliford Bay, has Bush Island, 2 m high, on the north end
a drying passage, the narrowest part named Lina Narrows.
and Bare Rocks that dry 0.5 to 7.5 m, on the south end. This
A submarine pipeline (water) is laid between the 36 m high
shoal area can be passed on either side when entering Alliford
islet and the east extremity of Lina Island. The north shore
Bay but the passage on the NE side is most frequently used.
of Bearskin Bay is fringed by a drying mud flat, with some
398 Transit Island, on the west side of Alliford Bay, is
rock outcrops.
wooded, dome-shaped and connected to shore by a drying
409 Tides. — Tidal predictions for Queen Charlotte
bank on which there are several islets. A rock with a depth of
(Index No. 9850) are given in the Tide Tables, Volume 7.
2.6 m is 0.1 mile off the north end of Transit Island. 410 Bearskin Bay is a water aerodrome known as
399 Alliford Bay (53°13'N, 132°00'W) is fronted by an ­Village of Queen Charlotte.
islet and some above-water rocks on its NE side and in the 411 Maple Island is about 0.35 mile south of Smith
extreme SW corner there are islets and rocks. Shoals with Point. A rock that dries 7.4 m, close east of the island, is con-
depth of 0.7, 6.4 and 8.3 m are close east of the NE end of nected to it by a drying bank. A shoal area with a least depth
Transit Island. The south and SE shores are fringed with sand of 3.9 m is 0.1 mile NNE of the rock.
and mud flats, extending up to 0.1 mile offshore, with rocky 412 Gooden Island and Roderick Island, both wooded
outcrops in places. Oliver Point projects from the south shore and surrounded by drying banks, are west of Maple Island. A
of the bay. The SE portion of the bay is a booming ground reef that dries 2.9 m is 0.1 mile SSW of Gooden Island and a
marked by several private mooring buoys. On the east side, rock with 4.8 m over it is 0.28 mile SSE of the east point of
at the head of the bay, are the buildings connected with the Roderick Island.
logging operation. 413 Booming grounds with mooring buoys and boom-
400 Alliford Bay is a water aerodrome. sticks are south and west of Roderick Island.
401 A public float, 17 m long with a depth of 414 Robertson Island is connected to the north shore by
2.7 m alongside, attached to the south side of a pier, a drying flat with some above-water and drying rocks on it.
70.1 m long, is about 0.1 mile south of Kwuna Point. It is 415 A submarine pipeline (sewer outfall) extends
reported that this float is for loading/unloading and moorage about 0.8 mile SE from Smith Point. A submarine
is not permitted. About 0.25 mile SE of the public pier is cable and an overhead cable, vertical clearance of 9.9 m,
the ferry landing for the ferry from Skidegate Landing. An cross the drying flat from Robertson Island to the point NW.
aircraft float is 0.15 mile south of the ferry landing. 416 The Village of Queen Charlotte, the principal
402 Lights. — Kwuna Point light (782), on settlement in Skidegate Inlet, is on the north shore of ­Bearskin
rocks NW of the public dock, is shown at an elevation Bay. Facilities include a post office (V0T 1S0), an RCMP
of 6.4 m from a white tower. detachment, several stores, hotels, restaurants, a liquor store,
 CHAPTER 3 3-27
Haida Gwaii — East Coast

a hospital with resident physicians and a dentist. A fisheries ledge extends almost 0.1 mile NW of Tree Islet. A shoal with
patrol vessel is based here. 9.9 m over it lies midway between Tree Islet and Angle Island.
417 Wharf. — Floats. — A public wharf, with 427 Angle Island, Claudet Island, Burnt Island, Noble
a berthing length of 59.4 m at its head and depths Rock and Meyer Island are the named features of a chain
alongside of 4.9 to 7 m, extends south from Beattie Point, at of islands, islets, drying rocks and shoals leading NW from
the east end of the settlement. A float, 12 m long for the use Tree Islet into the head of Kagan Bay. A deep water channel
of small craft, is attached to the north side of the head of the leads between this chain and Lina Island but it is narrowed by
wharf. an islet, drying and below-water rocks up to 0.25 mile NE of
418 A floating breakwater extends about Claudet Island and numerous drying rocks and shoals up to
183 m west from the center of the west end of 0.4 mile off Dyer Point, the west extremity of Lina Island.
the public wharf and is marked at its west extremity by the Weed Rock, 1 m high, is 0.35 mile NW of Dyer Point. Drying
Queen Charlotte Breakwater light (782.7), which is fitted with rocks fill the area between Angle and Claudet Islands. Narrow
a radar reflector and starboard hand daymark. The breakwater passages with shallow bars exist between all other adjacent
protects a boat harbour to the north with three public floats named features and this chain.
with a total length of about 260 m connected to a pier at the 428 A booming ground and log dump is NE of Meyer
southern end of a causeway. A seaplane float, about 24 m Island.
long, extends from the outer end of the west float. Power is 429 Legace Island is 1.1 miles west of Burnt Island. A
available on the floats. Fresh water is obtainable. shoal ridge extends 0.2 mile ENE from the north end of the
419 Communications. — A paved highway connects the island. Danube Rock, which dries 1.2 m, is 0.3 mile north
Village of Queen Charlotte to Skidegate Landing and Masset. of the island.
420 Caution. — Vessels leaving the public wharf 430 Rocks that dry 0.4 m and shoal depths of
should keep SW of a line joining the head of the wharf 3.8 and 4.5 m lie in the passage between the SW
point of Legace Island and Canoe Point. A rock that dries
with the NE side of Maple Island to avoid the shoal water and
4 m is close NE of Canoe Point. Christie Bay, entered south
the drying reef 0.1 mile east of the wharf. A rock that dries
of Canoe Point, is shallow and has wooded islets at its west
0.4 m is 0.15 mile west of the wharf.
entrance. Small craft can obtain sheltered anchorage with
421 Vessels of moderate draught can obtain an-
good holding.
chorage in 7 to 9 m, mud, about 0.2 mile south of
431 Treble Island, about 0.4 mile NNW of Canoe Point,
the public wharf. Anchorage for deep draught vessels can be
has two rocks covered 1.9 and 3.9 m off its NW extremity
obtained in 29 m about 0.5 mile south of Maple and Gooden
and several islets on a drying flat between it and the NW
Islands.
shore of Kagan Bay. Slatechuck Creek flows onto the drying
422 Maude Channel (53°13'N, 132°06'W) leads from
flat. A quarry, a few miles within the entrance, is where the
Bearskin Bay to Kagan Bay and Long Inlet. Balch Islands and First ­Nations obtained a dark shale material for making their
numerous drying and below-water rocks and shoals encumber ­carvings.
the east end of the channel. A narrow but deep channel lies 432 Hallet Island, 3 m high, is south of Slatechuck
along the Maude Island shore. Creek. Two rocks that dry 2 and 7.2 m are south of Hallet
423 Fleury Island is connected to Lina Island by a drying Island and a rock with 2.7 m over it is 0.2 mile SE of the
bank. A rock that dries 2.4 m is 0.15 mile south and a rock island.
awash is 0.45 mile ESE of Lina Island. Withered Point is 433 Anchor Cove is a small indentation between
the SW extremity of Lina Island. A rock that dries 1.2 m is ­Random Point and Pier Point.
0.25 mile SSE of Withered Point. 434 Small vessels can obtain anchorage in 12 m,
424 Sheltered anchorage can be obtained in less 0.2 mile NE of Treble Island, or off Anchor Cove in
than 20 m about 0.6 mile SE of Withered Point. about 10 m. Good anchorage is also available in 13 m about
Chart 3891 0.5 mile south and SW from Burnt Island.
435 Long Inlet (53°13'N, 132°18'W) is entered between
425 Kagan Bay (53°13'N, 132°12'W) and its entrance, at Anthracite Point and Scalus Island.
the west end of Maude Channel, are encumbered with islands, 436 Sandstone Islands, a scattered group of islands
rocks and shoals. Access to the bay is confined to narrow pas- and drying rocks, lie south of Anthracite Point. Gust Island,
sages suitable only for small vessels. close NW, has two reefs that dry 4 and 5.7 m close west of
426 Tree Islet, 13 m high, is 1 mile south of Withered it on a shoal ridge connected to the north shore of the inlet.
Point. Two rocks that dry 2.6 m lie midway between the islet These islands divide the entrance to Long Inlet into three
and the western extremity of Maude Island. A drying rocky narrow passages, each of which have depths less than 6 m in
 PAC 206
3-28 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

mid-channel. Saltspring Bay, SE of Sandstone Island, and 449 An 8.2 m shoal is in mid-channel 0.45 mile west of
Gosset Bay, between Anthracite Point and Josette Point, are the daybeacon.
filled with drying flats. 450 A passage, which is narrow and shallow at its north
437 Berry Islands, 1 m high, and rocks that dry 1.2 and end, leads west of Sandilands and Maude Islands, providing
5.2 m are about 0.2 mile off the SW shore of the inlet, on a a convenient route for small vessels from Skidegate Channel
large drying bank connected to shore. to Kagan and Bearskin Bays, by way of Maude Channel. On
438 A rock with a depth of 2.5 m over it is near mid- the east side of the north end of the passage, NE of Leonide
channel 0.3 mile north of Berry Islands. Point, a rock that dries 2.3 m is marked by starboard hand
439 The west shore south of Young Point has shoal water buoy “C22”.
and several drying rocks and a 4.7 m shoal close offshore. 451 A booming ground is in the bay 0.5 mile south of
440 Northwest of Young Point, Long Inlet is deep and Leonide Point (1988).
steep-to with an extensive drying bank at its head. Chart 3891
Skidegate Channel
Skidegate Channel and Approach 452 Skidegate Channel (53°10'N, 132°09'W) has shores
which, for the most part, rise steeply to mountain tops a short
Chart 3890 distance inland on each side. East Narrows, the central por-
tion of Skidegate Channel, is narrow and winding with strong
441 The approach to Skidegate Channel (53°12'N, tidal streams. Although this very shallow narrows is navigated
132°02'W), south of Maude and Sandilands Islands, is deep regularly at HW by fishing vessels with ample power, drawing
and free of dangers as far as the middle of the south coast of up to 3 m, it is recommended only for mariners with local
Sandilands Island. knowledge. West Narrows, although shallow, is deeper, less
442 Lillihorn Island (53°11'N, 132°02'W) is wooded, winding and has weaker tidal streams than East Narrows.
steep sided and a drying rock shelf extends NE from it. 453 Caution. — Skidegate Channel is narrow and
­Macmillan Creek flows onto a drying flat 0.4 mile south of winding with strong tidal streams. It is shallow, es-
the island. A finger of shoal water, with a rock that dries 1.8 m pecially in the eastern and central portions and best navigated
at its extremity, extends NW from Whiteaves Bay close north only with significant local knowledge and at higher water
of the creek. levels. Siltation, dredging and deposition may produce drying
443 Sandilands Island is connected to the SW point of flats in some areas at lower water levels. Aids to navigation
Maude Island at LW. The east side of the island is fringed have been placed to provide the safest channel at higher water
with islets and drying rocks extending 0.25 mile offshore. A levels. Mariners are advised to exercise extreme caution when
rock with 4.8 m over it is 0.5 mile NE of the island. Shallow navigating in this area.
depths extend nearly 0.2 mile off the west side; a rock with 454 Tides. — There is a great difference in tide range
0.8 m over it is close-off the SW point. between the east and west portions of Skidegate Channel. At
444 A well-sheltered anchorage, clear of the tidal Queen Charlotte, to the east of East Narrows, the range on a
streams, is available in 30 m NE of the island. To clear large tide is 7.8 m, but at Trounce Inlet, to the west of East
the 4.8 m shoal close north of the group of drying rocks keep Narrows, it is only 4.5 m. Therefore, the levels to which the
the SE and north extremities of Sandilands Island bearing 180° tide rises above datum at various positions in East and West
and 270°, respectively. Narrows are much less than at Queen Charlotte (see table on
445 South Bay, south of Sandilands Island, has chart). The times of HW at the positions in the table are up
a drying flat in its SW part at the mouth of Deena to 1 hour later than at Queen Charlotte.
Creek. A similar flat is off its SE shore. A 9.6 m shoal is in 455 Tidal predictions for Queen Charlotte (Index
the middle of the bay. Anchorage can be obtained in South No. 9850), and tidal differences for Armentières Channel
Bay in 27 m. (Index No. 9605) and Trounce Inlet (Index No. 9625), refer-
446 South Bay light (782.3), on an islet at the east enced on Hunger Harbour (Index No. 9570), are given in the
end of the bay, is shown at an elevation of 3.6 m from Tide Tables, Volume 7.
a skeleton tower. 456 Tidal streams. — The differences between
447 A booming ground with several private mooring the water levels at the east and west ends of Skidegate
buoys fills the bay inshore of South Bay light (1988). Channel at HW and LW create strong currents: there is a
448 Sandilands Island daybeacon, on a drying rock south strong west current in conjunction with HW, and a weaker east
of the island, is fitted with a bifurcation/junction daymark, current near LW. These currents are strongest in the narrow
preferred channel to the left. channel near McLellan Point, where they can attain 7 kn.
 CHAPTER 3 3-29
Haida Gwaii — East Coast

McLELLAN POINT LOOKING WEST (1985)

NARROWS WEST OF McLELLAN POINT LOOKING EAST (1985)

457 Navigation of East Narrows. — Because of the 458 Fishing boundary markers are on both shores
narrow and tortuous fairway through East Narrows and the 2.5 miles west of Sandilands Island. A booming ground and
strong currents, particularly near McLellan Point, vessels log dumps are on the north shore west of the marker.
with low power are advised to navigate the narrows so as 459 The navigable channel narrows west of the fishing
to pass McLellan Point at or near slack water. However, be- boundary markers. Drying rocks and shoal water extend into
the channel from both shores. Drying rocks and shoals, marked
cause slack water near McLellan Point occurs 3 to 3.5 hours
by a daybeacon with a port hand daymark, lie in mid-channel
after HW or LW at Queen Charlotte (see slack water note
3.25 miles WSW of Sandilands Island.
on chart), the depth of the water through East Narrows will
460 East Narrows has extensive drying banks, with dry-
decrease considerably between HW and the following slack ing rocks in places, extending from its shores. The fairway is
water, thus limiting the draught at which a vessel can pass narrow and tortuous but well marked with beacon ranges. The
through safely. Accordingly, Masters of low powered vessels least depth in the fairway lies 0.25 mile west of Mid Beacon.
are strongly advised to navigate East Narrows only at or near Two rocks with 1.6 and 0.9 m over them lie in the fairway
the slack water preceding a HW at Queen Charlotte. close west and a shoal area with a least depth of 1.1 m lies
 PAC 206
3-30 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

WEST NARROWS (WEST ENTRANCE) LOOKING NNE (1985)

in mid-channel 0.4 mile west of McLellan Point. A drying 468 Beacons. — A daybeacon with a port hand daymark
ledge with an islet on it is connected to the south shore SE of on a dolphin is 0.15 mile north of the NE extremity of Downie
the shoal area. Island and another port hand daybeacon is 0.15 mile west of
461 Note. — The upstream direction for aids to naviga- the north side of Downie Island.
tion in East and West Narrows is when proceeding west. 469 A daybeacon with a starboard hand daymark is
462 Beacons. — Beacon Ranges. — The channel on the west shore of West Narrows abreast the north side of
through East Narrows is marked by daybeacons and beacon Downie Island.
ranges. Because of silting and dredging, aids to navigation 470 A daybeacon with a port hand daymark is on the
may be changed to indicate the best channel. Charted aid to south end of the mid channel reef in the west entrance to West
navigation data may not be up to date. Notices to Mariners Narrows.
and Navigational Warnings should be consulted. 471 The bay SE of Downie Island is very shallow
463 Trounce Inlet (53°10'N, 132°19'W) is deep and filled with kelp during summer and autumn. A rock
and free of dangers. The head of the inlet affords an- that dries 0.4 m lies between this bay and a deeper bay to the
chorage for small vessels in 14 to 18 m about 0.1 mile off a south. Anchorage for small craft can be obtained in about
drying mud flat, which is steep‑to. 25 m in the south bay. A shoal finger, with a rock that dries
464 Tides. — Tidal differences for Trounce Inlet (Index 1 m on it, is covered with kelp and extends from the south
No. 9625), referenced on Hunger Harbour, are given in the shore west of the anchorage.
Tide Tables, Volume 7. 472 Skidegate Channel, west of Downie Island, is
465 West Narrows is very narrow where it leads past described in Chapter 4.
Downie Island. An extensive drying flat, with two wooded
islets on it, extends from the north shore. A boulder, with
a least depth of 0.7 metres, is in the middle of the channel Skidegate Inlet to Rose Point
0.6 mile ENE off the NE extremity of Downie Island. Two
rocks that dry 0.9 and 0.4 m are on the south of the channel
Charts 3902, 3800
further west. The westernmost of the two wooded islets on
the north side of the channel provides a good clearing mark 473 The coast between Lawn Point (53°26'N, 131°55'W)
for these dangers. and Rose Point, the NE extremity of Graham Island, is
466 Two drying gravel patches are 0.1 mile NNW of fronted by the shoal flats of ­Dogfish Banks and should be
Downie Island and a drying spit extends off the NW side of approached with caution. There are no harbours or protected
the island. A drying reef, with an above-water rock at each coves for small craft along this coast. The beach is composed
end, is off the SW extremity of Downie Island. mainly of gravel or stones as far as Tlell; beyond this it is
467 Fishing boundary markers are on each shore at mainly sandy as far as Rose Point. For a considerable distance
both the east and west entrances to West Narrows. along the coast north of Lawn Point there are cliffs of clay and
 CHAPTER 3 3-31
Haida Gwaii — East Coast

sand which, between Tlell and about 7 miles north of Cape Chart 3800
Ball, rise to heights between 200 and 400 feet (61 and 122 m).
Farther north the coast is bordered by sand hills covered with
477 Cape Ball (53°43'N, 131°53'W) has some
coarse vegetation; behind these are woods, in some places
conspicuous sand cliffs, 420 feet (128 m) high, about
burnt, interspersed with patches of swampy land.
1 mile north of it. Tidal streams in the vicinity of the cape
Chart 3902 are irregular.
474 Depths. — Between Lawn Point (53°26'N, 478 Drying gravel patches together with numerous boul-
131°55'W) and Cape Ball, 17 miles north, depths of ders that dry from 1 to 3 feet (0.3 to 0.9 m) extend 2 miles
less than 6 fathoms (11 m) extend up to 6.5 miles offshore and east and SE of Cape Ball.
depths of less than 10 fathoms (18.3 m) exist up to 24 miles 479 Coast. — The mouth of the Oeanda River (53°57'N,
offshore. There is evidence of sand ridges in this area, which 131°43'W) is about 15 miles NNE of Cape Ball. Close to the
change position and depth due to severe weather conditions.
coast nearly 6 miles north of the river mouth is Argonaut
Caution is advised when navigating in this vicinity.
475 The entrance of Tlell River is about 11 miles north Hill, flat-topped and wooded to its summit. This hill, and a
of Lawn Point. From its mouth, the river runs nearly parallel group of somewhat lower hills within 4 miles of it, are the
to the coast for almost 4 miles, separated from the sea by a only features on an otherwise low and featureless portion of
low swampy strip of land about 0.5 mile wide. Numerous the coast. Fife Point, 3.5 miles NNE of Argonaut Hill, can
drying and below-water rocks lie within a 4 mile radius of only be distinguished by Swan Hill, 230 feet (70 m) high and
Tlell River. thickly wooded, which rises above it. From Fife Point to Rose
476 Tlell, about 2 miles south of the mouth of Tlell River,
Point the coast is low and featureless.
has a post office (V0T 1Y0). The road from the Village of
480 The shoal waters of Dogfish Bank extend well off-
Queen Charlotte to Port Clements and Masset passes through
the community. shore north to Rose Spit and Overfall Shoal. Many depths
476.1 A submarine cable (fibre-optic) extends from of less than 5 fathoms (9 m) lie on ridges, running north and
Tlell, east across Hecate Strait, to Bonilla Island. south, scattered over the bank and up to 9 miles offshore.
481 Anchorage, well-sheltered from west-
erly winds with good holding ground, is available in
7 fathoms (13 m) about 2 miles east of Rose Point, abreast
the end of the trees.
482 Rose Point, Rose Spit and Overfall Shoal, and the
tidal streams in this vicinity are described in Chapter 2.
 CHAPTER 4

Haida Gwaii
West Coast
General

Charts 3853, 3854, 3868

1 The west coast of Haida Gwaii is rugged and indented

with many inlets, some of which penetrate a considerable
distance inland. The coast is generally mountainous and rises
to heights in excess of 1,700 feet (518 m) a short distance
inland. Mountain ranges and peaks over 3,000 feet (914 m) in
elevation, some of which are conspicuous, are farther inland.
The entrances to many of the inlets, with the background
of high land and with the sea breaking round them, are not
distinguishable at night from the remainder of the coast, even
in fine weather and bright moonlight.
2 Surveys. — Caution. — On the west coast
of Haida Gwaii the larger inlets have been surveyed,
but many of the smaller inlets have not been examined or
have been only partially surveyed. Large stretches of the
outer coast have not been surveyed inside a distance of 1 or
2 miles. Unsurveyed areas are inadvisable to enter without
local knowledge.
3 Depths. — Off the west coast, from Cape St. James
(51°56'N, 131°01'W) to Rennell Sound, 110 miles NW, depths
are quite uniform. The 100‑fathom (183‑m) line lies about 1
to 3 miles offshore, and a short distance farther off the bottom
falls rapidly to great depths. About 10 miles off the entrance
to Rennell Sound there are areas of less than 100 fathoms
(183 m). North of Rennell Sound the 100‑fathom (183‑m) line
of the coastal bank gradually increases in distance from the
coast, passing about 2 miles off Hippa Island, about 14 miles
WNW of Frederick Island (53°56'N, 133°10'W) and then clos-
ing the coast to pass about 2.5 miles west of Langara Island.
4 For information on the continental margin west
of Haida Gwaii see Sailing Directions booklet PAC 200 —
­General Information, Pacific Coast.
4.1 A Voluntary Protection Zone for Shipping
on the West Coast of Haida Gwaii is currently in ef-
fect. In the Voluntary Protection Zone, commercial vessels of
500 gross tonnage or greater shall observe a minimum distance
of 50 nautical miles offshore when transiting along the West
Coast of Haida Gwaii with the following exceptions:
• Cruise vessels, to observe a minimum 12 nm distance
from shore;
 PAC 206
4-2 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

• Vessels transiting between Pacific Northwest ports 14 Tidal differences for Cape St. James (Index
(Washington, Alaska, BC), to observe a minimum No. 9502), Gordon Islands (Index No. 9512), Armentières
25 nm distance from shore; Channel (Index No. 9605), Trounce Inlet (Index No. 9625),
• Tugs and barges (including pushing and towing along- referenced on Hunger Harbour, and Shields Bay (Index
side), no minimum distance; and No. 9650) and Port Louis (Index No. 9671), referenced on
• Fishing vessels, no minimum distance. Langara Point, are given in the Tide Tables, Volume 7.
Vessels are requested to adhere to these distances on a volun- 15 Tidal streams and currents. — The follow-
tary basis and only when it does not jeopardize the safety of ing information is from tidal stream observations made
navigation, the vessel, the persons aboard, and the cargo. For in 1984.
more information on the Voluntary Protection Zone project, 16 The tidal stream 4 miles WNW of Cape St. James is
visit haidagwaii-vpz.ca or see monthly Notice to Mariners. rotary clockwise. First of flood sets 280° at ¼ kn, maximum
5 Gwaii Haanas National Park Reserve/Haida flood 015° at 1 kn, maximum ebb 140° at 2 kn and last of ebb
Heritage Site encompasses the south portion of Moresby 215° at ½ kn.
Island and adjacent islands from south of the Tangil Peninsula 17 In position 300°, 6 miles, from Nagas Point the tidal
on the east and Tasu Sound on the west. The annual number stream is rectilinear, flooding 340° at up to 1½ kn and ebbing
of visitors is limited; reservations, orientation and fees are 145° at up to 1 kn. Two miles to the SW the stream floods
required before entering the park. Haida Gwaii Watchmen 325° at up to 1 kn and ebbs 145° at up to 1½ kn.
are located at Anthony Island, Ellen Island, Huxley Island, 18 The tidal stream about 3 miles off Kitgoro Point is
Hotspring Island, Windy Bay, Tanu Island and Skedans Bay. rotary clockwise with maximum flood 330° at 1¼ kn, last of
For full information regarding visiting Gwaii Haanas National
flood 040° at ¼ kn, maximum ebb 155° at 1 kn and last of ebb
Park Reserve contact
245° at ¼ kn. Three miles farther offshore maximum flood
Gwaii Haanas National Marine Conservation Area sets 310° at 1½ kn, last of flood 050° at ½ kn, maximum ebb
Reserve, 145° at 1½ kn and last of ebb 230° at 1 kn.
P.O. Box 37,
19 About 12 miles WSW of Kitgoro Point maximum
Village of Queen Charlotte, B.C. V0T 1S0.
flood is 300° at ¾ kn and maximum ebb 135° at 1 kn.
6 Vessel Traffic Services (vts). — The west
20 About 8 miles off Athlow Bay maximum flood is
coast of Haida Gwaii is in Sector 1 of the Prince ­Rupert
340° at 1 kn and maximum ebb 155° at ½ kn.
Traffic Zone and the assigned frequency is 156.55 MHz,
21 About 7 miles west of White Point maximum flood is
­Channel 11.
030° at 1¼ kn and maximum ebb 220° at 1 kn. About 14 miles
7 A brief description of this Vessel Traffic Services
off White Point the stream is rotary clockwise with first of
System is given in Sailing Directions booklet PAC 200 —
General Information, Pacific Coast; full details are given in flood 290° at 1 kn, maximum flood 020° at 2 kn, first of ebb
Radio Aids to Marine Navigation (Pacific and Western Arctic). 120° at 1 kn and maximum ebb 215° at 2 kn. Maximum flood
8 The Calling-in Points are here is 1 hour after LW Prince Rupert, turn to ebb 1 hour
9 Calling Point No. 25, called Cape Knox, is a line before HW Prince Rupert.
extending 270° from Cape Knox to the limit of the Territorial 22 The non-tidal current sets NW along the
Sea. west coast of Haida Gwaii at about ½ kn during nor-
10 Calling-in Point No. 26, called Tasu Sound, is a line mal weather, increasing to 1 or 1½ kn with strong SE gales.
extending 220° from Davidson Point light (809) to the limit This current will generally accentuate the flood stream and
of the Territorial Sea. Mariners shall report at Davidson Point conversely affect the ebb.
when entering/exiting Tasu Sound. 23 Meteorological information for Cape St. James,
11 Calling-in Point No. 27, called Cape St. James, is Tasu Sound and Langara and frequency of fog information
a line extending 220° from Cape St. James light (770) to the for Cape St. James and Langara are given in the Appendices.
limit of the Territorial Sea. Chart 3000
12 Calling-in Point No. 35, called Triangle Island, is
a line extending 220° from Triangle Island to the limit of 24 Offshore banks. — A depth of 13 fathoms (24.3 m)
the Territorial Sea; it is for changing from the Prince Rupert has been found on a sharp pinnacle on Bowie Seamount
Traffic Zone to the Tofino Traffic Zone. (53°18'N, 135°40'W), about 100 miles west of Graham ­Island.
13 Tides. — Along the west coast of Haida Gwaii tidal Hodgkins Seamount, a bank with a least known depth of
predictions for Hunger Harbour (Index No. 9570), Rose Har- 326 fathoms (596 m), lies with its shallowest part about
bour (Index No. 9713), and Langara Point (Index No. 9964) 19 miles NW of Bowie Seamount. These banks rise sharply
are given in the Tide Tables, Volume 7. from the depths surrounding them.
 CHAPTER 4 4-3
Haida Gwaii — West Coast

ANTHONY ISLAND LOOKING SE (1985)

25 Caution. — During heavy weather it would be 30 From 1 to 2 miles SE of Barber Point (52°00'N,
prudent to give Bowie Seamount a wide berth; wave 131°06'W), in the SW part of Kunghit Island, the coast is
studies indicate that shallow water effects can be experienced fronted by foul ground extending 0.5 mile offshore.
near seamounts at these depths. 31 Gilbert Bay is entered north of Barber Point. Bowles
26 Moresby Island odas light buoy “46208” (812) Point is the west extremity of a small island 2 miles NNW of
is in 52°30'54''N, 132°41'30''W about 26 miles SW of Gilbert Bay.
Tasu Sound.
27 Winds. — From about October 1 to the latter part of Houston Stewart Channel and
Louscoone Inlet — South Approach
December the prevailing winds are from the SE and east, and
are frequently of gale force, accompanied by heavy rainfall. 32 Anthony Island (52°06'N, 131°13'W), 335 feet
From the latter part of December to February in most years, (102 m) high with some white cliffs on its west side, is on
the change to offshore winds from the NW or north and NE oc- the west side of the approach to Houston Stewart Channel
curs. During February, March and April, the prevailing winds and Louscoone Inlet. On the east side of the island are a few
totem poles marking the site of a former First Nations vil-
are from SE and east. During May there are generally westerly
lage. A group of islets, some of which are sparsely wooded,
winds, while during June, July, August and ­September, the
together with drying, above- and below-water rocks, extends
more usual winds are from the south, SW and west. No fixed up to 1.3 miles south and SW of the island. A similar group
rules can be applied, as strong SE or NW breezes can occur of islets and rocks lie up to 0.6 mile off the north coast.
in any season. NE winds during summer months are rare. 33 Note. — Anthony Island and the surrounding islets
A description of localized winds known as “Williwaws”, are a protected area within the boundaries of Gwaii Haanas
are given in Sailing Directions booklet PAC 200 — General National Park Reserve. A Haida Gwaii Watchmen basecamp
Information, Pacific Coast and wind information for Cape is on Anthony Island.
St. James is given in the Appendices. Chart 3855
28 Caution. — Although a number of
well-enclosed anchorages are available in 34 Gordon Islands (52°06'N, 131°09'W), a compact
various inlets on the west coast of Haida Gwaii, these are sub- group of mostly wooded islands fringed with kelp, are on the
east side of the approach to Houston Stewart Channel, about
ject during strong SE gales to violent squalls from the valleys
0.5 mile off Arnold Point. Foul ground, marked by kelp, with
leading into them and, although no heavy seas are raised, the
above-water and drying rocks on it, extends 0.25 mile NW
force of the squalls induces violent yawing. A sharp lookout of the islands. A least depth of 8 fathoms (14.6 m) lies in the
should therefore be kept to guard against dragging. fairway between Gordon Islands and the west side of Kunghit
Island, but depths under 6 fathoms (11 m) extend 0.25 mile
south of Arnold Point.
Kunghit Island — West side 35 Vessels of moderate length can obtain anchor-
age in about 15 fathoms (27 m), 0.38 mile WNW of
Chart 3825 Arnold Point. The swinging space is somewhat restricted but
the holding ground is good and the anchorage well-sheltered
29 Cape St. James (51°56'N, 131°01'W) and the off- from southerly winds. However, strong northerly or NW winds
lying islands and dangers are described in Chapter 3. in opposition to a strong flood tide render it untenable.
 PAC 206
4-4 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

36 Ibbertson Banks, over which there is a least depth 49 A narrow boat passage, leading between Ellen Island
of 9 fathoms (16.5 m), are 0.8 mile west of Gordon Islands. and the south shore, is encumbered with drying and below-
37 Flatrock Island, 0.7 mile NW of the Gordon Islands, water rocks.
is bare with a flat summit and has shoal depths extending 50 A bank, with depths of less than 36 feet (11 m), ex-
east and west of it. A bare rock, 16 feet (4.9 m) high, is about tends 0.15 mile NW from Ellen Island. Near the outer edge
0.1 mile south of Cape Fanny, the south extremity of Moresby of the bank is a rock with 12 feet (3.7 m) over it.
Island. 51 Quadra Rocks consist of two rocks in mid-channel
38 Flatrock Island light (769) is shown at an NNE of Hornby Point light. The north rock is awash and the
elevation of 81 feet (24.8 m) from a skeleton tower. south one has a depth of less than 6 feet (2 m) over it. A rock
39 MacLeod Shoal, 0.5 mile west of Flatrock Island, with 14 feet (4.3 m) over it is 0.1 mile NE, a 15‑foot (4.6‑m)
has a least depth of 37 feet (11.3 m) over it, is steep-to and shoal is 0.15 mile west and a rock with 24 feet (7.3 m) over
marked by kelp. it is 0.1 mile SSE of Quadra Rocks. Depths under 6 fathoms
(11 m) extend up to 0.2 mile west, north and NE of Quadra
Rocks.
Houston Stewart Channel 52 Trevan Rock, north of Ellen Island, dries 10 feet
(3 m). A daybeacon with a bifurcation/junction daymark,
preferred channel to the right, is on the rock. Shoal water
40 Houston Stewart Channel (52°09'N, 131°07'W) is
extends as far as 0.1 mile from the rock and detached shoals
entered from south between Gordon Islands and Cape Fanny;
are WNW and NE of the rock.
on both sides of the entrance the shores are bold, densely
53 Gaudin Passage leads between Ellen Island and the
wooded and the country in the vicinity is mountainous. bank extending NW from it on the south, and Quadra Rocks
41 Foul ground, on which are several drying and below- and Trevan Rock, to the north. The fairway through the west
water rocks marked by kelp, lies along the west shore about end of the passage is less than 0.1 mile wide between the
1 mile NE of Cape Fanny. Washington Rock, 3 feet (0.9 m) south Quadra Rock and the 24‑foot (7.3‑m) shoal SSE. When
high, with a rock covered less than 6 feet (2 m) off its NW the tidal streams are running, Quadra Rocks are marked by
side are off the east shore 1.3 miles north of Arnold Point. tide-rips and overfalls, and when kelp is present, it is visible
42 The fairway is otherwise clear of dangers as far north at slack water.
as Catherine Point and Hornby Point where the channel 54 Annette Island, Fairfax Island and some drying
turns east to join Hecate Strait. and below-water rocks lie up to 0.3 mile off the south shore
43 Several below-water rocks are in and near the middle 0.5 mile east of Ellen Island. The passage between these
of the channel NE of Hornby Point. Kelp is present on most islands can be used by small craft but local knowledge is
rocks during summer and autumn but is frequently drawn advised.
below the surface by the strength of the tidal streams. 55 Rose Harbour (52°09'N, 131°05'W) is entered
44 Tidal streams in the east arm of Houston between Ellen Island and the rocks that dry 10 and 4 feet (3
Stewart Channel reach 5 kn. and 1.2 m), 0.4 mile east. Numerous above-water and drying
45 Tides. — Tidal predictions for Rose Harbour (Index rocks are in its SW part. A drying bank with an island at its
No. 9713), and tidal differences for Gordon Islands (Index NW extremity fills the SE part. Two guesthouses, the ruins
No. 9512), referenced on Hunger Harbour, are given in the of a whaling station and public mooring buoys with fenders
are at the head of the harbour.
Tide Tables, Volume 7.
56 Vessels up to 250 feet (76 m) long can obtain
46 Ross Island, on the east side of the entrance to Rose
anchorage in about 14 fathoms (26 m), out of the
Inlet, is connected to Moresby Island by a drying flat. A shoal
strength of the tidal streams, in the outer part of Rose Harbour,
with 23 feet (7 m) over it is 0.1 mile south of the SW extrem- 0.2 mile east of Ellen Island. North to NE gales funnel down
ity of Ross Island. Two shoals, each with a depth of 30 feet a valley and into the anchorage.
(9.1 m), are in mid-channel 0.3 mile NNE of Hornby Point. 57 Charles Islands, with some drying and below-water
47 Ellen Island (52°09'N, 131°06'W) is about 0.6 mile rocks extending 0.15 mile SE from them, are off the south
ENE of Hornby Point. Midway between the island and point shore east of Annette Island. The passage south of Charles
a wooded islet lies close-off the south shore with foul ground Islands is encumbered with below-water rocks, but can be
between it and the point. used by small craft.
48 Hornby Point light (768.6), on the above- 58 Forsyth Point is on the north shore NNE of Annette
mentioned islet, is shown at an elevation of 18 feet Island. Raspberry Cove, 0.6 mile NW, has a stream flowing
(5.5 m) from a skeleton tower. into it and is fronted by drying rocks. A campsite with toilets is
 CHAPTER 4 4-5
Haida Gwaii — West Coast

situated to the west of the creek running into Raspberry Cove. (Chart 3853), 2,240 and 2,290 feet (683 and 698 m) high, are
A rock, with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it, is 0.3 mile WNW about 1 and 1.3 miles, respectively, farther NNW. The inlet
of Forsyth Point. A rock that dries 11 feet (3.4 m) surrounded is generally deep with gradual shallowing toward the head
by shoal water is 0.35 mile east of Forsyth Point. where there is a drying mud flat.
59 Rose Inlet (52°11'N, 131°08'W) rises boldly along 66 Adam Rocks (52°07'N, 131°14'W), consisting of a
the west shore south of Pincher Rocks and has no dangers group of above- and below-water rocks, lie midway between
beyond 0.1 mile from shore. The east shore, although high, the islets off the NW coast of Anthony Island and Louscoone
is fringed with drying sand banks and has depths under Point. The passages north and south of Adam Rocks are
3 fathoms (5.5 m) extending up to 0.25 mile offshore. Beyond scattered with shoal rocks and not recommended. The largest
Kendrick Point the inlet contracts in width and is encumbered rock is scrub-covered; the remainder are bare.
with drying, above- and below-water rocks, and some wooded 67 Tidal stream. — A strong tidal stream
islets. The head of the inlet is separated from South Cove in runs through the channel between Adam Rocks and
Carpenter Bay, to the NE, by a neck of low wooded land. The ­Anthony Island.
land on the north and west sides of the head is mountainous, 68 Tuga Point, on the west shore of Louscoone Inlet,
whilst that on its east side is low. Sedmond Creek, a small is steep-to and is 1.6 miles north of Louscoone Point; be-
stream, flows into the head of the inlet. tween them is a bight which is fronted by a small island and
60 A fishing boundary marker is on the west side of above-water and drying rocks to about 0.15 mile offshore.
Rose Inlet, 0.8 mile NW of Ross Island. The remainder of the west shore of the inlet is comparatively
61 Rocks. — Denny Rocks, the largest of which dries steep-to and clear of off-lying dangers, except near the head.
14 feet (4.3 m), lie on a shoal area with depths less than 69 Close-off the east shore 0.55 mile WNW of Cape
6 fathoms (11 m) projecting 0.35 mile off the east side of Fanny is a sparsely wooded islet with a rock awash between
the entrance to Rose Inlet. A rock with less than 6 feet (2 m) it and shore. Farther NW two above-water rocks are within
over it is 0.1 mile SW of Denny Rocks. Two rocks that dry 0.1 mile of the shore.
5 feet and 1 foot (1.5 and 0.3 m) are 0.2 mile off the east shore 70 Ninstints Point is on the east side of the inlet about
0.6 mile north of Ross Island. A rock with 13 feet (4 m) over 1.3 miles NW of Cape Fanny. Rocks that dry 1 and 11 feet
it and marked by kelp is 0.25 mile farther north. (0.3 and 3.4 m) and shoal water extend almost 0.13 mile off
62 Pincher Rocks, in mid-channel SW of Kendrick the point, and the bays to the north and SE are shoal and filled
Point, are the outermost of the numerous drying and below- with drying and below-water rocks.
water rocks that almost fill the head of Rose Inlet. Shoal depths 71 Small Cove, east of Crooked Point, is encumbered
extend almost 0.2 mile south of Pincher Rocks. with drying rocks in its entrance and an above-water rock near
63 Anchorage can be obtained in 8 to 10 fathoms its head. A group of islets and rocks lies within 0.15 mile of
(15 to 18 m) in the middle of Rose Inlet 0.8 mile north the east shore off the north entrance point of the cove.
of Denny Rocks. North to NE gales funnel down the valley 72 Etches Point is low and has two rocks that dry 6 and
at the head of the inlet creating rough seas. 14 feet (1.8 and 4.3 m) close-off it. Cadman Point, 1.1 miles
64 Caution. — Because of the strong tidal north, has a drying ledge, with a rock 1 foot (0.3 m) high on it,
streams and numerous dangers that lie in the portion of extending from its south side. A rock that dries 4 feet (1.2 m)
Houston Stewart Channel, lying to the east of Hornby Point, lies close-off the SW point of the ledge.
it should be taken only by vessels less than 200 feet (61 m) 73 In the bight between Etches and Cadman Points are
in length, and not more than 20 feet (6.1 m) draught, during low, wooded islands, several islets and drying rocks. The
daylight and at slack water. south island has a rock that dries 9 feet (2.7 m) close west of
its south extremity and two others that dry 7 and 8 feet (2.1
and 2.4 m) within 300 feet (91 m) of its NW side. The north
Louscoone Inlet island is fronted by a chain of rocks that dry from 1 to 15 feet
(0.3 to 4.6 m) about 0.1 mile off its west side and a rock, with
less than 6 feet (2 m) over it, is close-off its NW extremity. A
Chart 3857
chain of islets connected to one another by drying rock ledges
65 Louscoone Inlet (52°10'N, 131°14'W) is entered and to the shore by a sand bank, which dries, extends about
between Cape Fanny and Louscoone Point. About 5 miles 0.3 mile north from Cadman Point terminating in two rocks
north of Cape Fanny, on the east side of the inlet, a bare that dry 1 and 3 feet (0.3 and 0.9 m).
summit, 2,155 feet (657 m) high, conspicuous from SW, is a 74 Anchorage for small vessels, mud bottom
convenient mark by which to identify the approach to Houston and protected from north and south winds, can be
Stewart Channel and Louscoone Inlet; two other bare summits obtained in the small basin between the two larger islands
 PAC 206
4-6 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

lying between Etches and Cadman Points. A public mooring the west side of Louscoone Inlet. Shoals covered less than
buoy with fenders is in the basin. 6 fathoms (11 m) surround the islet.
75 Skindaskun Island (52°12'N, 131°14'W), low and Chart 3853
wooded, is joined to the east shore of the inlet by a drying
80 The coast between the islet (52°07'N, 131°16'W) and
sand bank. A compact group of rocks, the highest of which Cape Freeman, 2.4 miles NW, is bold and indented with no
dries 6 feet (1.8 m), is 0.18 mile north of the NW point of known dangers more than 1 mile offshore.
the island and detached shoals with depths under 6 fathoms
(11 m) are 0.3 mile south of its SE point.
76 Head Rock, which dries 13 feet (4 m), is near mid-
Flamingo Inlet
channel 1 mile NW of Skindaskun Island. NW of Head Rock
the inlet narrows gradually to its head, with numerous drying Chart 3858

and below-water rocks and beaches of sand and stones fringing 81 Flamingo Inlet is entered east of Nagas Point
the shores on each side. Shoal water lies up to 0.2 mile from (52°11'N, 131°22'W). Its west shore is bold and compara-
tively steep-to; the east shore, south of Staki Point, is lower
the west shore and there are several mid-channel shoals of
and indented. Off-lying rocks, most of which are marked
less than 6 fathoms (11 m). by kelp, narrow the south part of the entrance to a width of
77 Fishing boundary markers are on both shores of about 0.3 mile. Several dangers lie in the approach, some a
Louscoone Inlet, abreast Head Rock. considerable distance offshore. The inshore areas of Flamingo
78 Indifferent anchorage can be obtained in Inlet, south of Staki Bay, have not been completely sounded
16 fathoms (29 m) about 0.25 mile south of Head and local knowledge is advised before entering.
82 Nagas Rocks, with above-water and drying rocks
Rock, or in 17 fathoms (31 m) about 0.55 mile NNW of the
close by, are on the west side of the fairway 0.3 mile SE of
NW point of Skindaskun Island. Small vessels can obtain
Nagas Point. A rock that dries 10 feet (3 m) is 0.25 mile north
anchorage in 13 fathoms (24 m) about 0.5 mile NW of Head of Nagas Rocks.
Rock. Anchorage for small craft is available in 3 to 4 fathoms 83 Cape Freeman, about 2.8 miles SE of Nagas Point,
(5.5 to 7.3 m) about 0.2 mile from the edge of the drying flat is the SW point of a low, wooded and indented promontory.
at the head of the inlet. North to NE gales funnel down the Numerous islets and rocks are within 0.4 mile of the south
side of the promontory.
valley at the head of Louscoone Inlet making anchorage in
84 Billington Rocks, consisting of an above-water
the open inlet uncomfortable. rock 1 foot (0.3 m) high, another that dries 2 feet (0.6 m)
79 An islet, 38 feet (12 m) high, is 0.3 mile off the SW and other rocks awash and below-water, are 1.3 miles NNW
extremity (52°07'N, 131°16'W) of the peninsula forming of Cape Freeman. Henderson Rocks are two bare rocks 28

ENTRANCE TO FLAMINGO INLET (1985)

 CHAPTER 4 4-7
Haida Gwaii — West Coast

and 5 feet (8.5 and 1.5 m) high 0.4 mile NW. Several rocks, along this coast have not been surveyed, and should not be
drying, below-water and awash, are within 0.1 mile south and approached within 1 mile.
east of the east rock. 95 Wells Cove, the northerly of the bays, is encumbered
85 Snub Point, the east entrance point of Flamingo with islets and rocks, and a reef extends about 0.4 mile SW
­Inlet, is fronted by several bare islets and drying rocks. from its north entrance point.
Between this point and Henderson Rocks there are several 96 Several depths of 102 to 121 fathoms (187 to 221 m)
scattered rocks that dry from 1 to 14 feet (0.3 to 4.3 m). are reported to lie 8 miles south and west of Nagas Point.
86 Anvil Cove, entered 0.5 mile north of Snub Point, Chart 3864
has not been surveyed. A chain of above-water rocks extends
west from the SE entrance point of the cove, and an island 97 Gowgaia Bay (52°25'N, 131°35'W) is entered be-
with drying banks on either side of it fills its NW part. tween Nangwai Islands on the north and Gowdas Islands on
87 Anvil Rock,10 feet (3 m) high and bare, is on the the south. The shores on the north side of the entrance and
east side of the fairway west of Anvil Cove. Two detached on both sides of the head of the bay rise fairly steeply to hills
shoals, both marked by kelp, are 0.3 mile SSW and 0.45 mile more than 1,200 feet (366 m) in elevation; elsewhere the
SSE from Anvil Rock. land is lower. Depths within the bay are generally less than
88 Short Inlet, entered NNE of Anvil Rock, is too nar- 35 fathoms (64 m), with a few deeper soundings in places,
row and confined to provide any anchorage; it has not been and gradual shallowing toward the head.
98 Gowdas Islands, both wooded, together with some
surveyed.
89 Sargison Reef, consisting of two rocks that dry 8 above-water and drying rocks, extend about 0.5 mile off the
south side of the entrance to the bay. The bay between these
and 15 feet (2.4 and 4.6 m) and others with less than 6 feet
islands and Gowgaia Point (52°24'N, 131°35'W) is not
(2 m) over them, is on the east side of the fairway west of
completely surveyed and too exposed to have any value as
Short Inlet. A rock with a depth of 26 feet (7.8 m) over it is
an anchorage.
0.1 mile SSE of the reef.
99 Gowgaia Point light (811.9) is shown at an
90 Sperm Bay, 0.8 mile north of Sargison Reef,
elevation of 98 feet (30 m) from a skeleton tower,
has a wooded island and rocks that dry 1 foot (0.3 m)
6 feet (1.8 m) high.
in its entrance and a wooded island is connected to its west
100 Gowdas Rocks, the largest of which is 19 feet
shore by a drying bank. The bay has not been sounded but it
(5.8 m) high, are about 0.5 mile west of Gowdas Islands;
is reported that small craft can obtain anchorage off a bluff
two rocks that dry 13 feet (4 m) are about 0.3 mile SSE of
in its NW part. the rocks.
91 A 33‑foot (10.1‑m) shoal lies in the middle of the 101 Nangwai Islands are two wooded islands on the
fairway 0.3 mile SSW of Staki Point (52°14'N, 131°21'W). north side of the entrance to Gowgaia Bay. A reef that termin-
92 Staki Bay, at the head of the inlet, has depths in the ates in rocks that dry 7 to 11 feet (2.1 to 3.4 m) extends about
fairway of 4 to 10 fathoms (7.3 to 18.3 m) but is encumbered 0.2 mile SSW from the southern island. At or near HW, the
with shoals and foul ground. A fishing boundary marker is extremity of this reef can usually be identified by breakers.
on the east shore 0.5 mile NE of Staki Point. 102 Nangwai Rock, which dries 8 feet (2.4 m), is
93 Vessels up to 200 feet (61 m) long can ob- 0.4 mile east of the south extremity of Nangwai Islands. The
tain anchorage in 8 fathoms (15 m) in mid-channel fairway lies between this rock and a 5‑fathom (9.1‑m) depth
0.5 mile north of Staki Point; take care to clear the shoals 0.15 mile north of Gowgaia Point. Between Nangwai Rock
extending NNW from Staki Point, and note the 19‑foot (5.8‑m) and the north shore are two wooded islands, several islets and
shoal close NNW of this berth. Anchorage for small vessels numerous rocks and shoals.
is available in 4 fathoms (7.3 m), 0.2 mile south of the drying 103 Commander Point, 1 mile ENE of Gowgaia Point,
flat at the head of the inlet, and there is good shelter for small is steep-to and can be approached safely to a distance of about
craft off the edge of the drying flat that fringes the SE corner 300 feet (91 m).
of Staki Bay. Local knowledge is advised before attempting 104 Goski Islet, sparsely wooded, light grey in colour
any of these anchorages. and steep-to on its SW side, is off the east entrance point of
Goski Bay, with shoal depths of 9 to 18 feet (2.7 to 5.5 m)
Chart 3853
between it and the point. Two shoals with least depths of 27
94 The coast from Nagas Point to McLean Fraser Point and 33 feet (8.2 and 10.1 m) are 0.2 mile NW and 0.25 mile
(52°13'N, 131°25'W), and beyond to Gowgaia Bay, is irregular north from the islet.
and drying rocks extend up to 0.2 mile offshore. Tide-rips 105 The NE arm of Goski Bay has a wooded islet in the
occur off McLean Fraser Point. The bays and inshore areas middle of its entrance with a drying rocky ledge and sandy
 PAC 206
4-8 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

spit extending north from it. Depths on either side of the rocks, that on the NW side being the better. A wooded islet is
spit are shallow and drying rocks lie off its east side. The near the head of the inlet. The surrounding land is high, and
north half of the arm dries. A wooded islet close-off the west about 0.9 mile ESE of the inlet there is a conspicuous bare
entrance point of this arm is connected to shore by a broad peak with an elevation of 2,830 feet (863 m). During bad
drying rocky ledge that dries. An islet 15 feet (4.6 m) high, weather, the inlet is subject to heavy squalls. Anchorage can
with some grass and scrub on its summit, is 0.13 mile off the be obtained by small craft near the head in 16 to 25 fathoms
west shore of Goski Bay. Although depths in Goski Bay are (29 to 46 m); local knowledge is advised.
suitable, it is not recommended as an anchorage except during 112 About mid-way between Mike Inlet and Barry Inlet,
north or NW winds. 2.5 miles NW, is an indentation that has some low rocks on
106 Yakulanas Point, which is comparatively steep-to, is its west side extending 300 feet (91 m) offshore.
0.8 mile east of Commander Point; between them lies Soulsby 113 Barry Inlet (52°34'N, 131°51'W) is entered
Cove, whose shore is fringed with rocky ledges interspersed between a low rocky point on the SE and a sloping
with sandy beaches. There are no off-lying dangers in the point on the NW side. Inside the entrance on the south side
cove. there is a high, bare, granite bluff. A depth of 13 fathoms
107 Yakulanas Bay, which occupies the head of (23.8 m) lies just inside the entrance and 22 fathoms (40 m)
­Gowgaia Bay, has a shoal with a least depth of 25 feet (7.6 m), close to the bluff. The inlet is winding and there is a sandy
0.2 mile off its east shore and a rocky ledge projecting about beach at the head from which a flat extends 300 feet (91 m).
0.1 mile from the east shore near the head. The land surrounding the inlet is generally high and rises
108 Anchorage can be obtained in Soulsby Cove steeply from the head to bare high mountains. The NW shore
in 10 to 15 fathoms (18.3 to 27 m) about 0.3 mile west is partially wooded. Anchorage can be obtained by small craft
of Yakulanas Point. Yakulanas Bay provides anchorage in on the NW side of Barry Inlet opposite the bluff.
about 23 fathoms (42 m), 0.75 mile east of Yakulanas Point, 114 Between Barry Inlet and Pocket Inlet, 4 miles NW,
or in 19 fathoms (35 m), 0.6 mile from the head of the bay. the coast is rugged and indented, and there are high cliffs;
During strong SE gales, Gowgaia Bay is subject to heavy many of the points have pinnacle rocks lying close offshore.
squalls that funnel down the valleys leading into it. Under 115 Murray Cove, 2 miles NW of Barry Inlet, has a high
these circumstances, the anchorage in Soulsby Cove affords and remarkable pinnacle rock close-off its SE entrance point.
the best shelter. The cove, which has a boulder beach at its head, affords no
shelter as it is exposed to the SW.
Chart 3853
116 The entrance to Pocket Inlet (52°37'N, 131°54'W) is
109 Coast. — Surveys. — Caution. — Between about 0.1 mile wide between a low, bare ridge about 200 feet
Gowgaia Bay (52°25'N, 131°35'W) and Tasu Sound, (61 m) high on the SE and rather higher land on the NW side.
27 miles NW, the coast is rugged and irregular with numerous There are no known dangers in the inlet but, like the others
coves and inlets. The inshore waters and inlets have not been along this stretch, it has not been surveyed. The land sur-
surveyed and local knowledge is advised before entering. rounding the inlet is high, with no trees other than scrub. On
110 A small cove (52°27'N, 131°38'W) 2.3 miles NNW the north side of the entrance is a summit, 1,835 feet (559 m)
of Nangwai Islands has some rocks, which break, in the high, with a conspicuous white scar.
middle of its entrance; this cove does not afford shelter. About 117 Between Pocket Inlet and the entrance to Sunday
0.5 mile NW of the entrance of the cove there is a low flat Inlet, 2 miles NW, the coast is rugged with high cliffs and
point, and 1 mile farther north an islet lies off the entrance of large detached pinnacle rocks. A cove with a sandy beach on
another cove which is encumbered with rocks in its entrance the NW side, about 0.5 mile NW of the entrance of Pocket
and is of no use as a harbour. Three miles farther NW there Inlet, is too exposed to afford any shelter. A drying rock about
is a conspicuous cone-shaped islet, 490 feet (149 m) high, 1 mile NW of the cove, 0.35 mile offshore, usually breaks at
forming the west side of a broad cove with a boulder beach HW in a moderate sea.
and a salt lagoon on its east side. The cove is open to the SE 118 Kwoon Cove, entered north of a low point with
and there is shoal water inside the entrance. A high pinnacle a bare above-water or drying islet 0.2 mile SW of it, is too
rock is between the west entrance point of the cove and the exposed for shelter.
islet. A low rocky point is 1 mile SE of Mike Inlet. 119 The entrance to Sunday Inlet (52°39'N, 131°56'W)
111 The entrance to Mike Inlet (52°32'N, is about 0.2 mile wide, with a high rounded point on the south
131°48'W) is about 0.2 mile wide between a steep bluff side and a sloping point on the north.
on the SE and a shelving point on the NW side. A bare islet is 120 Rocks. — Two drying rocks are in the middle of the
close within the entrance with some above-water rocks about approach to Sunday Inlet. A rock that breaks at half tide is
0.1 mile ENE; passages exist on both sides of the islet and about 0.2 mile ENE of the NW entrance point.
 CHAPTER 4 4-9
Haida Gwaii — West Coast

121 About 0.8 mile inside the entrance, Sunday Tasu Narrows, a narrow, deep channel about 1 mile long with
Inlet narrows to about 200 feet (61 m) between a low a least width of 0.28 mile. A swell, heavy at times, is usually
flat rock on the SE side and an islet on the NW side, with a present in the entrance, but this is spent before reaching the
deep channel in the middle. Anchorage can be obtained by north end of the narrows. Within the narrows the sound ex-
small craft, in about 15 fathoms (27 m), in the entrance to a pands into an extensive basin from which several inlets and
small cove, on the south side, at the head of the inlet. A creek bays extend, some providing good anchorage.
flows into the inlet 0.5 mile NE of the anchorage. Nothing 125 Meteorological information for Tasu Sound is given
is known of the inlet that extends north from the mouth of in the Appendices.
Sunday Inlet. 126 Pilotage is compulsory. The nearest boarding
122 San Christoval Range are the bare and rugged peaks station is off Triple Islands but special arrangements
rising to more than 3,000 feet (914 m) a short distance inland can be made for the pilot to board off Tasu Sound by helicopter
between Barry and Sunday Inlets. The highest peak, about if the ship is suitable. For information on obtaining a pilot, see
1.5 miles north of the head of Barry Inlet, has an elevation of Pilotage in Sailing Directions booklet PAC 200 — General
3,505 feet (1,068 m). Information, Pacific Coast.
123 Between Sunday Inlet and the entrance to Tasu 127 Customs. — The nearest port of entry is Prince
Sound, about 8 miles NW, there are several bays, none of Rupert.
which afford shelter. Midway between Sunday Inlet and 128 Tidal streams. — Observations show that
Tasu Sound, and about 0.8 mile inland, Mount De la Touche with a range of 13 feet (4 m) at Tofino, a maximum
rises to 3,685 feet (1,123 m) with a sharp, bare, velocity of 1¾ kn can be expected on the flood and 1½ kn on
conspicuous summit. the ebb. Maximum flood and ebb are reached about 2 h 30 min
before HW and LW, respectively. Lower velocities can be
expected with smaller tide ranges.
Tasu Sound 129 The times of slack water are somewhat indefinite.
Velocities of less than ½ kn were observed from about the
time of local LW to about 1 h 30 min after. On the turn to ebb,
Chart 3859
less than ½ kn occurred from the time of local HW to about
124 From the offing the entrance to Tasu Sound (52°44'N, 1 hour after. Strong winds affect velocities and the times of
132°07'W) is difficult to detect, but in clear weather Mount slack water.
De la Touche, described above, is an excellent landmark by 130 On the seaward approach to Tasu Narrows, the cur-
which it can be identified. The sound is entered between Tasu rent tends to set toward and away from the narrows rather
Head and Davidson Point, about 0.4 mile NW, and then by than parallel to the Haida Gwaii coast.

ENTRANCE TO TASU SOUND (1977)

 PAC 206
4-10 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

131 Tides. — Tidal predictions in Tasu Sound are depth of 25 feet (7.6 m) is 0.15 mile south. Drying rocks fringe
given for Hunger Harbour (Index No. 9570) in the Tide the east shore north of the rocks.
Tables, Volume 7. 147 The inlet is generally deep in the fairway but
132 The best anchorage in Tasu Sound for small narrows to a width of 0.25 mile between Blunt Point, on the
vessels and small craft is in Two Mountain Bay. east shore, and some above-water and drying rocks extending
133 Islets. — Rocks. — The SE shore of the entrance about 0.1 mile offshore from McAlmond Point, on the
is cliffy and steep-to; a small rocky islet is close west of opposite side of the inlet.
Tasu Head, the SW entrance point. The NW shore is also 148 Tasu Creek flows into the eastern of two bays at
cliffy, but is fringed with drying and below-water rocks. A the head of the inlet; this bay has rocks on either side of its
small, wooded islet is close to the west shore at the north entrance. The west bay is free of off-lying dangers.
end of the narrows. 149 Logging roads, which follow both east and west
134 Lights. — Davidson Point light (809) is shores of Newcombe Inlet, branch east at the head of the
shown at an elevation of 144 feet (44 m) from a white inlet, crossing Moresby Island and ending at Sewell Camp
tower. on Sewell Inlet.
136 Tasu Sound light (810), on the east side at the 150 Vessels can obtain anchorage at the head of
north end of the narrows, is shown at an elevation of Newcombe Inlet in 11 to 18 fathoms (20 to 33 m),
34 feet (10.3 m) from a skeleton tower. 0.2 mile SW of the point separating the two bays, or in
137 Lomgon Bay, the first indentation within the narrows 23 fathoms (42 m), 0.3 mile ESE of the same point.
on the NW side of the sound, is encumbered by Lomgon Islets 151 Two Mountain Bay, on the north side of Tasu Sound
and several scattered rocks, drying and below-water, which 1.3 miles east of Winnifred Rocks, is entered NE of Flyaway
render it useless as an anchorage. Islet, which is joined to a narrow peninsula to the NW by a
138 Horn Island (52°46'N, 132°03'W), which is wooded, drying ledge. A reef with rocks that dry 7 and 13 feet (2.1 and
is 0.4 mile west of Magneson Point. The island is connected 4 m) on it extends about 450 feet (137 m) east from the east
to shore by a reef of above-water and drying rocks. A shoal extremity of Flyaway Islet, and about 300 feet (91 m) farther
area with a least depth of 12 feet (3.7 m) is 0.2 mile east of SE there is a detached rock that dries 3 feet (0.9 m). A rock
its north point. with a depth of 9 feet (2.7 m) over it lies in the middle of the
140 Horn Rock, 0.5 mile north of Magneson Point, is entrance to Two Mountain Bay. Within the bay, a wooded
8 feet (2.4 m) high and bare, with drying and below-water islet is close-off the north side, west of the mouth of Edwards
rocks close to it. Creek.
141 Reid Point, 1.1 miles NE of Horn Rock, is the north 152 Small vessels can obtain good sheltered an-
extremity of a narrow peninsula. chorage in Two Mountain Bay, in about 13 fathoms
142 Gowing Island is on the SW side of the entrance (24 m), west of the wooded islet on its north side.
of Fairfax Inlet, which is deep throughout and useless as 153 Barrier Bay, in the NE part of Tasu Sound, has a
an anchorage. Two drying rocks and a shoal rock are within drying, steep-to sand bank extending off its east side.
0.1 mile of the NE side of the island. A rock-fill causeway 154 Wester Point is the NW extremity of Botany Island.
crosses the channel west of Gowing Island. Passages on both sides of the island lead into Botany Inlet,
143 Wesfrob Mines, on Magneson Point, shipped its last but these are encumbered with rocks at their south ends and
cargo of iron and copper concentrate in 1984. The marine can only be used by small craft.
facilities are in ruins. 155 Wilson Bay, on the east side of Botany Island, is
144 Hunger Harbour, on the south side of Gowing generally deep with gradual shallowing toward a drying sand
Island, is too deep for satisfactory anchorage and the bottom and gravel bank at its head. Wilson Islet is on the west side
is reported to be fouled by abandoned cables. Fresh water of the bay.
is obtainable from a stream on the west side of the harbour. 156 Rocks. — Amethyst Rock, with a depth of 9 feet
145 Newcombe Inlet, on the north side of Tasu Sound, (2.7 m) over it, is about 0.7 mile ENE of Wester Point; between
is entered east of Shearer Point. Shearer Rock, 0.2 mile SE the rock and the point are four shoals with depths of 21 to
of Shearer Point, has 18 feet (5.5 m) over it and is marked 33 feet (6.4 to 10.1 m). A 20 foot (6.0 m) shoal is 0.2 mile NNE
by kelp. Ariel Rock, 7 feet (2.1 m) high, and a rock that of Amethyst Rock. A rock with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it
dries 15 feet (4.6 m) close south of it lie in the middle of the is 0.18 mile NNW of Wilson Islet. A reef with rocky islets on
channel close within the entrance to the inlet. Shoals, marked it, a rock awash, and drying rocks extend up to 0.2 mile off a
by kelp, are 0.2 mile north and 0.5 mile west of Ariel Rock. point on the south shore, SSE of Wilson Islet. A wooded islet,
146 Winnifred Rocks, which dry from 1 to 9 feet (0.3 to with a 21‑foot (6.4‑m) shoal 0.2 mile SSE, is on the east side
2.7 m), are 0.4 mile ESE of Ariel Rock. A shoal with a least of Wilson Bay, abreast Wilson Islet.
 CHAPTER 4 4-11
Haida Gwaii — West Coast

157 Anchorage can be obtained in about Englefield Bay

19 fathoms (35 m) at the head of Wilson Bay but fierce
squalls sweep down from the mountains.
Chart 3865
158 Directions. — Caution is necessary when entering
Tasu Sound during strong westerly winds as the heavy swell 165 Surveys. — Caution. — Some of the wat-
is liable to cause a vessel to yaw. A mid-channel course should ers covered by Chart 3865 are unsurveyed or only
partially surveyed and local knowledge is advised before
be kept through Tasu Narrows until abreast Tasu Sound light,
entering.
after which a course should be steered for a position about
166 Antiquary Bay is 0.8 mile SE of Cape Henry
midway between Horn Rock and Shearer Point. (52°56'N, 132°22'W). Nothing is known of the depths with-
159 A small vessel entering Two Mountain Bay should in it.
round the 3‑foot (0.9‑m) drying rock SE of Flyaway Islet at a 167 Englefield Bay (52°59'N, 132°25'W) is between
prudent distance, and then steer to pass NE of the rock covered Cape Henry and Annesley Point, 7.5 miles to the NW. H ­ ibben
9 feet (2.7 m) lying in the middle of the entrance. Island fills the east part of the bay.
168 A group of above-water rocks lie on a reef close west
Chart 3854 of Cape Henry. Denham Point, 1.3 miles north, has a group
160 Surveys. — Caution. — The coastal wat- of islets within 0.25 mile west of it.
169 Denham Shoals is an area of irregular bottom
ers, bays and inlets between Tasu Sound (52°44'N,
extending up to 2.8 miles offshore between Cape Henry and
132°07'W) and Englefield Bay, 15 miles NW, have not been
Denham Point. At the west end there is a 12‑foot (3.7‑m) shoal
surveyed and local knowledge is advised before entering. which is the outermost danger; between this shoal and the
161 The narrow inlet entered 0.5 mile NW of Davidson coast is a rock with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it and several
Point, the north entrance point of Tasu Sound, has drying shoals of 4 to 6 fathoms (7.3 to 11 m).
rocks charted in its entrance but nothing is known of depths 170 Moresby Islets, a group of islets and rocks, are
within it. 1.2 miles north of Denham Point.
162 Portland Bay, entered about 1.8 miles SE of Chads 171 Pay Bay is on the west side of Hibben Island, shel-
Point (52°48'N, 132°14'W), has a waterfall at its head. Be- tered by Cape Kuper, Luxmoore Island and Rogers Island.
172 Augustus Rock, with drying and below-water rocks
tween this bay and the entrance to Kootenay Inlet, the moun-
extending about 0.15 mile west of it, is 0.65 mile south of
tains rise to high bare summits. Mount Russ has an elevation Bone Point, the west extremity of Hibben Island.
of 3,010 feet (917 m). 173 Lihou Island is 0.6 mile west of Bone Point. Two
163 An island, 0.5 mile north of Kootenay Point, is above-water rocks and a 6‑fathom (11‑m) shoal are 0.3 mile
at the south entrance point of Kootenay Inlet (52°52'N, south and above-water rocks extend 0.2 mile from the NW
132°15'W). A shoal that breaks is close-off this island. In the extremity of the island.
middle of the entrance to the inlet there are two islets about 174 Carswell Island, Helgesen Island, Saunders
0.1 mile apart with the fairway lying east of them. Farther in ­Island, Willie Island and several islets lie up to 1 mile off the
north side of Englefield Bay. Note. — This area is mainly un-
are some reefs, partially above-water, in the middle of the
surveyed. A rock with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it is 0.3 mile
channel. A narrow channel, about 1 mile long, leads into an
SSW and a 6‑fathom (11‑m) shoal lies 0.2 mile east of Willie
inner harbour with depths of 8 to 10 fathoms (14.6 to 18.3 m) Island. A ledge with 30 feet (9.1 m) over its extremity extends
over the greater part of it. An arm leads north from the main 0.1 mile south from Carswell Island. Deep channels are west,
inlet but its entrance is encumbered with islets. No attempt north and east of Lihou Island, but care is necessary to avoid
should be made to enter Kootenay Inlet in a heavy sea. the dangers.
164 Bottle Inlet (52°54'N, 132°19'W), entered north 175 Kaisun Harbour (53°02'N, 132°28'W), which
of Bottle Point, is only 150 feet (46 m) wide between kelp has not been surveyed, is north of Saunders Island. The
entrance channel, which is about 240 feet (73 m) wide, lies
extending about 60 feet (18 m) from both sides. A depth of
between the two bare islets lying west of Saunders Island. Kelp
40 fathoms (73 m) lies just outside its mouth. Inside, the inlet grows nearly all over the harbour and in the entrance. Vessels
widens gradually and appears to be clear of dangers. The land should not attempt to enter when a heavy sea is running, and
on both sides is high and bare, with some timber at the heads when approaching from the NW should keep 0.5 mile offshore
of the arms where the land is low. before turning toward the entrance. Good anchorage can be
 PAC 206
4-12 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

obtained in Kaisun Harbour in 17 fathoms (31 m), mud; local on its north side. Shoal water fringes the east shore of the
knowledge is advised. point.
176 Boomchain Bay, NE of Helgesen Island, has not 189 Mudge Inlet, similar in appearance to Mitchell Inlet,
been surveyed; some above-water and drying rocks lie almost is entered between Recovery Point and Colton Point.
in the middle of the channel between the west entrance point 190 Foul ground. — A chain of drying, above- and
of the bay and a wooded islet close NE of Helgesen Island. below-water rocks, about 0.5 mile long, is about 0.1 mile off
the south shore west of Recovery Point.
Moore Channel and Adjacent Inlets 191 Colton Islet, close within the entrance, has
177 Moore Channel (52°58'N, 132°18'W) has not been an apparently deep passage on its west side. The inlet
surveyed, but a line of track soundings in mid-channel indi- has not been fully examined and may have uncharted dangers.
cates deep water except on the north side of the fairway, 1 mile A small vessel can obtain anchorage in 18 fathoms (33 m)
east of Archer Point, where a spit with a depth of 11 fathoms about 0.2 mile from the head of the inlet.
(20.1 m) near its outer end extends about 0.3 mile south from 192 Winds. — The high land on both sides of Mitchell
Hibben Island. and Mudge Inlets influences the direction of the wind, which
178 Two rocks that dry 11 and 4 feet (3.4 and 1.2 m) usually blows directly through them; during periods of bad
are on the north side of the entrance 0.5 mile west of weather, violent squalls can be expected.
Freshfield Point. 193 Leopold Islands (52°59'N, 132°10'W) are a group
179 Hewlett Bay, on the south side of Moore Channel of wooded islets with drying and below-water rocks close by.
opposite Freshfield Point, is entered east of an islet lying A rock, with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it, is at the west end
close offshore. A rock that dries 4 feet (1.2 m) is close NW of the group, 0.5 mile NE of Sangster Point.
of this islet. 194 Peel Point, 0.55 mile ESE of Leopold Islands, has
180 Roe Point projects from the south side of the chan- a reef of drying rocks projecting 0.18 mile west from it.
nel, 1.5 miles east of Hewlett Bay. 195 Peel Inlet is entered between Leopold Islands and
181 Douglas Inlet entered between Herbert Head and Peel Point. An islet, about 100 feet (31 m) high, is close-off
Bell Point, 1 mile east, has not been surveyed. Leslie Point the south shore about 0.9 mile within the entrance; close SE
and McNutt Point are 1.5 and 2 miles inside the inlet. of this islet the inlet contracts to less than 0.2 mile wide with
182 Josling Point is at the extremity of shallow depths on its north side. A rock with less than 6 feet
Josling ­Peninsula. (2 m) over it lies in the middle of the fairway 0.3 mile east
183 Mitchell Inlet is entered between Work Point and of the islet described above. From this rock, SE to Laing
Macneill Point, 0.85 mile east. The inlet, which has not been Point, the inlet is encumbered by several islets and rocks
completely surveyed and may have uncharted dangers, is with a drying sand bank extending more than 0.1 mile from
backed by precipitous and densely wooded hills. the east shore. The SE end of the inlet has not been surveyed.
184 Rocks with less than 6 feet (2 m) over them (position A logging road on the east side of Peel Inlet, near the en-
doubtful) are charted close west of Macneill Point and along trance, leads across Moresby Island to Moresby Camp at the
the shore SE of the point. Rocks with 8 and 9 fathoms (14.6 head of Cumshewa Inlet. Moresby Camp is connected by
and 16.5 m) over them are 0.2 mile NW of Macneill Point. road to Sandspit.
Thorn Rock, with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it, is close NW
of Una Point. Inskip Channel and Security Inlet
185 Sansum Island (52°57'N, 132°09'W), which is
wooded, lies in the approach to Thetis Anchorage, SE of 196 Inskip Channel (53°01'N, 132°19'W), entered south
Niven Point. of Fairlie Point, leads north of Hibben Island and is not
186 Thetis Anchorage has a sandy beach at its completely surveyed and may have uncharted dangers.
head. A rock, with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it, (pos- 197 Baylee Bay 1.2 miles ENE of Fairlie Point with
ition approximate) is reported (1981) to lie in the middle of Instructor Island in its entrance has not been surveyed.
Thetis Anchorage. Squalls, frequently accompanied by rain, 198 A 34‑foot (10.4‑m) shoal is on the south side of the
blow over the hills with considerable force. Anchorage can channel 0.4 mile WNW of Susan Sturgis Point. Hastings
be obtained about 0.5 mile SE of Sansum Island; pass on the Point is 3 miles east and a 12‑fathom (21.9‑m) shoal area is
SW side of the island where the channel is deep. in the middle of the fairway 0.4 mile SW of the point.
187 Baylee Bluff is on Hibben Island north of Work 199 Security Inlet (53°03'N, 132°19'W), approached
Point. either north or east of Lihou Island, is entered north of Percy
188 Sangster Point, the east extremity of Hibben Island, Point. Mackenzie Cove, which is unsurveyed, Bland Point
is bold and can be approached safely to a distance of 0.1 mile and Kennedy Point are features in the outer part of the inlet.
 CHAPTER 4 4-13
Haida Gwaii — West Coast

200 Security Cove has creeks fronted by extensive 210 Marble Island, centred in the entrance to Cartwright
mud flats in its NW and NE parts. A rock awash is in Sound, is 4 miles NW of Tcenakun Point. A reef of rocks with
the NE part of the cove, close-off the north shore. Good, well- less than 2 m over them extends about 0.4 mile NW of the
sheltered anchorage can be obtained in 6 fathoms (11 m) in island, and a shoal with a least depth of 11.9 m, and marked
the middle of Security Cove, about 0.5 mile ENE of Security by kelp during summer months, is 0.8 mile farther NW.
Point. 211 Marble Island light (807.6), on the west side
of the island, is shown at an elevation of 34.5 m from
Chart 3854
a skeleton tower.
201 From Annesley Point (53°02'N, 132°30'W) past 212 Marble Rock, which is 6 m high, white and bare,
­ itgoro Point to Buck Point, 5 miles NW, the coast is rugged,
K is 0.3 mile SW of Marble Island. A 9.1‑m shoal is close NW
with a few islets and rocks close offshore. of the rock. Gagi Rock, which is bare, is 0.4 mile NE of
202 Kitgoro Inlet, which is unsurveyed, has a narrow, Marble Island.
shallow channel leading into it, suitable only for small craft 213 Hunter Point (53°15'N, 132°43'W) is low, wooded
entering in fine weather. Local knowledge is advised. Kelp and fringed on all sides by foul ground. Large beds of kelp
patches extend up to 0.15 mile offshore along the inlet. extend about 0.65 mile WSW and 0.4 mile south of the point.
A rock that dries 0.9 m is near the SW extremity and a rock
Chart 3891
that dries 2.7 m is south of this foul ground.
203 Buck Point (53°06'N, 132°34'W) is high and bold. 214 Skidegate Channel, at the SE end of Cartwright
Drying rocks extend 0.2 mile west from the point, and a reef, Sound, leads between Moresby and Graham Islands and
on which there are rocks with less than 2 m over them, is is entered north of Tcenakun Point. The channel connects
NNW of the point and 0.2 mile offshore. ­Cartwright Sound to Skidegate Inlet. Skidegate Channel east
204 Buck Channel leads south of Chaatl Island and is of Downie Island is described in Chapter 3.
connected to Armentières Channel by Chaatl Narrows. This 215 Newton Point (53°09'N, 132°30'W) has a rock 10 m
narrows dries over a distance of about 1 mile, but small craft high close west of it.
can pass through at about half tide. 216 Dawson Inlet is entered between Newton Point and
205 The west side of Chaatl Island is fringed by foul Mercer Point. A 9‑m shoal is close-off Mercer Point. A reef
ground extending up to 0.15 mile offshore with kelp patches of above-water and drying rocks lies in mid-channel, 1.2 miles
extending for a considerable distance. An islet with a flat sum- within the entrance.
mit and a few trees on it is on the north side of the entrance, 217 A kelp covered shelf of shoal water extends from the
with some rocks between it and the shore NE. west shore past mid-channel in the narrows 1.5 miles north of
206 Directions. — Buck Channel has not been surveyed Mercer Point. Fishing boundary markers are close inside the
and should only be used with the aid of local knowledge. entrance and on both shores of Dawson Inlet at this narrows.
Vessels approaching Buck Channel should keep well over Booming grounds are on the east shore of the inlet.
toward the north side until 0.5 mile from the islet with a flat 218 On the east shore, 0.5 mile further north is a cabin on
summit, and then should close the south shore and follow it a float with a fresh water hose fed by a nearby stream (1985).
as far as the islet; then keep in mid-channel. 219 Dawson Harbour, which extends east from Dawson
Inlet, is too deep for good anchorage. Yovanovich Bight is
on the north side at the head of the harbour. A fresh water
Cartwright Sound hose is on a logboom, which is connected to shore (1985).
220 Georgianna Point and Exact Point are 1 and
207 Cartwright Sound (53°12'N, 132°40'W) is between 3.5 miles ESE of Newton Point.
Tcenakun Point and Hunter Point, 7.8 miles NW. The bare 221 Armentières Channel extends south to Chaatl
summit of Mount La Pérouse is conspicuous from seaward. ­Narrows, at the head of Buck Channel. A rock with 2.8 m over
208 Tcenakun Point (53°09'N, 132°35'W) is the NW it is 0.1 mile NNW of Demariscove Point, the east entrance
extremity of Chaatl Island. Shoal depths of 15 and 12.8 m lie point of the channel. Fishing boundary markers are on both
on a bank of irregular depths extending about 2 miles WNW shores of the channel, close inside the entrance.
of the point. Above-water and drying rocks are close-off the 222 Tides. — Tidal differences for Armentières Channel
point and shoal depths of less than 9 m are up to 0.8 mile to (Index No. 9605), referenced on Hunger Harbour, are given
the west. in the Tide Tables, Volume 7.
209 Tcenakun Point light (808), on the north side 223 Small vessels can obtain good anchorage in
of the point, is shown at an elevation of 27.7 m from the middle of Armentières Channel in 42 m, 0.3 mile
a skeleton tower. from the entrance, or farther south in 33 m.
 PAC 206
4-14 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

224 Tana Bay (53°11'N, 132°39'W) is entered between shore. The passage on the west side of the islet is obstructed
Tana Point and Ells Point. A shoal area with a least depth by rocks.
of 2.8 m is 0.5 mile WSW of Ells Point and a 7.3‑m shoal is 231 A berth about 0.3 mile north of the wooded
near the middle of the bay. Numerous drying and below-water islet in the entrance to Givenchy Anchorage affords
rocks are at the head of the bay. Gudal Bay north of Tana Bay good anchorage in about 21 fathoms (38 m). Small vessels can
has Stiu Rock and a rock with less than 2 m over it centred
obtain well-sheltered anchorage in about 12 fathoms (22 m)
in its entrance. Gudal Creek flows into the head of the bay.
in Givenchy Anchorage about 0.25 mile from the head.
Both bays are open to seaward and do not afford anchorage.
225 Van Inlet, in the NE part of Cartwright Sound
and entered between Van Point and Stiu Point, has
high land on either side. Apart from the entrance and a line Rennell Sound
of reconnaissance soundings in mid-channel the inlet has not
been surveyed. A rock that dries 2.4 m is on the west side of Chart 3869
the entrance off Van Point, and a 6.4‑m shoal is on the east
side about 0.25 mile SW of Stiu Point, with foul ground and 232 Rennell Sound is entered between Kindakun
kelp between them. About 0.3 mile within the entrance, a shoal Point and Kunakun Point (53°28'N, 132°54'W). Its shores
area with rocks on it lies in mid-channel. At the west end of are wooded and backed by mountains rising to high peaks.
this shoal is a rock 1 m high. The better channel appears to be ­Rennell Sound, with Shields Bay at its SE end, affords the
between this rock and the NW side of the inlet. Small vessels most accessible shelter for larger vessels on the west coast of
can obtain anchorage in about 22 m off a flat at the head of Haida Gwaii, and the physical features of its approach render
Van Inlet; local knowledge is advised. A booming ground is it more easily identified than most of the other sounds and
on the north shore (1988) at the head of the inlet.
inlets along this coast.
Chart 3869 233 Kunakun Point light (807.5) is shown at an
226 Between Hunter Point and Fame Point (53°17'N, elevation of 70 feet (21.3 m) from a skeleton tower.
132°42'W), 2 miles NNE, the shore is fringed by foul ground 234 Hippa Island (53°32'N, 132°58'W), 4 miles NW of
and kelp extending up to 0.6 mile offshore. Kano Inlet is Kunakun Point, and Mount Emmons, which rises above
entered between Fame Point and Kindakun Point, which is Cone Head, on the south side of the sound 4 miles NNE of
low, featureless and has a rocky ledge with several bare islets Kindakun Point, are conspicuous features. Mount Emmons
on it projecting about 0.33 mile WSW. A rock with less than has a pyramidal peak, which appears symmetrical from all
6 feet (2 m) over it is 0.2 mile farther SW. Kindakun Rock directions except north.
2 feet (0.6 m) high and a rock covered less than 6 feet (2 m), 235 Freeman Rock, on which the sea breaks occasion-
0.3 mile north of it, are 1 mile west of Kindakun Point. ally, is on the north side of the entrance to Rennell Sound,
227 Kindakun Point light (807.7), on an islet
2.3 miles SW of Kunakun Point.
close-off the point, is shown at an elevation of 67 feet
236 Rennell Reef, consisting of a rock that dries 5 feet
(20.4 m) from a skeleton tower.
228 Cadman Island, joined to the south shore of Kano (1.5 m) with shoals close north and south, is 1.3 miles NW
Inlet at LW, has some islets north and west of it. A rock with of Cone Head, with a deep channel between.
14 feet (4.3 m) over it is 0.1 mile NW of the north islet. 237 Gospel Island (53°23'N, 132°35'W) has foul ground,
in which there are above-water, drying and below-water rocks,
Chart 3860
extending 0.5 mile NW from it. A shoal with 27 feet (8.2 m)
229 Carew Bay (53°18'N, 132°38'W) is entered between over it is 1.3 miles west of the west extremity of Gospel Island
Cadman Island and Kano Point. Above-water and drying with a 36‑foot (11‑m) shoal between them; a shoal finger
rocks extend 0.13 mile west of Kano Point. Sunken moor- extends 0.3 mile SE from the NE end of the island. Vessels
ing buoys and chains have been reported (October 2004), in
can pass either north or south of these dangers.
vicinity of the anchorage at the head of Carew Bay.
238 Gospel Point, 2 miles east of Gospel Island, is
230 Givenchy Anchorage is at the head of Kano Inlet.
On the west side of the approach an area of foul ground, in steep-to. A bight north of the point has two coves with sandy
which there are islets and rocks, extends 0.25 mile offshore. beaches on which the sea breaks heavily during strong west-
The anchorage is entered east of the wooded islet 215 feet erly winds. A similar cove is close south of the point. A rock
(66 m) high. The fairway at the entrance is reduced to about that dries 14 feet (4.3 m) is 1.1 miles NW of Gospel Point
300 feet (91 m) wide by a drying reef projecting from the east and below-water rocks with depths of 10 and 18 feet (3 and
 CHAPTER 4 4-15
Haida Gwaii — West Coast

5.5 m) over them are 0.3 mile SSW. A 24‑foot (7.3‑m) shoal 248 A microwave tower (53°29'N, 132°50'W)
is 0.4 mile north of Gospel Point. (Chart 3869) is 1 mile north of Skwakadanee Point.
249 Lauder Island, connected by a drying bank to a
Chart 3860
small promontory projecting from the north shore, lies within
239 Shields Bay (53°20'N, 132°27'W) has Richardson the entrance on the north side of the fairway. A rock that dries
Head, which is bold and steep-to, on its west side about 17 feet (5.2 m) is 0.33 mile SW from the south extremity of
1 mile within the entrance. Clonard Bay, on the south side of Lauder Island, with drying and below-water rocks between
Richardson Head, is fringed by a beach of boulders extending it and the island.
up to 0.1 mile offshore; otherwise, it is free of dangers. 250 An islet, 145 feet (44 m) high, is close within the east
240 Tides. — Tidal differences for Shields Bay (Index side of the entrance. Above-water, drying and below-water
No. 9650), referenced on Langara Point, are given in the Tide rocks, between 0.6 and 0.9 mile NE, lie up to 0.25 mile off-
Tables, Volume 7. shore. The head of the inlet is encumbered with several islets
241 Shields Island is in the inner part of Shields Bay and a drying flat. Depths within Seal Inlet are too great for
with its south extremity connected to shore by a drying reef. anchorage, except for small craft, at the head.
Clapp Islands extend SE from the SE extremity of the island. 251 Tartu Inlet is entered between Tartu Point (53°27'N,
242 Shields Rock, which dries 14 feet (4.3 m), is 0.7 mile 132°42'W) and Clonard Point. A 27‑foot (8.2‑m) shoal lies
west of Dawson Head, the NE point of Shields Island; two almost midway between the entrance points, and foul ground
rocks, one with a depth of 8 feet (2.4 m) over it and the other exists 0.25 mile south of Clonard Point and fringes the shore
with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it, are 0.1 mile SE and 0.2 mile ESE of the point for 1.5 miles. An islet 15 feet (4.6 m) high,
south of Shields Rock. A 39‑foot (11.9‑m) shoal is 0.3 mile with a rock covered less than 6 feet (2 m) close SE, is close-
NNW of Dawson Head. off the west shore of the inlet 2 miles within the entrance. A
243 Ells Bay, SW of Shields Island, has Ells Rocks in
drying rock (position approximate) is reported (1986) to lie
the middle of its entrance with deep passages on either side.
close-off the west shore 1.4 miles north of the 15‑foot (4.6‑m)
244 MacKenzie Passage, on the east and south sides
island. A booming ground and logging camp, on the east
of the Clapp Islands, leads into Clapp Basin, at the head of
side of the head of the inlet, is reported (1985) to be closed
Shields Bay. A drying bank on the south side of the passage
with only a watchman remaining; telephone service may be
restricts the fairway to a width of about 350 feet (107 m). A
available.
rock that dries 8 feet (2.4 m) is at the north extremity of a
252 Small vessels can obtain anchorage in about
shoal ridge extending north from the NE entrance point of
13 fathoms (24 m), 1.2 miles from the head of the inlet.
MacKenzie Passage. Rockrun Creek and Shields Creek
flow into a bight lying east of the drying rock. Charts 3869, 3860
245 Logging activities can be encountered in Shields Bay.
A logging road leads across Graham Island from the head of 253 The coastal waters between Kunakun Point (53°28'N,
Shields Bay and connects with the road between the Village 132°54'W) and Skelu Point, 3 miles NNW, are unsurveyed
of Queen Charlotte and Masset. and local knowledge is advised. From Kunakun Point to the
246 Anchorage can be obtained in Clonard Bay south entrance point of Skelu Bay the coast is, for the most
in about 15 fathoms (27.4 m) or in Ells Bay in about part, high and rugged, with shoals and kelp patches extending
23 fathoms (42 m). Small vessels can obtain well-sheltered up to 0.5 mile from it. Sadler Island is off the south entrance
anchorage in about 9 fathoms (16.5 m) in the middle of Clapp point of Skelu Bay with foul ground between them. Skelu Bay
Basin, but caution should be observed when rounding the is unsuitable for anchorage as it is fully exposed west and SW.
south end of Clapp Islands.

Hippa Island — Hippa Passage

Seal and Tartu Inlets
Chart 3860
247 Seal Inlet (53°29'N, 132°45'W), entered be-
tween Skwakadanee Point and Seal Point, has high 254 From south, the outer end of Hippa Island (53°32'N,
land on both sides. The entrance is encumbered with drying 132°58'W) appears as a low point and the inner end high and
and below-water rocks extending 0.85 mile west and WNW of bold, but from a position near Frederick Island, 26 miles
Seal Point, with a deep channel between their west extremity north, the island appears high and bold. There are high cliffs
and other below-water rocks lying within 0.4 mile east and at the east end of the south side of the island. Foul ground
NE of Skwakadanee Point. Caution is advised. surrounds Hippa Island. Quequitz Reefs, an area of drying
 PAC 206
4-16 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

and below-water rocks, are west of Hippa Island and a shoal advised before entering. Hosu Cove, encumbered with islets
finger extends NW from the islets off the NW end of the island. and rocks, is in the NE part of the bay; the south shore of this
255 Hippa Island light (807.4), on the NW side of cove is formed by a peninsula of which Gillan Point is the
the island, is shown at an elevation of 103 feet (31.5 m) SW extremity.
from a skeleton tower. 265 Selvesen Island, a wooded island, is close to the
256 Hippa Island and the north shore of Nesto Inlet are coast north of Selvesen Point; a rock that dries 13 feet (4 m)
within the boundaries of an Ecological Reserve. is 0.4 mile north of the island. A large kelp bed covers the reef
257 Hippa Passage can be entered east or north of Hippa with a rock awash on it lying offshore to the west of Selvesen
Island. A conspicuous rock pinnacle, 115 feet (35 m) high, is Point and Selvesen Island. Flamingo Rock, with less than
on the east side of the south entrance. 6 feet (2 m) over it and which breaks in heavy weather, is in
258 A rock, 23 feet (7 m) high, lies in the middle of the
the middle of the entrance to Athlow Bay.
fairway in the south entrance of the passage, 0.5 mile SSE
266 Hughes Point, high and cliffy with some drying
of Hippa Point. A rock with a depth of 23 feet (7 m) over it
rocks close-off it, is 1 mile ENE of Selvesen Island. A detached
is 0.5 mile west of the last-mentioned rock, with drying and
rock that dries 3 feet (0.9 m) is 0.25 mile NE of the point.
below-water rocks between them.
259 Hippa Rocks, consisting of two above-water rocks, Chart 3863
31 and 20 feet (9.4 and 6.1 m) high, and several drying and
267 Surveys. — Caution. — The waters covered
below-water rocks, lie in the middle of the NW entrance to
Hippa Passage. by Chart 3863 are not completely surveyed and un-
260 Marchand Point (53°34'N, 132°59'W) is low and charted dangers may exist.
a reef, terminating in a rock awash, extends 0.28 mile NW. 268 Port Chanal is entered between Hughes Point and
Foul ground, extending about 0.15 mile offshore, fringes the Barry Island (53°37'N, 132°56'W), which has a 33‑foot
coast for about 0.5 mile SE of the point. (10.1‑m) shoal 0.1 mile off its west side. Freeman Island,
261 A shoal ridge with below-water rocks on it and a in the middle of the entrance, has a rock that dries 3 feet
rock covered 21 feet (6.4 m) at its south extremity extends (0.9 m) and shoals with depths of 9 and 15 feet (2.7 and
from the north side of Hippa Passage just off the entrance to 4.6 m) extending about 0.2 mile north from Notch Point,
Nesto Inlet. its north extremity. The passage into Port Chanal leads north
262 About 0.7 mile south of the south entrance point of of ­Freeman Island. There is, apparently, deep water in mid-
Nesto Inlet, is an islet, 145 feet (44 m) high, with drying rocks channel to the anchorage about 1 mile from the head of the
off its north end and connected to shore by a drying ridge. A inlet.
rock, with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it, and a 14‑foot (4.3‑m) 269 Port Chanal and the surrounding area is an ­Ecological
shoal are 0.2 mile NNW of the islet. The north shore of Nesto Reserve.
Inlet is encumbered with islets and drying and below-water 270 Celestial Bluff is east of Freeman Island. Cameron
rocks from the middle to the head of the inlet. Depths within Range, a conspicuous range of mountains, is on the north side
Nesto Inlet are too great for anchorage, but small craft can of Port Chanal.
find shelter off the gravel beach at the head of the inlet, clear 271 Mallard Rock, 6 feet (1.8 m) high, is 0.1 mile NW
of the rocks mentioned above. of a point on the south side of the channel, 1.3 miles from
263 Between Marchand Point and Selvesen Point,
the head of the port. Shoals with depths of 18 to 34 feet (5.5
1.8 miles north, is an exposed bay with a shoal, marked
to 10.4 m) lie up to 0.15 mile NNE of Mallard Rock.
by kelp, in the middle of its entrance. A rock, 10 feet (3 m)
272 Chanal Rock, 4 feet (1.2 m) high, is off the SE shore,
high, 0.65 mile SW of Selvesen Point, is the south end of
0.6 mile from the head of the inlet; drying rocks extend ENE
a reef which extends about 1.3 miles north, terminating in
of Chanal Rock to a flat fringing the SE shore. A shallow spit
two rocks with less 6 feet (2 m) over them; this reef has not
been examined. with depths of less than 6 fathoms (11 m) over it extends off
the north shore, WNW of Chanal Rock. A rock with less than
6 feet (2 m) over it is near the south extremity of a reef north
Athlow Bay of Chanal Rock.
273 Empire Anchorage (53°35'N, 132°54'W), on the
south side of the channel SE of Freeman Island, is a bay
Chart 3869
encumbered with drying rocks at the head. A rocky ledge is
264 Athlow Bay (53°38'N, 133°00'W) is unsurveyed parallel to the east shore of the bay and joined to it by a drying
except for a few lines of track soundings; local knowledge is gravel flat. Mount Hobbs is close east of Empire Anchorage.
 CHAPTER 4 4-17
Haida Gwaii — West Coast

274 Empire Anchorage provides only temporary 284 Solide Islands are 1.5 miles ENE of Louis Point in
anchorage for small vessels in about 21 fathoms the middle of the approach to Port Louis. Banks with depths
(38 m) in the middle of its entrance. under 6 fathoms (11 m) extend 0.12 mile NNW and ENE from
275 Good sheltered anchorage can be obtained in the NW island. Two rocks that dry 6 feet (1.8 m) lie within
about 22 fathoms (40 m) about 1 mile from the head 0.15 mile of the east and NE sides of the SE island.
of Port Chanal. Small craft can obtain anchorage in about
285 Port Louis (53°42'N, 132°57'W) is entered through a
30 feet (9.1 m), 0.1 mile off the edge of the flats at the head
channel leading south of Chanal Point and Turner Point. The
of the port.
276 Goose Cove, SE of Freeman Island, is unsurveyed. bay between these points has several islets and foul ground
in its east part.
Charts 3869, 3811 286 Tides. — Tidal differences for Port Louis (Index
277 Coast. — Between the north entrance point No. 9671), referenced on Langara Point, are given in the Tide
of Athlow Bay (53°40'N, 133°00'W) and Louis Point, Tables, Volume 7.
2 miles NW, the land is low and the coast rocky and irregular. 287 Newington Rock, which dries 4 feet (1.2 m), has
Dangers. — Three rocks (position approximate) with less deep water close south of it and is on the north side of the
than 6 feet (2 m) over them lie up to 1.6 miles SSW and SW approach channel. Barnes Shoal, with a least depth of less
of Louis Point. The SW rock breaks heavily in a moderate than 6 feet (2 m), is on the south side of the channel.
sea. 288 Queen Island, on the west side of Port Louis, has
a drying reef extending about 450 feet (137 m) north of it. A
Port Louis detached shoal area with a least depth of 19 feet (5.8 m) is near
mid-channel. Depths of 3 to 9 fathoms (5.5 to 16.5 m) exist
between Queen Island and Barnes Shoal. Two shoal areas,
Chart 3811
0.15 mile SE of Queen Island, have least depths of less than
278 Louis Point (53°42'N, 133°02'W) is the north ex- 6 feet (2 m) and 21 feet (6.4 m).
tremity of an islet connected to Graham Island by a drying 289 Tingley Cove, the south extension of Port Louis, is
ledge. encumbered in its entrance by foul ground on which are the
279 Louis Rocks, consisting of two heads 1 and 6 feet Pip Islets.
(0.3 and 1.8 m) high, are on a drying reef 0.6 mile WNW of 290 Rocks. — A drying rock (position approximate)
Louis Point. Several shoals and drying rocks lie between Louis 50 feet (15 m) in diameter was reported (1980) to lie 0.1 mile
Rocks and Louis Point.
NW of Pip Islets. A rock awash (position approximate) lies
280 Taylor Shoal, 1 mile NNE of Louis Point, is a rocky
SE of Pip Islets, midway between a shoal ledge extending
bank with two shallow areas on it with least depths of 10
and 13 feet (3 and 4 m). A shoal with a least depth of 18 feet from the islets and a drying spit projecting from the shore to
(5.5 m) lies nearly midway between the south end of Taylor the SE. In addition to this rock, shoal water has been found
Shoal and some islets to the south. These shoals, all of which to extend across this passage. For vessels entering Tingley
break in a westerly swell, are on the west side of the fairway Cove, the passage between Pip Islets and Alured Point is
leading to Kiokathli Inlet. recommended, but caution is necessary as uncharted rocks
281 Brock Islands and Mackenzie Island, which is may exist.
connected to the shore SE by a drying bank, are on the east 291 Virgalias Cove, Coates Creek and Steel Creek are
side of the approach to Kiokathli Inlet. A shoal with 21 feet at the head of Port Louis. A shoal, with two heads with less
(6.4 m) over it is in the middle of the approach, WSW of Brock than 6 feet (2 m) over them, is in the approach to Virgalias
Islands, and reefs extend 300 feet (91 m) west and north of
Cove.
the north end of Mackenzie Island.
292 Anchorage can be obtained in the middle of
282 Kiokathli Inlet widens south of Mackenzie Island
Port Louis, in about 14 fathoms (25.6 m), mud.
into a basin encumbered in its centre by shoals with a least
293 About 0.5 mile NW of Chanal Point, an island is
depth of 19 feet (5.8 m) over them.
283 Between Mackenzie Island and Ogilvie Island, connected to Graham Island by a drying bank. Foul ground
0.15 mile NE, is the entrance to an inlet which is encum- extends about 0.1 mile and a shoal ridge is 0.2 mile NW of the
bered in its west half by foul ground. A drying rock is re- island. An island connected to the shore by a drying bank is
ported (1986) to lie in the middle of this inlet, SSW of the 1 mile farther north. Between these two islands, foul ground
east end of Ogilvie Island. with thick kelp overlaying it extends up to 0.35 mile offshore.
 PAC 206
4-18 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet
and Adjacent Waters and Haida Gwaii

Otard Bay and Approaches around. A rock with less than 6 feet (2 m) over it and several
shoals with depths from 15 to 36 feet (4.6 to 11 m), some
294 Otard Bay (53°45'N, 133°01'W) is entered between marked by kelp, lie between 1 and 2 miles west and NW of
McIntosh Point and Beavis Point, 0.9 mile west. Joseph Rocks. A rock with 15 feet (4.6 m) over it is in the
295 Benson Rock, with a depth of less than 6 feet (2 m) approach to Ingraham Bay, 1 mile north of Joseph Rocks.
over it, lies on a large shoal area, 0.9 mile SSW of Beavis 302 Ingraham Bay (53°49'N, 133°07'W) has a sandy
Point. Two shoals, with depths of 14 and 27 feet (4.3 and beach at its head. A rock that dries 11 feet (3.4 m) is on the
8.2 m), are 0.1 mile WNW and 0.25 mile SSW, respectively, north side of the entrance to the bay and shoals with depths
from Benson Rock. These shoals are steep-to on their east of 24 to 36 feet (7.3 to 11 m) lie in the middle of the entrance.
and west sides. 303 Between Ingraham Bay and Kennecott Point, about
296 Beavis Islets, close south of Beavis Point, are con- 5 miles NNW, the coast is rocky and irregular. Its south part is
nected to the point by a drying reef. A shoal with a depth of steep-to but within 1.8 miles of Kennecott Point it is fronted
36 feet (11 m) is 0.25 mile east of Beavis Islets, and foul by rocky ledges extending nearly 0.4 mile offshore at the foot
ground, on which there are some above-water and drying of some cliffs 30 feet (9.1 m) high. Cave Creek flows into the
rocks, extends 0.2 mile WNW from the islets. sea about 1 mile north of Ingraham Bay. Omega Mountain
297 Thomas Rock, which dries 10 feet (3 m), is 0.28 mile rises to a conspicuous summit, 1,220 feet (372 m) high, 1 mile
west of McIntosh Point. Shoal water lies all around the rock east of Kennecott Point and on the south side of an extensive
except the south side, which is steep-to. A 9‑foot (2.7‑m) shoal valley extending SE from the head of Peril Bay.
is 0.15 mile west and depths of less than 18 feet (5.5 m) are 304 Frederick Island (53°56'N, 133°11'W) is
the same distance east of Thomas Rock. A detached shoal densely wooded with rocky coasts. Ellis Point is its south
with 18 feet (5.5 m) over it is 0.2 mile SE of Thomas Rock. extremity. In clear weather the island is conspicuous from
298 Anchorage can be obtained about 0.4 mile the west approach to Parry Passage, about 15 miles north,
from the head of Otard Bay in 33 feet (10.1 m), sand, appearing as a part of Graham Island. A rock with less than
but a considerable sea rolls in with SE and SW gales. 6 feet (2 m) over it is 0.15 mile SW of a bare rocky islet close
299 Tian Bay (53°46′N, 133°04'W) is entered between south of Ellis Point. A rock, with 18 feet (5.5 m) over it and
Beavis Point and the Tian Islets, 1.7 miles west. A rock 4 feet marked by kelp, with deep water close all around is 1.5 miles
(1.2 m) high is 0.25 mile SE of the south islet, with a 29‑foot SW of Ellis Point; the sea breaks heavily over this rock. From
(8.8‑m) shoal north of it and a shoal of similar depth about Hope Point, the NW extremity of the island, a rocky ledge
0.2 mile west. A detached shoal with 25 feet (7.6 m) over it with an islet on it projects nearly 0.2 mile west. A group of
is 0.2 mile ENE of the north Tian Islet. A group of drying above-water rocks, the outermost of which is 25 feet (7.6 m)
rocks is 0.2 mile off the east shore of Tian Bay, 0.7 mile NW high, extends about 0.2 mile north from Dalton Point, the
of Beavis Point. NE extremity of Frederick Island; uneven depths of less than
6 fathoms (11 m) extend about 0.4 mile farther north and NE.
305 Frederick Island light (807.2), on Hope Point,
Tian Head to Cape Knox is shown at an elevation of 55 feet (16.8 m) from a
skeleton tower.
306 Morgan Point, east of Frederick Island, rises steeply
Chart 3868
to a summit of 440 feet (134 m) a short distance inland.
299.1 Caution. — Recent surveys (2018) have ­Beehive Hill, to the south, is conspicuous.
found shoaler depths than charted and horizontal 307 Peril Bay is entered from north between Frederick
discrepancies of up to 656 feet (200 m) along the west coast and Morgan Points. The south entrance is used only by small
of Graham Island. craft, as there are mid-channel depths of less than 2 fathoms
300 Tian Head (53°47'N, 133°07'W) is a prominent (3.7 m). Local knowledge is advised.
point with a conspicuous wooded summit 500 feet (153 m) 308 Boussole Rock is 1.5 miles NW of Morgan Point on
high 0.7 mile NE of it. Tian Rock, 25 feet (7.6 m) high, is the north side of the approach to Peril Bay. Boussole Rock
0.3 mile SW of Tian Head, with shoal water, a rock that dries has a depth of 18 feet over it and two shoals with depths of
2 feet (0.6 m) and a drying reef between them. A detached 27 and 33 feet (8.2 and 10.1 m) lie within 0.25 mile NE and
36‑foot (11‑m) shoal is 1.1 miles west, and a rock that dries SE of it. The water is deep on the seaward side of this shoal
1 foot (0.3 m) is 1.3 miles NW of Tian Head. area and it breaks heavily in a moderate swell.
301 Joseph Rocks, 2 miles NNW of Tian Head, are 309 Temporary anchorage is obtainable in Peril
31 feet (9.4 m) high and have submerged reefs extending about Bay for vessels of moderate draught in about 33 feet
0.15 mile NW and SE and shoals lying within 0.4 mile all (10.1 m), sand, in a position with Morgan Point in line with
 CHAPTER 4 4-19
Haida Gwaii — West Coast

Conspicuous Cone bearing 038°, and the rocky point under that even small craft should pass to seaward of La Pérouse
Beehive Hill bearing 097°. This anchorage, which should be Reef.
used with caution, is protected from most directions, but with 316 Conspicuous Cone and Pivot Mountain rise
strong west or NW winds, the swell, which is nearly always 1.8 miles SE and 4.5 miles ENE of White Point. The latter
present, becomes heavy and a vessel should be prepared to mountain is somewhat detached from the others, and is easy
leave. to identify from the NE part of Dixon Entrance. A microwave
310 Directions. — A vessel from the north bound for tower is on Pivot Mountain.
the anchorage in Peril Bay should pass about 1.5 miles west 317 Between White Point and Sadler Point (54°06'N,
of La Pérouse Reef and then steer with Hope Point ahead, 133°06'W), 6 miles north, is Beresford Bay, which is fringed
bearing 170°. When the north extremity of Morgan Point by foul ground and thick kelp; it is of no use as an anchor-
bears about 115°, alter course to bring that point ahead, bear- age. Hana Koot Creek flows into the south part of the bay
ing 112°, to pass about midway between Dalton Point and east of White Point. Beresford Creek flows into the SE part
Boussole Rock. When Omega Mountain bears 154°, steer of the bay 0.6 mile NNE of Pyramid Hill. Caswell Point
for it on that bearing which will lead to the anchorage. A and Fleurieu Point are two projections on the east side of
vessel from south proceeding to Peril Bay should, after clear- Beresford Bay. Sialun Bay, close south of Sadler Point, has
ing the 18‑foot (5.5‑m) rock SW of Ellis Point, round Hope
a rock 10 feet (3 m) high in its middle and Sialun Creek at
Point at a distance of about 0.5 mile and then steer a course
its head.
with ­Conspicuous Cone ahead, bearing 065°, until the north
318 Lauder Point is 1.2 miles north of Sadler Point, and
extremity of Morgan Point bears 112°; then follow the latter
Newcombe Hill, which is conspicuous, rises about 1.3 miles
part of the directions given above.
farther NE. Several rocks, above water, drying and awash, on
311 There is no harbour or landing place between Peril
which the sea breaks heavily, extend up to 1.5 miles offshore
Bay and Cape Knox, the NW point of Graham Island.
between Sadler Point and Newcombe Hill. Gatenby Rock,
312 Tidal streams offshore between Frederick
Island and Parry Passage are not strong, seldom at- which is awash and usually breaking, is the outermost of these
taining more than 1 kn. dangers.
313 Haines Creek flows into a small bight on the east 319 The coast from Sadler Point to T'áalan Stl'áng,
side of Morgan Point; it is difficult to access by boat, except 4 miles NNE, is formed of precipitous cliffs.
at HW in calm weather. 320 T'áalan Stl'áng, which is free of dangers, is on
314 Islets, drying rocks and shoal water lie up to 1 mile the south side of a peninsula whose NW extremity is Cape
offshore between Morgan Point and White Point (54°00'N, Knox. A heavy swell is always present in the bay making it
133°07'W), which has conspicuous white cliffs near it. unsuitable as an anchorage, even in fine weather.
315 La Pérouse Reef, 2 miles WNW of White Point, 321 The islet, 100 feet (30.5 m) high, at the head of
dries 8 to 9 feet (2.4 to 2.7 m) and is the outermost danger be- T'áalan Stl'áng is an Ecological Reserve.
tween Frederick Island and Cape Knox. Foul ground extends 322 Dixon Entrance including Parry Passage, Carew
0.3 mile NE of the reef; the west side of the reef is steep-to, but Rock, Turner Reef and the passage between them and Cape
it should be given a wide berth. Breakers are charted 1.3 miles Knox are described in Chapter 2.
to the south. Between the reef and White Point, and as far 323 Attention is directed to the caution in
south along the coast as Boussole Rock, there are numerous ­Chapter 2 regarding the approach to Parry Passage
below-water rocks over which the sea generally breaks, so from south in thick weather.
 APPENDICES
Sail Plan
Adapted from Transport Canada Publication TP 511E.
Fill out a sail plan for every boating trip you take and file it with a responsible person. Upon
arrival at your destination, be sure to close (or deactivate) the sail plan. Forgetting to do so can
result in an unwarranted search for you.

Sail Plan
Owner Information
Name:_____________________________________________________________________
Address:___________________________________________________________________
Telephone Number:____________________ Emergency Contact Number:_______________

Boat Information

Boat Name:__________________________ Licence or

Registration Number:______________________
Sail:_____________ Power:_____________ Length:______________ Type:_______________
Colour Hull:_______________ Deck:_______________ Cabin:______________
Engine Type:_________________________ Distinguishing Features:___________________

Communications

Radio Channels Monitored: HF: VHF: MF:

MMSI (Maritime Mobile Service Identity) Number:___________________________________
Satellite or Cellular Telephone Number:___________________________________________

Safety Equipment on Board

Lifejackets and PFD’s (include number):__________________________________________

Liferafts (include type and colour):________ Dinghy or Small Boat
(include colour):__________________________
Flares (include number and type):_______________________________________________
Other Safety Equipment:_______________________________________________________

Trip Details — Update These Details Every Trip

Date of Departure:____________________ Time of Departure:________________________

Leaving From:________________________ Heading To:_____________________________
Proposed Route:______________________ Estimated Date and
Stopover Points (include date and time):___ Time of Arrival:___________________________
___________________________________ Number of People on Board:________________

Search and Rescue Telephone Number:____________________________

A-1
APPENDICES

The responsible person should contact the nearest Joint Rescue Coordination Centre (JRCC)
or Maritime Rescue Sub-Centre (MRSC) if the vessel becomes overdue.
Act smart and call early in case of emergency. The sooner you call, the sooner help will arrive.
JRCC Victoria (British Columbia and Yukon) 1-800-567-5111
+1-250-413-8933 (Satellite, Local or out of area)
# 727 (Cellular)
+1-250-413-8932 (fax)
[email protected] (Email)
JRCC Trenton (Great Lakes and Arctic) 1-800-267-7270
+1-613-965-3870 (Satellite, Local or Out of Area)
+1-613-965-7279 (fax)
[email protected] (Email)
MRSC Québec (Quebec Region) 1-800-463-4393
+1-418-648-3599 (Satellite, Local or out of area)
+1-418-648-3614 (fax)
[email protected] (Email)
JRCC Halifax (Maritimes Region) 1-800-565-1582
+1-902-427-8200 (Satellite, Local or out of area)
+1-902-427-2114 (fax)
[email protected] (Email)
MRSC St. John’s (Newfoundland and Labrador Region) 1-800-563-2444
+1-709-772-5151 (Satellite, Local or out of area)
+1-709-772-2224 (fax)
[email protected] (Email)
MCTS Sail Plan Service
Marine Communications and Traffic Services Centres provide a sail plan processing and
alerting service. Mariners are encouraged to file Sail Plans with a responsible person. In
circumstances where this is not possible, Sail Plans may be filed with any MCTS Centre by
telephone or marine radio only. Should a vessel on a Sail Plan fail to arrive at its destination
as expected, procedures will be initiated which may escalate to a full search and rescue effort.
Participation in this program is voluntary. See Canadian Radio Aids to Marine Navigation.

A-2
 Marina Facilities
Depths(m) Facilities Supplies
Depths given in this Appendix are the depths at Lowest Low
Water claimed by the marina operator.

Dock
Power
Car Park
Water/Ice

Groceries

Fuel Pump
Bait/Tackle

Approaches
Hoist (tonnes)
Marine Railway
Gasoline/Diesel

Accommodation
Launching Ramp
Marine Hardware

Naphtha/Propane

Sewage Pumpout

Garbage Disposal

Repairs Hull/Engine
Kerosene/Lubricants
Authorized Chart Dealer

Note: this information, while correct at the time of publication is

Laundry, Toilets, Showers

subject to frequent change and should not be relied upon

Berthing for visiting craft (m)

Meals Restaurant/Snack Bar
implicitly.

Location and Name Telephone

CHAPTER 2
Masset Harbour
Delkatla Sough Harbour 250-626-5487 3 3 3 1500 P E GD MCp R CP L G WI GD NP KL BT H

CHAPTER 3
Village of Queen Charlotte
CHM
Queen Charlotte Small Craft Harbour 250-559-4650 75 HE GD RS CP G WI BT H
Cp
Sandspit
CHM
Sandspit Harbour Marina B P E H TS GD SP CP L W
Cp
Accommodation = H - Hotel C - Cabins M - Motel Cp - Camping

A-3
APPENDICES
APPENDICES

DISTANCES: PRINCE RUPERT TO PORTLAND AND

OBSERVATORY INLETS AND THE
HEAD OF ALICE AND HASTINGS ARMS
Prince Rupert
19 Lucy Islands
37 19 Pointer Rocks
39 20 5 Port Simpson
67 49 30 33 Kincolith
92 74 55 58 27 Brook Shoal Light
103 85 66 69 37 11 Alice Arm
95 77 58 61 29 5 16 Anyox
107 89 70 73 42 15 26 19 Head of Hastings Arm
The distances are approximate and expressed to the nearest even nautical mile.
They are based on the most frequently used tracks which may not be suitable for all vessels.

DISTANCES: PRINCE RUPERT TO STEWART

VIA PORTLAND INLET AND CANAL
Prince Rupert
65 Ramsden Point Light
87 22 Hattie Island Light
111 46 24 Cliff Point
128 63 41 17 Stewart
The distances are approximate and expressed to the nearest even nautical mile.
They are based on the most frequently used tracks which may not be suitable for all vessels.

U.S. PORTS
Prince Rupert to Ketchikan ............................... 131 miles
Ketchikan to Skagway ....................................... 276 miles

DISTANCES: PRINCE RUPERT TO LANGARA POINT

VIA BROWN PASSAGE
Prince Rupert
13 Rachel Islands
27 14 Triple Islands
49 36 22 Rose Spit Buoy
81 64 50 23 Masset Bar
99 86 72 50 33 Langara Point
The distances are approximate and expressed to the nearest even nautical mile.
They are based on the most frequently used tracks which may not be suitable for all vessels.

A-4
 APPENDICES
DISTANCES: PRINCE RUPERT TO HAIDA GWAII

Prince Rupert
9 Holland Rocks
28 19 Seal Rocks
80 71 52 Lawn Point Buoy
91 81 63 11 Sandspit
99 89 71 19 8 Queen Charlotte
The distances are approximate and expressed to the nearest even nautical mile.
They are based on the most frequently used tracks which may not be suitable for all vessels.

DISTANCES: PRINCE RUPERT TO EAST COAST OF HAIDA GWAII

Prince Rupert
9 Holland Rocks
28 19 Seal Rocks
95 86 67 Cumshewa Head
99 90 71 11 Reef Island
122 113 94 38 27 Scudder Point
128 119 100 44 33 6 Copper Islands
136 127 108 56 45 18 12 Garcin Rocks
158 149 130 73 62 35 29 17 Cape St. James
The distances are approximate and expressed to the nearest even nautical mile.
They are based on the most frequently used tracks which may not be suitable for all vessels.

DISTANCES: WEST COAST HAIDA GWAII

CAPE ST. JAMES TO LANGARA POINT
Cape St. James
14 Anthony Island
39 25 Gowgaia Bay (entrance)
67 53 28 Tasu Sound (entrance)
101 87 62 34 Marble Island
126 112 87 59 25 Hippa Island
151 137 112 84 50 25 Frederick Island
172 158 133 105 71 46 21 Langara Point
N.B. 3 to 5 miles offshore
The distances are approximate and expressed to the nearest even nautical mile.
They are based on the most frequently used tracks which may not be suitable for all vessels.

A-5
APPENDICES

CANADIAN CLIMATE NORMALS

The meteorological data in the following tables is supplied by Environment Canada, Atmospheric
Environment Service.

Starting and ending dates given with each station are the total period of observation. Values of the
climate elements are averages for the period 1961-90, or for a portion of that period no shorter
than 20 years. Extreme or maximum values are the highest or lowest occurrence for all years that
data is available.

Bonilla Island 53°30'N 130°38'W

1960 to 1990
Elevation 16 m (52 ft)
Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Year
Temperature (°C)
Daily average 3.5 4.4 5.3 6.6 8.9 11.0 12.9 13.3 12.2 9.6 6.3 4.4 8.2
Daily maximum 5.3 6.3 7.2 8.7 10.8 13.0 14.8 15.2 14.0 11.3 8.1 6.2 10.1
Daily minimum 1.6 2.5 3.3 4.6 6.8 9.1 10.9 11.5 10.4 7.9 4.5 2.5 6.3
Extreme maximum 15.5 15.6 15.0 19.5 22.0 20.0 23.3 22.0 26.5 18.0 18.9 14.5
Extreme minimum -13.3 -14.5 -8.9 -2.8 2.0 5.5 7.8 7.2 4.4 -5.0 -18.5 -15.0

Precipitation
Rainfall (mm) 192.2 173.9 170.7 162.2 118.0 98.9 83.0 106.7 171.7 278.5 251.5 221.2 2028.6
Extreme daily rainfall 54.1 80.5 52.8 50.6 56.4 49.0 62.6 47.5 65.5 87.6 63.5 63.8
Days with rain 20 19 21 20 17 16 15 16 18 24 23 22 228
Snowfall (cm) 17.0 12.0 6.2 1.2 T 0.0 0.0 0.0 T 0.4 5.7 16.8 59.3
Extreme daily snowfall 17.8 25.0 19.5 10.7 0.2 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.4 15.2 45.7
Days with snow 4 3 2 * * 0 0 0 0 * 1 3 13
Days with precipitation 22 20 22 20 17 16 15 16 18 24 23 23 235

Wind (knots)
Speed x x x x x x 12 x x x x x x
Most frequent direction x x x x x x SE x x x x x x
Maximum hourly speed 56 77 64 56 45 44 36 42 47 57 68 63
Direction SE S SE S SE SE SE SE SE SE SE S
* = Average of less than one but greater than zero
T = Trace
X = Some data exists but not enough to derive a value

A-6
 APPENDICES
Cape St. James 51°56'N 131°01'W
1925 to 1990
Elevation 92 m (302 ft)
Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Year
Temperature (°C)
Daily average 4.6 5.2 5.7 6.8 8.8 10.8 13.0 14.1 13.2 10.1 6.9 5.2 8.7
Daily maximum 6.3 7.0 7.8 9.2 11.3 13.3 15.5 16.6 15.6 12.2 8.7 6.9 10.9
Daily minimum 2.9 3.3 3.4 4.4 6.2 8.3 10.4 11.5 10.7 8.0 5.0 3.4 6.4
Extreme maximum 12.5 12.9 17.8 19.0 23.3 28.3 24.4 24.1 25.0 20.3 15.4 12.6
Extreme minimum -12.2 -13.7 -11.7 -2.2 1.1 1.1 5.0 5.6 5.0 -2.2 -12.6 -10.0

Precipitation
Rainfall (mm) 156.9 129.4 118.8 109.9 88.6 80.8 61.6 76.5 119.0 196.4 184.5 165.0 1487.4
Extreme daily rainfall 56.6 54.6 54.4 59.4 44.5 63.5 47.8 61.0 59.2 59.9 63.0 54.6
Days with rain 23 20 21 21 18 16 15 15 17 24 24 23 235
Snowfall (cm) 17.0 9.1 8.2 4.1 0.3 T 0.0 T T 0.2 4.6 12.2 55.7
Extreme daily snowfall 22.6 16.3 28.4 7.6 4.6 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 4.6 19.6 23.9
Days with snow 6 5 5 3 * 0 0 0 0 * 2 5 26
Days with precipitation 25 21 22 21 18 16 15 15 17 24 24 25 243

Wind (knots)
Speed 22 21 18 17 16 15 14 13 15 18 20 21 17
Most frequent direction S S NW NW NW NW NW NW NW S S NW NW
Maximum hourly speed 83 86 86 85 60 62 50 46 66 96 77 86
Direction NW S NE S W S E NW SE SE SE W
Maximum gust speed 102 104 91 76 83 66 56 66 74 103 98 103
Direction SE SE SE SE SE E SE SE W SE SE SE
* = Average of less than one but greater than zero
T = Trace

Ethelda Bay 53°03'N 129°41'W

1957 to 1990
Elevation 8 m (26 ft)
Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Year
Temperature (°C)
Daily average 2.4 3.7 4.5 6.3 8.7 11.1 13.1 13.6 12.0 8.7 5.0 2.9 7.7
Daily maximum 4.7 6.4 7.8 10.0 12.7 15.1 16.9 17.5 15.8 11.7 7.4 5.2 10.9
Daily minimum 0.0 1.0 1.1 2.5 4.5 7.1 9.3 9.7 8.1 5.6 2.6 0.6 4.3
Extreme maximum 16.1 15.0 16.7 23.6 28.3 29.4 26.4 28.4 27.5 20.6 17.8 16.1
Extreme minimum -16.7 -14.5 -8.9 -7.8 -2.2 -1.1 2.6 1.5 -1.1 -7.6 -18.4 -14.4

Precipitation
Rainfall (mm) 325.1 278.4 256.5 262.0 195.5 142.3 123.5 156.7 254.0 424.1 414.8 325.9 3158.8
Extreme daily rainfall 118.6 107.4 104.6 103.4 95.3 88.6 77.7 76.2 85.4 111.5 106.7 129.8
Days with rain 19 18 20 20 18 16 15 15 17 24 23 21 225
Snowfall (cm) 40.0 25.2 16.4 5.3 T 0.0 T 0.0 0.0 0.7 10.6 29.1 127.2
Extreme daily snowfall 72.7 50.8 22.9 14.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 13.5 36.1 33.0
Days with snow 7 5 4 2 0 0 0 0 0 * 3 5 26
Days with precipitation 22 20 22 20 18 16 15 15 17 24 24 23 234

Wind (knots)
Speed 9 8 7 7 6 5 5 5 5 8 8 9 7
Most frequent direction NE SE SE SE SE SE NW SE SE SE NE NE SE
Maximum hourly speed 50 70 35 40 35 35 30 35 48 45 50 50
Direction NE NE SE SE SE SE SE S SE SE SE SE
* = Average of less than one but greater than zero
T = Trace
A-7
APPENDICES

Langara 54°15'N 133°03'W

1936 to 1990
Elevation 41 m (135 ft)
Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Year
Temperature (°C)
Daily average 3.0 3.8 4.4 5.8 8.1 10.3 12.3 13.2 12.1 9.0 5.4 3.7 7.6
Daily maximum 4.8 5.7 6.6 8.3 10.5 12.5 14.4 15.3 14.3 11.1 7.3 5.5 9.7
Daily minimum 1.1 1.9 2.2 3.3 5.5 8.0 10.2 11.0 9.9 6.9 3.5 1.8 5.4
Extreme maximum 13.7 12.8 14.4 19.4 25.0 25.6 22.2 24.2 22.8 20.0 15.0 12.8
Extreme minimum -14.4 -12.0 -11.7 -3.3 0.0 3.3 5.6 5.6 1.1 -4.5 -15.9 -12.8

Precipitation
Rainfall (mm) 162.2 127.0 124.7 129.1 105.2 92.8 83.3 112.1 179.0 269.5 202.1 185.3 1772.1
Extreme daily rainfall 71.2 46.0 52.0 54.9 65.3 38.9 53.6 46.0 56.8 67.8 88.4 57.0
Days with rain 20 19 21 21 20 18 18 18 21 27 24 22 249
Snowfall (cm) 29.8 19.3 14.2 5.3 0.1 0.0 0.0 0.0 T 1.2 8.4 23.3 101.6
Extreme daily snowfall 56.1 30.2 23.8 14.0 1.4 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.6 10.9 22.9 31.6
Days with snow 6 4 4 2 * 0 0 0 * * 2 5 23
Days with precipitation 23 21 23 21 20 18 18 18 21 27 24 25 259
* = Average of less than one but greater than zero
T = Trace

Sandspit 53°15'N 131°49'W

1945 to 1990
Elevation 5 m (16 ft)
Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Year
Temperature (°C)
Daily average 2.8 3.7 4.5 6.2 8.8 11.6 14.1 14.9 13.0 9.1 5.3 3.5 8.1
Daily maximum 5.3 6.3 7.4 9.2 11.8 14.5 16.8 17.7 15.9 11.9 8.0 5.9 10.9
Daily minimum 0.3 1.1 1.6 3.1 5.7 8.8 11.3 12.0 10.1 6.2 2.6 1.0 5.3
Extreme maximum 12.4 13.4 13.9 18.9 21.7 25.9 27.8 26.7 24.1 20.6 16.3 13.4
Extreme minimum -13.9 -12.3 -12.2 -2.8 -1.1 2.2 5.0 5.6 -0.6 -3.1 -15.5 -12.8

Precipitation
Rainfall (mm) 139.9 109.2 96.5 92.7 62.3 57.1 44.7 54.3 94.2 195.5 184.4 158.2 1289.0
Extreme daily rainfall 61.6 45.8 41.5 79.5 48.3 39.1 22.1 41.0 48.5 58.6 66.2 65.6
Days with rain 18 17 18 18 17 15 13 14 17 23 22 20 213
Snowfall (cm) 27.9 15.6 7.8 2.3 0.1 T 0.0 0.0 0.0 T 6.3 15.3 75.2
Extreme daily snowfall 35.6 27.4 19.6 8.6 1.5 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 2.0 22.9 23.4
Days with snow 6 4 3 2 * 0 0 0 0 * 2 4 21
Days with precipitation 22 19 19 19 17 15 13 14 17 23 23 22 222

Sunshine (hours) 52.1 81.1 119.6 156.7 200.1 181.5 185.3 180.9 137.2 93.2 63.5 44.6 1495.8

Wind (knots)
Speed 11 11 10 10 10 9 8 8 9 10 11 11 10
Most frequent direction SE SE SE SE SE SE W W SE SE SE SE SE
Maximum hourly speed 70 57 54 61 52 42 39 39 50 74 65 65
Direction SE SE SE SE SE SE SE SE SE SE SE SE
Maximum gust speed 87 89 65 76 66 52 50 50 61 80 87 82
Direction SE SE E SE SE SE SE SE SE SE SW SE
* = Average of less than one but greater than zero
T = Trace
A-8
 APPENDICES
Tasu Sound 52°46'N 132°03'W
1963 to 1984
Elevation 15 m (49 ft)
Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec Year
Temperature (°C)
Daily maximum 5.2 N 7.3 N N N 16.3 17.5 N 12.2 N N N
Daily minimum N N N N N N 10.4 N N N N N N
Extreme maximum 16.0 15.0 20.6 21.0 25.6 28.3 33.3 28.9 27.5 19.4 17.2 13.9
Extreme minimum -11.1 -6.7 -7.2 -2.2 -1.7 1.7 5.0 4.4 3.9 -4.0 -6.1 -10.0

Precipitation
Rainfall (mm) 443.1 N 355.0 358.9 238.6 154.3 128.1 182.3 327.2 N 494.5 476.5 N
Extreme daily rainfall 192.5 154.4 182.6 194.0 150.9 99.6 159.0 189.7 130.5 179.1 190.8 126.5
Days with rain 17 19 21 20 18 14 14 14 18 24 22 21 221
Snowfall (cm) 32.4 15.0 8.0 1.2 T 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.3 3.8 14.1 74.8
Extreme daily snowfall 45.7 23.2 14.7 5.1 1.3 0.0 0.0 0.0 0.0 3.0 15.2 35.6
Days with snow 5 3 2 * * 0 0 0 0 * 1 3 15
Days with precipitation 21 20 22 20 18 14 14 14 18 24 22 22 229
* = Average of less than one but greater than zero
N = Some data exists but not enough to derive a value
T = Trace

A-9
APPENDICES

FREQUENCY OF FOG
Observations Percentage of observations when fog was present
Station Years No.Per Jan Feb Mar Apr May June July Aug Sept Oct Nov Dec
Day
Cape St. James 1953-80 24 22.3 24.1 16.8 16.1 14.9 18.6 21.5 20.5 23.3 26.3 19.5 24.3
51°56'N 131°01'W
Cape Scott 1966-81 8 12.3 11.1 11.8 10.6 12.3 14.7 19.3 24.7 20.0 17.7 13.4 14.4
50°47'N 128°26'W
Ethelda Bay 1957-80 4 12.3 13.8 11.4 9.2 9.8 10.8 12.3 14.7 16.6 20.0 14.0 14.3
53°03’N 129°41’W
Langara 1954-80 4 4.9 4.3 4.4 4.3 4.2 8.5 14.6 13.8 9.9 6.1 5.1 5.3
54°15'N 133°03'W
Sandspit 1953-80 24 9.4 10.8 7.4 6.2 5.4 6.2 5.4 5.4 8.2 12.7 12.2 11.2
53°15'N 131°49'W
Triple Islands 1953-67 4 1.2 1.8 0.9 1.2 2.6 5.2 7.1 8.5 6.9 1.3 0.9 1.6
54°18'N 130°53'W

A-10
 INDEX
Abraham Point, C3/P165 Anvil Rock, C4/P87 Bay of Plenty, C1/P422
Abrams Island, C1/P376 Anyox, C2/P489 Bay Point, C2/P406
Absalom Island, C1/P296 Anyox Creek, C2/P487 Beadle Rocks, C1/P213
Adam Rocks, C4/P66 Anyox Rock, C2/P486 Beal Cove, C2/P181
Adams Bay, C1/P473 Appleby Island, C1/P217 Bean Island, C2/P64
Adams Island, C1/P134 Aranzazu Banks, C1/P119 Bear Lake, C1/P477
Adams Point, C1/P473 Aranzazu Point, C2/P123 Bear River, C2/P571
Aero, C3/P335 Archer Islets, C1/P75 Bearskin Bay, C3/P408
Agassiz Banks, C1/P148 Archer Point, C4/P177 Beatrice Shoal, C3/P265
Agglomerate Island, C3/P230 Archie Rock, C1/P229 Beattie Anchorage, C3/P328
Aikman Passage, C1/P540 Argonaut Hill, C3/P479 Beattie Point, C3/P417
Ain River, C2/P302 Argyh Cove, C1/P472 Beauchemin Channel, C1/P81
Aiskew Island, C2/P479 Arichika Island, C3/P161 Beaven Islands, C1/P64
Aiskew Point, C2/P479 Arichika Shoal, C3/P161 Beaver Passage, C1/P240
Aitken Islands, C1/P411 Ariel Rock, C4/P145 Beavis Islets, C4/P296
Ala Narrows, C1/P696 Aristazabal Island, C1/P43 Beavis Point, C4/P294
Ala Passage, C1/P691 Armentières Channel, C4/P221 Becker Point, C1/P688
Alarm Rocks, C1/P725 Arniston Point, C2/P130 Beehive Hill, C4/P306
Alder Island, C3/P159 Arnold Point, C4/P34 Beljay Bay, C3/P254
Alert Rock, C2/P185 Arnoup Creek, C1/P426 Beljay Point, C3/P254
Arrandale, C2/P399 Belle Bay, C2/P547
Alexander Islands, C1/P502
Arriaga Islands, C1/P72 Belle Point, C3/P407
Alexander Shoal, C1/P716
Ascroft Islet, C1/P574 Bell Point, C4/P181
Alexandra Narrows, C2/P208
Ashdown Island, C1/P507 Benjamin Point, C3/P61
Alford Point, C3/P282
Ashington Range, C2/P431 Bennett Islet, C1/P213
Alford Rock, C3/P282
Askew Islands, C1/P216 Benney Islets, C1/P87
Alfred Point, C3/P275
Astrolabe Rock, C2/P180 Benson Rock, C4/P295
Alice Arm, C2/P450
Astronomical Point, C2/P541 Bent Harbour, C1/P78
Alice Arm (Locality), C2/P468
Athlow Bay, C4/P264 Bent Tree Point, C3/P220
Alice Arm light, C2/P465
Atli Inlet, C3/P252 Beresford Bay, C4/P317
Alice Rock, C2/P461
Augustus Rock, C4/P172 Beresford Creek, C4/P317
All Alone Stone, C3/P162 Awaya Point, C3/P81 Beresford Inlet, C3/P197
Allan Point, C2/P269 Awun Bay, C2/P308 Berry Islands, C3/P437
Allatt Point, C1/P528 Azimuth Island, C1/P704 Betteridge Inlet, C1/P625
Allcroft Point, C1/P739 Azimuth Point, C2/P543 Betton Rocks, C1/P568
Allen Rocks, C1/P48 Big Goose Creek, C3/P281
Allerton Passage, C1/P203 Babbage Island, C1/P88 Bigsby Inlet, C3/P208
Alliford Bay, C3/P399 Bag Harbour, C3/P127 Bigsby Point, C3/P205
Alman Island, C1/P78 Baile Island, C1/P491 Bill Creek, C2/P360
Alpha Bay, C1/P763 Bain Point, C2/P205 Billington Rocks, C4/P84
Alpha Creek, C1/P763 Baird Point, C1/P237 Billy Bay, C1/P309
Alpha Point, C1/P763 Baker Point, C1/P453 Billy Islands, C1/P308
Alston Cove, C1/P418 Baker Shoal, C1/P48 Birch Point, C1/P217
Alured Point, C4/P290 Balch Islands, C3/P422 Bischof Islands, C3/P196
Amethyst Rock, C4/P156 Balcom Inlet, C3/P47 Bishop Rock, C3/P93
Amur Point, C3/P218 Ballard Point, C3/P38 Blackburn Peninsula, C3/P43
Amur Rock, C3/P285 Ball, Cape, C3/P477 Blackrock Point, C1/P551
Anchor Cove, C3/P433 Banks Island, C1/P173 Blaine Point, C2/P525
Anchor Mountain, C1/P227 Barber Point, C4/P30 Bland Point, C4/P199
Anderson Islands, C1/P64 Bare Rocks, C3/P397 Bland Rocks, C1/P153
Anderson Passage, C1/P627 Bareside Mountain, C1/P762 Blee Creek, C1/P418
Anderson Rock, C1/P211 Bareside Point, C1/P762 Blenkinsop Islet, C1/P563
Andrew Point, C3/P184 Barge Point, C3/P304 Blinder Rock, C1/P591
Andrews Point, C2/P76 Barlow Point, C1/P511 Block Head, C1/P561
Anger Anchorage, C1/P700 Barnard Creek, C1/P543 Block Islands, C1/P168
Anger Inlet, C1/P705 Barnard Harbour, C1/P537 Bloomfield Lake, C1/P424
Anger Island, C1/P661 Barnard Island, C1/P143 Blossom Point, C1/P573
Anger Point, C1/P698 Barnes Shoal, C4/P287 Bluejay Cove, C3/P97
Angle Island, C3/P427 Barren Island, C2/P112 Blue Point, C2/P560
Anna Inlet, C3/P226 Barren Rocks, C1/P274 Bluff Point, C2/P548
Annesley Point, C4/P167 Barrier Bay, C4/P153 Blunt Point (Newcombe Inlet), C4/P147
Annette Island, C4/P54 Bar Rocks, C3/P360 Blunt Point (Portland Canal), C2/P544
Annie Point, C1/P680 Barry Inlet, C4/P113 Boat Harbour, C2/P128
Annis Point, C3/P39 Barry Island, C4/P268 Bocking Peninsula, C2/P476
Anthony Island, C4/P32 Bar, The, C2/P201 Bolkus Islands, C3/P101
Anthracite Point, C3/P435 Bartlett Point, C2/P501 Bonanza Creek, C2/P487
Antiquary Bay, C4/P166 Bay Islet, C2/P555 Bonanza Point, C2/P487
Antle Islands, C1/P199 Baylee Bay, C4/P197 Bone Anchorage, C1/P485
Anvil Cove, C4/P86 Baylee Bluff, C4/P187 Bone Islet, C1/P219
C = Chapter/P = Paragraph
I-1
INDEX

Bone Point, C4/P172 Byers Bay, C1/P204 Chaatl Island, C4/P204

Bonilla Island, C1/P180 Byers Islands, C1/P49 Chaatl Narrows, C4/P204
Bonilla Rocks, C1/P179 Chacon, Cape, C2/P66
Bonson Rock, C1/P96 Caamaño Passage, C2/P127 Chads Point, C4/P162
Boomchain Bay, C4/P176 Caamaño Sound, C1/P115 Chambers Creek, C2/P428
Borde Island, C1/P529 Cadman Island, C4/P228 Chanal, Port, C4/P268
Borrowman Bay, C1/P99 Cadman Point, C4/P72 Chanal Point, C4/P285
Borrowman Group, C1/P210 Calamity Bay, C1/P185 Chanal Reef, C2/P179
Borrowman Shoals, C2/P279 Cameron Cove, C1/P543 Chanal Rock, C4/P272
Borthwick Rock, C1/P138 Cameron Range, C4/P270 Chandler Rocks, C1/P210
Campania Island, C1/P585 Chapple Inlet, C1/P487
Boston Islands, C2/P149
Campania Sound, C1/P497 Charles Islands, C4/P57
Botany Inlet, C4/P154
Campbell Ridge, C2/P496 Cherry Islets, C1/P567
Botany Island, C4/P154
Camp Creek, C1/P330 Chettleburgh Point, C1/P489
Bottle Inlet, C4/P164 Camp Islet, C1/P531 Chief Point, C1/P317
Bottle Point, C4/P164 Camp Point, C2/P544 Chinukundl Creek, C3/P366
Boulder Island, C3/P117 Canaveral, Port, C1/P726 Chittenden Point, C2/P216
Boussole Rock, C4/P308 Canaveral Passage, C1/P726 Christian Rock, C3/P46
Bowden Islands, C1/P85 Canaveral Rock, C1/P725 Christie Bay, C3/P430
Bowie Seamount, C4/P24 Cane Rock, C2/P483 Christie Islands, C1/P263
Bowles Point, C4/P31 Cann Inlet, C1/P379 Christie Rock, C1/P264
Boyko Rock, C1/P630 Canoe Point, C3/P430 Christie Shoal, C1/P49
Boys Point, C1/P260 Cape Ball, C3/P477 Chroustcheff, Cape, C3/P351
Boys Rock, C1/P262 Cape Chacon, C2/P66 Clamshell Island, C1/P332
Brant Bay, C1/P553 Cape Chroustcheff, C3/P351 Clapp Basin, C4/P244
Braverman Creek, C3/P337 Cape Edensaw, C2/P84 Clapp Islands, C4/P241
Bray Island, C1/P356 Cape Fanny, C4/P37 Clarence Strait, C2/P8
Breakenridge Point, C1/P75 Cape Fox, C2/P141 Clarke Cove, C1/P501
Breaker Bay, C3/P269 Cape Freeman, C4/P83 Clark Islet, C1/P747
Breaker Islets, C1/P166 Cape George, C1/P286 Claudet Island, C3/P427
Breezy Point, C2/P548 Cape Henry, C4/P166 Claudet Point, C1/P540
Brew Island, C1/P426 Cape Horn Rocks, C2/P53 Clear Passage, C1/P703
Bridgeman Rock, C1/P95 Cape Knox, C2/P163 Clemas Point, C2/P428
Cape Knox, C4/P320 Clement Rapids, C1/P533
British Point, C2/P565
Cape Kuper, C4/P171 Cliffe Rock, C1/P122
Brock Islands, C4/P281
Cape Muzon, C2/P57 Cliff Islands, C1/P720
Bromley Island, C1/P213 Cape Naden, C2/P84 Clifford Bay, C1/P90
Brooke Island, C2/P440 Cape Northumberland, C2/P114 Clifford Rocks, C1/P626
Brooke Point, C2/P440 Cape St. James, C3/P30 Cliff Point, C1/P197
Brooke Shoal, C2/P444 Captain Cove, C1/P754 Cliff Point, C2/P559
Brown Bear Rock, C2/P63 Captain Point, C1/P754 Cloak Bay, C2/P170
Browning Entrance, C1/P222 Cardin, Mount, C1/P506 Clonard Bay, C4/P239
Browning Entrance light, C1/P231 Carew Bay, C4/P229 Clonard Point, C4/P251
Browning Island, C1/P271 Carew Rock, C2/P165 Clown Rock, C1/P725
Bruce Islet, C1/P74 Carl, Mount, C3/P305 Club Rocks, C2/P119
Bruin Bay, C2/P188 Carlo Rock, C1/P195 Coates Creek, C4/P291
Brundige Inlet, C2/P136 Carlson Islets, C2/P493 Cohoe Creek, C2/P289
Bryant Point, C1/P472 Carmichael Passage, C3/P296 Cohoe Point, C2/P77
Buchan Inlet, C1/P675 Carne Bay, C1/P482 Colby Bay, C1/P711
Buck Channel, C4/P204 Carne Island, C1/P134 Collison Bay, C3/P77
Buckle Point, C1/P553 Carpenter Bay, C3/P71 Collison Point, C2/P276
Buckley Cove, C2/P302 Car Point, C2/P547 Colnett Point, C2/P215
Buck Point, C4/P203 Carr Point, C2/P496 Colston Islet, C1/P73
Buie Creek, C1/P426 Carswell Island, C4/P174 Colton Islet, C4/P191
Bulldog Creek, C2/P565 Carter Rocks, C1/P52 Colton Point, C4/P189
Cartwright Rocks, C1/P601 Columbia Point, C2/P551
Bully Island, C1/P255
Cartwright Sound, C4/P207 Commander Point, C4/P103
Burnaby Island, C3/P101
Casanave Passage, C1/P509 Commando Inlet, C1/P464
Burnaby Narrows, C3/P128
Cascade Creek, C2/P487 Commodore Rock, C3/P223
Burnes Passage, C1/P541 Caswell Point, C4/P317 Comrie Head, C1/P761
Burns Bay, C1/P684 Catala Passage, C1/P355 Coneehaw Rock, C2/P190
Burnt Island, C3/P427 Catherine Point, C4/P42 Cone Head, C4/P234
Burr Rock, C1/P423 Cave Creek, C4/P303 Conglomerate Point, C3/P330
Busey Creek, C1/P420 Cecil Cove, C3/P280 Connis Cove, C1/P252
Bush Island, C3/P397 Celestial Bluff, C4/P270 Connis Islet, C1/P248
Bush Islet, C1/P719 Celestial Reef, C2/P109 Conroy Island, C1/P47
Bush Rock, C3/P109 Centre Islet, C3/P134 Conspicuous Cone, C4/P316
Butler Rock, C1/P213 Centre Point, C1/P670 Cook Point, C2/P273
Butler Shoal, C1/P96 Cessford Islands, C1/P318 Copper Bay, C3/P348
I-2 C = Chapter/P = Paragraph
 INDEX
Copper Creek, C3/P348 Davies Point, C2/P460 Drummond Bay, C1/P529
Copper Islands, C3/P90 Davies Rock, C2/P460 Duckers Islands, C1/P499
Coquitlam Island, C1/P296 Davies Shoal, C3/P324 Duffy Creek, C1/P75
Corbett Point, C1/P560 Davis River, C2/P562 Duffy Rock, C1/P412
Cordova Bay, C2/P8 Davy Ledge, C2/P231 Duke Island, C2/P114
Corney Cove, C1/P393 Dawkins Point, C2/P438 Dunn Passage, C1/P627
Cornwall Inlet, C1/P535 Dawson Cove, C3/P331 Dupont Island, C1/P139
Cornwallis, Point, C2/P55 Dawson Harbour, C4/P219 Duval Rock, C3/P331
Cort Rock, C1/P138 Dawson Head, C4/P242 Dwight Rock, C3/P264
Cosine Bay, C1/P702 Dawson Inlet, C4/P216 Dyer Point, C3/P427
Cosine Island, C1/P702 Dawson Islands, C2/P296
Cosine Point, C1/P702 Deadman Inlet, C1/P235
Cowhoe Bay, C2/P323 Deadman Islet, C1/P235
Eagle Bight, C2/P351
Eagle Point, C2/P574
Cowley Islands, C2/P293 Dead Tree Point, C3/P357
Cowley Rock, C2/P293 Deans Rocks, C1/P217 East Copper Island, C3/P90
Cox Island, C2/P170 Deas Rock, C1/P411 East Devil Rock, C2/P124
Cox Point, C1/P167 Deasy Island, C2/P319 East Island, C2/P121
Cox Rocks, C1/P483 Deasy Point, C1/P92 East Narrows, C3/P460
Craft Bay, C2/P212 Deena Creek, C3/P445 East Rock, C1/P206
Craft Island, C1/P91 Deepwater Point, C2/P205 Eaton Rock, C1/P49
Crag Point, C2/P372 Deer Point, C1/P651 Echinus Point, C2/P291
Crane Bay, C1/P559 De la Beche Inlet, C3/P177 Echo Cove, C2/P428
Cran Shoal, C1/P147 De la Beche Island, C3/P177 Echo Harbour, C3/P218
Cranston Island, C1/P666 De la Touche, Mount, C4/P123 Echo Point, C3/P218
Crescent Inlet, C3/P228 Deluge Point, C3/P85 Eclipse Point, C1/P504
Crescent Point, C3/P220 Demariscove Point, C4/P221 Ede Island, C1/P73
Crews Rock, C1/P166 Denham Point, C4/P168 Edensaw, Cape, C2/P84
Cridge Banks, C1/P147 Denham Shoals, C4/P169 Edward Passage, C2/P516
Cridge Lagoon, C1/P571 Denny Rocks, C4/P61 Edwards Creek, C4/P151
Cridge Passage, C1/P560 Dent, Mount, C2/P543 Edwards Islet, C1/P578
Croft Island, C1/P411 Dent Bluff, C2/P543 Egeria Bay, C2/P191
Crombie Point, C3/P183 Despair Point, C1/P659 Egeria Mountain, C1/P227
Crooked Point, C4/P71 Devlin Bay, C1/P606 Eik Rock, C2/P461
Crowell Point, C2/P244 Dewdney Island, C1/P123
Elbow Point, C1/P744
Crowell Rock, C3/P73 Dibrell Bay, C2/P77
Ellard Rock, C1/P392
Crow Lagoon, C2/P389 Dickens Point, C2/P538
Ellen Island, C4/P47
Cub Island, C2/P271 Digby Rock, C1/P74
Cullum Point, C1/P394 Dillon Bay, C1/P566 Elliott Point, C2/P377
Cummins Islet, C1/P73 Dimple Point, C1/P723 Ellis Point, C4/P304
Cumshewa, C3/P316 Dinan Bay, C2/P314 Ells Bay, C4/P243
Cumshewa Head, C3/P310 Dixon Entrance, C2/P5 Ells Point, C4/P224
Cumshewa Inlet, C3/P306 Dixon Island, C1/P719 Ells Rocks, C4/P243
Cumshewa Island, C3/P310 Dobbs Islets, C1/P89 Elsfield Point, C1/P676
Cumshewa Rocks, C3/P311 Doben Island, C2/P493 Elswa Rock, C3/P108
Curlew Bay, C1/P563 Dodge Point, C3/P239 Emily Carr Inlet, C1/P495
Curtis Inlet, C1/P695 Dogfish Banks, C1/P3 Emma Passage, C2/P342
Dogfish Banks, C3/P473 Emma Point, C2/P343
Dadens, C2/P185 Dogfish Bay, C3/P347 Emmons, Mount, C4/P234
Dal Ḵáahlii, C2/P248 Dogfish Bight, C2/P535 Empire Anchorage, C4/P273
Dal Kún, C2/P248 Dog Island, C3/P259 End Hill, C1/P733
Dallain Point, C1/P414 Doig Anchorage, C1/P488 Engineers Point, C2/P564
Dall Island, C2/P56 Dolly, Mount, C2/P570 Englefield Bay, C4/P167
Dalton Point, C4/P304 Dolomite Point, C3/P130 English Rock, C1/P210
Dana Inlet, C3/P263 Dolphin Island, C1/P260 Ensheshese River, C2/P354
Dana Passage, C3/P265 Dolphin Lagoon, C1/P282 Entry Peak, C2/P150
Danube Rock, C3/P429 Dome Hill, C1/P180 Entry Point, C2/P227
Dark Islet, C1/P719 Dome Peak, C2/P549
Estevan Group, C1/P143
Darwin Point, C3/P173 Donahue Creek, C2/P554
Estevan Reef, C1/P594
Darwin Point light, C3/P203 Donaldson Creek, C1/P660
Darwin Sound, C3/P200 Dory Passage, C1/P714 Estevan Sound, C1/P585
Dass Creek, C3/P294 Double Islet Point, C2/P424 Estrado Lagoon, C2/P227
Dass Point, C3/P270 Double Islets, C2/P424 Etches Point, C4/P72
Datlamen Creek, C2/P331 Dougan Point, C1/P505 Ethelda Bay, C1/P619
Davey Islets, C3/P334 Douglas Inlet, C4/P181 Ethel Rock, C1/P724
Davidson Creek, C2/P214 Douglas Rock, C2/P190 Ettershank Islands, C1/P670
Davidson Point, C4/P124 Downie Island, C3/P465 Evans Rock, C1/P121
Davies Bay, C2/P362 Drake Inlet, C1/P535 Evinrude Inlet, C1/P465
Davies Lagoon, C2/P363 Draper Islets, C1/P391 Evinrude Passage, C1/P704
Davies Passage, C2/P460 Dries Inlet, C1/P330 Ewart Island, C1/P303
C = Chapter/P = Paragraph
I-3
INDEX

Exact Point, C4/P220 Freeman Passage, C1/P290 Gosset Bay, C3/P436

Explorer Bay, C2/P77 Freeman Rock, C4/P235 Gottlob Point, C3/P165
Freshfield Point, C4/P178 Governors Bar, C2/P402
Fairbairn Shoals, C3/P315 Friday Island, C1/P246 Gowdas Islands, C4/P98
Fairchild Point, C1/P613 Fuller Point, C3/P234 Gowdas Rocks, C4/P100
Fairfax Inlet, C4/P142 Funter Point, C3/P102 Gowgaia Bay, C4/P97
Fairfax Island, C4/P54 Fury Bay, C2/P168 Gowgaia Point, C4/P98
Fairlie Point, C4/P196 Gowing Island, C4/P142
False Cone, C1/P226 Gadu Point, C2/P387 Grace Point, C2/P348
Fame Point, C4/P226 Gagi Rock, C4/P212 Graham Island, C3/P473
Fanny, Cape, C4/P37 Gale Point, C1/P652 Granby Bay, C2/P486
Fanny Point, C1/P640 Gaowina Point, C3/P49 Granby Peninsula, C2/P483
Faraday Island, C3/P190 Garcin Rocks, C3/P62 Granby Point, C2/P486
Faraday Passage, C3/P192 Garnet Point, C2/P147 Grant Anchorage, C1/P364
Farrant Island, C1/P553 Gasboat Passage, C1/P306 Grant Bank, C3/P46
Father Point, C2/P339 Gatenby Rock, C4/P318 Grassy Island, C1/P301
Fawcett Point, C1/P521 Gaudin Passage, C4/P53 Grassy Islet, C2/P244
Ferguson Bay, C2/P291 Gaudin Rock, C1/P392 Grave Bay, C2/P354
Fernie Point, C1/P439 G̱ aysiiG̱ as Ḵ'iidsii, C3/P123 Graves Point, C2/P488
Fernyhough Point, C1/P550 Geodetic Cove, C1/P598 Gray Bay, C3/P346
Fife Point, C3/P479 George, Cape, C1/P286 Gray Island, C2/P300
Fifer Cove, C1/P424 George Bay, C3/P122 Gray Point, C3/P345
Fillmore Inlet, C2/P501 George Island, C3/P90 Gray Rock, C3/P37
Fillmore Island, C2/P502 George Point, C2/P205 Green Islets, C2/P556
Finger Point, C3/P209 Georgianna Point, C4/P220 Green Rock, C3/P117
Fin Island, C1/P553 Germania Creek, C2/P217 Grief Point, C1/P187
Finlayson Peninsula, C1/P625 Germania Rock, C3/P46 Griffith Harbour, C1/P217
Finnerty Point, C1/P156 Gertrude Rock, C1/P47 Griffith Point, C2/P267
Fin Rock, C1/P555 Getukti Cliff, C2/P520 Guard Islet, C2/P495
Fish Bay, C1/P522 Gibbons Point, C1/P716 Gudal Bay, C4/P224
Fish Point, C1/P763 Gid G̱ waa GyaaG̱ a GawG̱ a, C3/P146 Gudal Creek, C4/P224
Fitch Island, C2/P136 Gil, Mount, C1/P547 Gull Banks, C3/P42
Flamingo Inlet, C4/P81 Gilbert Bay, C4/P31 Gull Islet, C3/P41
Flamingo Rock, C4/P265 Gilbert Island, C1/P304 Gunia Point, C2/P189
Flatfish Bank, C3/P238 Gil Island, C1/P514 Gurd Inlet, C1/P334
Flat Point, C2/P376 Gil Islet, C3/P219 Gurd Island, C1/P321
Flatrock Island, C4/P37 Gillan Point, C4/P264 Gurd Point, C1/P329
Fleece Rock, C2/P146 Gillatt Arm, C3/P334 Gurd Rock, C1/P250
Fleishman Point, C1/P632 Gillatt Island, C3/P373 Gust Island, C3/P436
Flett Point, C1/P541 Gillen Harbour, C1/P132 Gwaii Haanas National Park Reserve/
Fleurieu Point, C4/P317 Gillespie Channel, C1/P611 Haida Heritage Site, C3/P5
Fleury Island, C3/P423 Gingolx (Kincolith), C2/P407 Gwaii Haanas National Park Reserve/
Florence Creek, C2/P289 Girard Point, C3/P314 Haida Heritage Site, C4/P5
Flower Pot Island, C3/P262 Givenchy Anchorage, C4/P230 Gwent Cove, C2/P522
Flowery Islet, C3/P395 Glacier Point, C2/P564
Flux Creek, C1/P92 Gladstone Islands, C1/P308 Haans Creek, C3/P377
Flyaway Islet, C4/P151 Glide Islands, C1/P592 Haans Islet, C3/P316
Flynn Point, C1/P157 Globe Rock, C1/P723 Hague Point, C1/P415
Fools Point, C2/P539 Gnarled Islands, C2/P134 Haida Gwaii, C3/P1
Ford Rock, C1/P219 Gogit Passage, C3/P229 Haida Point, C3/P389
Fords Cove, C2/P557 Gogit Point, C3/P234 Haida Rock, C3/P134
Forrester Island, C2/P51 Gona Point, C3/P77 Haig Rock, C1/P374
Forsyth Point, C4/P58 Goodacre Point, C1/P137 Haines Creek, C4/P313
Fortier Point, C2/P481 Gooden Island, C3/P412 Hale Islet, C1/P625
Fort Point, C2/P417 Goodfellow Point, C1/P543 Hale Point, C1/P575
Forward Shoals, C2/P485 Goodwin Point, C3/P68 Halibut Bay, C2/P541
Foul Bay, C1/P191 Goodwin Rock, C3/P68 Halibut Bight, C3/P3676
Foul Point, C1/P663 Goose Bay, C2/P131 Halibut Point, C2/P541
Fox, Cape, C2/P141 Goose Cove, C4/P276 Halibut Rocks, C1/P195
Fox Island, C2/P141 Gordon Cove, C3/P337 Hallet Island, C3/P432
Fox Point, C1/P106 Gordon Islands, C4/P34 Hallet Rock, C1/P480
Frances Rock, C1/P47 Goring Reefs, C1/P199 Hana Koot Creek, C4/P317
Frank Point, C2/P441 Goschen Island, C1/P284 Hancock Point, C3/P73
Fraser Island, C2/P319 Goschen Point, C1/P275 Hankin Point, C1/P244
Fraser Point, C2/P216 Goschen Spit, C1/P275 Hankin Rock, C1/P244
Freberg Islet, C1/P663 Goski Bay, C4/P104 Hanna Bay, C2/P197
Frederick Island, C4/P304 Goski Islet, C4/P104 Hans Point, C2/P462
Freeman, Cape, C4/P83 Gospel Island, C4/P237 Harbridge Point, C3/P272
Freeman Island, C4/P268 Gospel Point, C4/P238 Hards Creek, C1/P418
I-4 C = Chapter/P = Paragraph
 INDEX
Harlan Point, C1/P629 Hodgson Cove, C1/P687 Jaffrey Rock, C1/P360
Harriet Harbour, C3/P102 Hodgson Passage, C2/P203 Jalun River, C2/P80
Harriet Island, C3/P102 Hoey Narrows, C1/P577 Jamieson Point, C1/P379
Harrison Islands, C2/P322 Hogan Island, C2/P339 Jane Point, C2/P362
Harrison Lagoon, C1/P75 Hogan Point, C2/P270 Janion Rock, C1/P121
Harrison Reef, C2/P322 Holgate Passage, C1/P495 Jaques Point, C2/P427
Harry Saddle, C2/P141 Holland Point, C2/P185 Jay Islands, C1/P481
Hartnell Point, C1/P390 Holler Rock, C1/P471 Jedway Bay, C3/P109
Hart Point, C2/P172 Hope Point, C4/P304 Jedway Point, C3/P102
Hart Rock, C1/P190 Hornby Point, C4/P42 Jeffrey Island, C3/P90
Harvey Islands, C1/P47 Hornby Point light, C4/P48 Jenkins Point, C3/P43
Harvey Rock, C2/P169 Horn Island, C4/P138 Jeremiah Point, C3/P208
Harwood Bay, C1/P628 Horn Rock, C4/P140 Jessop Island, C1/P413
Hassler Reef, C2/P117 Hoskins Islets, C3/P172 Jewell Island, C3/P388
Hastings Arm, C2/P476 Hoskins Point, C3/P173 Jewsbury Islets, C1/P217
Hastings Island, C1/P407 Hosu Cove, C4/P264 Jewsbury Peninsula, C1/P602
Hastings Point, C4/P198 Hotspring Island, C3/P187 Joachim Point, C1/P285
Hastings Reef, C2/P202 House Island, C3/P187 Joachim Rock, C1/P286
Haswell Bay, C3/P175 Houston Stewart Channel, C4/P40 Joachim Spit, C1/P292
Haswell Island, C3/P270 Howard Islet, C1/P557 Jock Island, C1/P254
Haswell Reef, C2/P206 Howay Island, C3/P143 John Point, C2/P339
Hat Hill, C1/P722 Howe Bay, C3/P39 Johnson Point, C2/P486
Hattie Island, C2/P545 Howell Rock, C1/P74 Johnson Rocks, C1/P212
Hawk Bay, C1/P553 Howse Island, C1/P88 Johnston, Mount, C1/P43
Hawkins Narrows, C1/P581 Hoya Passage, C3/P211 Johnstone Point, C1/P468
Hawkins Point, C1/P464 Huff Rock, C3/P65 Jorey Point, C2/P197
Hawkins Rock, C1/P87 Hughes Point, C4/P266 Jorgensen Harbour, C1/P398
Hawley Rocks, C1/P212 Hulke, Mount, C1/P632 Joseph Hill, C1/P655
Haydon Rock, C3/P52 Hume Rocks, C1/P413 Joseph Island, C1/P150
Haynes Rocks, C1/P71 Humphreys Point, C1/P595 Joseph Rocks, C4/P301
Haystack Island, C2/P148 Hunger Harbour, C4/P144 Josette Point, C3/P436
Hazardous Cove, C2/P172 Hunter Point, C4/P213 Josling Peninsula, C4/P182
Hazel Shoal, C1/P95 Hussan Bay, C2/P200 Josling Point, C4/P182
Head Rock, C4/P76 Huston Inlet, C3/P116 Joyce Rocks, C3/P93
Headwind Point, C1/P710 Huston Point, C3/P116 Juan Perez Sound, C3/P148
Heater Harbour, C3/P49 Hutton Inlet, C3/P171 Juggins Bay, C2/P441
Hecate Strait, C1/P2 Hutton Island, C3/P171 Junk Ledge, C1/P189
Hedden Island, C2/P92 Hutton Point, C3/P171 Juskatla, C2/P326
Helgesen Island, C4/P174 Huxley Island, C3/P160 Juskatla Narrows, C2/P320
Helmcken Inlet, C1/P462 Hyder, C2/P591 Juus Ḵáahlii, C2/P317
Helmet Island, C3/P264 Hyde Rock, C2/P456
Heming Head, C3/P266 Kagan Bay, C3/P425
Henderson Rocks, C4/P84 Ibbertson Banks, C4/P36 Kaigani Strait, C2/P8
Henry, Cape, C4/P166 Iceberg Bay, C2/P427 Kaisun Harbour, C4/P175
Henslung Cove, C2/P181 Ikeda Cove, C3/P81 Kanagunut Island, C2/P147
Herbert Head, C4/P181 Ikeda Point, C3/P81 Kankidas Point, C3/P107
Heron Islands, C1/P217 Image Point, C3/P389 Kano Inlet, C4/P226
Hevenor Inlet, C1/P747 Ingraham Bay, C4/P302 Kano Point, C4/P229
Hevenor Islet, C1/P747 Ingraham Point, C3/P71 Kat Island, C3/P132
Hevenor Lagoon, C1/P749 Inner Bar, C2/P233 Kawas Islets, C3/P231
Hevenor Point, C1/P747 Inner Low Rock, C3/P93 Kdelmashan Creek, C1/P75
Hewlett Bay, C4/P179 Inner Passage, C1/P1 Keecha Point, C1/P653
Hibben Island, C4/P167 Inskip Channel, C4/P196 Keemein Point, C2/P386
Hickey Islands, C1/P594 Inskip Point, C2/P199 Keeweenah Bay, C3/P43
Hicks Island, C1/P111 Instructor Island, C4/P197 Keith Rock, C1/P55
Hidden Creek, C2/P487 Iphigenia Point, C2/P176 Keld Point, C1/P554
Hidden Inlet, C2/P523 Ire Inlet, C1/P694 Kelo Rocks, C3/P248
Hidden Point, C2/P523 Iron Point, C3/P71 Kelp Point, C1/P194
Hiellen River, C2/P97 Irving, Mount, C1/P443 Kendrick Point, C4/P59
Higgins Passage, C1/P363 Isaac Creek, C2/P487 Kennecott Point, C4/P303
High Island, C3/P48 Isabella Point, C2/P210 Kennedy Point, C4/P199
Hilbert Point, C1/P411 Island Bay, C3/P131 Kent Inlet, C1/P459
Hinton Island, C1/P575 Island Point, C2/P499 Kermode, Mount, C3/P305
Hippa Island, C4/P254 Isnor Islets, C1/P213 Kerouard Islands, C3/P35
Hippa Passage, C4/P257 Isnor Rock, C1/P60 Keswar Inlet, C1/P732
Hippa Point, C4/P258 Keswar Point, C1/P730
Hippa Rocks, C4/P259 Jacinto Islands, C1/P124 Kettle Inlet, C1/P98
Hobbs, Mount, C4/P273 Jacinto Point, C2/P125 Kettle Rock, C1/P217
Hodgkins Seamount, C4/P24 Jacob Point, C2/P228 Keyarka Cove, C1/P733
C = Chapter/P = Paragraph
I-5
INDEX

Khutzeymateen Grizzly Sanctuary, Kusgwai Passage, C2/P174 Liddell Rocks, C1/P53

C2/P395 Kwaikans Island, C2/P298 Liddle Channel, C2/P454
Khutzeymateen Inlet, C2/P388 Kwakwa Creek, C1/P379 Liddle Island, C2/P453
Khutzeymateen Park, C2/P395 Kwinamass Bay, C2/P387 Lignite Creek, C2/P213
Khutzeymateen River, C2/P394 Kwinamass River, C2/P387 Lihou Island, C4/P173
Ḵ'iid Xyangs Ḵ'iidaay, C3/P128 Kwoon Cove, C4/P118 Lillihorn Island, C3/P442
Kiju Point, C3/P71 Kwuna Point, C3/P394 Lime Creek, C2/P472
Kilmington Point, C3/P266 Kwun Point, C3/P262 Limestone Bay, C1/P659
Kiln Bay, C1/P492 Limestone Islands, C3/P246
Kindakun Point, C4/P226 Lachmach River, C2/P361 Limestone Rock, C3/P133
Kindakun Rock, C4/P226 Lacy Island, C2/P167 Lina Island, C3/P408
Kingfisher Cove, C3/P98 Lagoon Inlet, C3/P294 Lina Narrows, C3/P408
Kingkown Inlet, C1/P200 Laidlaw Islands, C1/P412 Lindsay Bay, C1/P630
Kingsway Rock, C3/P270 Laing Point, C4/P195 Lindsay Rocks, C1/P86
Kingui Island, C3/P312 Laird Rocks, C1/P217 Linn Rock, C1/P356
Kiokathli Inlet, C4/P282 Laithwood Island, C1/P163 Lion Point, C2/P566
Kipp Islet, C1/P363 Lama Point, C2/P350 Lipsett Creek, C1/P358
Kirkendale Island, C1/P201 Landslip Mountain, C2/P423 Littlejohn Point, C1/P670
Kitasu Bay, C1/P379 Langara Island, C2/P69 Lizard Cove, C2/P374
Kitasu Hill, C1/P342 Langara Point, C2/P73 Lizard Point, C2/P374
Kitgoro Inlet, C4/P202 Langara Rocks, C2/P75 Loap Point, C1/P459
Kitgoro Point, C4/P201 Langford, Point, C3/P51 Lockeport, C3/P220
Kitkatla, C1/P310 Langford Shoals, C3/P53 Locke Shoal, C3/P285
Kitkatla Channel, C1/P297 Langley Passage, C1/P617 Lock Island, C1/P692
Kitkatla Creek, C1/P328 Langthorne Island, C1/P627 Logan Bay, C1/P719
Kitkatla Inlet, C1/P321 Langtry Island, C3/P66 Logan Inlet, C3/P262
Kitkatla Islands, C1/P299 La Pérouse, Mount, C4/P207 Logan Point, C2/P543
Kitsault, C2/P471 La Pérouse Reef, C4/P315 Logan Rock, C1/P602
Kitsault River, C2/P468 Larch Creek, C2/P394 Logarithm Point, C1/P699
Kitson Point, C3/P326 Larcom Island, C2/P476 Lohbrunner Island, C1/P363
Kitsoo Spirit Bear Conservancy, Larcom Lagoon, C2/P484 Lombard Point, C1/P371
C1/P342.1 Larcom Point, C2/P495 Lombard Rocks, C1/P61
Kiusta, C2/P178 Laredo Channel, C1/P428 Lomgon Bay, C4/P137
Klashwun Point, C2/P81 Laredo Inlet, C1/P404 Lomgon Islets, C4/P137
Kloo Rock, C3/P184 Laredo Sound, C1/P341 Lonely Rocks, C1/P208
Klue Passage, C3/P251 Larkin Point, C1/P376 Long Inlet, C3/P435
Klue Point, C3/P251 Larsen Harbour, C1/P233 Long Nose, C2/P99
Klunkwoi Bay, C3/P220 Larsen Island, C1/P209 Lord Bight, C2/P167
Klunkwoi Rocks, C3/P222 Larsen Point, C3/P47 Lord Islands, C2/P143
Knarston Rock, C1/P65 Laskeek Bay, C3/P240 Lord Rock, C2/P144
Knight Range, C1/P43 Lauder Island, C4/P249 Lost Islands, C3/P241
Knox, Cape, C2/P163 Lauder Point, C4/P318 Lotbinière Island, C1/P143
Knox, Cape, C4/P320 Laundy Rock, C1/P69 Louis, Port, C4/P285
Koga Islet, C3/P138 Laverock Point, C1/P205 Louise Island, C3/P305
Kogangas Rock, C3/P192 Lawn Creek, C3/P365 Louise Narrows, C3/P299
Kohl Island, C1/P421 Lawn Hill, C3/P365 Louis Islands, C1/P449
Kooryet Bay, C1/P654 Lawn Point, C3/P365 Louis Point, C4/P278
Kooryet Island, C1/P654 Laxgalts’ap (Greenville), C2/P421 Louis Rocks, C4/P279
Kootenay Inlet, C4/P163 Lazaro, Mount, C2/P114 Louscoone Inlet, C4/P65
Kootenay Point, C4/P163 Leading Point, C1/P532 Louscoone Point, C4/P65
Kostan Inlet, C3/P205 Leading Point, C2/P417 Low Black Rock, C3/P117
Kostan Point, C3/P205 Leadman Passage, C1/P62 Low Island, C3/P244
Koutz Rock, C2/P294 Learmonth, Mount, C1/P404 Low Point, C2/P398
Koya Bay, C3/P71 Learmonth Bank, C2/P41 Lowrie Island, C2/P53
Koya Point, C3/P54 Learmonth Island, C2/P303 Luard Shoal, C1/P349
Krone Island, C1/P219 Leavitt Lagoon, C1/P673 Lucy Island, C2/P183
Ksgyukwsa’a (Burton Creek), C2/P426 Legace Bay, C2/P352 Ludlam Rock, C1/P235
Kshwan River, C2/P498 Legace Island, C3/P429 Lundy Cove, C1/P678
Ksi Gingolx (Kincolith River), C2/P407 Leggeat Point, C1/P569 Luxana Bay, C3/P39
Kul Rocks, C3/P259 Leighton Point, C1/P542 Luxmoore Island, C4/P171
Kumdis Bay, C2/P284 Le Jeune Point, C1/P154 Lyell Bay, C3/P214
Kumdis Island, C2/P270 Lempriere Bank, C1/P348 Lyell Island, C3/P193
Kumdis Slough, C2/P270 Leonide Point, C3/P450 Lyell Point, C3/P260
Kumeon Bay, C2/P384 Leopold Islands, C4/P193 Lyman Point, C3/P40
Kunakun Point, C4/P232 Leslie Point, C4/P181
Kunga Island, C3/P248 Letts Islets, C1/P265 Maast Island, C2/P244
Kunghit Island, C3/P29 Leverson Lake, C2/P365 Mabbs Islet, C3/P303
Kunlana Point, C2/P216 Levy Point, C1/P523 MacDonald Bay, C1/P549
Kuper, Cape, C4/P171 Lewis Passage, C1/P554 Macdonald Island, C1/P152
I-6 C = Chapter/P = Paragraph
 INDEX
Mackenzie Cove, C4/P199 McEchran Cove, C3/P225 Mount Cardin, C1/P506
Mackenzie Island, C4/P281 McGee Point, C3/P264 Mount Carl, C3/P305
MacKenzie Passage, C4/P244 McGowen Rocks, C1/P53 Mount De la Touche, C4/P123
Mackie Rock, C2/P292 McGrath Island, C2/P491 Mount Dent, C2/P543
MacLeod Shoal, C4/P39 McGregor Point, C2/P392 Mount Dolly, C2/P570
Macmillan Creek, C3/P442 McHarg Bank, C1/P177 Mount Emmons, C4/P234
Macneill Point, C4/P183 McIntosh Point, C4/P294 Mount Gil, C1/P547
Magneson Point, C4/P138 McIntyre Bay, C2/P93 Mount Hobbs, C4/P273
Makai Point, C2/P320 McKay Range, C2/P302 Mount Hulke, C1/P632
Male Point, C2/P508 McKechnie Point, C1/P494 Mount Irving, C1/P443
Mallandaine Point, C1/P468 McKenney Islands, C1/P52 Mount Johnston, C1/P43
Mallard Rock, C4/P271 McKenzie Shoal, C1/P176 Mount Kermode, C3/P305
Mamin Bay, C2/P323 McLean Fraser Point, C4/P94 Mount La Pérouse, C4/P207
Mamin Islets, C2/P324 McLean Shoal, C3/P315 Mount Lazaro, C2/P114
Mamin River, C2/P323 McLellan Island, C3/P325 Mount Learmonth, C1/P404
Man Island, C1/P164 McLellan Point, C3/P460 Mount Parizeau, C1/P43
Mansell Point, C1/P413 McMicking Inlet, C1/P624 Mount Parry, C1/P404
Manzanita Cove, C2/P370 McNeill Point, C1/P507 Mount Pender, C1/P116
Maple Bay, C2/P551 McNutt Point, C4/P181 Mount Russ, C4/P162
Maple Island, C3/P411 McPhee Point, C1/P456 Mount Shields, C1/P227
Maple Point, C1/P531 McPherson Point, C2/P76 Mount Tomlinson, C2/P434
Maple Point, C2/P551 McRae Cove, C1/P400 Mouse Creek, C2/P393
Marble Island, C4/P210 Meade Point, C1/P75 Mudge Inlet, C4/P189
Marble Rock, C1/P637 Meares Point, C2/P178 Mud Islands, C2/P426
Marble Rock, C4/P212 Meet Point, C1/P738 Mumford Cove, C2/P440
Marchand Point, C4/P260 Meiss Passage, C1/P104 Munro Island, C1/P351
Marchand Reef, C2/P180 Mellis Inlet, C1/P425 Munro Shoal, C1/P53
Marchant Rock, C1/P158 Mercer Point, C4/P216 Murchison Island, C3/P189
Marco Island, C3/P170 Mesher Rock, C1/P101 Murder Cove, C1/P251
Marco Rock, C3/P170 Meyer Island, C3/P427 Muriel Rocks, C1/P47
Marion Creek, C2/P360 Meyers Narrows, C1/P395 Murphy Range, C1/P506
Marion Rock, C3/P78 Meyers Passage, C1/P386 Murray Anchorage, C1/P155
Markle Inlet, C1/P708 Michael Bank, C1/P587 Murray Cove, C4/P115
Markle Island, C1/P706 Mike Inlet, C4/P111 Murray Rock, C1/P73
Markle Passage, C1/P706 Millar Bay, C1/P216 Musgrave Peaks, C1/P143
Marmot Bay, C2/P568 Mill Bay, C2/P417 Mutus Island, C2/P312
Marmot River, C2/P567 Miller Inlet, C1/P690 Muzon, Cape, C2/P57
Marshall Inlet, C3/P168 Milne Island, C1/P407 Mylor Peninsula, C2/P396
Marshall Island, C3/P43 Miners Point, C2/P560
Marsh, Point, C2/P61 Mink Trap Bay, C1/P684 Nab Rock, C1/P348
Martin Point, C2/P284 Minnis Bay, C1/P575 Naden, Cape, C2/P84
Marvin Islands, C1/P380 Mission Valley, C2/P407 Naden Harbour, C2/P211
Mary Point, C2/P200 Mitchell Cove, C1/P576 Naden River, C2/P214
Maskelyne Island, C2/P340 Mitchell Inlet, C4/P183 Nadu River, C2/P269
Maskelyne Point, C2/P340 Modeets Islands, C2/P330 Nagas Point, C4/P81
Mason Rock, C1/P47 Mollison Point, C1/P573 Nagas Rocks, C4/P82
Masset, C2/P256 Molly Point, C1/P531 Naikoon Park, C2/P96
Masset Harbour, C2/P230 Monckton Inlet, C1/P665 Nakat Bay, C2/P8
Masset Inlet, C2/P281 Monckton Point, C1/P667 Nakons Islet, C3/P138
Masset Sound, C2/P263 Monk Bay, C1/P415 Nangwai Islands, C4/P101
Mathers Creek, C3/P326 Montserrat Bay, C3/P43 Nangwai Rock, C4/P102
Mathers Point, C1/P740 Monument Rock, C3/P161 Nankivell Point, C2/P79
Matheson Inlet, C3/P165 Moody Banks, C1/P349 Nares Hills, C1/P416
Maude Channel, C3/P422 Moolock Cove, C1/P685 Narwhal Reef, C1/P606.1
Maude Island, C3/P407 Moore Channel, C4/P177 Nasoga Gulf, C2/P397
Mazarredo Islands, C2/P198 Moore Head, C3/P51 Nass Bay, C2/P402
McAlmond Point, C4/P147 Moore Island, C1/P277 Nass Harbour, C2/P429
McCauley Island, C1/P713 Moore Islands, C1/P55 Nass Point, C2/P402
McCauley Point, C1/P254 Morehouse Rock, C1/P451 Nass River, C2/P421
McClinton Bay, C2/P310 Moresby Camp, C3/P340 Nedden Island, C3/P304
McColl Rock, C1/P95 Moresby Island (east side), C3/P56 Nelson Point, C3/P268
McConnachie Shoal, C3/P284 Moresby Islets, C4/P170 Nepean Rock, C1/P633
McCoy Cove, C3/P317 Morey Rock, C1/P47 Nepean Sound, C1/P631
McCoy Rocks, C1/P209 Morgan Point, C4/P306 Nesbitt Rock, C1/P681
McCreight Island, C2/P301 Morgan Rock, C3/P223 Ness Islands, C1/P323
McCreight Point, C1/P641 Morison Passage, C1/P103 Ness Rock, C1/P119
McCreight Rock, C2/P301 Morley Creek, C1/P358 Nest Islets, C3/P80
McCulloch Rock, C2/P111 Morrison Point, C1/P740 Nesto Inlet, C4/P262
McCutcheon Point, C1/P750 Mould Rock, C1/P356 New Aiyansh, C2/P421
C = Chapter/P = Paragraph
I-7
INDEX

Newberry Cove, C3/P164 Pallant Creek, C3/P337 Porcher Inlet, C1/P335

Newberry Point, C3/P163 Palmer Anchorage, C1/P409 Porcher Island, C1/P287
Newcombe Harbour, C1/P750 Paradise Passage, C2/P345 Porcher Narrows, C1/P337
Newcombe Hill, C4/P318 Parizeau, Mount, C1/P43 Porcher Peninsula, C1/P287
Newcombe Inlet, C4/P145 Parker Passage, C1/P68 Port Canaveral, C1/P726
Newcombe Peak, C3/P333 Parker Point, C2/P302 Port Chanal, C4/P268
New England Rocks, C3/P93 Parker Rocks, C1/P211 Port Clements, C2/P285
Newington Rock, C4/P287 Park Island, C3/P134 Porter Head, C3/P263
Newton Point, C4/P215 Parlane Islet, C1/P210 Porter Island, C1/P126
Nias Creek, C1/P425 Parry, Mount, C1/P404 Portland Bay, C4/P162
Nicholas Shoal, C1/P176 Parry Passage, C2/P159 Portland Canal, C2/P526
Nichol Island, C1/P156 Parry Passage light, C2/P184 Portland Inlet, C2/P366
Ninstints Point, C4/P70 Parsons Anchorage, C1/P380 Portland Point, C2/P376
Niven Point, C4/P185 Passage Cone, C1/P226 Port Louis, C4/P285
Nob Hill, C1/P113 Patsey Cove, C1/P660 Port Stephens, C1/C671
Nob Islet, C2/P379 Patterson Inlet, C1/P682 Powell Island, C2/P293
Noble Lagoon, C1/P75 Pay Bay, C4/P171 Powles Creek, C1/P417
Noble Mountain, C1/P743 Payne Channel, C1/P576 Powrivco Bay, C3/P253
Noble Rock, C3/P427 Pearse Canal, C2/P502 Powrivco Point, C3/P254
Nob Rock, C3/P249 Pearse Canal Island, C2/P506 Prager Islands, C1/P273
Nomad Islet, C3/P133 Pearse Island, C2/P371 Prevost Point, C3/P41
Noot Shoal, C1/P149 Pearse Point, C1/P99 Pride Rock, C1/P415
Normansell Islands, C1/P84 Pearson Point, C2/P465 Prince of Wales Island, C2/P61
North Danger Rocks, C1/P176 Peatt Islets, C1/P131 Princess Royal Island, C1/P342.1
North Needle Peak, C1/P404 Peck Shoal, C1/P689 Principe Channel, C1/P643
North Rock, C1/P183 Peel Inlet, C4/P195 Principe Channel light, C1/P657
North Rocks, C2/P53 Peel Point, C4/P194 Principe Islets, C1/P647
Northumberland, Cape, C2/P114 Pelham Islands, C1/P304 Prior Island, C1/P143
Northwest Rocks, C1/P183 Pelican Cove, C3/P97 Prior Passage, C1/P352
Norway Inlet, C1/P216 Pelican Point, C3/P95 Procter Rocks, C3/P272
Notch Point, C4/P268 Pemberton Bay, C1/P126 Proctor Islands, C2/P149
Nubble Mountain, C1/P284 Pender, Mount, C1/P116 Prospector Point, C2/P136
Nubble Point, C1/P320 Penn Harbour, C1/P474 Pyramid Hill, C4/P317
Nunez Point, C2/P64 Percy Point, C4/P199
Nunez Rocks, C2/P65 Perez Shoal, C3/P173 Quadra Rocks, C4/P51
Peril Bay, C4/P307 Queen Charlotte, Village of, C3/P416
Oar Point, C1/P650 Perry Bay, C2/P458 Queen Island, C4/P288
Observatory Inlet, C2/P431 Perry Peninsula, C2/P449 Quequitz Reefs, C4/P254
Observatory Inlet light, C2/P436 Perry Spit, C2/P449 Quigley Creek, C1/P410
Observatory Rock, C2/P212 Peter Point, C1/P762 Quottoon Inlet, C2/P356
Ocean Shoal, C2/P166 Peters Narrows, C1/P579 Quottoon Narrows, C2/P357
Oeanda River, C3/P479 Petrel Channel, C1/P735 Quottoon Point, C2/P356
Ogden Channel, C1/P756 Petrel Island, C2/P52
Ogilvie Island, C4/P283 Petrel Islets, C1/P742 Raby Rock, C1/P101
Ohala Islets, C2/P328 Petrel Point, C1/P738 Racey Inlet, C1/P480
Oldham Rock, C1/P351 Petrel Point, C2/P539 Rainy Islands, C3/P45
Old Masset, C2/P245 Philip Narrows, C1/P460 Ralph Islands, C1/P246
Olh Creek, C2/P497 Philliskirk Hill, C1/P187 Ralston Islands, C1/P662
Oliver Islet, C3/P332 Phipp Point, C2/P505 Ramsay Island, C3/P180
Oliver Point, C3/P399 Phoenix Creek, C1/P325 Ramsay Passage, C3/P184
Oliver Rock, C3/P70 Phoenix Islands, C1/P325 Ramsay Point, C3/P184
Omega Mountain, C4/P303 Pier Point, C3/P433 Ramsay Rocks, C3/P185
Onward Point, C3/P370 Pillar Bay, C2/P193 Ramsbotham Islands, C1/P445
Orion Point, C3/P48 Pillar Rock, C2/P193 Ramsden Point, C2/P400
Osment Inlet, C1/P379 Pincher Rocks, C4/P62 Random Point, C3/P433
Oswald Bay, C1/P154 Pinnacle Rock, C2/P350 Ranger Islet, C2/P396
Oswald Point, C1/P70 Pip Islets, C4/P289 Rankine Islands, C3/P69
Otard Bay, C4/P294 Pirate Point, C2/P373 Raspberry Cove, C4/P58
Otter Channel, C1/P635 Pirie Point, C2/P555 Raven Island, C3/P225
Otter Passage, C1/P159 Pitt Island, C1/P643 Rawlinson Anchorage, C1/P213
Otun River, C2/P228 Pivot Mountain, C2/P10 Raw Point, C2/P555
Outer Bar, C2/P232 Pivot Mountain, C4/P316 Rebecca Point, C3/P145
Overfall Shoal, C2/P101 Plenty, Bay of, C1/P422 Recovery Point, C4/P189
Plover Point, C1/P557 Redfern Point, C1/P513
Packe Creek, C1/P425 Pocket Inlet, C4/P116 Red Point, C1/P722
Pacofi, C3/P285 Pocock Island, C1/P421 Redtop Mountain, C3/P228
Pacofi Bay, C3/P282 Point Cornwallis, C2/P55 Reef Island (Laskeek Bay), C3/P242
Paddy Passage, C2/P447 Point Langford, C3/P51 Reef Island (Portland Canal), C2/P536
Paige Point, C1/P639 Point Marsh, C2/P61 Refuge Island, C2/P89
I-8 C = Chapter/P = Paragraph
 INDEX
Regina Cove, C2/P513 (Clements Rapids), C1/P533 Sherman Islet, C1/P721
Reid Point, C4/P141 Salmon Point (Portland Canal), C2/P568 Shibasha Island, C1/P269
Rennell Reef, C4/P236 Salmon River, C2/P573 Shields, Mount, C1/P227
Rennell Sound, C4/P232 Salt Lagoon, C1/P340 Shields Bay, C4/P239
Renner Point, C3/P327 Saltspring Bay, C3/P436 Shields Creek, C4/P244
Rennison Island, C1/P68 Samuel Rock, C3/P73 Shields Island, C4/P241
Reservation Point, C2/P356 San Christoval Range, C4/P122 Shields Rock, C4/P242
Reverdy Mountains, C2/P570 Sandfly Bay, C2/P539 Shingle Bay, C3/P370
Reverie Passage, C1/P202 Sandilands Island, C3/P443 Ship Island, C2/P276
Revillagigedo Channel, C2/P8 Sand Island, C1/P302 Ship Kieta Island, C2/P276
Rhodes Point, C2/P168 Sandspit, C3/P375 Short Inlet, C4/P88
Richard III Bank, C2/P210 Sandstone Islands, C3/P436 Shotbolt Point, C1/P450
Richards Island, C2/P319 Sangster Point, C4/P188 Shrub Point, C1/P531
Richardson Head, C4/P239 Sansum Island, C4/P185 Shuttle Island, C3/P210
Richardson Inlet, C3/P258 Sarah Creek, C2/P355 Shuttle Passage, C3/P213
Richardson Island, C3/P258 Sargison Reef, C4/P89 Shuttle Reef, C3/P217
Richardson Passage, C3/P260 Saunders Island, C4/P174 Sialun Bay, C4/P317
Richardson Point, C3/P196 Saunders Point, C1/P395 Sialun Creek, C4/P317
Richardson Range, C1/P443 Saw Reef, C3/P157 Simpson Island, C2/P303
Richards Point, C2/P438 Scalus Island, C3/P435 Sinclair Rock, C2/P300
Richards Shoal, C1/P59 Schooner Passage, C1/P258 Sine Island, C1/P702
Ring Point, C1/P632 Schram Rocks, C1/P58 Sine Point, C1/P706
Ripple Tongue, C2/P402 Scudder Point, C3/P153 Sinnett Islets, C1/P47
River Bight, C1/P532 Seabrook Point, C1/P506 Sisters Islands, C1/P170
River Point, C2/P555 Seal Inlet, C4/P247 Sitklan Island, C2/P499
Robber Island, C3/P407 Sea Lion Rock, C2/P53 Sitklan Passage, C2/P501
Robert Island, C1/P333 Seal Point, C4/P247 Sivart Island, C3/P174
Robertson Island, C3/P414 Seal Rocks, C2/P565 Sivart Rock, C3/P174
Robertson Rock, C1/P129 Sea Pigeon Island, C3/P117 Skaat Harbour, C3/P136
Robinson Point, C1/P741 Seath Point, C2/P78 Skaga Island, C3/P236
Rockfish Harbour, C3/P275 Section Cove, C3/P138 Skaga Point, C2/P248
Rock Islet, C3/P90 Section Island, C3/P138 Skedans, C3/P309
Rock Point, C2/P547 Security Cove, C4/P200 Skedans Bay, C3/P308
Rockrun Creek, C4/P244 Security Inlet, C4/P199 Skedans Creek, C3/P308
Roderick Island, C3/P412 Security Point, C4/P200 Skedans Islands, C3/P307
Rodgers Creek, C2/P487 Seddall Shoals, C1/P362 Skedans Point, C3/P309
Roe Point, C4/P180 Sedgwick Bay, C3/P194 Skelu Bay, C4/P253
Rogers Island, C4/P171 Sedgwick Point, C3/P194 Skelu Point, C4/P253
Rogerson Rock, C1/P71 Sedmond Creek, C4/P59 Skene Cove, C1/P762
Rooney Bay, C3/P383 Seegay Islets, C2/P329 Skidegate, C3/P386
Rooney Point, C2/P242 Sehl Rock, C1/P101 Skidegate Channel, C3/P452
Rose Harbour, C4/P55 Sekani Island, C1/P608 Skidegate Channel, C4/P214
Rose Inlet, C4/P59 Sekani Reef, C1/P607 Skidegate Channel (approach), C3/P441
Rose Point, C2/P99 Sels Islet, C3/P134 Skidegate Inlet, C3/P357
Rose Spit, C2/P101 Selvesen Island, C4/P265 Skidegate Landing, C3/P389
Ross Island, C4/P46 Selvesen Point, C4/P263 Skincuttle Inlet, C3/P85
Ross Islet, C2/P295 Selwyn Inlet, C3/P266 Skincuttle Island, C3/P90
Round Islet, C1/P727 Selwyn Point, C3/P278 Skindaskun Island, C4/P75
Round Point, C2/P560 Selwyn Rocks, C3/P291 Skinner Islands, C1/P548
Roundy Creek, C2/P464 Sentinel Islet, C1/P261 Skittagetan Lagoon, C3/P178
Roy Island, C1/P668 Sere Rock, C1/P106 Skonun Point, C2/P225
Rudolf Bay, C1/P359 Serpentine Inlet, C1/P331 Skudas Point, C3/P258
Rungé Island, C1/P683 Seven Mile Point, C2/P85 Skwakadanee Point, C4/P247
Russ, Mount, C4/P162 Sewell Inlet, C3/P292 Sk’yaaw G̱awG̱ a, C3/P144
Russell Banks, C1/P97 Sewell Islet, C1/P681 Sk’yaaw Kun, C3/P85
Rylatt Rock, C1/P71 Sewell Logging Camp, C3/P292 Slab Hill, C2/P135
Sewell Point, C3/P292 Slab Point, C2/P559
Sac Bay, C3/P179 Shadforth Islands, C1/P201 Sladden Island, C1/P217
Sadler Island, C4/P253 Shag Rock, C2/P82 Slarkedus Creek, C3/P383
Sadler Point, C4/P317 Shakes Islands, C1/P280 Slatechuck Creek, C3/P431
Safa Islands, C2/P509 Shakespeare Banks, C1/P122 Slatechuck Mountain, C3/P357
Sager Islands, C1/P470 Shaman Cove, C1/P266 Slim Inlet, C3/P121
Sage Rock, C1/P128 Shannon Bay, C2/P303 Sloop Islet, C2/P276
Sager Rock, C2/P341 Shannon Rock, C1/P128 Slug Islet, C3/P90
St. James, Cape, C3/P30 Sharp Bay, C1/P638 Small Cove, C4/P71
St. James Island, C3/P30 Shearer Point, C4/P145 Smith Bluff, C2/P489
St. Margaret Point, C2/P75 Shearer Rock, C4/P145 Smithe Point, C3/P101
Salmon Cove, C2/P437 Sheldens Bay, C3/P347 Smithers Island, C1/P462
Salmon Point Sheldon Islet, C1/P239 Smith Point, C3/P411
C = Chapter/P = Paragraph
I-9
INDEX

Smyth Island, C2/P303 Strouts Point, C1/P745 Thomson Point, C1/P130

Smyth Passage, C2/P204 Stubbs Rock, C2/P278 Thorn Rock, C4/P184
Snass Islands, C1/P325 Sturgess Bay, C2/P240 Thrumb Islet, C2/P167
Snass Point, C1/P326 Sunday Inlet, C4/P119 Thulme River, C2/P358
Sneath Islands, C1/P207 Sunday Reef, C2/P173 Thurgate Rock, C1/P96
Snub Point, C4/P85 Surf Inlet, C1/P466 Thurston Harbour, C3/P273
Soar Rock, C1/P75 Surf Point, C2/P63 Tian Bay, C4/P299
Solander Point, C1/P207 Surge Rocks, C1/P196 Tian Head, C4/P300
Solide Islands, C4/P284 Survey Bay, C1/P193 Tian Islets, C4/P299
Solide Passage, C2/P185 Susan Bank, C2/P241 Tian Rock, C4/P300
Somerville Bay, C2/P381 Susan Sturgis Point, C4/P198 Tidal stream chartlets, C1/P347
Somerville Island, C2/P377 Swaine Point, C2/P370 Tildesley Point, C1/P373
Sophy Island, C2/P456 Swamp Point, C2/P554 Tingley Cove, C4/P289
Soulsby Cove, C4/P106 Swan Bay, C3/P100 Titul Island, C3/P250
South Arriaga Island, C1/P72 Swan Hill, C3/P479 Tlell, C3/P476
South Bay, C3/P445 Swan Islands, C3/P99 Tlell River, C3/P475
South Cove, C3/P72 Swanton Bank, C2/P169 Tombstone Bay, C2/P549
South Low Island, C3/P243 Swede Point, C1/P763 Tomlinson, Mount, C2/P434
South Needle Peak, C1/P404 Swinburne Islet, C3/P282 Tongass Passage, C2/P499
South Rock, C2/P52 Switzer Cove, C1/P105 Tonkin Point, C1/P723
South Rocks, C1/P178 Sylvester Bay, C2/P483 Toon River, C2/P358
South Spicer Island, C1/P247 Topping Islands, C3/P215
Spakels Point, C2/P386 T'áalan Stl'áng, C4/P320 Torrens Island, C3/P387
Sparrowhawk Point, C1/P761 Taaw Tldáaw, C2/P95 Totem Inlet, C1/P267
Spearer Point, C1/P186 Table Hill, C1/P729 Towner Bank, C1/P57
Spencer Bank, C1/P120 Takelley Cove, C3/P256 Tracy Bay, C2/P151
Sperm Bay, C4/P90 Talunkwan Island, C3/P263 Tracy Island, C2/P151
Spicer Island, C1/P247 Tana Bay, C4/P224 Trade Islets, C1/P662
Spicer Point, C1/P248 Tana Point, C4/P224 Trahey Inlet, C1/P416
Spit Point (Portland Canal), C2/P535 Tangent Island, C1/P709 Trail Bay, C2/P348
Spit Point (Skidegate Inlet), C3/P352 Tangent Point, C1/P709
Transit Island, C3/P398
Splitmountain Lake, C2/P365 Tangil Peninsula, C3/P263
Trap Islands, C1/P171
Squall Bay, C1/P720 Tangle Cove, C3/P126
Trap Rocks, C1/P171
Squall Island, C1/P722 Tanu, C3/P251
Traynor Creek, C3/P291
Squall Point, C1/P722 Tanu Island, C3/P251
Treat Bay, C3/P39
Squally Channel, C1/P547 Tanu Passage, C3/P261
Treble Island, C3/P431
Stagoo Creek, C2/P438 Tanu Point, C3/P258
Tree Islet, C3/P426
Staki Bay, C4/P92 Tanu Rock, C3/P251
Tar Islands, C3/P233 Tree Point, C2/P139
Staki Point, C4/P91 Tree Point, C2/P525
Stalkungi Cove, C3/P261 Tar Rock, C3/P232
Tarte Island, C1/P105 Trefusis Point, C2/P396
Stalkungi Point, C3/P261 Trenaman Island, C1/P96
Stanley Creek, C2/P214 Tartu Inlet, C4/P251
Tartu Point, C4/P251 Trevan Rock, C4/P52
Stannard Creek, C1/P106 Trickey Islands, C1/P102
Stansung Islets, C3/P259 Tasu Creek, C4/P148
Tasu Head, C4/P124 Triumph Point, C3/P228
Stark Islet, C2/P491 Trotter Bay, C3/P289
Stark Point, C1/P747 Tasu Narrows, C4/P124
Tasu Sound, C4/P124 Trouble Passage, C1/P596
Start Point, C2/P380
Tate Cove, C1/P107 Trounce Inlet, C3/P463
Steamer Passage, C2/P383
Tatsung Rock, C3/P182 Trounce Point, C2/P348
Steel Creek, C4/P291
Tatzun Creek, C2/P314 Troup Bank, C2/P234
Steele Rock, C1/P47
Tauw Creek, C2/P487 Truro Island, C2/P378
Steep Point, C2/P553
Taylor Bight, C1/P525 Truro Passage, C2/P378
Steilta Islets, C2/P328
Taylor Shoal, C4/P280 Trutch Island, C1/P143
Stephen Rocks, C1/P725
Tcenakun Point, C4/P208 Tsamspanaknok Bay, C2/P391
Stephens, Port, C1/C671
Tee Island, C2/P213 Tsinga Point, C3/P252
Stephens Narrows, C1/P672
Tennant Island, C1/P618 Tuft Islets, C3/P237
Stevenson Cove, C3/P204
Terror Point, C1/P185 Tuga Point, C4/P68
Stevens Point, C2/P423
Terry Rock, C1/P261 Tuite Point, C1/P424
Stewart, C2/P578
Testlatlints Rock, C2/P182 Turner Peak, C3/P357
Stewart Bay, C2/P285
Stewart Passage, C1/P198 The Bar, C2/P201 Turner Point, C4/P285
Stick Point, C2/P533 Theresa Rock, C1/P336 Turner Reef, C2/P165
Stilique Bay, C2/P327 Thetis Anchorage, C4/P186 Turner Rock, C1/P91
Stiu Point, C4/P225 Thistle Passage, C1/P408 Turn Point, C2/P553
Stiu Rock, C4/P224 Thistle Rock, C2/P143 Turtish Harbour, C1/P106
Stopford Point, C2/P540 Thistleton Islands, C1/P74 Tuwartz Inlet, C1/P569
Strathdang Kwun, C2/P289 Thomas Point, C2/P442 Tuwartz Narrows, C1/P570
Striae Islands, C2/P228 Thomas Rock, C4/P297 Tuzo Islands, C1/P112
Stripe Mountain, C2/P55 Thompson Point, C3/P273 Twain Rocks, C1/P724
Strombeck Bay, C2/P481 Thomson Island, C1/P105 Tweedsmuir Point, C1/P675
I-10 C = Chapter/P = Paragraph
 INDEX
Two Mountain Bay, C4/P151 West Devil Rock, C2/P110 Yellow Rocks, C2/P120
Wester Point, C4/P154 Yelnu Islets, C2/P521
Ulric Point, C1/P114 West Narrows, C3/P465 Yestalton Bay, C2/P295
Ulric Point, C1/P455 West Rock, C2/P118 York Island, C2/P369
Una Point, C4/P184 Whale Channel, C1/P514 York Point, C1/P526
Union Inlet, C2/P343 Whalen Creek, C1/P532 Young Point, C3/P439
Union Passage, C1/P572 Whalen Point, C1/P729 Yovanovich Bight, C4/P219
Union Passage Marine Park, C1/P583 Wharton Island, C2/P303
Uren Point, C1/P543 Wheeler Island, C1/P717 Zayas Island, C2/P123
Urquhart Point, C1/P723 Whiskey Bay, C2/P534 Zumtela Bay, C2/P348
Ustas Point, C3/P252 Whiteaves Bay, C3/P442
White Islets, C2/P129
Vadso Island, C2/P480 Whiteley Point, C1/P318
Vadso Rocks, C2/P480 White Point, C2/P555
Van Inlet, C4/P225 White Point, C4/P314
Van Point, C4/P225 White Rocks, C1/P230
Venn Shoal, C1/P208 Whitly Point, C2/P135
Venture Banks, C2/P227 Whitmore Islands, C1/P52
Verdier Shoal, C1/P58 Whittle Point, C1/P217
Verdure Point, C2/P562 Wiah Island, C2/P305
Vertical Point, C3/P246 Wiah Point, C2/P85
Village of Queen Charlotte, C3/P416 Wilby Point, C1/P378
Village Point, C2/P185 Wilcox Group, C1/P332
Virago Sound, C2/P196 Wilks Island, C1/P106
Virgalias Cove, C4/P291 Williams Islet, C1/P559
Viscount Point, C1/P276 Williams Point, C2/P443
Voluntary Protection Zone, C4/P4.1 Willie Island, C4/P174
Willis Bay, C1/P279
Wadsworth Ledge, C2/P215 Willis Passage, C1/P56
Wakely Rock, C1/P49 Wilman Point, C1/P569
Wale Island, C1/P484 Wilson Bay, C4/P155
Wales Harbour, C2/P510 Wilson Inlet, C1/P709
Wales Island, C2/P150 Wilson Islet, C4/P155
Wales Passage, C2/P368 Wilson Rock, C1/P441
Wales Point, C2/P150 Wimble Rocks, C2/P241
Waller Bay, C1/P188 Windy Bay, C3/P234
Wall Islands, C1/P70 Windy Island, C2/P535
Wall Islets, C1/P101 Wingate Point, C1/P390
Wall Rocks, C1/P101 Winnifred Rocks, C4/P146
Walsh Rock, C1/P439 Winter Inlet, C2/P517
Walskakul Point, C2/P390 Winter Rock, C1/P324
Walskakul Shoal, C2/P390 Withered Point, C3/P423
Wanderer Island, C3/P133 Woodcock Islands, C1/P89
Wanderer Point, C3/P133 Woodruff Bay, C3/P38
Waser Point, C1/P417 Woods Shoal, C1/P60
Washington Rock, C4/P41 Work Channel, C2/P336
Wathus Island, C2/P303 Work Point, C4/P183
Watun River, C2/P268 Worsfold Bay, C2/P350
Wearmouth Rock, C1/P469 Wreck Islands, C1/P189
Webber Island, C1/P488 Wright Inlet, C1/P697
Webb Island, C1/P212 Wright Island, C1/P713
Webb Rock, C1/P211 Wright Narrows, C1/P697
Weed Rock, C3/P427 Wright Passage, C1/P51
Weeteeam Bay, C1/P73 Wriglesworth Point, C1/P99
Weinberg Inlet, C1/P627
Welcome Point, C3/P370 Yadus Point, C3/P181
Welda Creek, C2/P426 Yakan Point, C2/P94
Weld Cove, C1/P421 Yakaskalui Point, C2/P381
Welgeegenk Point, C2/P386 Yakoun Bay, C2/P289
Welham Cove, C1/P268 Yakoun River, C2/P289
Wells Cove, C4/P95 Yaku, C2/P178
Wells Islet, C1/P209 Yakulanas Bay, C4/P107
Wells Rocks, C1/P60 Yakulanas Point, C4/P106
Werner Bay, C3/P163
Yankee Point, C2/P565
Werner Point, C3/P163
Yates Shoal, C1/P121
Westacott Point, C2/P230

C = Chapter/P = Paragraph
I-11
 • Stewart

Dixon Entrance
Prince Rupert •
• Masset Kitimat • Sailing Directions
British Columbia Coast
Haida Index of Booklets
Gwaii • Sandspit
PAC 206
nd
Sou
ño
Tasu Sound ma
Caa Ocean
Falls
o Soun
d
• • Bella Coola
Lared

Cape St. James

Rivers Inlet
PAC 205
Knight Inlet
Cape Caution
Bute Inlet
Port Hardy
P

Cape Scott
•
O

Toba Inlet
PAC 202
C

Quatsino
É

Sound Campbell River Jervis Inlet

I F

Vancouver •
A

Island
IC
N

Île de PAC 201

Nootka Vancouver
Sound
P

Vancouver
Port Alberni
•
O

• • Nanaimo• F ra s e
A

Tofino r R
C

E
C

F A
I

Pachena Point
I N
Q Victoria
•
U
E

PAC 201 Juan de Fuca Strait and Strait of Georgia

PAC 202 Discovery Passage to Queen Charlotte Strait and West Coast of
Vancouver Island
PAC 205 Inner Passage — Queen Charlotte Sound to Chatham Sound
PAC 206 Hecate Strait, Dixon Entrance, Portland Inlet and Adjacent Waters
and Haida Gwaii

PAC 200 General Information — Pacific Coast